Solution Mechanic of Materials Vable Part 1

M.
Vable Mechanics of Materials, 2nd edition, Solutions Manual: Chapter 1 January 2014
1.1 In a tug of war, each man shown in Fig. P1.1 exerts a force of 200 lbs. If the diameter of the rope is
1/2 inch, determine the axial stress in the rope.
Fig. P1.1
Solution P=200 lbs d=1/2 in σ=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the rope after an imaginary cut can be drawn as shown below.
P=200 lbs N
By equilibrium of forces we have: N = 200lbs

π 1 2
The area of cross-section of the rope is: A = --- ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = 0.1963in
2
4 2
The average axial stress in the rope is: σ = N 200

---- = ---------------- = 1018.6psi or σ = 1019 psi ( T )
A 0.1963
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.2 A weight is being raised using a cable and a pulley as shown in Fig. P1.2. If the weight
W = 200 lbs, determine the axial stress assuming (a) cable diameter is 1/8 inch. (b) cable diameter is 1/
4 inch.
Fig. P1.2
Solution W=200 lbs (a) d=1/8 in σ =? (b) d=1/4 in σ =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the weight is shown below.
N
W
By equilibrium of forces we have: N = W
π 1 2
(a) The area of cross-section is: A = --- ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = 0.01227in
2
4 8
The average axial stress in the rope is: σ = N 200

---- = ------------------- = 16297psi or σ = 16.3ksi ( T )
A 0.01227
π 1 2
(b) The area of cross-section is: A = --- ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = 0.04909in
2
4 4
The average axial stress in the rope is: σ = N 200 - = 4070psi or

---- = ------------------ σ = 4.1ksi ( T )
A 0.04909
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.3 The cable shown in Fig. P1.3 has a diameter of 1/5 inch. If the maximum stress in the cable must
be limited to 4 ksi (T), what is the maximum weight that can be lifted?
Fig. P1.3
This manual is for instructors only. If you are a student then you have an illegal copy. 1-1
M. Vable Mechanics of Materials, 2nd edition, Solutions Manual: Chapter 1 January 2014
Solution d=1/5 in σ max ≤ 4ksi ( T ) Wmax = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
N
W
π 1 2
The area of cross-section of the rope is: A = --- ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = 31.41 ( 10 )in
–3 2
4 5
W
The average axial stress is: σ = N
3
---- = ----------------------------- ≤ 4 ( 10 ) or W ≤ 125.66lb or W max = 125.6lb
A –3
31.41 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.4 The weight shown in Fig. P1.4 is W = 250 lbs. If the maximum stress in the cable must be limited
to 5 ksi (T), determine the minimum diameter of the cable to the nearest 1/16 inch.
Fig. P1.4
Solution σ max ≤ 5ksi ( T ) W = 250 lbs. dmin = ? to nearest 1/16th of an inch
------------------------------------------------------------
N
W
W 5
The average axial stress is: σ = N
3
---- = --------------------- ≤ 5 ( 10 ) or d ≥ 0.252in or d min = ------ inch
2 A 16
( πd ⁄ 4 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.5 A 6 kg light shown in Fig. P1.5 is hanging from the ceiling by wires of diameter of 0.75 mm.
Determine the tensile stress in the wires AB and BC.
2m
A A
2 .5
m
2 .5
m
B
C
Light
Fig. P1.5
Solution m = 6 kg. d = 0.75 mm σAB = ? σBC = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The weight is: W = mg = 58.86N
The following free body diagrams can be drawn.

NBC (b) NAB NAB 1m
(a)
θθ
2.5 m θ
Light
Light
θ = asin ⎛ -------⎞ = 23.6
W = 58.86 N
1 o
W = 58.86 N ⎝ 2.5⎠
By force equilibrium in the y-direction in Figs. (a) and (b) we have the following.
N BC = W 1
2N AB cos θ = W or W
N AB = ---------------------
- = 0.5456W 2
2 cos 23.6
π 2 –6 2
The area of cross-section is: A = --- ( 0.00075 ) = 0.4418 ( 10 )m
4
58.86 N 6
The average axial stress in BC is: σ BC = ----------
BC
- = -------------------------------- = 133.2 ( 10 ) or σ BC = 133.2MPa ( T )
A –6
0.4418 ( 10 )
N AB
The average axial stress in AB is: σ AB = ---------- ( 0.5456 ) ( 58.86 ) = 6
- = ---------------------------------------
- 72.7 ( 10 ) or σ AB = 72.7MPa ( T )
A –6
0.4418 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.6 A 8 kg light shown in Fig. P1.6 is hanging from the ceiling by wires. If the tensile stress in the
wires cannot exceed 50 MPa, determine the minimum diameter of the wire to the nearest tenth of a milli-
meter.
2m
A A
2.5
m
2.5
m
B
C
Light
Fig. P1.6
Solution m = 8 kg. σ max ≤ 50MPa dmin = ? nearest tenth of a millimeter
------------------------------------------------------------
NBC (b) NAB NAB 1m
(a)
θθ
2.5 m θ
Light
Light
θ = asin ⎛ -------⎞ = 23.6
W = 58.86 N
1 o
W = 58.86 N ⎝ 2.5⎠
N BC = W 1
W
2N AB cos θ = W or N AB = ---------------------- = 0.5456W 2
2 cos 23.6
We see that the internal force in BC will be more. As the area of cross-section is the same, the maximum
axial stress will be in BC.
78.48 N 6 –3
The average axial stress in the rope is: σ max = ----------
BC
- = --------------------- ≤ 50 ( 10 ) or d ≥ 1.41 ( 10 )m or
2 A ( πd ⁄ 4 )
Rounding to the nearest tenth of a millimeter that satisfy the inequality, we obtain: d min = 1.5 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.7 Wires of diameter 0.5 mm are to be used for hanging lights such as shown in Fig. P1.7. If the ten-
sile stress in the wires cannot exceed 80 MPa, determine the maximum mass of the light that can be hung
using these wires.
2m
A A
2.5
m
2.5
m
B
C
Light
Fig. P1.7
Solution d = 0.5 mm σ max ≤ 80MPa mmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
NBC (b) NAB NAB 1m
(a)
θθ
2.5 m θ
Light
Light
θ = asin ⎛ -------⎞ = 23.6
W = 58.86 N
1 o
W = 58.86 N ⎝ 2.5⎠
N BC = W 1
W
2N AB cos θ = W or N AB = ---------------------- = 0.5456W 2
2 cos 23.6
We see that the internal force in BC will be more. As the area of cross-section is the same, the maximum
axial stress will be in BC.
π 2 –6 2
The area of cross-section is: A = --- ( 0.0005 ) = 0.1963 ( 10 )m
4
m ( 9.81 ) N 6
The average axial stress is: σ max = ----------
BC
- = -------------------------------- ≤ 80 ( 10 ) or m ≤ 1.601kg or m max = 1.6kg
–6
A 0.1963 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.8 A 3 kg picture is hung using a wire of diameter of 3 mm as shown in Fig. P1.8. What is the aver-
age normal stress in the wire.
54o
Fig. P1.8
Solution m= 3 kg d = 10 mm σ=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the picture frame is shown in Fig. (a). By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction
we have the following equation.
2N sin 54 = W = 3g or N = 0.618 ( 3 ) ( 9.81 ) = 18.189 N 1
(a) N N
54o 54o
W = 3g
π 2 –6 2
The area of cross-section is: A = --- ( 0.003 ) = 7.0686 ( 10 )mm
4
The average axial stress in the wire is: σ = N 18.189 6 2

---- = -------------------------------- = 2.573 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or
A –6
7.0686 ( 10 )
σ = 2.57MPa ( T )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.9 A 5 kg picture is hung using a wire as shown in Fig. P1.9. If the tensile stress in the wires cannot
exceed 10MPa, determine the minimum diameter of the wire to the nearest millimeter.
54o
Fig. P1.9
Solution m= 5kg σ max ≤ 10MPa dmin = ? nearest millimeter.
------------------------------------------------------------
2N sin 54 = W = 5g or N = N = 0.618 ( 5 ) ( 9.81 ) = 30.315 N 1
(a) N N
54o 54o
W = 5g
30.315
The average axial stress in the wire is: σ = N
6 –3
---- = --------------------- ≤ ( 10 ) ( 10 ) or d ≥ 1.96 ( 10 ) m or
2 A ( πd ⁄ 4 )
The minimum diameter to the nearest miliimeter that satisfy the inequality is: d min = 2 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.10 Wires of diameter 16 mils are used for hanging picture such as shown in Fig. P1.10. If the tensile
stress in the wire cannot exceed 750 psi, determine the maximum weight of the picture that can be hung
using these wires. One mil equals 0.001 inch.
54o
Fig. P1.10
Solution d= 0.016 inch σ max ≤ 750psi Wmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
2N sin 54 = W or N = 0.618W 1
(a) N N
54o 54o
W = 3 lb
π 2 –3 2
The area of cross-section is: A = --- ( 0.016 ) = 0.201 ( 10 )in
4
0.618W
The average axial stress is: σ max = N
---- = ----------------------------- ≤ 750 or W ≤ 0.244lb or
–3
W max = 0.24lbs
A 0.201 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.11 For swim meets, diving boards are raised to lean against the left wall using a cable and pulley as
shown in Fig. P1.11. Determine the axial stress in the cable in terms of the length L of the diving board, γ
the specific weight per unit length of the diving board, diameter d of the cable and the angles θ and α
shown in Fig. P1.11.
α
ard
Bo
iv ing
D
θ
Fig. P1.11
Solution σ = f(L,γ,d,θ,α)=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the diving board is shown below.
N
L/2 α
L/2
Ox θ
W=γL
Oy
By equilibrium of moment about point O we obtain the following.
γL cos θ
( γL ) ⎛ --- cos θ⎞ – ( N sin α )L = 0
L
or N = ------------------
⎝2 ⎠ 2 sin α
---- = (----------------------------------------------
The average axial stress is: σ = N γL cos θ ⁄ ( 2 sin α ) ) or
-
2γL cos θ
σ = ---------------------
-
A 2 2
( πd ⁄ 4 ) πd sin α
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.12 A hollow circular column supporting a building is attached to a metal plate and bolted into con-
crete foundation as shown in Fig. P1.12. The column outside diameter is 100 mm and an inside diameter is
75 mm.The metal plate dimensions are 200 mm x200 mm x 10 mm. The load P is estimated at 800 kN.
Determine (a) the compressive stress in the column. (b) average bearing stress between the metal plate and
the concrete.
P
Metal
Concrete
Fig. P1.12
Solution do = 100 mm di = 75 mm plate: 200 mm x200 mm x 10 mm 800 kNσcol = ?σb= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) P P
(b)
Metal
N1
N2
By equilibrium of forces in Figs. (a) and (b) we obtain the following equations.
N1 = P and N2 = P 1
π 2 2 –3 2
The area of cross-section of the column is: A col = --- ( 0.1 – 0.075 ) = 3.436 ( 10 ) mm
4
3
800 ( 10 ) N 6 2
The average normal stress in the column is: σ col = ----------
1
- = ----------------------------- = 232.8 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or
A col –3
3.436 ( 10 )
σ col = 232.8MPa ( C )
2
The area of cross-section of the plate is: A plate = ( 0.2 ) ( 0.2 ) = 0.04 m
3
N2 800 ( 10 ) 6 2
The average bearing stress is: σ b = --------------
- = ---------------------- = 20 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or
A plate ( 0.04 )
σ b = 20MPa ( C )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.13 A hollow circular column supporting a building is attached to a metal plate and bolted into con-
crete foundation as shown in Fig. P1.13. The column outside diameter is 4 inches and an inside diameter is
3.5 inches.The metal plate dimensions are 10 in x 10 in x 0.75 inch. If the allowable average compressive
stress in the column is 30 ksi and the allowable average bearing stress in concrete is 2 ksi, determine the
maximum load P that can be applied to the column..
P
Metal
Concrete
Fig. P1.13
Solution do = 4 inch di = 3.5 inch plate: 10 in x 10 in x 0.75
σ col ≤ 30ksi σ b ≤ 2ksi P=?
------------------------------------------------------------

(a) P P
(b)
Metal
N1
N2
N1 = P and N2 = P 1
π 2 2 2
The area of cross-section of the column is: A col = --- ( 4 – 3.5 ) = 2.945 in
4
P N
1
- = ------------- ≤ 30 or P ≤ 88.35kips
A col 2.945
2
The area of cross-section of the plate is: A plate = ( 10 ) ( 10 ) = 100 in
P N
2
- = --------- ≤ 2 or P ≤ 200kips
A plate 100
The maximum value of P that satisfies the two inequalities above is: P = 88.3kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.14 A hollow square column supporting a building is attached to a metal plate and bolted into concrete
foundation as shown in Fig. P1.14. The column outside dimension is 120 mm x 120 mm and has a thick-
ness of 10 mm. The load P is estimated at 600 kN. The metal plate dimensions are
250 mm x 250 mm x 15 mm. Determine (a) the compressive stress in the column. (b) the average bearing
stress between the metal plate and the concrete.
P
Metal
Concrete
Fig. P1.14
Solution P= 600 kN plate: 250 mm x 250 mm x 15 mm σcol = ? σ b= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig(a) below shows the geometry of the cross-section. Figs. (b) and (c) show the free body diagrams.
P P
(a) (b) (c)
120 mm
100 mm
100 mm
Metal
120 mm N1 N2
N1 = P and N2 = P 1
–3 2
The area of cross-section of the column is: A col = ( 0.12 ) ( 0.12 ) – ( 0.1 ) ( 0.1 ) = 4.4 ( 10 ) m
3
N1 ( 600 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
- = --------------------------- = 136.4 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or
A col –3
4.4 ( 10 )
σ col = 136.4MPa ( C )
–3 2
The area of cross-section of the plate is: A plate = ( 0.25 ) ( 0.25 ) = 62.5 ( 10 ) m
3
N2 ( 600 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
- = --------------------------- = 9.6 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or σ b = 9.6MPa ( C )
A plate –3
62.5 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.15 A column with cross-section shown in Fig. P1.15 supports a building. The column is attached to a
metal plate and bolted into concrete foundation. The load P is estimated at 750 kN. The metal plate dimen-
sions are 300 mm x 300 mm x 20 mm. Determine (a) the compressive stress in the column. (b) the average
bearing stress between the metal plate and the concrete.
P
10 mm 160 mm 10 mm
m
m
0
16
m
m
Metal10
Concrete
Fig. P1.15
Solution P = 750 kN plate: 300 x 300 x 20 mm (a) σcol = ? (b) σp = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The area of cross-section is: Acol = (160) (10) + (160) (10) + (160) (10) = 4800 mm2 = 4.80 (10-3) m2
P P
(a) (b)
Metal
N1
N
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram of the column after an imaginary cut is made through it. By equilib-
rium of forces we have: N1 = P = 750 (10-3) N
3
N1 750 ( 10 )
The average axial stress is: σ col = ----------
6 2
- = ----------------------- = 156.25 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or σ col = 156 MPa ( C )
–3
A col 4.8 ( 10 )
The area of cross-section of the metal plate is: Aplate = (300) (300) = 90 (10-3) m2
Fig. (b) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made between the plate and the ground. By
force equilibrium we have: N2 = P = 750 (103) N.
N2 3
- = 750 ( 10 ) 6 2
The average bearing stress is: σ b = -------------- ---------------------- = 8.33 ( 10 )N ⁄ m σ b = 8.33 MPa ( C )
A plate 90 ( 10 )
–3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.16 A 70 kg. person is standing on a bathroom scale that has a dimensions 150
mm x 100 mm x 40 mm. Determine the bearing stress between the scales and the floor.
Fig. P1.16
Solution m = 70 kg Scale: 150 x 100 σ b= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The weight of the person is: W = mg = (70) (9.81) = 686.7 N
By making an imaginary cut between the scales and the floor we obtain the following free body diagram.
W
N
By equilibrium of forces we obtain: N = W = 686.7N
The area of cross-section is: A = (150) (100) = 15 (103) mm2 = 15.0 (10-3) m2
N 686.7 = –3 2
The average bearing stress is: σ b = ---- = ---------------------
- 45.78 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m σ b = 45.8 kPa ( C )
A –3
15 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.17 A 30 ft tall brick-chimney has an outside diameter of 3 ft. and a wall thickness of 4 inch. If the spe-
cific weight of the bricks is 80 lbs/ft3, determine the average bearing stress at the base of the chimney.
30 ft
Fig. P1.17
Solution L = 30 ft. d = 3 ft γ = 80 lbs/ft3
t = 4 in = 1/3 ft σb = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
π 2 2 π 2 2 3
The volume of the brick material is: V = --- ( d o – d i ) L = --- ( 3 – 2.33 ) ( 30 ) = 83.77 ft
4 4
The weight is: W = γ V = (80) (83.77) = 6702 lbs.
By making an imaginary cut at the base of the chimney we obtain the following free body diagram.
N
By force equilibrium we have: N = W = 6702 lbs
π 2 2 2 2
The area of cross-section is: A = = --- ( 3 – 2.33 ) = 2.792 ft = 402.1 in
4
N 6702
The average bearing stress is: σ b = ---- = ------------
- = 16.7 psi σ b = 16.7 psi ( C )
A 402.1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.18 Determine the average bearing stress at the bottom of a block shown in Fig. P1.18 in terms of the
specific weight γ, and the length dimensions a and h.
a
10 h h
100 a
Fig. P1.18
Solution σb = f(γ,a,h) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
1 2
The volume of material is: V = --- ( 100a + a )h ( 10h ) = 505ah
2
The weight of the material is: W = γV = 505γah2
By making an imaginary cut at the base of the block, we obtain the following free body diagram.
By force equilibrium we have: N = W = 505γah2

The area of cross-section is: A = (100 a) (10 h) = 1000 ah
2
N
The average bearing stress is: σ b = ---- = 505γah
-------------------- = 0.505γh σ = 0.505γh ( C )
A 1000ah
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.19 The Washington monument is an Obelisk with a hollow rectangular cross-section that tapers along
its length. The approximation of the monument geometry is shown on the right in Fig. P1.19. The thick-
ness at the base is 4.5 m. Assume that the thickness varies proportionately with the outside taper. The mon-
ument is constructed from marble and granite.Using a specific weight for these material as 28 kN/m3,
determine the average bearing stress at the base of the monument.
10 m
10 m
169 m
17 m
Fig. P1.19
17 m
Solution t0 = 4.5 m tL = 2.5 m γ= 28 kN/m3 σb = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The variation of the taper can be found using the geometry shown in Fig. (a).The outer dimension ho and
inner dimension hi are linear functions of x and can be written as:

10 m
(a) h hi
5m
----o- = m 1 x + C 1 and ---- = m 2 x + C 2 1
2 2
ho
169 m
hi
x
8m
17 m
Noting that @ x = 0, ho = 17 and hi = 8, we obtain: C1 = 8.5 and C2 = 4
Noting that @ x = 169, ho = 10 and hi = 5 we obtain the following equations:
5 = m1(169) + 8. 5 and 2.5 = m2(169) + 4
which yields: m1 = -3.5/169 and m2 =-1.5/169. We obtain the following equations for the outer and inner
dimension:
h o = ( 17 – 7x ⁄ 169 ) and h i = ( 8 – 3x ⁄ 169 ) 2
169 169
7x ⎞ 2 ⎛
⎛ 17 – -------- 3x 2
∫ ∫ - – 8 – ---------⎞ dx or
2 2
The volume of the monument material is: V = ( ho – h i ) dx =
⎝ 169 ⎠ ⎝ 169⎠
0 0
169 169
7x-⎞ 3 ⎛ 169⎞ 3x-⎞ 3 ⎛ –
V = --- ⎛ 17 – -------- – --- ⎛ 8 – -------- ------------⎞
1 1 169 3
– --------- = 24223.3 m
3⎝ 169⎠ ⎝ 7 ⎠ 3⎝ 169⎠ ⎝ 3 ⎠
0 0
The weight of the monument is: W = γV = 28 (10 ) (24223.3) = 678253 (103) N. 3
The force at the base of the monument is equal to the weight of the monument i.e., N = W = 678253 (103)N
The area of cross-section of the base is: A = 172 - 82 = 225 m2
3
678253 ( 10 )
The bearing stress is: σ b = N
3 2
---- = ----------------------------------- = 3014 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or σ b = 3 MPa ( C )
A 225
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.20 Show that the average compressive stress due to weight on a cross section at a distance x from the
top of the wall in Figure P1.20(b) is half that of wall in Figure P1.20(a), thus confirming the wisdom of
ancient Egyptians in building inward-sloping walls for the pyramids. (Hint: Using γ the specific weight of
wall material, H the height of the wall, t the thickness of the wall, and L the length of the wall, calculate
the average compressive stress at any crossection at a distance x from the top for the two walls.) .
(b)
(a)
x x
H H
L L
t t
Fig. P1.20(a) Straight wall (b) Inward sloping tapered wall.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We make imaginary cut at a distance of x units from the top and draw the FBD.
W1 W2
x x
L L
t b
N1 N2
(a) (b)
By equilibrium we obtain:
N 2 = W 2 = γ ⎛ --- xt⎞ ( L )
1
N 1 = W 1 = γ ( xt ) ( L ) 1
⎝2 ⎠
The normal stresses are
σ 1 = ------1 = γ--------------------
N ( xt ) ( L )- = γx
2
A1 Lt
γ ⎛ --- xb⎞ ( L )
1
N2 ⎝2 ⎠ 1
σ 2 = ------ = --------------------------- = --- γx 3
A2 Lb 2
Thus,
1
σ 2 = --- σ 1
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.21 The Great pyramid of Giza shown in Figure 1.14d has a base of 757.71ft x 757.71ft and a height of
480.96 ft. Assume an average specific weight of γ = 75 lb/ft3. Determine (a) the bearing stress at the base
of the pyramid. (b) the average compressive stress at mid height.
Solution a= 757.7 ft h= 480.96 ftγ = 75 lb/ft3 σ b = ? σH = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the geometry of the pyramid. The volume of the pyramid can be found as shown below.
1 2 1 2 6 3
V = --- a h = --- ( 757.7 ) ( 480.96 ) = 92.040 ( 10 ) ft 1
3 3
The weight of the pyramid is:
6 9
W = γV = ( 75 ) ( 92.040 ) ( 10 ) = 6.903 ( 10 )lb 2
(a) (b)
h W
b h/2
a
N
Fig. (b) shows the free body diagram of the entire pyramid. The total bearing force is
9
N = W = 6.903 ( 10 )lb 3
The bearing stress at the base is:
9
6.903 ( 10 )
N- = --------------------------
σ b = ---- - = 12024 psi 4
2 2
a ( 757.7 )
σ b = 12024 psi ( C )
The sides of square at half height will be have the base side. Thus b=a/2. Thus the volume will be
V H = --- ( b ) ⎛ ---⎞ = --- b h
1 2 h 1 2
3 ⎝ 2⎠ 6
The weight of top half of pyramid is:
γ 2
W H = γV H = --- b h 5
6
The compressive stress will be:
NH WH γ ( 75 ) ( 480.96 )
σ H = ------- - = --- h = -------------------------------- = 6012psi
- = -------- 6
2 2 6 6
b b
σ H = 6012psi ( C )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.22 The bent pyramid shown in Figure 1.14c has a base of 188 m x 188 m. The initial slopes of the
sides is 54o27’44”. After a certain height the slope is 43o22’. The total height of the pyramid is 105 m.
Assume an average mass density of 1200 kg/ m3. Determine the bearing stress at the base of the pyramid.
Solution θ1= 54o27’44” θ2= 43o22’ g = 1200 kg/ m3 σ=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The schematic of the pyramid is shown below.
W
h2
h3 θ2
x2
h1
θ1 N
x1
94 m
Converting to degrees we obtain:
θ 1 = 54 + ⎛⎝ 27 + ------⎞⎠ ⁄ 60 = 54.4622°
44
θ 2 = 43 + ( 22 ) ⁄ 60 = 42.3667° 1
60
From geometry we obtain:
h 1 + h 2 = 105 m 2
x 1 + x 2 = 94 m 3
h 1 = x 1 tan θ 1 = 1.4x 1 h 2 = x 2 tan θ 2 = 0.9446x 2 4
Substituting
1.4x 1 + 0.9446x 2 = 105 m 5
Solving Equations 3 and 5 we obtain
x 1 = 35.59 m x 2 = 58.41 m 6
From Equation 4 we obtain:
h 1 = 49.82 m h 2 = 55.17 m 7
From geometry: h 3 = 94 tan θ 1 = 131.6 m
The total volume of the pyramid is:
1 1 1 1 2 2
= --- ( 188 ) ( 188 )h 3 – --- ( 2x 2 ) ( 2x 2 ) ( h 3 – h 1 ) + --- ( 2x 2 ) ( 2x 2 ) ( h 2 ) = --- [ 188 ( h 3 ) – ( 4x 2 ) ( h 3 – h 1 – h 2 )or
3 3 3 3
1 6 6 6 3
V = --- [ 4.651 ( 10 ) – 0.363 ( 10 ) ] = 1.429 ( 10 ) m
3
The total weight of the pyramid is:
6 9
W = γgV = ( 1200 ) ( 9.81 ) [ 1.429 ( 10 ) ] = 16.827 ( 10 )N
The bearing stress is
9
N N 16.827 ( 10 ) 6 2
σ = ---- = ---------------------------- = ------------------------------ = 0.476 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m )
A ( 188 ) ( 188 ) ( 188 ) ( 188 )
σ = 0.476 MPa ( C )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.23 A steel bolt of 25 mm diameter passes through an aluminum sleeve of thickness 4 mm and outside
diameter of 48 mm as shown in Figure P1.23. Determine the average normal stress in the sleeve if in the
assembled position the bolt has an average normal stress of 100 MPa (T).
Rigid washers
Sleeve
300 mm
25 mm 25 mm
Fig. P1.23
Solution dbolt = 25 mm dal = 48 mm σbolt = 100 MPa(T)

t= 4mm σbolt = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The cross-sectional areas of the bolt and aluminum sleeve are:
π 2 π 2 –6 2
A bolt = --- d bolt = --- ( 0.025 ) = 490.87 ( 10 )m 1
4 4
π 2 π 2 2 –6 2
A al = --- d bolt = --- [ ( 0.048 ) – ( 0.04 ) ] = 552.92 ( 10 )m 2
4 4
The internal force in the bolt is:
6 –6
N bolt = σ bolt A bolt = 100 ( 10 ) [ 490.87 ( 10 ) ] = 49087N
(a)
N al N bolt
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram. By equilibrium of forces we obtain:
N al = N bolt = 49087N 3
The normal stress in aluminium sleeve is:
N al 49087 6 2
σ al = -------
- = -------------------------------- = 88.78 ( 10 )N ⁄ m 4
A al –6
552.92 ( 10 )
σ al = 88.78 MPa ( C )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.24 The device shown in Fig. P1.24 is used for determining the shear strength of the wood. The dimen-
sions of the wood block are 6 in x 8 in x 2 in. If the force required to break the wood block is 15 kips,
determine the average shear strength of the wood.
P
6 in Wood
6 in 2 in
Fig. P1.24
Solution P = 15 kips Wood: 6 in x 8 in x 2 in. τ=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the wood that would shear off is shown below.
P
6 in
τ
2 in
2. in
By equilibrium of forces we have the following equation.
P = τ(2)(6) or τ = P ⁄ 12 = 15 ⁄ 12 or τ = 1.25ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.25 The device shown in Fig. P1.24 is used for determining the shear strength of the wood. The dimen-
sions of the wood block are 6 in x 8 in x 1.5 in. Estimate the force P that should be applied to break the
block if the shear strength of the wood is 1.2 ksi..
P
6 in Wood
6 in 2 in
Fig. P1.25
Solution Wood: 6 in x 8 in x 1.5 in. τ ≤ 1.2ksi P=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the wood that would shear off is shown below.
P
6 in
1.5 in
2 in
P = τ ( 6 ) ( 1.5 ) or τ = P ⁄ 9 ≤ 1.2 or P ≤ 10.8 kips or P max = 10.8 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.26 The schematic of a punch and die arrangement shown Fig. P1.26 is used to punch out thin plate
objects of different shapes. The cross-section of the punch and the die is a circle of diameter 1 inch. A
force of P = 6 kips is applied to the punch. If the plate thickness t = 1/8 inch, what would be the average
shear stress in the plate along the path of the punch.
P
Punch
Plate t
Die Die
Fig. P1.26
Solution P = 6 kips t = 1/8 inch τ=?

d = 1 inch
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the punch as it will go through the plate is shown below.
P

P 6
P = τ ( πd ) ( t ) or τ = -------- = -------------------------- = 15.28ksi or τ = 15.3ksi
πdt π( 1)(1 ⁄ 8)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.27 The schematic of a punch and die arrangement shown in Fig. P1.27 is used to punch out thin plate
objects of different shapes. The cross-section of the punch and the die is a square of 10 mm x 10 mm. The
plate shown has a thickness of t = 3 mm and shear strength of 200 MPa. What is the average force P
needed to drive the punch through the plate.
P
Punch
Plate t
Die Die
Fig. P1.27
Solution t = 3 mm plate: 10 mm x 10 mm τ ≤ 200MPa P=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the punch as it will go through the plate is shown below. By equilibrium of forces
6 3
P = τ ( 4a ) ( t ) = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 4 ) ( 0.01 ) ( 0.003 ) = 24 ( 10 )N or P = 24kN
P
a=10 mm
a=10 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.28 A schematic of a punch and die for punching washers is shown in Fig. P1.28. Determine the force
P needed to punch out washers, in terms of the plate thickness t, plate shear strength τ, and the inner and
outer diameter of the washers di and do.
Punch
Plate t
di
Die Die
do
Fig. P1.28
Solution P = f(τ, t, di, do) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The surface area on which the shear stress will is the inner and outer cylindrical surface area punched
through the thickness of the plate i.e., A = π ( d o + d i )t . By equilibrium of forces we have: P = τA or
P = τπ ( d o + d i )t
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.29 The forces acting on a pin in a truss joint are shown. The diameter of the pin is 25 mm. Determine
the maximum transverse shear stress in the pin.
50 kN
40 kN
o
30 kN 36.9
Fig. P1.29
Solution d = 25 mm τmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
2 –6 2
The area of cross-section of the pin is: A = π ( 0.025 ) ⁄ 4 = 490.87 ( 10 )m
V1
(a) (b) 40 kN
30 kN
V2
From the above free body diagram we see that the maximum shear force is: V2 = 40kN. The maximum
3
40 ( 10 )
V 6 2
shear stress is: τ max = -----2- = -------------------------------- = 81.48 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or τ max = 81.5MPa
A –6
490.87 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.30 A weight W = 200lbs is being raised using a cable and a pulley as shown. The cable diameter is 1/
4 inch and the pin in the pulley has diameter of 3/8 inch. Determine the axial stress in the cable and shear
stress in the pin assuming the pin is in double shear.
55o
Fig. P1.30
Solution W = 200lbs dc = 1/4 in σC = ?
dp = 3/8 in τp = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) T Oy
(b) (c) V1
Ox Oy
55o
Ox
W T V1
T
By equilibrium of forces in Figs. (a) and (b) we have the following.
T = W 1
O x = T cos 55 = 0.5736W 2
O y – T – T sin 55 = 0 or O y = T ( 1 + sin 55 ) = 1.8192W 3
2 –3 2
The area of cross-section of the cable is: A C = π ( 1 ⁄ 4 ) ⁄ 4 = 49.08 ( 10 )in
T 200
The average axial stress in the cable is: σ C = ------- = ----------------------------- = 4074.4 psi or σ C = 4074. psi ( T )
AC –3
49.08 ( 10 )
From equilibrium of forces in Fig. (c) we have.
2 2
2V = Ox + Oy 4
Substituting W = 200 lbs in Eqs. (2) and (3) we obtain: Ox = 114.7 lbs and Oy = 363,8 lbs. Substituting
these values into Eq. (4) we obtain V = 190.7 lbs.
2 –3 2
The area of cross-section of the pin is: A p = π ( 3 ⁄ 8 ) ⁄ 4 = 110.4 ( 10 )in
V 190.7
The average shear stress in the pin is: τ = ------
- = ----------------------------- = 1727.4psi τ = 1727psi
AP –3
110.4 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.31 The cable in Fig. P1.30 has a diameter of 1/5 inch and the pin in the pulley has a diameter of 3/
8 inch. If the maximum normal stress in the cable must be limited to 4 ksi (T) and the maximum shear
stress in the pin is to be limited to 2 ksi, determine the maximum weight that can be lifted. The pin is in
double shear.
55o
Fig. P1.31
Solution dc = 1/5 in dp = 3/8 in σ C ≤ 4ksi τ p ≤ 2ksi τp = ? Wmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) T Oy
(b) (c) V1
Ox Oy
55o
Ox
W T V1
T
By equilibrium of forces in Figs. (a) and (b) we have the following.
T = W 1
O x = T cos 55 = 0.5736W 2
O y – T – T sin 55 = 0 or O y = T ( 1 + sin 55 ) = 1.8192W 3
2 –3 2
The area of cross-section of the cable is: A C = π ( 1 ⁄ 5 ) ⁄ 4 = 31.42 ( 10 )in
T W 3
The average axial stress in the cable is: σ C = ------- = -----------------------------
–3
≤ 4 ( 10 )psi or W ≤ 125.66lbs
AC 31.42 ( 10 )
The shear force in the pin can be found as follows:
2 2 2 2
2V = O x + O y = W ( 0.5736 ) + ( 1.8192 ) or V = 0.9537W 4
2 –3 2
The area of cross-section of the pin is: A p = π ( 3 ⁄ 8 ) ⁄ 4 = 110.4 ( 10 )in
0.9537W
V- = ----------------------------- 3
The average shear stress in the pin is: τ = ------ –3
≤ 2 ( 10 )psi or W ≤ 231.5lb
AP 110.4 ( 10 )
The maximum value of W that satisfies both inequalities above is: W max = 125.6lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.32 The manufacturer of the plastic carrier for dry-wall panels prescribes a maximum load P of
200 lbs. If the cross-sectional areas at section AA and BB are 1.3 in2 and 0.3 in2 respectively, determine
the average shear stress at section AA and average normal stress at section BB at the maximum load P.
A
A
B B
P
Fig. P1.32
Solution P = 200 lbs. AAA = 1.3 in2 τAA = ?
AAA = 0.3 in2 σBB = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagrams of the plastic carrier after making the imaginary cuts though AA and BB are
shown below. By force equilibrium we obtain: V A = P ⁄ 2 = 100lbs and N A = P ⁄ 2 = 100lbs
VA 100
The average shear stress at section AA is: τ AA = ----------- = --------- = 76.92psi or τ AA = 76.9psi
A AA 1.3
(b) NB NB
(a)
VA VA
P
P
NB 100
The average normal stress at section BB is: σ BB = ----------
- = --------- = 333.33psi or σ BB = 333.3 psi ( T )
A BB 0.3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.33 A bolt passing through a piece of wood is shown in Fig. P1.33. Determine (a) the axial stress in the
bolt. (b) the average shear stress in the bolt-head. (c) the average bearing stress between the bolt head and
the wood. (d) the average shear stress in the wood.
3/8 in 1/4 in
P= 1.5 kips
3/4 in
1/2 in
Fig. P1.33
Solution σbolt = ? τbolt = ? σbear = ? τwood = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) (b) (c) (d) τwood
N σbear P
P 1/4 in P
τ P 3/4 in
3/4 in
3/8 in
1/2 in
2 –3 2
The area of cross-section of the bolt is: A bolt = π ( 1 ⁄ 4 ) ⁄ 4 = 49.09 ( 10 )in
By equilibrium of forces in Fig. (a) we obtain: N = P = 1.5 kips
The average normal stress at section BB is:
N- 1.5
σ bolt = ------------ = ----------------------------- = 30.556ksi or σ bolt = 30.56 ksi ( T )
A bolt –3
49.09 ( 10 )
By equilibrium of forces in Fig. (b) we obtain the following.
1.5
τ [ π ( 1 ⁄ 4 ) ] ( 3 ⁄ 8 ) = P = 1.5 or τ = --------------------- = 5.093ksi or τ = 5.09 ksi
( 3π ⁄ 32 )
As per Fig(c), the area of cross-section over which the bearing stress acts is as given below.
2 2 2
A bear = π [ ( 3 ⁄ 4 ) – ( 1 ⁄ 4 ) ] ⁄ 4 = 0.3927in
By equilibrium of forces in Fig. (c) we obtain the following.
1.5
σ bear A bear = P = 1.5 or σ bear = ---------------- = 3.8197ksi or σ bear = 3.82 ksi ( C )
0.3927
By equilibrium of forces in Fig. (d) we obtain the following.
1.5
τ wood [ π ( 3 ⁄ 4 ) ] ( 1 ⁄ 2 ) = P = 1.5 or τ wood = ------------------ = 1.273ksi or τ wood = 1.27ksi
( 3π ⁄ 8 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.34 A load of P = 10 kips is transferred by the the riveted joint shown in Figure P1.34. Determine (a)
the average shear stress in the rivet. (b) the largest average normal stress in the members attached (c) the
largest average bearing stress stress between the pins and members.
P P
1 in 2 in 1 in
0.5 in
0.5 in
P P
0.5 in
0.5 in
Fig. P1.34
Solution P = 10 kips τr = ? σmax = ? σb = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We make imaginary cuts and obtain the FBD’s below.
V P
P P
N Nb
V
V = P
--- = 5 kips N = P = 10 kips N b = P = 10 kips 1
2
The stresses1 are:
V- 5 5 - = 25.46 ksi
τ r = ----- = ------------------------------ = --------------- 2
Ar 2 0.1963
( π ⁄ 4 ) ( 0.5 )
σ = N
10 - = 20 ksi
---- = ------------------- 3
A ( 1 ) ( 0.5 )
N 10 10 10
σ b = ------b = --------------------------- = ---------------------------------------- = ---------------- = 25.46 ksi 4
Ab ( π ⁄ 2 ) ( t )d r ( π ⁄ 2 ) ( 0.5 ) ( 0.5 ) 0.3927
The answers are:
τ r = 25.46 ksi σ = 20 ksi ( T ) σ b = 25.46 ksi ( C )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3
1.35 A joint in a wooden structure is shown in Figure P1.35. The dimension h = 4 --- in and
8
1
d = 1 --- in . Determine the average normal stress on plane BEF and average shear stress on plane BCD.
8
1. In the calcuation of bearing stress, a better alternative is to use the projected bearing area (tdr) which assume a uniform pressure acting
on the hole boundary.
Assume plane BEF and the horizontal plane at AB are a smooth surfaces.
10 kips
30⬚ n
4i
F h
d
E
A D
B
C
Fig. P1.35
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The FBD’s are:
10 kips 10 kips
E,F
NBEF
30o 30o
A B C A B
VBCD
NABC NAB
V BCD = 10 cos 30 = 8.66 kips N BEF = 10 cos 30 = 8.66 kips
The stresses are:
V BCD 8.66
τ BCD = --------------
- = -------------------- = 0.4949 ksi
A BCD ⎛ 4 3---⎞ ( 4 )
⎝ 8⎠
N BEF 8.66 - = 1.924 ksi
σ BEF = -------------
- = -------------------
A BEF ⎛ 1 1---⎞ ( 4 )
⎝ 8⎠
The answers are:
τ BCD = 0.4949 ksi σ BEF = 1.924 ksi ( C )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.36 A metal plate welded to an I-beam is sequrely fastened to the foundation wall using four bolts of
1/2 in diameter as shown in Figure P1.36. If P = 12 kips determine the normal and shear stress in the bolt.
Assume the load is equally distibuted between the four bolts.

P
60o
Fig. P1.36
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The FBD is:
P
60o
2V
2N
2V
2N
By equilibrium we have:
N = ⎛ --------------------⎞ = 2.598 kips
12 sin 60
4N = P sin 60 or 1
⎝ 4 ⎠
V = ⎛ ---------------------⎞ = 1.5 kips

12 cos 60
4V = P cos 60 or 2
⎝ 4 ⎠
The area of the bolt crossection is:
π 1 2
A bolt = --- ⎛ ---⎞ = 0.1963 in
2
3
4 2 ⎝ ⎠
The stresses are:
N 2.598- = 13.23 ksi V 1.5 - = 7.64 ksi
σ av = ------------- = --------------- τ av = ------------- = --------------- 4
A bolt 0.1963 A bolt 0.1963
σ av = 13.23 ksi ( T ) τ av = 7.64 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.37 A metal plate welded to an I-beam is sequrely fastened to the foundation wall using four bolts as
shown Figure P1.36. The allowable normal stress in the bolts is 100 MPa and the allowable shear stress is
70 MPa. Assume the load is equally distibuted between the four bolts. If the beam load P= 50 kN, deter-
mine the minimum diameter to the nearest millimeter of the bolts.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The FBD is:
P
60o
2V
2N
2V
2N
3
50 ( 10 ) sin 60
N = ⎛ ----------------------------------⎞ = 10.825 ( 10 ) N
3
4N = P sin 60 or 1
⎝ 4 ⎠
3
50 ( 10 ) cos 60
V = ⎛ -----------------------------------⎞ = 6.25 ( 10 ) N
3
4V = P cos 60 or 2
⎝ 4 ⎠
The stresses have to be less than the limiting values, hence
3
N 10.825 ( 10 ) 6 –6 2
σ av = ------------- = ------------------------------ ≤ 100 ( 10 ) or A bolt ≥ 108.25 ( 10 ) m 3
A bolt A bolt
3
V - = 6.25 ( 10 ) 6 –6 2
τ av = ------------ ------------------------ ≤ 70 ( 10 ) or A bolt ≥ 89.29 ( 10 ) m 4
A bolt A bolt
The diameter of the bolt can be found as
π 2 –6 –3
A bolt = --- d bolt ≥ 108.25 ( 10 ) or d bolt ≥ 11.74 ( 10 ) m 5
4
d bolt = 12 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.38 A metal plate welded to an I-beam is sequrely fastened to the foundation wall using four bolts of 1/
2 in diameter as shown Figure P1.36. The allowable normal stress in the bolts is 15 ksi and the allowable
shear stress is 12 ksi. Assume the load is equally distibuted between the four bolts. Determine the maxi-
mum load P to the nearest pound the beam can support.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The FBD is:
P
60o
2V
2N
2V
2N
N = ⎛ -----------------⎞ = 0.2165P
P sin 60
4N = P sin 60 or 1
⎝ 4 ⎠
V = ⎛ ------------------⎞ = 0.125P
P cos 60
4V = P cos 60 or 2
⎝ 4 ⎠
The stresses have to be less than the limiting values, hence
0.2165P
N - = -------------------------------- 3
σ av = ------------ - ≤ 15 ( 10 )psi or P ≤ 13603.9 lbs 3
A bolt 2
(π ⁄ 4)(1 ⁄ 2)
V 0.125P 3
τ av = ------------- = --------------------------------- ≤ 12 ( 10 )psi or P ≤ 18849.6 lbs 4
A bolt 2
(π ⁄ 4)( 1 ⁄ 2)
The maximum value of P is:
P max = 13603 lbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.39 An adhesively bonded joint in wood is fabricated as shown in Figure P1.39. The length of the
overlap is L= 4 in. and the thickness of the wood is 3/8 in. Determine the average shear stress in the adhe-
sive..
Fig. P1.39
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The FBD is:
V
V 10 kips
V = 10
------ = 5 kips 1
2
The average shear stress in the adhesive is:
V- = ---------------
5 - = 0.3125 ksi
τ av = --- 2
A (2 )(8)
τ av = 312.5 psi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.40 A double lap joint adhesively bonds three pieces of wood as shown in Figure P1.40. The joints
transmits a force of P= 20 kips and has the following dimensions: L = 3 in. , a = 8 in. and h = 2 in. Deter-
mine the maximum average normal stress in the wood and the average shear stress in the adhesive.
P a P/2
h/2 P/2
h
h/2 L
Fig. P1.40
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The FBD is:
V
N
20 kips V 10 kips
V = 20
------ = 10 kips N = 10 kips 1
2
The average stressesare:
V- = ---------------
10 - = ---------------
10 - = 0.4167 ksi
τ av = --- 2
A (L)( a) (3 )(8)
σ av = N
10 - = ---------------
20 - = 2.5 ksi
---- = --------------------- 3
A (a)( h ⁄ 2) (8)( 1)
τ av = 416.7 psi σ av = 2500 psi ( T )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.41 The wood in the double lap joint of Figure P1.41 has a strength of 15 MPa in tension and the
strength of the adhesive in shear is 2 MPa. The joint has the following dimensions: L = 75 mm,
a =200 mm, and h = 50 mm. Determine the maximum force P the joint can transfer.
P a P/2
h/2 P/2
h
h/2 L
Fig. P1.41
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The FBD is:
V
N
P V P/2
V = P⁄2 N = P⁄2 1
The average stresses must be less than the limiting values, hence
V P⁄2 P⁄2 6 3
τ av = ---- = ---------------- = ------------------------------- ≤ 2 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 60 ( 10 ) N 2
A (L)(a) ( 0.075 ) ( 0.2 )
N P⁄2 P⁄2 6 3
σ av = ---- = ---------------------- = ------------------------------- ≤ 15 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 150 ( 10 ) N 3
A (a)( h ⁄ 2) ( 0.2 ) ( 0.025 )
The maximum force P is
P max = 60 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.42 A wooden dowel of diameter d = 20 mm is used for constructing the double lap joint in Figure
P1.42. The wooden members have a strength of 10 MPa in tension, the bearing stress between the dowel
and the members is to be limited to 18 MPa, the shear strength of the dowel is 25 MPa. The joint has the
following dimensions: L = 75 mm, a =200 mm, and h = 50 mm. Determine the maximum force P the joint
can transfer.
d
P a P/2
h/2 P/2
h
h/2 L
Fig. P1.42
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The FBD is:
Nb
V N
P/2
P V P/2
V = P⁄2 N = P⁄2 Nb = P ⁄ 2 1
The average stresses must be less than the limiting values1, hence
V P⁄2 P⁄2 6 3
τ av = ---- = --------------------- = ------------------------------------- ≤ 25 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 15.707 ( 10 ) N 2
A 2 –6
( π ⁄ 4 )d ( 314.16 ) ( 10 )
N P⁄2 P⁄2 6 3
σ av = ---- = ---------------------- = ------------- ≤ 10 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 100 ( 10 ) N 3
A (a)(h ⁄ 2) 0.005
N P⁄2 P⁄2 6 3
σ b = ------b = -------------------------------------- = ------------------------------------- ≤ 18 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 28.27 ( 10 ) N 4
Ab ( π ⁄ 2)( d)(h ⁄ 2) ( 0.7854 ) ( 10 )
–3
The maximum force P is

P max = 15.7 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.43 A couple is using the chair lift shown in Figure P1.43 to see the Fall colors in Michigan’s Upper
Peninsula. The pipes of the chair frame are 1/16 in thick. Assuming each person weighs 180 lb, determine
the average normal stress at section AA and BB and average shear stress at section CC.
1/16 in
2 in
A A
2 in.
C
1/16 in
B B C
1.5 in.
80o 1.5 in
Section CC
Fig. P1.43
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The following FBD can be drawn.
NA
NB NB VC VC
180 lb 180 lb 180 lb 180 lb 180 lb 180 lb
By equilibrium
N A = 360 lb 2N B sin 80 = 360 lb or N B = 182.78 lb V C = 180 lb
The cross-sectional areas are:
1. In the calcuation of bearing stress, a better alternative is to use the projected bearing area (dh/2) which assume a uniform pressure
acting on the hole boundary.
π 2 2 2 π 2 2
A A = --- 2 – ⎛ 2 – ------⎞ A B = --- 1.5 – ⎛ 1.5 – ------⎞
2 2 2
= 0.3804 in = 0.2823 in
4 ⎝ 16⎠ 4 ⎝ 16⎠
π 2 2
A c = ( 2 ) ⎛ ------⎞ + --- 1.5 – ⎛ 1.5 – ------⎞
1 2 2
= 0.4073 in
⎝ 16⎠ 4 ⎝ 16⎠
The stresses are:
NA 360 N 182.78
σ A = -------
- = ---------------- = 946.4 psi σ B = ------B- = ---------------- = 647.5 psi
AA 0.3804 AB 0.2823
V 180
τ C = ------C- = ---------------- = 441.9 psi
AC 0.4073
σ A = 946.4 psi ( T ) σ B = 647.5 psi ( T ) τ C = 441.9 psi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.44 The axial force P = 12 kips acts on a rectangular member shown in Fig. P1.44. Determine the aver-
age normal and shear stress on the inclined plane AA.
in
5
1.
A 2 in
P
P
A 65o
Fig. P1.44
Solution σAA= ? τAA= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The following free body diagram can be drawn after making an imaginary cut through section AA.
in
5
1.
A t
P
65o n
65o 2 in 25oh
25o
V
A N
By equilibrium of forces in the n-direction we obtain: N = P sin 65 = 12 sin 65 = 10.876kips .

By equilibrium of forces in the t-direction we obtain: V = P cos 65 = 12 cos 65 = 5.0714kips .
The area of cross-section of plane AA is: A AA = ( h ) ( 1.5 ) = ⎛⎝ --------------⎞⎠ ( 1.5 ) = 3.3107in .
2 2
cos 25
N 10.876
The average normal stress on plane AA is: σ AA = ----------- = ---------------- = 3.286ksi or σ AA = 3.286ksi ( T )
A AA 3.3107
V = 5.0714
The average shear stress on plane AA is: τ AA = ----------- ---------------- = 1.532ksi or τ AA = 1.53ksi
A AA 3.3107
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.45 A wooden axial member has a cross section of 2 in × 4 in. The member was glued along line AA
and trasmits a force of P = ,80 kips as shown in Figure P1.45 Determine the average normal and shear
stress on plane AA.

P
40⬚
4 in
Fig. P1.45
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We draw the FBD below:
V N
h
40o
40o
40o
P
By equilbrium
N = P cos 40 = 61.283 kips V = P sin 40 = 51.42 kips 1
From geometry the cross-sectional area is:
A AA = h ( 2 ) = ⎛ --------------⎞ ( 2 ) = ( 5.2216 ) ( 2 ) = 10.4433 in
4 2
2
⎝ cos 40⎠
The stresses are
N 61.283 V 51.42
σ AA = ----------- = ------------------- = 5.87ksi τ AA = ----------- = ------------------- = 4.924ksi 3
A AA 10.4433 A AA 10.4433
σ AA = 5.87ksi ( T ) τ AA = 4.924ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.46 Two rectangular bars of thickness 10 mm are loaded as shown. If the normal stress on plane AA is
180 MPa (C), determine the force F1 and the normal and shear stress on plane BB.
10 mm 50 kN B
A
60 mm
30 mmF1
75o F3
A
Fig. P1.46 50 kN B 65o
Solution σAA= 180 MPa (C) F1 = ? σBB= 1? τBB= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
Figures below show the free body diagrams after the imaginary cuts are made through AA and BB.
(a) t n NBB 0.01
(b)
NAA VBB 65o F3
0.01 n
F1 hB 0.06
0.03 h
75o t
75oVAA 65o
By equilibrium of forces in the n-direction in Fig. (a) we obtain: N AA = F 1 sin 75 = 0.9659F 1 .
The area of cross-section of plane AA is: A AA = ( h ) ( 0.01 ) = ⎛⎝ -------------⎞⎠ ( 0.01 ) = 0.3106 ( 10 )m .

0.03 –3 2
sin 75
N 0.9659F 6
The average normal stress on plane AA is: σ AA = -----------
AA 1
= -------------------------------- = 180 ( 10 ) or F 1 = 57, 882N or
A AA –3
0.3106 ( 10 )
F 1 = 57.9kN
By equilibrium of forces in Fig. P1.46 we obtain F 1 + F 3 – 100 = 0 or F 3 = 42.1 kN
By equilibrium of forces in the n-direction in Fig. (b) we obtain: N BB = F 3 sin 65 = 42.1 sin 65 = 38.16kN
By equilibrium of forces in the t-direction in Fig. (b) we obtain: V BB = F 3 cos 65 = 42.1 cos 65 =17.79kN
The area of cross-section of plane BB is: A BB = ( h B ) ( 1.5 ) = ⎛⎝ --------------⎞⎠ ( 0.01 ) = 0.662 ( 10 )m .

0.06 –3 2
cos 65
3
N BB ( 38.16 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
The average normal stress on plane BB is: σ BB = ----------
- = -------------------------------- = 57.64 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or
A BB –3
0.662 ( 10 )
σ BB = 57.6MPa ( T )
3
V BB ( 17.79 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
The average shear stress on plane AA is: τ BB = ----------
- = -------------------------------- = 26.87 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or
A BB –3
0.662 ( 10 )
τ BB = 26.87MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.47 A butt joint is created by welding two plates to transmits a force of P = 250 kN as shown in Fig-
ure P1.47. Determine the average normal and shear stress on the plane AA of the weld.
900 mm
P P
A
50 mm 60o 60o 200 mm
A
Fig. P1.47
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
N
60o
P
h
V
60o
By equilbrium
N = P sin 60 = 216.5 kN V = P cos 60 = 125 kN 1
–3
50 ( 10 )
A AA = h ( 0.2 ) = ⎛ ----------------------⎞ ( 0.2 ) = [ 57.735 ( 10 ) ] ( 0.2 ) = 11.547 ( 10 )m
–3 –3 2
2
⎝ sin 60 ⎠
The stresses are
3
N 216.5 ( 10 ) 6 2 V 125 6 2
σ AA = ----------- = -------------------------------- = 18.75 ( 10 )N ⁄ m τ AA = ----------- = -------------------------------- = 10.83 ( 10 )N ⁄ m 3
A AA –3 A AA –3
11.547 ( 10 ) 11.547 ( 10 )
σ AA = 18.75 MPa ( T ) τ AA = 10.83 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.48 A square tube of 1/4 in thickness is welded along the seam and used for transmiting a force of
P = 20 kips as shown in Figure P1.48. Determine average normal and shear stress on the plane AA of the
weld.
P
2.5 in
2.5 in
30o
Fig. P1.48 P
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
V N
h
30o
30o
o
30
P
By equilbrium
N = P cos 30 = 17.32 kips V = P sin 30 = 10 kips 1
2.5 2 2.5 – 2 ⁄ 4 2
A AA = h o – h i = ⎛ --------------⎞ – ⎛ -----------------------⎞ = ( 2.887 ) – ( 2.309 ) = 3 in
2 2 2 2 2
2
⎝ cos 30⎠ ⎝ cos 30 ⎠
The stresses are

N 17.32 V 10
σ AA = ----------- = ------------- = 5.77 ksi τ AA = ----------- = ------ = 3.33 ksi 3
A AA 3 A AA 3
σ AA = 5.77 ksi ( T ) τ AA = 3.33 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.49 (a) In terms of P, a, b and θ, determine the average normal and shear stress on the inclined plane
AA shown in Fig. P1.49. (b) Plot the normal and shear stress as a function of θ and determine the maxi-
mum value of the normal and shear stress. (c) At what angles of the incline plane the maximum normal and
maximum shear stress occur.
a
P A b
P
θ A
Fig. P1.49
Solution σ = f1(P, a, b, θ) τ = f2(P, a, b,q) θσ = ? when σ is max. θτ = ? when τ is max.
------------------------------------------------------------
By making an imaginary cut through AA we obtain the following free body diagram.
a N t n
P
θ b h
θ V
By equilibrium of forces in the n-direction we obtain: N – P cos θ = 0 or N = P cos θ

By equilibrium of forces in the t-direction we obtain: P sin θ + V = 0 or V = – P sin θ
The area of the incline can be found as: A = ah = a ( b ⁄ cos θ )
P cos θ P
The average normal stress on the incline plane is: σ = N
2
---- = -------------------------- σ = ------ cos θ
A a ( b ⁄ cos θ ) ab
V – P sin θ –P
The average shear stress on the incline plane is: τ = ---
- = -------------------------- τ = ------ sin θ cos θ
A a ( b ⁄ cos θ ) ab
The minus sign in the shear stress expression indicates that is acts down the incline. The normal stress and
shear stress are plotted below. From the plot it is seen that normal stress is maximum at θ = 0 and shear
stress magnitude is maximum at θ = 45o. Thus the answers are:
o o
θσ = 0 θ τ = 45
σ
------------------
( P ⁄ ab )
τ
------------------
( P ⁄ ab )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.50 An axial load is applied to a 1 inch diameter circular rod. The shear stress on section AA was
found to be 20 ksi. The section AA is at 45o to the axis of the rod. Determine the applied force P and the
average normal stress acting on section AA.
P A
P
A
Fig. P1.50
Solution d=1 τA = 20ksi P=? σA = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
By making an imaginary cut through AA we obtain the following free body diagram.
N
B n
P a
45o d=1
o
45 V t
45o
C
The length BC can be found as: a = d ⁄ ( sin 45 ) = 1.414 . The area of the elliptic inclined section can
π π 2
be found as: A = --- ad = --- ( 1.414 ) = 1.1107in
4 4
The shear force can be found as: V = τ A A = ( 20 ) ( 1.1107 ) = 22.214kips
V 22.214
By equilibrium of forces in the t-direction we obtain: P sin 45 – V = 0 or P = ------------- = ----------------
sin 45 sin 45
P = 31.4 kips
By equilibrium of forces in the n-direction we obtain: or N = P cos 45 = 31.4 cos 45 = 22.214kips
N 22.214
The average normal stress on the incline plane is: σ = ---- = ---------------- = 20 σ = 20ksi ( T )
A 1.1107
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.51 A simplified model of a child’s arm lifting weight is shown in Fig. P1.51. The area of cross-section
of the biceps muscle is estimated as 2 in2. Determine the average normal stress in the muscle and the aver-
age shear force at the elbow joint A.
muscle
5 lb 6 in
Biceps
Bone
Bone
A
7 in 2 in
Fig. P1.51
Solution A = 2in.2 σ=? V=?

------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the fore arm is shown below.
5 lb. N
θ 6
Ax
θ
7 2
Ay 2
The angle θ can be found as θ = atan ( 6 ⁄ 2 ) = 71.56

o
By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain:

45
( N sin θ ) ( 2 ) – ( 5 ) ( 9 ) = 0 or N = ------------------------ = 23.717lbs
2 sin 71.56
The average normal stress in the muscle is: σ = N 23.717

---- = ---------------- = 11.858 or σ = 11.9psi ( T )
A 2
By equilibrium of forces in the x-direction we obtain: A x = N cos θ = 23.717 cos 71.56 = 7.5lbs·
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain: A y = 5 – N sin θ = 5 – 23.717 sin 71.56 = – 17.5lbs
2 2
V = A x + A y = 19.04 V = 19lbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.52 Fig. P1.52 shows a truss and the sequence of assembly of members at pin H, G, and C. All mem-
bers of the truss have a cross-sectional area of 250 mm2 and all pins have a diameter of 15 mm. Determine
(a) the axial stresses in members HA, HB, HG, and HC. (b) the maximum shear stress in pin H.
G
HC GF FE
F HG FD
H GC
HB FC
HA GH FG
300 300
A B C D E Pin G
Pin H Pin F
3m 3m 3m 3m
4 kN 2 kN 3 kN
Fig. P1.52
Solution Am = 250 mm2 dp = 15 mm σHA = ? σHB = ? σHG = ? σHC = ? (τH)max = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the entire truss can be drawn as shown below.By equilibrium of moment about
point E, we obtain: Ay(12) - 4(9) - 2(6) - 3(3) = 0 or
Ay = 4.75 kN
1
G
F
H
300 300 Ex
B C D
Ay 3m 3m 3m 3m Ey
4 kN 2 kN 3 kN
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction, we obtain: Ay + Ey - 4 - 2 - 3 = 0 or
Ey = 4.25 kN
2
By equilbrium of forces in the x-direction, we obtain:
Ex = 0
3
Making an imaginary cut through members HG, HC, and BC we obtain the free body diagram in Fig. (a).
By equilibrium of moment about point C, we obtain: [(NHG sin30) + Ay](6) - 4(3) = 0 or
NHG = (12.0 - 6(4.75)) / 6sin30 = -5.5 kN
NHG
(a) (b) NBH (c) NHG
H
NBC
NHC B 30o
300
A
y B NBC NBA 60o 60o
3m 4 kN NHA
NHB NHC
4 kN
N = -4 kN
By equilibrium of moment about point A, we obtain:NHC sin30(6) + 4(3) = 0 or HC
Fig. (b) is the free body diagram of joint B. By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain:
NBH = 4 kN
Fig. (c) represents the free body diagram of joint H. By equilibrium of forces in the x-direction we obtain:
NHG cos30 + NHC cos30 - NHA sin60 = 0or (-5.5 - 4) cos 30 = NHA sin60 or NHA = -9.5 kN
The axial stresses in each member can be found as shown below.
σHA = 38 MPa (C)
σHA = NHA/A = (-9.5)(103)/(250)(10-6) = -38(106) N/m2
σHB = 16 MPa (T)
σHB = NHB/A = (4)(103)/(250)(10-6) = 16(106) N/m2
σHG = 22 MPa (C)
σHG = NHG/A = (-5.5)(103)/(250)(10-6) = -22(106) N/m2
σHC = 16 MPa (C)
σHC = NHA/A = (-4)(103)/(250)(10-6) = -16(106) N/m2
(b) The free body diagram of pin H is shown in Fig. (d). By making imaginary cuts at different sections of
the pin the free body diagrams shown in Figs. (e), (f), and (g) are obtained.
(d) (e) (f) V2y (g)
5.5 kN
Pin H
60o HC
V1
HA HC
HG 60o 4 kN HB V2x
HB HA
60o
HA 9.5 kN
4 kN V3 4 kN
9.5 kN 9.5 kN
4 kN
60o
From Fig. (e) V1 = 9.5 kN (4)

From Fig. (f) V2x - 9.5 sin60 = 0 V2x = 8.22 kN
V2y + 4 - 9.5 cos60 = 0 V2y = 0.75 kN
2 2
V2 = V 2x + V 2y = 8.25kN (5)
From Fig (g) V3 = 4 kN (6)
From equations (4), (5) and (6), we see that the maximum shear force is 9.5kN, thus the maximum sheer
stress will be between members HA and HB.
V1 9.5 ( 10 3 )
( τ H ) max = ----------
- = ------------------------ = 53.76 ( 10 6 ) ( τ H ) max = 53.76 MPa
A pin π · 2
--- ( 0.015 )
4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) the axial stresses in members FG, FC, FD, and FE (b) the maximum shear stress in pin F.
G
F
H HC GF FE
HG FD
HB GC FC
0
30 300 HA GH FG
A B C D E
3m 3m 3m 3m Pin G
Pin H Pin F
4 kN 2 kN 3 kN
Fig. P1.53
Solution Am = 250 mm2 dp = 15 mm σFG = ? σFC = ? σFD = ? σFE = ? (τF)max = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the entire truss can be drawn as shown below in Fig. (a) .By equilibrium of
moment about point E, we obtain: Ay(12) - 4(9) - 2(6) - 3(3) = 0 or
Ay = 4.75 kN
1
G
(a) F
H
300 300 Ex
B C D
Ay 3m 3m 3m 3m Ey
4 kN 2 kN 3 kN
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction, we obtain: Ay + Ey - 4 - 2 - 3 = 0 or
Ey = 4.25 kN
2
By equilbrium of forces in the x-direction, we obtain:
Ex = 0
3
We can make an imaginary cut through members FG, FC, and DC to obtain the free body diagram shown in
Fig. (b).
NFG
(b) (c) (d)
F NFG
NDF
NFC NDC NDE 30o
E
NDC 30 0 x
C 30o
D 60o 60o
3m 3m E
y NFC NFE
3 kN 3 kN NFD
By equilibrium of moment about point C in Fig. (b), we obtain: NFG sin30)(6) + (4.25)(6) - 3(3) = 0 or
NFG = -5.5 kN
4
By equilibrium of moment about point E, we obtain:NFC sin30)(6) + 3(3) = 0
NFC = -3 kN
5
Fig. (c) is the free body diagram of joint D. By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain:
NDF = 3 kN
6
Fig. (d) represents the free body diagram of joint F. By equilibrium of forces in the x-direction we obtain:
NFE sin60 - NFG cos30 - NFC cos30 = 0 or
NFE = -8.5 kN
7
σFG = NFG / A = -5.5(103) / 250(10-6) = -22(106) N/m2
σFC = NFC / A = -3(103) / 250(10-6) = -12(106) N/m2
σFD = NFD / A = 3(103) / 250(10-6) = 12(106) N/m2
σFE = NFE / A = -8.5(103) / 250(10-6) = -34(106) N/m2
The answers are: σ FG = 22 MPa (C) ; σ FC = 12 MPa (C) ; σ FD = 12 MPa (T) ; σ FE = 34 MPa (C)
The free body diagram of pin F is shown in Fig. (e). By making imaginary cuts at different sections of the
pin the free body diagrams shown in Figs. (f), (g), and (h) are obtained.
(e) (f) (g)
Pin F 3kN (h)
5.5 kN
5.5 kN FE FE
60o FE 60o
60o FD FD o 8.5 kN
60o 8.5 kN 60
FC FG 60o
FG V2x 8.5 kN
V1 V3
3kN 3kN
V2y
From Fig. (f) V1 = 5.5 kN 8
From Fig. (g) V2x - 8.5 sin60 = 0 V2x = 7.36 kN
-V2y - 3 + 8.5 cos60 = 0 V2y = 1.25 kN
2 2
V2 = V 2x + V 2y = 7.466kN 9
From Fig (h) V3 = 8.5 kN 10
From equations (8), (9) and (10), we see that the maximum shear force is 8.5kN, thus the maximum sheer
stress will be between members FD and FE.
V3 8.5 ( 10 3 ) = 48.1 ( 10 6 )
( τ F ) max = ----------
- = ------------------------ ( τ F ) max = 48.1 MPa
A pin π · 2
--- ( 0.015 )
4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) the axial stresses in members GH, GC, and GF (b) the maximum shear stress in pin G
G
F
H HC GF FE
HG FD
HB GC FC
300 300 HA FG
B C GH
A D E
3m 3m 3m 3m Pin G
Pin H Pin F
4 kN 2 kN 3 kN Fig. P1.54
Solution Am = 200mm2 dp = 10mmσGH = ? σGC = ? σGF = ? (τG)max = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the entire truss can be drawn as shown below in Fig. (a) .By equilibrium of
moment about point E, we obtain: Ay(12) - 4(9) - 2(6) - 3(3) = 0 or
Ay = 4.75 kN
1
G
(a) (b) NHG (c)
F H G
H
600 600
300 300 Ex NHC
B C
300 NGH NGF
D A
y B NBC
Ay 3m 3m 3m 3m Ey NGC
3m
4 kN 2 kN 3 kN
4 kN
Making an imaginary cut through members HG, HC, and BC we obtain the free body diagram in Fig. (b).
By equilibrium of moment about point C, we obtain: [(NHG sin30) + Ay](6) - 4(3) = 0 or
NHG = (12.0 - 6(4.75)) / 6sin30 = -5.5 kN
NHG = -5.5 kN = NGH 2

The free body diagram of the joint G can be drawn as shown in Fig. (c).
By equilibrium of forces in the x-direction we obtain: -NGH sin60 + NGF sin60 = 0 or
NGF = NGH = -5.5 kN
3
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain: -NGH cos60 - NGF cos60 - NGC = 0 or
NGC = 5.5 kN
4
σGH = 27.5 MPa (C)
σGH = - 5.5(10-3) / 200(10-6) = - 27.5(106) N/m2
σGC = 27.5 MPa (T)
σGC = 5.5(10-3) / 200(10-6) = 27.5(106) N/m2
σGF = 27.5 MPa (C)
σGF = - 5.5(10-3) / 200(10-6) = - 27.5(106) N/m2
The answers are: σ GH = 27.5 MPa (C) ; σ GC = 27.5 MPa (T) ; σ GF = 27.5 MPa (C)
The free body diagram of pin G is shown in Fig. (d). By making imaginary cuts at different sections of the
pin the free body diagrams shown in Figs. (e) and (f) are obtained.
By force equilibrium in Figs. (e) and (f) we obtain:V1 = 22 kN V2 = 22 kN
Magnitude of shear stress is constant though the direction changes. The maximum shear stress is
( 5.5 ) ( 10 3 )
( τ G ) max = -------------------------- = 70.03 ( 10 6 ) = 70.03MPa ( τ G ) max = 70 MPa
π
--- ( 0.01 ) 2
4
Pin G (e) V1
(d) GF (f) V2
GC GF
GH
GH
60o 5.5 kN
o 60o 5.5 kN
o 5.5 kN 5.5 kN 60
5.5 kN 60
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.55 The pin at C is has a diameter of 1/2 in. and is in double shear. The area of cross-sections for mem-
bers AB and BC are 2 in2 and 2.5 in2. Determine the axial stress in member AB and the shear stress in pin
C.
60 in A
80 lb./in B
60o 66 in
C
Fig. P1.55
Solution dc = 1/2 in. AAB = 2 in 2
σAB = ? τc = ?
ABC = 2.5 in2
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of member BC can be drawn with the distributed force replaced by an equivalent
force as shown in Fig (a).
s
lb
(a) (b) V
80
NAB
52
B
=
33
6)
(6
V
0)
(8
Cx
33
Cy
60o
C Cx
Cy
By equilibrium of moment about point C we obtain: (5280)(33) - NAB(66sin60) = 0 or
N AB = 3048.4lbs 1
By equilibrium of forces in the x-direction we obtain: Cx + NAB - 5280cos30 = 0 or
Cx = 1524.2 lbs.
2
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain-Cy + 5280sin30 = 0
Cy = 2640 lbs.
3
N AB 3048.4
The axial stress is: σ AB = ----------
- = ---------------- = 1524.2psi or σ AB = 1524 psi ( T )
A AB 2
The free body diagram in Fig. (b) shows pin C in double shear. By equilibrium of force we obtain:
2 2
2V = C x + C y = 1524.2
V- 1524.2
The shear stress in pin C is: τ C = ------ = ------------------------------ = 7763psi τ C = 7763psi
AC 2
( π ( 0.5 ) ⁄ 4 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.56 All pins shown are in single shear and have a diameter of 40 mm. All members have square cross-
sections. Determine the maximum shear stress in the pins and the axial stress in member BD.
50 kN/m
B C 150 mm
A
50 mm
3m D
E
m 2.5 m 2.5 m
0m
20
Fig. P1.56
Solution d = 40mm σBD = ? τmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the entire structure can be drawn as shown in Fig. (a). By equilibrium of moment
about point A we obtain: Ex(3) - 250(2.5) = 0 or Ex = 208.33 kN
Ay 250 kN Cy
(a) (b) NBD Cx
Ax
B C 150 mm
50 mm
3m D D
Ex Ex
E E
2.5 m 2.5 m 2.5 m 2.5 m
0 mm
20
By equilibrium of force in the x-direction we obtain:Ax = Ex = 208.33 kN or Ax = 208.33 kN
By equilibrium of force in the y-direction we obtain:Ay = 250 kN

The free body diagram of member CE can be drawn as shown in Fig. (b)
By equilibrium of moment about point C we obtain: NBD(2.5) - 208.33(3) = 0 or NBD = 250 kN
250 ( 10 ) 3 2
The axial stress in member BD is: σ BD = ------------------------------
- = 100 ( 10 6 ) N ⁄ m or σ BD = 100MPa ( T )
( 0.05 ) ( 0.05 )
By equilibrium of force in the x-direction in Fig. (b) we obtain: Cx = Ex = 208.33 kN or Cx = 208.33 kN
By equilibrium of force in the x-direction in Fig. (b) we obtain: Cy = NBD = 250 kN or Cy = 250 kN
2
The resultant force at A: F A = A x + A y2 = 325kN
2
The resultant force at F C = C x + C y2 = 325kN
The force on the pin B and D will equal NBD. Thus, pins A & C will have maximum shear.
325 ( 10 3 ) 2
τ max = --------------------------------- = 258.6 ( 10 6 ) N ⁄ m τ max = 259MPa
2
( π ⁄ 4 ) ( 0.04 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.57 A student athlete is lifting weight W = 36 lbs as shown in Figure P1.57a. The weight of the athe-
lete is WA = 140lb. A model of the student pelvis and legs is shown in Figure P1.57b. The weight of legs
and pelvis WL = 32 lb acts at the center of gravity G. Determine the normal stress in the erector spinae
muscle that supports th trunk if the average muscle area at the time of lifting the weight is 1.75 in2.
Erector
spinae
45o muscles
in
in 1.5
Hip Joint
2
A
8.
G
in
10
WL
B 45o
20 in
(W+WA)/2 Fig. P1.57

3 in
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We draw the FBD as below

N From equilibrium of moment about A
45o N ( 1.5 ) + 32a – 88b = 0 1
in
in 1.5
Ax
From geometry
2
a = 8.2 cos 45 = 5.798 in 2
8.
Ay b = 18.2 cos 45 + 3 = 15.869 in 3
G
in
10
a Substituting a and b we obtain
B 45o
32 lb ( 88 ) ( 15.869 ) – 32 ( 5.798 )
N = --------------------------------------------------------------- = 807.31 lb
1.5
Thus, the stress in the muscle is:
N 807.31
20 in σ = ---- = ---------------- = 461.3 psi
A 1.75
σ = 461.3 psi ( T )
88 lb
3 in
b
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.58 A student is exercising his shoulder muscles using a W = 15 lb dumbell as shown in Figure
P1.58a. The model of the student arm is shown in Figure P1.58b. The weight of the arm of WA = 9 lb acts
at the center of gravity G. Determine the average normal stress in the deltoid muscle if the average area of
the muscle is 0.75 in2 at the time the weight is in the horizontal position.
(a) (b) scle
id mu 15o
delto
A G B
O
Shoulder
12 in 6 in 6 in
joint
W WA
Fig. P1.58
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We draw the FBD as below
A G B 15o Ox
12 in 6 in 6 in
W WA Oy
From equilibrium of moment about O
N sin 15 ( 6 ) – ( 6 )W A – ( 24 )W = 0 or ( 6 ) ( 9 ) + ( 24 ) ( 15 )- = 266.6 lb
N = ------------------------------------------- 1
6 sin 15
Thus, the stress in the muscle is:
N 266.6
σ = ---- = ------------- = 354.7 psi 2
A 0.75
σ = 354.7 psi ( T )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.59 The bottom screw in a hook supports 60% of the load P, while the remaining 40% of P is carried by
the top screw. The shear strength of the screws is 50 MPa. Develop a table for maximum load P that the
hook can support for screw diameters that vary from 1 mm to 5 mm in steps of 1 mm.
Fig. P1.59
Solution τ max ≤ 50MPa P vs. d = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The shear force on the bottom screw is Vbottom = 0.6P
V bottom 0.6P 6 P 6
τ max = ------------------
- = --------------------- ≤ 50 ( 10 ) or ----- ≤ 65.45 ( 10 )
A 2 2
( πd ⁄ 4 ) d
The table below list the values of d and P that satisfies the above inequality.
d (mm) P (Newton)
1 65
2 261
3 589
4 1047
5 1636
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.60 Determine the maximum force P that can be transferred by the riveted joint shown in Figure P1.60
if the limits apply: maximum normal stress in the attached members can be 30 ksi., maximum bearing
stress between the pins and members can be 15 ksi, and the maximum shear stress in the rivet can be
20 ksi.
P P
1 in 2 in 1 in
0.5 in
0.5 in
P P
0.5 in
0.5 in
Fig. P1.60
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We make imaginary cuts and obtain the FBD’s below.

V
P P P
N Nb
V
P
V = --- N = P Nb = P 1
2
The stresses1 should be below the limiting values
V P⁄2 P⁄2
τ r = ------ = ------------------------------ = ---------------- ≤ 20 ksi or P ≤ 7.852 kips 2
Ar ( π ⁄ 4 ) ( 0.5 )
2 0.1963
N P
σ = ---- = -------------------- ≤ 30 ksi or P ≤ 15 kips 3
A ( 1 ) ( 0.5 )
N P P P
σ b = ------b = -------------------------- - = ---------------- ≤ 15 ksi
- = --------------------------------------- or P ≤ 5.891 kips 4
Ab ( π ⁄ 2 ) ( t )d r ( π ⁄ 2 ) ( 0.5 ) ( 0.5 ) 0.3927
The maximum value of P is
P max = 5.8 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.61 A tire swing is suspended using three chains. Each chain makes an angle of 12o with the vertical.
The chain is made from links as shown. For purpose of design, assume that more than one person may use
the swing and hence the swing is to be designed to carry a weight of 500-lb. If the maximum average nor-
mal stress in the links is not to exceed 10 ksi, determine to the nearest 1/16 inch the diameter of the wire
that should be used for constructing the links.
12o
Fig. P1.61
Solution σ max ≤ 10ksi W = 500-lb d=? to nearest 1/16th of an inch
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the tire and the chain link is shown below.
By force equilibrium in the y-direction we obtain: 3T cos12 = 500 or T = 170.4bs
1. In the calcuation of bearing stress, a better alternative is to use the projected bearing area (tdr) which assume a uniform pressure acting
on the hole boundary.
By force equilibrium on the link we obtain: 2N =T or N = 85.195 lbs.

T
(a) (b)
12o
T
T
T
N N
W = 500 lb
85.195
The average axial stress in the link is: σ = N
3
---- = --------------------- ≤ 10 ( 10 ) or d ≥ 0.1041inch
2 A ( πd ⁄ 4 )
1
The minimum d to the nearest 1/16th of an inch is: d min = --- inch
8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.62 Two cast iron pipes are held together by a bolt as shown. The outer diameters of the two pipes are
50 mm and 70 mm and the wall thickness of each pipe is 10 mm. The diameter of the bolt is 15 mm. What
is the maximum force P this assembly can transmit if the maximum permissible stresses in the bolt and cast
iron are 200 MPa in shear and 150 MPa in tension, respectively.
P P
Fig. P1.62
Solution σ cast ≤ 150MPa τ bolt ≤ 200MPa d bolt = 15mm Pmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The smaller pipe will have higher normal stress. The free body diagrams of the smaller pipe and the pipe
with bolts cut by imaginary sections are shown below.
V
(a) N P (b) (c) P
V
By force equilibrium in Fig. (a) we have N = P
The area of cross-section of the cast iron pipe is minimum at the bolt hole as shown in Fig. (c).The cross-
sectional area is: Acast = π(0.052 - 0.032)/4 - 2(0.01)(0.015) = 0.9566(10-3)m2
The average normal stress in the cast iron pipe is as shown below.
N P 6 3
σ cast = ------------- = -------------------------------- ≤ 150 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 143.49 ( 10 )Newtons 1
A cast –3
0.9566 ( 10 )
By force equilibrium in Fig. (b) we have2V = P or V = P/2
The area of cross-section of the bolt is: A = π(0.015) /4 = 176.7(10-6)m2
2
V (P ⁄ 2) 6 3
τ bolt = ------------- = ---------------------------------- ≤ 200 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 70.68 ( 10 )Newtons 2
A bolt –6
( 176.7 ) ( 10 )
The maximum value of P that satisfies inequalities in Eqs. (1) and (2) is: P max = 70.6kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.63 A normal stress of 20 ksi is to be transferred from one plate to another by riveting a plate on top.
The shear strength of the 1/2 inch rivets used is 40 ksi. Assuming all rivets carry equal shear stress, deter-
mine the minimum even number of rivets that must be used.
1 in
8 in
1 in
σ = 20 ksi 1 in 6 in σ = 20 ksi
Fig. P1.63
Solution σ = 20 ksi drivet = 1/2 τ rivet ≤ 40ksi 2n= number of rivets =?
------------------------------------------------------------
We can draw the following free body diagram.
1 in
V V
n rivets V V
V V 8 in
V V σ = 20 ksi
By equilibrium of forces we have: nV = (20)(8)(1) or V= 160/n kips

The area of cross-section of each rivet is: Arivet = (π/4)(1/2)2 = 0.1963 in2
The average stress in each rivet can be written as:
V 160 160
τ rivet = -------------- = ------------------------ ≤ 40 or n ≥ -------------------------------- or n ≥ 20.37 or n = 21 rivets
A rivet n ( 0.1963 ) ( 40 ) ( 0.1963 )
2n = 42 rivets
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.64 Two possible joining configurations are to be evaluated. The forces on the joint A in a truss were
calculated and are as shown. The diameter of the pin is 20 mm. Determine which joint assembly is better
by calculating the maximum shear stress in the pin for each case
NC = 50 kN Configuration 2
Configuration 1 NC = 50 kNN = 67.32 kN
B
ND= 30 kN
NA = 32.68 kN ND= 30 kN
NA = 32.68 kN 30o
NB = 67.32 kN
30o
30o
30o
Solution dp = 20mm configuration = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Configuration 1
Fig. (a) below shows the free body diagram of the entire pin. Figs. (b), (c), and (d) show the free body dia-
grams after making the imaginary cut at different sections of the pin.
From Fig. (b) V1 = 32.68 kN
2 2
From Fig. (c) V2x = 30 kN V2y = 50 kN. The resultant shear force is: V 2 = 30 + 50 = 58.31kN
From Fig. (d) V3 = 30 kN.
The maximum shear force is V2. Thus, the maximum shear stress is:
3
V 58.31 ( 10 ) 6 2
( τ 1 ) max = -----2- = ---------------------------- = 185.6 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m 1
A 2
π ( 0.02 ) ⁄ 4
(a) NC = 50 kN (b) (c) NC = 50 kN (d)

NA = 32.68 kN
ND= 30 kN ND= 30 kN ND= 30 kN
NA = 32.68 kN NB = 67.32 kN 30o V3
o
30o V2x
30 V1
V2y
Configuration 2
Fig. (e) shows the free body diagram of the entire pin. Figs. (f), (g), and (h) show the free body diagrams
after making the imaginary cut at different sections of the pin.
(e) NC = 50 kN (f) (g)
NB = 67.32 kN NA = 32.68 kN NB = 67.32 kN (h)
o V3
NA = 32.68 kN 30o ND= 30 kN 30 30o ND= 30 kN ND= 30 kN
30 o V2x
V1
V2y
From Fig (f) V1 = 32.68 kN From Fig (g)V2x = 28.3 kN V2y = 33.66 kN
2 2
The resultant shear force is: V 2 = 28.3 + 33.66 = 43.97kN
From Fig (h) V3 = 30 kN
The maximum shear force is V2. Thus, the maximum shear stress is:
3
V 43.97 ( 10 ) 6 2
( τ 2 ) max = -----2- = ---------------------------- = 139.98 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m 2
A 2
π ( 0.02 ) ⁄ 4
Comparing Eqs. (1) and (2) we see that configuration 2 has lower shear stress. Configuration 2 is better.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.65 Truss analysis showed the following forces at joint A. Determine the sequence in which the three
members at joint A should be assembled, so that the shear stress in the pin is minimum.
ND =22.94 kips
NC = 40 kips
35o
A NB= 32.77 kips
Fig. P1.65
Solution Sequence = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
There are 6 possible sequences. Three of the sequences are shown below. The remaining three are the
mirror image of the three shown and hence will result in the same shear stress.
(a) (b) ND =22.94 kips
(c) ND =22.94 kips
NC = 40 kips NC = 40 kips
ND =22.94 kips
2 30o 2 30o 2
1 1 1 NC = 40 kips
30o
NB= 32.77 kips
NB= 32.77 kips NB= 32.77 kips
The shear force at the imaginary cuts 1 and 2 will equal to the force at the nearest end. Thus, if smaller
forces are on the outside, then the shear stress will be smaller. Configuration shown in Fig.(c) will yield the
smallest shear stress. Member should be assembled as in Fig.(c).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.66 An 8 in x 8 in reinforced concrete bar needs to be designed to carry a compressive axial force of
235 kips. The reinforcement is done using 1/2 inch round cast iron bars. Assuming normal stress in con-
crete to be a uniform maximum value of 3 ksi and in iron bars to be a uniform value of 20 ksi, determine
the minimum number of iron bars that are needed.
Solution N ≥ 235kips ds = 1/2 in. bar = 8in x 8in
σconc = 3 ksi (C) σs = 20 ksi (C) nmin = number of steel bars = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The cross-section of the reinforced concrete bar is shown.
8
8
The material area of steel is: As = n (π/4)(1/2)2 = 0.19635n in2

The material area of concrete is: Aconc = (8)(8) - 0.19635n
The axial stress in steel is: σs = Ns /As = 20 ksi or Ns = 3.927n kips
The axial stress in concrete is: σconc = Nconc/Aconc = 3 ksi or Nconc = (192 - 0.58905n) kips.
The total axial force that the bar can carry is:
N = N s + N conc = 192 + 3.3379n ≥ 235 or n ≥ 12.88 or n min = 13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.67 A wooden axial member has a cross-section of 2 in x 4 in. The member was glued along the line
AA as shown in Fig. P1.67. Determine the maximum force P that can be applied to the repaired axial mem-
ber if the maximum normal stress in the glue cannot exceed 800 psi and the maximum shear stress in the
glue cannot exceed 350 psi.
P
40o
A
4 in
Fig. P1.67
Solution cross-section = 2in x 4in σ ≤ 800 psi τ ≤ 350 psi Pmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of a lower part of the wedge is shown below.
V N
A
t n
h
4 inch 40o
40o A
50o
P
By equilibrium of forces in the n-direction we have: N = Psin50o = 0.7660P
By equilibrium of forces in the t-direction we have: V = Pcos50o = 0.6428P
The area of the incline plane is: A = 2h = 2(4/cos40) = 10.44 in2
0.766P
The normal stress on the incline is: σ = N
---- = ----------------- ≤ 800 or P ≤ 10902lbs
A 10.44
V 0.6428P
The shear stress on the incline is: τ = ---
- = -------------------- ≤ 350 or P ≤ 5684lbs
A 10.44
The maximum value of P that satisfies the above two inequalities is: P max = 5684 lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.68 .An adhesively bonded joint in wood is fabricated as shown in Fig. P1.68. The length of bonded
region L = 5 inches. Determine the maximum force P the joint can support if the shear strength of adhesive
is 300 psi and the wood strength is 6 ksi in tension.
P
8 in P
1 in
1 in
1 in
L
Fig. P1.68
Solution L = 5 in. σ W ≤ 6000psi τ glue ≤ 300psi Pmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram after making an imaginary cut though the wood.
(a) P (b) V P
8 in
N
1 in
V
L/2
By equilibrium of forces we have: N = P

P
N - = ---------------
The average normal stress in wood is: σ W = -------- - ≤ 6000 or P ≤ 48000 lbs
AW (8 )(1 )
Fig. (b) shows the free body diagram after imaginary cuts are made through the glue on the top and bottom
surface of the wood. By equilibrium of forces we have: 2V = P
V P
The average shear stress in the glue is: τ glue = ------------- = ------------------------------- ≤ 300 or P ≤ 12000 lbs
A glue ( 2)(8)(5 ⁄ 2 )
The maximum value of P that satisfies equations the two inequalities above is: P max = 12 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.69 The joint in Fig. P1.69 is to support a force P = 25 kips, what should be the length L of the bonded
region if the adhesive strength in shear is 300 psi.
P
8 in P
1 in
1 in
1 in
L
Fig. P1.69
Solution P = 25 kips τ glue ≤ 300psi L =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The FBD is shown below.
V 8 in P
1 in
V
L/2
from equilibrium: 2V = P = 25(103) or V = 12.5(103) lbs.

3
V 12.5 ( 10 )
The average shear stress is: τ glue = ------------- = ------------------------ ≤ 300 or L ≥ 10.412 inch orL = 10.4 in
A glue ( 8 )( L ⁄ 2)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.70 The normal stress in the members of the truss shown in Fig. P1.70 is to be limited to 160 MPa in
tension or compression. All members have a circular cross-section. The shear stress in the pins is to be lim-
ited to 250 MPa. Determine (a) the minimum diameters to the nearest millimeter of members ED, EG, and
EF. (b) the minimum diameter of pin E to the nearest millimeter and the sequence of assembly of members
ED, EG, and EF.
4m 4m
C D E
3m
B G F 40 kN
3m 65 kN
Fig. P1.70
A H
Solution σ ≤ 160MPa dEP = ? dEG = ? dEF = ? τ E ≤ 250MPa dE = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
Figs. (a) and (b) shows the free body diagrams of joints F and E.
By equilibrium of force in Fig. (a) in the y-direction we obtain: NEF = 65kN
NEF
4
(a) (b) NED (c) θ
θ E 3
NFG 40 kN 5
F NEG
NEF
65 kN
By equilibrium of force in Fig. (b) in the y-direction we obtain: NEGsinθ + NEF = 0 or NEG = -108.3 kN
By equilibrium of force in Fig. (b) in the y-direction we obtain: NED + NEGcosθ= 0 or NED = 86.67kN
N ED 86.67 ( 10 3 ) -) –3
σ ED = ------------------------
- = ---------------------------- ≤ 160 ( 10 6 ) ) or d ED ≥ 26.26 ( 10 )m or d ED = 27 mm
2
2
( πd ED ) ⁄ 4 ( πd ED ) ⁄ 4
N EG 108.3 ( 10 3 ) ) –3
σ EG = ------------------------ - ≤ 160 ( 10 6 ) )
- = ---------------------------- or d EG ≥ 29.36 ( 10 )m or d EG = 30 mm
2
2
( πd EG ) ⁄ 4 ( πd EG ) ⁄ 4
N EF 65 ( 10 3 ) )- –3
σ EF = -----------------------
- = ----------------------- ≤ 160 ( 10 6 ) ) or d EF ≥ 22.7 ( 10 )m or d EF = 23 mm
2
2
( πd EF ) ⁄ 4 ( πd EF ) ⁄ 4
There are 6 possible assembly sequences. Three of the sequences are shown below. The remaining three
are mirror images and will result in the same shear stress. The shear force at the imaginary cuts 1 and 2 will
equal to the force at the nearest end. Thus, if smaller forces are on the outside, then the shear stress will be
smaller. Assembly in Fig. (b) will yield the smallest shear stress.
The sequence of assembly shown in Fig. (b) should be used.
108.3 kN 86.67 kN
(d) (e) 86.67 kN 108.3 kN (f)
ED ED
86.67 kN EG EF 108.3 kN
EG
ED EF 2 EG 2
EF 2 1 1
1
65 kN
65 kN
65 kN
In Fig. (b) the max shear force is at cut 2 and its value is: V = 86.67 kN
86.67 ( 10 3 ) ) –3
V
τ E = -------------------- - ≤ 250 ( 10 6 ) )
- = ---------------------------- or d E ≥ 21.01 ( 10 )m or d E = 22 mm
2
2
( πd E ) ⁄ 4 ( πd E ) ⁄ 4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.71 The normal stress in the members of the truss shown in Fig. P1.71 is to be limited to 160 MPa in
tension or compression. All members have a circular cross-section. The shear stress in the pins is to be lim-
ited to 110 MPa. Determine (a) the minimum diameters to the nearest millimeter of members CG, CD, and
CB. (b) the minimum diameter of pin C to the nearest millimeter and the sequence of assembly of members
CG, CD, and CB..
4m 4m
C D E
3m
B G F 40 kN
3m 65 kN
A H
Fig. P1.71
Solution σ ≤ 160MPa dCG = ? dCD = ? dCB = ? τ E ≤ 250MPa dC = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Figs. (a) and (b) shows the free body diagrams of joints D and C.
(a) D (b) NCD (c) (d) 86.67 kN
4 CD
NCD C θ CG
NED θ
3 CB 2
NCG 5 1
NDG NCB 108.3 kN
From problem 1-72 we know NED = 86.67 kN
By equilibrium of force in Fig. (a) in the x-direction we obtain: NCD = NED = 86.67 kN
By equilibrium of force in Fig. (b) in the x-direction we obtain: NCG cosθ + NCD = 0 or NcG = -108.3 kN
By equilibrium of force in Fig. (b) in the y-direction we obtain: NCB + NCG sinθ= 0 or NCB = 65.0kN
N CG 108.3 ( 10 3 ) ) –3
σ CG = ------------------------ - ≤ 160 ( 10 6 ) )
- = ---------------------------- or d CG ≥ 29.36 ( 10 )m or d CG = 30 mm
2
2
( πd CG ) ⁄ 4 ( πd CG ) ⁄ 4
N CD 86.67 ( 10 3 ) ) –3
σ CD = ------------------------ - ≤ 160 ( 10 6 ) )
- = ---------------------------- or d CD ≥ 26.26 ( 10 )m or d CD = 27 mm
2
2
( πd CD ) ⁄ 4 ( πd CD ) ⁄ 4
N CB 65 ( 10 3 ) )- –3
σ CB = ------------------------
- = ------------------------ ≤ 160 ( 10 6 ) ) or d CB ≥ 22.7 ( 10 )m or d CB = 23 mm
2
2
( πd CB ) ⁄ 4 ( πd CB ) ⁄ 4
The configuration that will produce the smallest maximum shear stress will be the one with members car-
rying the smallest forces on the outside edge of the pin. Free body diagram of pin C is shown below in Fig.
(d) .
The sequence of assembly shown in Fig. (d) should be used.
In Fig. (d) the max shear force is at cut 2 and its value is: V = 86.67 kN
86.67 ( 10 3 ) ) –3
V
τ C = --------------------- = ----------------------------- ≤ 250 ( 10 6 ) ) or d C ≥ 21.01 ( 10 )m or d C = 22 mm
2
2
( πd C ) ⁄ 4 ( πd C ) ⁄ 4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.72 Truss analysis showed the following forces at joint A. Determine the sequence in which the four
members at joint A should be assembled to minimize the shear stress in the pin.
NC = 27.58 kips
ND = 25 kips
NB= 40 kips 65o NE = 28.34 kips

A
Fig. P1.72
Solution assembly sequence = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
There are factorial four i.e., twenty-four possible ways of assembling the four member. Twelve of the
twenty-four sequence are mirror images of the other twelve. To consider the twelve assembly sequence, we
consider the figure below, where a member may be in any of the four location shown.
4
3
2
1
The table below describe the location of the four members and the maximum shear stress location and
value of maximum shear stress for each sequence.
Sequence Member Member Member Member Location of Maximum Shear
Number Location Location Location Location Maximum shear Force
1 2 3 4 force between (kips)
members
1 AB AC AD AE 1 and 2 40
2 AB AC AE AD 1 and 2 40
3 AC AB AD AE 2 and 3 37.8
4 AC AB AE AD 2 and 3 37.8
5 AB AD AE AE 2 and 3 47.17
6 AB AD AE AC 2 and 3 47.17
7 AD AB AC AE 2 and 3 47.17
8 AD AB AE AC 2 and 3 47.17
9 AB AE AC AD 1 and 2 40
10 AB AE AD AC 1 and 2 40
11 AE AB AC AD 1 and 2 28.34
12 AE AB AD AC 1 and 2 28.34
The maximum shear stress is smallest for sequence 11 and 12, thus we have the following conclusion.
The members should be assembled in the following sequence or the mirror image of the given sequence
AE, AB, AD, AC or AE, AB, AD, AC
1.73 The post shown has a rectangular cross-section 2 in x 4 in. The length L of the post buried in
ground is 12 inches and the shear strength of the soil is 2 psi. Determine the force P needed to pull the post
out of the ground.
P
Post
L
Ground
Fig. P1.73
Solution Post 2 in x 4 in τ = 2 psi
L = 12 in Pmin = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The following free body diagram can be drawn by making an imaginary cut around the surface of the post.
P
12 in
4 in
2 in
By equilibrium of forces the applied force should equal the average shear stress multiplied by the surface
area as shown below.
P
P = ( τ ) [ 12 ( 2 + 4 + 2 + 4 ) ] = 144τ or τ = --------- ≤ 2 psi or P ≤ 288 or P min = 288 lbs
144
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.74 The post shown in 1.73 has a circular cross-section of diameter 100 mm. The length L of the post
buried in ground is 400 mm. It took a force of 1250 N to pull the post out of ground. What was the average
shear strength of the soil?
P
Post
L
Ground
Fig. P1.74
Solution d = 100 mm = 0.1 m L = 400 mm = 0.4 m P = 1250 N τ=?
------------------------------------------------------------
P
0.4 τ
0.1
1250 2
P = τ ( 0.4 ) [ π ( 0.1 ) ] = 0.04πτ or τ = -------------- = 9947 N ⁄ m or τ = 9947 Pa
0.04π
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.75 The cross-section of the post shown in 1.73 is an equilateral triangle with each side of dimension
‘a’. If the shear strength of the soil is τ, determine the force P needed to pull the post out of the ground in
terms of τ, L, and a.
P
Post
Ground
Solution P = f( τ , h , a ) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
P
L
τ τ
a
a
P = τ ( 3a ) ( L ) or P = 3aLτ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.76 A force P = 10 lbs is applied to the handle of a hammer in an effort of pulling the nail out of the
wood as shown in Fig. P1.76. The nail has a diameter of 1/8 inch. Determine the shear stress acting on the
nail.
P
12 in
2 in
Fig. P1.76
Solution P = 10 lbs d = 118 in τ=?
L = 2 in
------------------------------------------------------------
The following free body diagram can be created.
P
12 in
Cy
Cx
P1 2 in
By moment equilibrium about point C, we obtain: P 1 ( 2 ) = P ( 12 ) or P 1 = 6P = 60 lbs
2
The surface area of the nail in the wood is: A = LπD = ( 2 )π ( 1 ⁄ 8 ) = 0.7854 in
The shear force acting on the nail is V = P1. The shear stress acting on the nail can be found as:
V 60
τ = ---- = ---------------- = 76.39 psi or τ = 76.4 psi
A 0.7854
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.77 Two cast iron pipes are adhesively bonded together over a length of 200 mm. The outer diameters
of the two pipes are 50 mm and 70 mm and wall thickness of each pipe is 10 mm. The two pipes separated
while transmitting a force of 100 kN. What was the shear stress in the adhesive just before the two pipes
separated.
P P
Fig. P1.77
Solution (do)small = 50 mm (di)small = 30 mm (do)big = 70 mm (di)big = 50 mm
P = 100 kN L = 200 mm τ=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the smaller pipe is shown below.
(do)small P
τ
L
By equilibrium of forces we have:
3
P 100 ( 10 ) 3 3
P = τ [ π ( d o ) small ]L or τ = ----------------------------------- = ------------------------------- = 3183 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or τ = 3.18MPa
[ π ( d o ) small ]L π ( 0.05 ) ( 0.2 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.78 Two cast iron pipes are adhesively bonded together over a length of 200 mm. The outer diameters
of the two pipes are 50 mm and 70 mm and wall thickness of each pipe is 10 mm. The two pipes separated
while transmitting a torque of 2 kN-m. What was the shear stress in the adhesive just before the two pipes
separated?
T
Fig. P1.78
Solution (do)small = 50 mm (di)small = 30 mm (do)big = 70 mm (di)big = 50 mm
T = 2 kN-m L = 200 mm τ=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the smaller pipe and the differential circular surface area over is shown below.
T dA = (Rodθ)dx
dθ
(do)small = 2Ro τ dV = τ dA
dx
L
By moment equilibrium about the axis of the pipe we have the following.
L 2π L 2π
∫ Ro ∫ Ro τ dA = ∫ ∫ Ro τ ( Ro dθ ) dx ∫ ∫ dθ
2 2
T = dV = = τR o dx = τR o [ 2π ] ( L ) 1
A A 0 0 0 0
3
T 2 ( 10 ) 6 2
τ = ----------------
- = ---------------------------------------- = 2.546 ( 10 )N ⁄ m 2
2 2
2πR o L 2π ( 0.025 ) ( 0.2 )
τ = 2.55MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.79 Two cast iron pipes are held together by a bolt as shown. The outer diameters of the two pipes are
50 mm and 70 mm and wall thickness of each pipe is 10 mm.The diameter of the bolt is 15 mm. The bolt
broke while transmitting a torque of 2 kN-m. On what surface(s) did the bolt break? What was the shear
stress in the bolt on the surface where it broke?
T
Fig. P1.79
Solution T = 2 kN-m (do)small = 50 mm dbolt = 15 mm τ=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram with the bolt broken is shown below.
V T
(do)small = 2Ro
V
2
By equilibrium of moment we have: T = ( 2R o ) [ V ] = ( 2R o ) [ ( τ ) ( πd bolt ⁄ 4 ) ] or
3
2T ( 2 ) ( 2 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
τ = --------------------------- = ------------------------------------------- = 226.3 ( 10 )N ⁄ m τ = 226.3MPa
2 2
( πd bolt )R o π ( 0.015 ) ( 0.025 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.80 The can lid in Figure P1.80a gets punched on two sides AB and AC of an equilateral triangle ABC.
Figure P1.80b is the top view showing relative location of the points. The thickness of the lid is t = 1/64 in.
and the lid material can at most support a shear stress of 1800 psi. Assume a uniform shear stress during
punching and point D acts like a pin joint. Use a= 1/2 in, b = 3 in and c =1/4 in. Determine the minimum
force F that must be applied to the can opener.
F
(a) (b)
C
B A C C
D a E
a D
E A A
a
B B
b
c
Fig. P1.80
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We draw the FBD as
F 2V
F
τ Dy (a cos30)/2
Dy
C C
Dx E Dx E
A A
B B
b b
c c
By equilibrium of moment about D we obtain:

F ( b ) = 2V ⎛ c + a --------------⎞ = 2 [ ( τ ) ( a ) ( t ) ] ⎛ c + a --------------⎞
cos 30 cos 30
or
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
F ( 3 ) = 2 ( 1800 ) ⎛ ---⎞ ⎛ ------⎞ ⎛ 1--- + --- -------------⎞ = 13.12

1 1 1 0.866
or F = 13.12
------------- = 4.374 lb 1
⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 64⎠ ⎝ 4 2 2 ⎠ 3
F = 4.38 lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.81 It is proposed to use 1/2 inch bolts in a 10 inch diameter coupling for transferring a torque of
100 in-kips from a 4 inch diameter shaft onto another. The maximum average shear stress in the bolts is to
be limited to 20 ksi. How many bolts and at what radius should the bolts be placed on the coupling?
T T
Fig. P1.81
Solution dbolt = 1/2 inch T = 100 in-kips τ bolt ≤ 20ksi n = number of bolts = ? r = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the coupling can be drawn after making an imaginary cut through the bolts as
shown below. By equilibrium of moment about the shaft axis we obtain:
T = nVr = 100(103) or V = 100(103)/(nr)
The shear stress in the bolt can be written as given below.
3
V 100 ( 10 ) 3 5
τ bolt = ---- = ------------------------------- ≤ 20 ( 10 ) or nr ≥ ------------------------- or nr ≥ 25.465 1
A 2 2
( nr ) ( πd ⁄ 4 ) ( π0.5 ⁄ 4 )
V
T V
r
V
V
V
V
1
As per Eq. 1 there are several for n and r.
The minimum value of r is rmin = 2+0.25=2.25 corresponding to n = 11.3 i.e., n = 12.
The maximum value of r is rmax = 5-0.25=4.75 corresponding to n = 5.36 i.e., n = 6.
the table below gives all possible answers between n = 6 to n = 12.
n (number of bolts) 6 7 8 9 10 11
r in inches 4.25 3.64 3.18 2.83 2.55 2.31
For minimizing machining and assembly cost 6 bolts should be used.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.82 A human hand can comfortably apply a torsional moment of 15 in-lbs.
(a)What should be the breaking shear strength of a seal between a lid and the bottle assuming the lid has a
diameter of 1.5 inches and a height of 1/2 inch?
(b) If the same sealing strength as in part a is used on a lid that is 1 inch in diameter and 1/2 inch in height,
what would be the torque needed to open the bottle?
Solution (a) T = 15 in-lb d = 1.5 inch h = 1/2 inch τ=?

(b) d = 1 inch h = 1/2 inch Τ=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the bottle with lid removed is shown below.
dθ
r=d/2
h = 1/2 in dV
By moment equilibrium about the axis of the bottle we obtain:

2π 2π
2 2
⎛ d---⎞ ( dV ) = ⎛d---⎞ τh ⎛ ---⎞ ( dθ ) = ⎛ -----⎞ hτ
d d τ ( πd h )
T = ∫ ⎝ 2⎠ ∫ ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 4⎠ ∫ dθ = --------------------
2
1
A 0 0
(a) Substituting d= 1.5 inch, h= 0.5 inch, T= 15 in-lbs, into Eq. (1) we obtain the following.
2
τπ ( 1.5 ) ( 0.5 )
15 = ---------------------------------- or τ = 8.49psi or τ = 8.5 psi
2
15 = τ [π(1.5)2(.5)/2] τ = 8.49 psi
(b) Substituting d= 1.0 inch, h= 0.5 inch, τ= 8.49 psi, into Eq. (1) we obtain the following
2
T = τπ
( 1.0 ) ( 0.5 )
---------------------------------
- or T = 6.67 in – lbs or T = 6.7 in – lb
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.83 The hand exert a force F on the handle of a bottle opener shown in Figure P1.83. Assume the aver-
age shear strength of the bond between the lid and the bottle is 10 psi. Determine the minimum force
needed to open the bottle. Use t = 3/8 in. d = 2 1/2 in. and a = 4 in.
d a
t
Fig. P1.83
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We draw the FBDs as shown below
Text =F(a+d/2)
dθ
r=d/2
t
dV
Text Text
By equilibrium we obatin
T ext = F ⎛ a + ---⎞ = T
d
1
⎝ 2⎠
where the internal torque T is
2π 2π
2 2
⎛ d---⎞ ( dV ) = ⎛d---⎞ τt ⎛ d
---⎞ ( dθ ) = ⎛ ----
d ⎞ τ ( πd t )
T = ∫ ⎝ 2⎠ ∫ ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 4⎠
- tτ ∫ dθ = -------------------
2
2
A 0 0
By equating the two equations we obtain
2 2
τ ( πd t ) ( 10 ) ( π ( 2.5 ) ( 0.375 ) )
F ⎛ a + ---⎞ = ------------------- F ⎛ 4 + -------⎞ = -----------------------------------------------------
d 2.5
or or
⎝ 2 ⎠ 2 ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2
36.8155
F = ------------------- = 7.012 lb 3
5.25
F = 7.1 lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.84 Show the stress components of a point in plane stress on the square
σ xx = 100MPa ( T ) τ xy = – 75 MPa
τ yx = – 75 MPa σ yy = 85MPa ( T )
x
Fig. P1.84
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
85
y
75
75 75
100 100
75 x
85
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.85 Show the stress components of a point in plane stress on the square
σ xx = 85MPa ( C ) τ xy = 75MPa
τ yx = 75MPa σ yy = 100MPa ( T )
Fig. P1.85
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
100
y 75
75 75
85 85
x 75
100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.86 Show the stress components of a point in plane stress on.the square
σ xx = 27ksi ( C ) τ xy = 18ksi
τ yx = 18ksi σ yy = 85ksi ( T )
x
Fig. P1.86
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
85
y
18
18 18
27 27
x 18
85
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.87 Show the stress components of a point in plane stress on.the square
σ xx = 27ksi ( C ) τ xy = 18ksi
τ yx = 18ksi σ yy = 85ksi ( T )
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
85
x 18
18
27 27
18
18
y
85
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.88 Show the non-zero stress components on the A,B, and C faces of the cube.
σ xx = 70MPa ( T ) τ xy = – 40 MPa τ xz = 0
τ yx = – 40 MPa σ yy = 85MPa ( C ) τ yz = 0
τ zx = 0 τ zy = 0 σ zz = 0
.C
.B
y
.A
z x
Fig. P1.88
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
70
40
40
85
y
z x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = 70MPa ( T ) τ xy = – 40 MPa τ xz = 0
τ yx = – 40 MPa σ yy = 85MPa ( C ) τ yz = 0
τ zx = 0 τ zy = 0 σ zz = 0
.C
.B
z
.A
x y
Fig. P1.89
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
85
40
40
z
70
x y
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.90 Show the stress components of a point in plane stress on the stress element in polar coordinates
σ rr = 125MPa ( T ) τ rθ = – 65 MPa
τ θr = – 65 MPa σ θθ = 90MPa ( C )
y r
θ x
Fig. P1.90
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
125
90
y
65 65 r
65
65
125
θ 90
x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ rr = 125MPa ( T ) τ rθ = – 65 MPa
τ θr = – 65 MPa σ θθ = 90MPa ( C )
y
r
θ x
Fig. P1.91
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
y
θ x
90
125 65
65
90
125
65 65
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ rr = 18ksi ( T ) τ rθ = – 12 ksi
τ θr = – 12 ksi σ θθ = 25ksi ( C )
r
θ x
Fig. P1.92
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
18
25
12 12 y
12
12 r
18
25 θ x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ rr = 25ksi ( C ) τ rθ = 12ksi
τ θr = 12ksi σ θθ = 18ksi ( T )
y
r
θ x
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
y
θ x
18
12 25
12
18
25 12 12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = 100MPa ( T ) τ xy = 200MPa τ xz = – 125MPa

τ yx = 200MPa σ yy = 175MPa ( C ) τ yz = 225MPa
τ zx = – 125 MPa τ zy = 225MPa σ zz = 150MPa ( C )
.C
.B
x
.A
z
Fig. P1.94
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
y
175
200
200
225 125
225 100
x
125
150
z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = 90MPa ( T ) τ xy = 200MPa τ xz = 0
τ yx = 200MPa σ yy = 175MPa ( T ) τ yz = – 225 MPa
τ zx = 0 τ zy = – 225 MPa σ zz = 150MPa ( C )
.C
.B z
.A
Fig. P1.95
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
x
90
200
150
200
z
225
225
175
y
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = 0 τ xy = 15ksi τ xz = 0
τ yx = 15ksi σ yy = 10ksi ( T ) τ yz = – 25 ksi
τ zx = 0 τ zy = – 25 ksi σ zz = 20ksi ( C )
y z
.C
.B
x
.A
Fig. P1.96
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
y z
10
15
25 15
25
x
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = 0 τ xy = – 15 ksi τ xz = 0
τ yx = – 15 ksi σ yy = 10ksi ( C ) τ yz = 25ksi
τ zx = 0 τ zy = 25ksi σ zz = 20ksi ( T )
z x
.C
.B
y
.A
Fig. P1.97
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
z 20 x
25 25 15
15 10
y
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.98 Show the non-zero stress components in the r, θ, and x cylindrical coordinate system on the A,B,
and C faces of the stress element shown.
σ rr = 150MPa ( T ) τ rθ = – 100 MPa τ rx = 125MPa

A
τ θr = – 100 MPa σ θθ = 160MPa ( T ) τ θx = 165MPa B
r
θ
τ xr = 125MPa τ xθ = 165MPa σ xx = 145MPa ( C ) C
x
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
r
150
125
125
100
145
x
100
165
165
160
θ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.99 Show the non-zero stress components in the r, θ, and x cylindrical coordinate system on
the A,B, and C faces of the stress element shown
σ rr = 10ksi ( C ) τ rθ = 22ksi τ rx = 32ksi
C
τ θr = 22ksi σ θθ = 0 τ θx = 25ksi r
A θ
τ xr = 32ksi τ xθ = 25ksi σ xx = 20ksi ( T ) B x
Fig.P1.99
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
x
25
22 20
r
32 θ
25
32
22
10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.100 Show the non-zero stress components in the r, θ, and φ spherical coordinate system on the A,B,
z r
σ rr = 150MPa ( T ) τ rθ = 100MPa τ rφ = 125MPa φ
C
τ θr = 100MPa σ θθ = 160MPa ( C ) τ θφ = – 175 MPa y
A B
τ φr = 125MPa τ φθ = – 175 MPa σ φφ = 135MPa ( C ) θ
x
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
r θ
150
100
125
160 125
175
100 175
135
φ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.101 Show the non-zero stress components in the r, θ, and φ spherical coordinate system on the A,B,
z r
σ rr = 0 τ rθ = – 18 ksi τ rφ = 0ksi φ
C
τ θr = – 18 ksi σ θθ = 10ksi ( C ) τ θφ = 25ksi y
B A θ
τ φr = 0 τ φθ = 25ksi σ φφ = 20ksi ( T )
Fig.P1.101 x
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
r
θ
18
φ 10
25 25 18
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.102 Show that the normal stress σxx on a surface can be replaced by equivalent internal normal force N
and internal bending moments My and Mz as given below and shown in Figure 1.102.
N = ∫ σxx dA 1.5a
A
M y = – zσ xx dA ∫ 1.5b
A
M z = – yσ xx dA∫ 1.5c
A
N
x
y
My O
z Mz
Fig. P1.102
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Consider a differential area dA on which the normal force is dN= σxx dA as shown below.
x
dN = σxx dA
y
z O
y
For static equivalency, the force in the x direction and the moments about the y and z axis for the above fig-
ure and figure Fig. P1.102 must be same. Thus, we obtain:
N = ∫ dN = ∫ σxx dA 1
A A
∫
M y = – z dN = – zσ xx dA ∫ 2
A A
∫
M z = – y dN = – yσ xx dA ∫ 3
A A
Eq’s (1),(2), and (3) are the same as Eq’s 1.5a,1.5b, and 1.5c.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.103 The normal stress on a cross-section is given by σxx = a +b y, where, y is measured from the cen-
troid of the cross-section. If A is the area of cross-section, Izz is the area moment of inertia about the z axis,
N and Mz are the internal axial force and internal bending moment given by Equations 1.5a. and 1.5c, show
the following:
⎛M ⎞
σ xx = N---- – ⎜ -------z-⎟ y 1.6
A ⎝ I zz ⎠
We will see the above equation in combined axial and symmetric bending problem later in the book.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Substituting σxx = a +b y into Eq’s 1.5a and 1.5c, we obtain the following:
∫ ( a + by )dA ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
2
N = = a dA + b ydA and M z = – y ( a + by )dA = – a ydA – b y dA
A A A A A A
The first moment of area ∫ ydA is zero because the origin is at the centroid. Noting that A = ∫ dA and
A A
∫y
2
I zz = dA we obtain:
A
N = aA or a = N⁄A and M z = – bI zz or b = – ( M z ⁄ I zz )
Substituting the values of a and b in σxx = a +b y we obtain Eq. 1.6.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.104 The normal stress on a cross-section is given by σxx = a + b y + c z, where y and z are measured
from the centroid of the cross-section. If A is the area of cross-section, Iyy, Izz, and Iyz are the area moment
of inertia, N, My and Mz are the internal axial force and internal bending moments given by Equations
1.5a., 1.5b, and 1.5c, show the following:
⎛ M z I yy – M y I yz⎞ ⎛ M y I zz – M z I yz⎞
σ xx = N
---- – ⎜ ---------------------------------⎟ y – ⎜ ---------------------------------⎟ z 1.7
A ⎝ I I –I ⎠ 2
⎝ I I – I2 ⎠
yy zz yz yy zz yz
The above equation is used in unsymmetrical bending of beams. Note that if either y or z is an axis of sym-
metric then Iyz =0. In such a case the above equation simplifies considerably.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Substituting σxx = a + b y + c z, into Eq’s 1.5a, 1.5b, and 1.5c, we obtain the following:
N = ∫ ( a + by + cz )dA ∫
= a dA + b ydA + c zdA∫ ∫ 1
A A A A
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
2
M y = – z ( a + by + cz )dA = – a zdA – b yzdA – c z dA 2
A A A A
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
2
M z = – y ( a + by + cz )dA = – a ydA – b y dA – c yzdA 3
A A A A
The first moment of area ∫ ydA and ∫ zdA are zero because the origin is at the centroid. Noting that
A A
A = ∫ dA , and Izz = ∫ y 2 dA , I yy = ∫ z 2 dA , I yz = ∫ yz dA we obtain:

A A A A
N
N = aA or a = ---- 4
A
M y = – bI yz – cI yy 5
M z = – bI zz – cI yz 6
Solving Eq’s (5) and (6) for the constants b and c, we obtain:
⎛ M z I yy – M y I yz⎞ ⎛ M y I zz – M z I yz⎞
b = – ⎜ ---------------------------------⎟ c = – ⎜ ---------------------------------⎟
⎝ I yy I zz – I 2yz ⎠ ⎝ I yy I zz – I 2yz ⎠
7
Substituting the values of a, b, and c in σxx = a + by + cz, we obtain Eq. 1.7.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.105 An infinitesimal element in plane stress is shown. Fx and Fy are the body forces acting at the point
and have the dimensions of force per unit volume. By converting stresses into forces and writing equilib-
rium equations show
∂σ xx ∂τ yx
+ + Fx = 0 1.8a
∂x ∂y
∂τ xy ∂σ yy
+ + Fy = 0 1.8b
∂x ∂y
τ xy = τ yx 1.8c
∂σ yy
σ + dy
yy ∂y ∂τ
yx
τ yx + dy
∂y
∂τ xy
τ τ + dx
xy xy ∂ x
Fx
∂σ xx
dy σ σ + dx
xx Fy xx ∂ x
O τ yx
σ
yy
Fig. P1.105 dx
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Converting stresses into forces by multiplying by the areas of the plane on which they act and multiplying
body force by the differential volume we obtain the following free body diagram below.
By force Equilibrium in the x-direction we obtain:
⎛ σ + ∂σ xx dx⎞ ( dydz ) – ( σ ) ( dydz ) + ⎛ τ + ∂τ yx dy⎞ ( dxdz ) – ( τ ) ( dxdz ) + ( F ) ( dxdydz ) = 0 or

⎝ xx ∂ x ⎠ xx ⎝ yx ∂ y ⎠ yx x
∂σ xx ∂τ yx
( dxdydz ) + ( dxdydz ) + ( F x ) ( dxdydz ) = 0 1
∂x ∂y
Noting that (dxdydz) is a common factor and can be removed, we obtain Eq. 1.8a.
⎛ ∂σ yy ⎞
⎜ σ yy + dy⎟ dxdz
⎝ ∂y ⎠
⎛ ∂τ
yx ⎞
⎜ τ yx + dy⎟ ( dxdz )
⎝ ∂y ⎠
⎛ ∂τ
(τ ) ( dydz ) xy ⎞
xy ⎜ τ xy + dx⎟ ( dydz )
⎝ ∂ x ⎠
( F ) ( dxdydz )
x
dy ⎛ ∂σ
(σ ) ( dydz ) xx ⎞
xx ⎜ σ xx + dx⎟ ( dydz )
⎝ ∂x ⎠
( F y ) ( dxdydz )
O
(τ ) ( dxdz )
yx
(σ ) ( dxdz )
yy
dx
By force equilibrium in the y-direction we obtain:
⎛ σ + ∂σ yy dy⎞ dxdz – ( σ ) ( dxdz ) + ⎛ τ + ∂τ xy dx⎞ ( dydz ) – ( τ ) ( dydz ) + ( F ) ( dxdydz ) = 0

⎝ yy ∂ y ⎠ yy ⎝ xy ∂ x ⎠ xy y
∂σ yy ∂τ xy
( dxdydz ) + ( dxdydz ) + ( F y ) ( dxdydz ) = 0 2
∂y ∂x
We now consider moment equilibrium about point about the center of the differential element. The body
forces do not produce any moment as these pass through the center. The forces from the normal stresses do
not produce any moment as these also pass through the center of the differential element. The moment
from the variation of shear stresses can be written as
∂τ ∂τ
⎛ τ + xy dx⎞ ( dydz ) ⎛ dx
------⎞ + ( τ xy ) ( dydz ) ⎛ dx
------⎞ – ⎛ τ + yx dy⎞ ( dxdz ) ⎛ dy
------⎞ – ( τ yx ) ( dxdz ) ⎛ dy
------⎞ = 0
⎝ xy ∂ x ⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ yx ∂ y ⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2⎠
Neglecting the terms containing the product of four differentials as these term tend to zero faster in the
limit than the terms with product of three differentials. We obtain: ( τ xy ) ( dydz ) ( dx ) – ( τ yx ) ( dxdz ) ( dy ) = 0 .
Removing the common term (dxdydz) we obtain Eq. 1.8a.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M. Vable Mechanics of materials, 2nd edition, solutions manual: Chapter 2 January 2014
2.1 A 80 cm stretch cord is used to tie the rear of the canoe to the car hook as shown. In the stretched
position the cord forms the side AB of the triangle shown. Determine the average normal strain in the
stretch cord.
80 cm
B B C
132 cm
A
A
Figure P2.1
Solution Lo=80cm ε=?
------------------------------------------------------------
2 2 2 2
The final length of the cord is: L f = AB = AC + BC = 80 + 132 = 154.35cm
Lf – Lo
= 154.35
– 80- = 0.9294 or
The average normal strain is: ε = ---------------- --------------------------- ε = 0.9294 cm ⁄ cm
Lo 80
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2 The diameter of a spherical balloon changes from 250 mm to 252 mm. Determine the change in
the average circumferential normal strain.
Figure P2.2
Solution do=250mm df=252mm ε=?

------------------------------------------------------------
πd f – πd o 2 - = 0.008 or
The average normal strain is: ε = ----------------------
- = -------- ε = 0.008 mm/mm
πd o 250
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.3 Two rubber bands are used for packing an air mattress for camping. The undeformed length of the
rubber band is seven inches. Determine the average normal strain in the rubber bands if the diameter of the
mattress is 4.1 inch at the section where the rubber bands are on the mattress.
Figure P2.3
Solution Lo=7in d=4.1in ε=?

------------------------------------------------------------
The final length is: L f = πd = 4.1π = 12.88
Lf – Lo 12.88 – 7
The average normal strain is: ε = ---------------- = ---------------------- = 0.8401 ε = 0.8401 in ⁄ in
Lo 7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.4 A canoe on top of a car is tied down using rubber stretch cords as shown. The undeformed length
of the stretch cord is 40 inches. Determine the average normal strain in the stretch cord assuming that the
path of the stretch cord over the canoe can be approximated as shown below.The average normal strain can
be found as shown below.
C C
B
B B
17 in
12 in
A
A A
18 in 6 in
Solution Lo=40 in ε=?

------------------------------------------------------------
2 2
The figure below can be used for calculating the lengths of segments AB and BC as AB = 6 + 12 = 13.416 and
2 2
BC = 5 + 12 = 13
C
5 in B
17 in
12 in
A
12 in
6 in
The final length of the cord is: L f = 2 ( AB + BC ) = 52.83
Lf – Lo
= 52.83
– 40- = 0.3208 or
The average normal strain is: ε = ---------------- ------------------------ ε = 0.321 in ⁄ in
Lo 40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.5 The cable between two poles shown in Figure P2.5 is taut before the two trafic lights are hung on
it. The lights are placed symmertically at 1/3 the distance between the poles. Due to the weight of the trafic
lights the cable sags as shown. Determine the average normal strain in the cable.
27 ft
15 in
Figure P2.5
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The deformed shape is

9 ft 9 ft 9 ft
A 1.25 ft D
B C
2 2
From geometry: AB = CD = 9 + 1.25 = 9.0864 ft
The initial length is: L o = 27 ft .
The final length is: L f = AB + BC + CD = 2 ( 9.0864 ) + 9 = 27.173 ft .
Lf – Lo 27.173 – 27 –3
The average normal strain is: ε av = ---------------- = ---------------------------- = 6.399 ( 10 ) ε av = 6399 μft ⁄ ft
Lo 27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.6 Due to the application of the forces, the displacement of the rigid plates in the x direction were
observed as given below. Determine the axial strains in rods in sections AB, BC, and CD.
u B = – 1.8 mm u C = 0.7 mm u D = 3.7 mm
x
F1 F2 F3
A B C D
F1 F2 F3
1.5 m 2.5 m 2m
Solution εAB=? εBC=? εCD=?

------------------------------------------------------------
The average normal strains in the rods can be found as shown below.
uB – uA ( – 1.8 – 0 ) –3 mm
ε AB = ---------------------
- = -------------------------- = – 1.2 ( 10 ) or ε AB = – 1200μ ---------
( xB – xA ) ( 1.5 ) ( 10 )
3 mm
uC – uB 0.7 – ( – 1.8 ) –3 mm
ε BC = ---------------------
- = ----------------------------- = 1 ( 10 ) or ε BC = 1000μ ---------
( xC – xB ) 2.5 ( 10 )
3 mm
uD – uC
ε CD = ---------------------- 3.7 – ( 0.7 ) = –3 mm
- = ------------------------- 1.5 ( 10 ) or ε CD = 1500μ ---------
( xD – xC ) 2 ( 10 )
3 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.7 Due to the application of the forces, the average normal strains in the bars were found to be as
given below. Determine the movement of point at D with respect to the left wall.
ε AB = – 800μ ε BC = 600μ ε CD = 1100μ
x
F1 F2 F3
A B C D
F1 F2 F3
1.5 m 2.5 m 2m
Figure P2.7
Solution uD-uA=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The relative displacements of the ends of each rod can be found as shown below.
–6 3
u B – u A = ε AB ( x B – x A ) = ( – 800 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.5 ) ( 10 ) = – 1.2mm 1
–6 3
u C – u B = ε BC ( x C – x B ) = ( 600 ) ( 10 ) ( 2.5 ) ( 10 ) = 1.5mm 2
–6 3
u D – u C = ε CD ( x D – x C ) = ( 1100 ) ( 10 ) ( 2 ) ( 10 ) = 2.2mm 3
Adding (1),(2) and (3): u D – u A = 2.2 + 1.5 – 1.2 = 2.5mm or u D – u A = 2.5mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.8 Due to the application of the forces, the rigid plate in Figure P2.9 is observed to move 0.0236 inch
to the right. Determine the average normal strain in bars A and B.
P Rigid Plate
Bar A Bar B
P
60 in 24 in
0.02 in
Solution εA=? εB=?

------------------------------------------------------------
The exaggerated deformed geometry can be drawn as shown below.
(a)
0.0236 in
δA
From the above figure we obtain the following. δ A = 0.0236

δ B = δ A – 0.02 = 0.0036 ( Contraction )
The average normal strain can be found as shown below.
δ 0.0236 –6 in
ε A = -----A- = ---------------- = 393.3 ( 10 ) ε A = 393.3μ -----
LA 60 in
δ in
ε B = -----B- = –------------------
0.0036- = – 150 ( 10 –6 )
ε B = – 150 μ -----
LB 24 in
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.9 Due to the application of the forces, the average normal strain in bar A in Figure P2.9 was found to
be 2500μ in/in. Determine the normal strain in bar B.
P Rigid Plate
Bar A Bar B
P
60 in 24 in
0.02 in
Figure P2.9
Solution εA=2500μ εB=?

------------------------------------------------------------
–6
The deformation of bar A is: δ A = ε A L A = ( 2500 ) ( 10 ) ( 60 ) = 0.150in
δA
(a)
0.02 in δB
From Fig. (a) δ B = δ A – 0.02 = 0.13in ( Contraction )
δ – 0.13 –3 in
ε B = -----B- = ------------- = – 5.4167 ( 10 ) ε B = – 5416.7 μ -----
LB 24 in
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.10 Due to the application of the forces, the average normal strain in bar B in Figure P2.10 was found
to be -4000μin/in. Determine the normal strain in bar A.
P Rigid Plate
Bar A Bar B
P
60 in 24 in
0.02 in
Figure P2.10
Solution εB=−4000μ εA=?
------------------------------------------------------------
–6
The deformation of bar B is: δ B = ε B L B = ( 4000 ) ( 10 ) ( 60 ) = 0.24in
δA
(a)
0.02 in δB
From Fig. (a) δ A = δ B + 0.02 = 0.26in ( extension )
δ 0.26 –3 in
ε A = -----A- = ---------- = 4.3333 ( 10 ) ε A = 4333.3 μ -----
LA 60 in
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.11 The rigid bar BD in Figure P2.11 pivots about support C. Due to the application of force P, point B
moves upward by 0.06 in. If the length of bar A is 24 in., determine the average normal strain in bar A
25in
125 in
D Rigid C B
A P
Figure P2.11
Solution δB= 0.06 inch LA = 24 inches εA= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
We draw the exaggerated deformed shape as shown below.
125 in δB
Contraction
δD= δA
25in
Using similar triangle, the deformation equations can be written as given below.
δA δ
- = -----B-
-------- or δ A = 5δ B = 5 ( 0.06 ) = 0.3 contraction 1
125 25
δ
ε A = -----A- = – ⎛ -------⎞ = – 0.0125
0.3
ε A = – 0.0125 in ⁄ in
LA ⎝ 24 ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.12 Due to the application of force P, the average normal strain in bar A in Figure P2.12 was found to
be - 6000 μ. If length of bar A is 36 inches determine the movement of point B.
25in
125 in
D Rigid C B
A P
Figure P2.12
Solution εA= -6000μ LA = 36 inches δB= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
–6
The deformation of A can be found as: δ A = ε A L A = ( 6000 ) ( 10 ) ( 36 ) = 0.216inch contraction
From Eq.(1) in problem 2.9 we obtain:
δ B = ⎛ ---------⎞ δ A = 0.216
25
------------- = 0.0432inch or δ B = 0.0432 in. upwards
⎝ 125⎠ 5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.13 The rigid bar BD in Figure P2.13 pivots about support C. Due to the application of force P, point B imoves upward by 0.06 in. If
the length of bar A is 24 in., determine the average normal strain in bar A.
25in
125 in
0.04 in D Rigid C B
Figure P2.13 A P
Solution δB= 0.06 inch LA = 24 inches εA= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
Consider point D on the rigid bar. We draw the exaggerated deformed shape as shown below.
125 in δB
0.04
δA δD 25in
Contraction
The deformation equations can be written as shown below.

δ D = δ A + 0.04 1
δD δ δ A + 0.04 δ
- = -----B-
-------- or - = -----B-
---------------------- or 2
125 25 125 25
δ A = 5δ B – 0.04 = 5 ( 0.06 ) – 0.04 = = 0.26inch contraction
δ
ε A = -----A- = – ⎛ ----------⎞ = – 0.0108
0.26
ε A = – 0.0108 in ⁄ in
LA ⎝ 24 ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
be - 6000 μ. If the length of bar A is 36 inches, determine the movement of point B.
25in
125 in
0.04 in D Rigid C B
A P
Figure P2.14
Solution εA= -6000μ LA = 36 inches δB= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
–6
δ A + 0.04 0.216 + 0.04- = 0.0512inch or
δ B = ----------------------
- = ----------------------------- δ B = 0.0512 in. upwards
5 5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.15 The rigid bar BED in Figure P2.15 pivots about support C. Due to the application of force P, point B moves upward by 0.06
in. If the lengths of bars A and F are 24 in., determine the average normal strain in bars A and F.
125 in 25in
30 in
0.04 in D Rigid E C B
A F P
Figure P2.15
Solution δB= 0.06 LA = 24 inches LF = 24 inches εA= ? εF= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
125 in
30 in
δB
0.04 δE=δF
δA δD 25in
Contraction

δ D = δ A + 0.04 1
δD δ δ δ A + 0.04 δ δ
- = -----E- = -----B-
-------- or - = -----F- = -----B-
---------------------- or 2
125 30 25 125 30 25
δ A = 5δ B – 0.04 = 5 ( 0.06 ) – 0.04 = = 0.26inch contraction and
30 6
δ F = ------ δ = --- ( 0.06 ) = 0.072inch contraction
25 B 5
δ
ε A = -----A- = – ⎛ ----------⎞ = – 0.0108
0.26
ε A = – 0.0108 in ⁄ in
LA ⎝ 24 ⎠
δ
ε F = -----F- = – ⎛ -------------⎞ = – 0.003
0.072
ε F = – 0.003 in ⁄ in
LF ⎝ 24 ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.16 Due to the application of force P, the average normal strain in bar A was found to be - 5000 μ. If
lengths of bars A and F are 36 inches determine the movement of point B and the average normal strain in
bar F.
125 in 25in
30 in
A F P
Solution LA = 36 inches LF = 36 inches εA= - 5000 μ

δB= ? εF= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
–6
125 in
30 in
δB
0.04 δE=δF
δA δD 25in
Contraction

δ D = δ A + 0.04 1
δD δ δ δ A + 0.04 δ δ
- = -----E- = -----B-
-------- or - = -----F- = -----B-
---------------------- or 2
125 30 25 125 30 25
δ A + 0.04 0.18 + 0.04

δ B = ----------------------
- = --------------------------- = 0.044inch δ B = 0.044 in. upwards
5 5
30 6
δ F = ------ δ = --- ( 0.044 ) = 0.0528inch contraction
25 B 5
δ
ε F = -----F- = – ⎛ ----------------⎞ = – 1.4667 ( 10 )
0.0528 –3
ε F = – 1466.7μ in/in
LF ⎝ 36 ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.17 Due to the application of force P, the average normal strain in bar F in Figure P2.17 was found to
be -2000μ. If the lengths of bars A and F are 36 in, determine the movement of point B and the average
normal strain in bar A.
125 in 25in
30 in
A F P
Figure P2.17
Solution LA = 36 inches LF = 36 inches εF= - 2000 μ

δB= ? εA= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
–6
The deformation of F can be found as: δ F = ε F L F = ( 2000 ) ( 10 ) ( 36 ) = 0.072in contraction
125 in
30 in
δB
0.04 δE=δF
δA δD 25in
Contraction

δ D = δ A + 0.04 1
δD δ δ δ A + 0.04 δ δ
- = -----B- = -----E-
-------- or - = -----B- = -----F-
---------------------- or 2
125 25 30 125 25 30
25
δ B = ------ δ = 0.06
30 F
δ B = 0.06 in. upwards
125 125
δ A + 0.04 = --------- δ = --------- ( 0.072 ) = 0.3 or δ A = 0.26inch contraction 3
30 F 30
δ
ε A = -----A- = – ⎛ ----------⎞ = – 7.222 ( 10 )
0.26 –3
ε A = – 7222μin./in.
LA ⎝ 36 ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.18 The rigid bar BD in Figure P2.18 pivots about support C. Due to the application of force P, point B moves left by 0.75 mm. If
the length of bar A is 1.2 m, determine the average normal strain in bar A.
B P
1.25 m
D Rigid C
A 2.5 m
Figure P2.18
Solution δB= 0.75 mm LA = 1.2 m εA= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
δB
θ 1.25 m
Contraction
θ C
δD = δA 2.5 m
δA δB
------
- = ---------
- or 1
2.5 1.25
–3
δ A = 2δ B = 2 ( 0.75 ) = 1.5mm = 1.5 ( 10 )m contraction
δ 1.5 ( 10 )
–3
ε A = -----A- = – ⎛ -----------------------⎞ = – 1.2 ( 10 )
–3
ε A = – 1250μmm/mm
LA ⎝ 1.2 ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
be - 2000 μ. If lengths of bar A is 2 m determine the movement of point B.
B P
1.25 m
D Rigid C
A 2.5 m
Figure P2.19
Solution εA= -2000μ LA = 2 m δB= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
–6
The deformation of A can be found as: δ A = ε A L A = ( 2000 ) ( 10 ) ( 2 ) = 4mm contraction
δ B = ⎛ ----------⎞ δ A = --- = 2mm or

1.25 4
δ B = 2mm to the left
⎝ 2.5 ⎠ 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the length of bar A is 1.2 m, determine the average normal strain in bar A.
B P
1.25 m
D Rigid C
1 mm
2.5 m
A
Figure P2.20
Solution δB= 0.75 mm LA = 1.2 m εA= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
We can write the deformation equations as shown below.
δD = δA + 1 1
The deformation equations can be written as given below.
δD δB δA + 1 δB
------
- = ---------
- - = ---------
-------------- - 2
2.5 1.25 2.5 1.25
–3
or δ A = 2δ B – 1 = 2 ( 0.75 ) – 1 = 0.5mm = 0.5 ( 10 )m contraction
δB
θ 1.25 m
1μμ θ C
Contraction 2.5 m
δA δD

δ 0.5 ( 10 )
–3
ε A = -----A- = – ⎛ -----------------------⎞ = – 0.4167 ( 10 )
–3
ε A = – 416.7μ mm/mm [
LA ⎝ 1.2 ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.21 Due to the application of force P, the average normal strain in bar A was found to be - 2000 μ. If
length of bar A is 2 m, determine the movement of point B.
B P
1.25 m
D Rigid C
1 mm
2.5 m
A
Figure P2.21
Solution εA= -2000μ LA = 2 m δB= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
–6
δ B = ⎛ ----------⎞ ( δ A + 1 ) = --- = 2.5mm or

1.25 5
δ B = 2.5mm to the left
⎝ 2.5 ⎠ 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the lengths of bars A and F are 1.2 m, determine the average normal strains in bars A and F.
B P
E 0.45 m
F
0.8 m
D Rigid C
1 mm
2.5 m
A
Figure P2.22
Solution δB= 0.75 mm LA = 1.2 m LF = 1.2 m εA= ? εF= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
δB
Extension
δE 0.45 m
θ 0.80 m
2.5 m
1mm θ C
Contraction
δA δD

δD = δA + 1 1
δD δF δB δA + 1 δF δB
------
- = ------
- = ---------
- or - = ------
-------------- - = ---------
- or 2
2.5 0.8 1.25 2.5 0.8 1.25
–3
δ A = 2δ B – 1 = 2 ( 0.75 ) – 1 = 0.5mm = 0.5 ( 10 )m contraction and
–3
δ F = 0.8δ B ⁄ 1.25 = 0.48 mm = 0.48 ( 10 )m extension
The average normal strains can be found as shown below.
δ 0.5 ( 10 )
–3
ε A = -----A- = – ⎛ -----------------------⎞ = – 0.4167 ( 10 )
–3
or ε A = – 416.7μ mm ⁄ mm
LA ⎝ 1.2 ⎠
δ 0.48 ( 10 )
–3
ε F = -----F- = ⎛ --------------------------⎞ = 0.4 ( 10 )
–3
or ε F = 400μ mm ⁄ mm
LF ⎝ 1.2 ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.23 Due to the application of force P in Figure P2.23, the average normal strain in bar A was found to
be - 2500 μ. Bars A and F are 2 m long. Determine the movement of point B and average normal strain in
bar F.
B P
E 0.45 m
F
0.8 m
D Rigid C
1 mm
2.5 m
A
Figure P2.23
Solution εA= - 2500 μ LA = 2 m LF = 2 m δB= ? εF= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
–6
δB
Extension
δE 0.45 m
θ 0.80 m
2.5 m
1mm θ C
Contraction
δA δD

δ D = δ A + 1 = 6mm 1
------
- = ------
- = ---------
- or - = ------
-------------- - = ---------
- or 2
2.5 0.8 1.25 2.5 0.8 1.25
δ B = ⎛ ----------⎞ ( 6 ) = 3.0mm
1.25
or δ B = 3.0mm to the left
⎝ 2.5 ⎠
–3
δ F = 0.8δ B ⁄ 1.25 = 1.92mm = 1.92 ( 10 )m extension
δ 1.92 ( 10 )
–3
ε F = -----F- = ⎛ --------------------------⎞ = 0.96 ( 10 )
–3
or ε F = 960μmm/mm
LF ⎝ 2.0 ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.24 Due to the application of force P, the average normal strain in bar F in Figure P2.24 was found to
be 1000 μ. Bars A and F are 2 m long. Determine the movement of point B and the average normal strain in
bar A.
B P
E 0.45 m
F
0.8 m
D Rigid C
1 mm
2.5 m
A
Figure P2.24
Solution εF= 1000 μ LA = 2 m LF = 2 m δB= ? εA= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
–6
The deformation of F can be found as: δ F = ε F L F = ( 1000 ) ( 10 ) ( 2000 ) = 2mm extension
δB
Extension
δE 0.45 m
θ 0.80 m
2.5 m
1mm θ C
Contraction
δA δD

δD = δA + 1 1
------
- = ------
- = ---------
- or - = ------
-------------- - = ---------
- or 2
2.5 0.8 1.25 2.5 0.8 1.25
δ B = ⎛ ----------⎞ ( 2 ) = 3.125mm
1.25 δ B = 3.125mm to the left;
or
⎝ 0.8 ⎠
–3
δ A = 2.5δ F ⁄ 0.8 – 1 = 5.25mm = 5.25 ( 10 )m contraction
δ – 5.25 ( 10 )
–3
ε A = -----A- = ⎛ ------------------------------⎞ = – 2.625 ( 10 )
–3
or ε A = – 2625 μmm/mm
LA ⎝ 2.0 ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.25 Two bars of equal lengths of 400 mm are welded to rigid plates at right angles. The right angles
between the bars and the plates are preserved as the rigid plates are rotated by an angle of ψ as shown in
Figure P2.25. The distance between the bars is h = 50 mm. The average normal strains in bars AB and CD
were determined as -2500 μ mm/mm and 3500 μ mm/mm, respectively. Determinethe radius of curvature
R and the angle ψ.
C D
h
A B
ψ ψ
R
Figure P2.25
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
From geometry the arc lengths can be written as:
AB = R ( 2ψ ) CD = ( R + h ) ( 2ψ ) = 2Rψ + 2hψ
The orignal length is Lo = 400 mm. The average strain in each bar can be written and equated to the given values:
2Rψ – L
ε AB = ----------------------o- = 2Rψ
– 400- = – 2500 ( 10 – 6 ) or
-------------------------
Lo 400
2Rψ – 400 = – 1 1
2Rψ + 2hψ – L + ( 2 ) ( 50 )ψ – 400- = 3500 ( 10 – 6 ) or
ε CD = ---------------------------------------o- = 2Rψ
-------------------------------------------------------
Lo 400
2Rψ + 100ψ – 400 = 1.4 2

Substituting Eq. 1 into Eq. 2 we obtain:
100ψ = 2.4 or ψ = 0.024 rads 3
From Eq. 1 we obtain:
2R ( 0.024 ) = 399 or R = 8312.5 mm 4
The answers are: ψ = 0.024 rads = 1.375° R = 8312.5 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.26 Two bars of equal lengths of 30 in are welded to rigid plates at right angles. The right angles
between the bars and the plates are preserved as the rigid plates are rotated by an angle of ψ= 1.25o as
shown in Figure P2.26. The distance between the bars is h = 2 in. If the average normal strain in bar AB is
-1500 μ determine the strain in bar CD.
C D
h
A B
ψ ψ
R
Figure P2.26
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
1.25°
The rotation angle is: ψ = ------------- π = 0.0218 rads
180
AB = R ( 2ψ ) CD = ( R + h ) ( 2ψ ) = 2Rψ + 2hψ
The orignal length is Lo = 30 in. The average strain in each bar can be written and equated to the given values:
2Rψ – L 2Rψ – 30 –6
ε AB = ----------------------o- = ----------------------- = – 1500 ( 10 )
Lo 30
2Rψ + 2hψ – L 2Rψ + ( 2 ) ( 2 )ψ – 30 2Rψ – 30 4ψ –6 4 ( 0.0218 )
ε CD = ---------------------------------------o- = -------------------------------------------------- = ----------------------- + ------- = – 1500 ( 10 ) + ------------------------ or
Lo 30 30 30 30
–6 –6 –6
ε CD = – 1500 ( 10 ) + 2908.8 ( 10 ) = 1408.8 ( 10 )
The answer is: ε CD = 1408.8 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.27 Two bars of equal lengths of 48 in. are welded to rigid plates at right angles. The right angles
between the bars and the plates are preserved as the rigid plates are rotated by an angle of ψ as shown in
Figure P2.27. The average normal strains in bars AB and CD were determined as -2000 μ in./in. and
1500 μ in./in., respectively. Determine the location h of a third bar EF that should be placed such that it has
zero normal strain.

C D
E F
4 in h
A B
ψ ψ
R Figure P2.27
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
AB = R ( 2ψ ) CD = ( R + 4 ) ( 2ψ ) = 2Rψ + 8ψ EF = ( R + h ) ( 2ψ ) = 2Rψ + 2hψ
The orignal length is Lo = 48 in. The average strain in each bar can be written and equated to the given values:
2Rψ – L
ε AB = ----------------------o- = 2Rψ
– 48- = – 2000 ( 10 – 6 )
---------------------- 1
Lo 48
2Rψ + 8ψ – L 2Rψ + 8ψ – 48- = 2Rψ – 48- + 8ψ –6
ε CD = ------------------------------------o- = ------------------------------------ ---------------------- ------- = 1500 ( 10 ) or
Lo 48 48 48
–6 ψ –6
– 2000 ( 10 ) + ---- = 1500 ( 10 ) or ψ = 0.021 rads 2
6
The average strain in EF can be written and equated to zero to obtain:
2Rψ + 2hψ – L 2Rψ + 2hψ – 48- = 2Rψ – 48- + 2hψ
ε EF = ---------------------------------------o- = --------------------------------------- ---------------------- ---------- or
Lo 48 48 48
–6 h ( 0.021 )
ε EF = – 2000 ( 10 ) + --------------------- = 0 or h = 2.2857 in.
24
The answer is: h = 2.286 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.28 A rectangular plastic plate deforms into the shaded shape. Determine the average shear strain at point A
0.84 mm 0.84 mm
350 mm
A 600 mm
Solution γA=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The shear strain represents the change of angle from the right angle at A as shown in the figure below.
0.84 mm
γA
350 mm
A
From geometry, we obtain the magnitude of γA as shown below.
0.840
tan γ A = ------------- or γ A = 0.0024 rads 1
350
Shear strain is positive as angle decreases. γ A = 2400μrads
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.29 A rectangular plastic plate deforms into the shaded shape. Determine the average shear strain at
point A.
1.7 in
0.0051 in
3.5 in
A 0.0051 in
Solution γA=?
------------------------------------------------------------
1.7 in
A γA 0.0051 in

0.0051
tan γ A = ---------------- or γ A = 0.003 rads 1
1.7
Shear strain is negative as angle increases. γ A = – 3000 μ rad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.30 A rectangular plastic plate deforms into the shaded shape. Determine the average shear strain at point A.
0.007 in 0.007 in
1.4 in
A
3.0 in
Solution γA=?
------------------------------------------------------------
0.007 in
γA
1.4 in

0.007
tan γ A = ------------- or γ A = 0.005 rads 1
1.4
Shear strain is negative as angle increases. γ A = – 5000 μrads
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
point A.
0.65 mm
450 mm
0.65 mm
A
250 mm
Solution γA=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The shear strain represents the change of angle from the original right angle at A as shown in the figure below.
γ A 0.65 mm
A
250 mm
0.65
tan γ A = ---------- or γ A = 0.00026 rads 1
250
Shear strain is positive as angle decreases. γ A = 260μ rad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.32 A rectangular plastic plate deforms into the shaded shape. Determine the average shear strain at point A.
0.0056 in
1.4 in
0.0042 in
A
3.0 in
Solution γA=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The angles φ1 and φ2 are measures of the change of angle as shown in the figure below.
0.0056 in
φ2
1.4 in
φ1 0.0042 in
A
3.0 in
From geometry, we obtain the angles φ1 and φ2 as shown below.
0.0042
tan φ 1 = ---------------- or φ 1 = 0.0014 rads 1
3.0
0.0056
tan φ 2 = ---------------- or φ 2 = 0.004 rads 2
1.4
The decrease in the angle from the original right angle at A represents positive shear strain, i.e.,
γ A = φ 1 + φ 2 = 0.0054 rads or γ A = 5400μ rad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
point A
0.6 mm
600 mm
350 mm
A 0.6 mm
Solution γA=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The angles φ1 and φ2 are measures of the change of angle as shown in the figure below.
0.6 mm
600 mm
φ2
350 mm
A φ1 0.6 mm
From geometry we obtain the angles φ1 and φ2 as shown below.
0.6 –3
tan φ 1 = --------- or φ 1 = 1.0 ( 10 ) rads 1
600
0.6 –3
tan φ 2 = --------- or φ 2 = 1.714 ( 10 ) rads 2
350
The increase in angle from the original right angle at A represents negative shear strain, i.e.,
–3
γ A = – ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = – 2.714 ( 10 ) rads or γ A = – 2714 μ rad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.34 A thin triangular plate ABC forms a right angle at point A. During deformation, point A moves
vertically down by δA. Determine the average shear strain at point A.

8 in
B 25o 65o C
δ A = 0.005 in
A
δA
Solution δA=0.005in γA=?

------------------------------------------------------------
8 in
B D C
25o 65o
h
A
φ1 φ2 δA
From triangle ABC AB = 8 cos 25 = 7.2505

From triangle ABD
BD = AB cos 25 = 6.5712 1
h = AB sin 25 = 3.0642 2
BC = BD + DC or DC = 1.4288 3
BD 6.5712
tan φ 1 = --------------- = ----------------------------------------- or φ 1 = 1.1338rads
h + δA ( 3.0642 + 0.005 )
DC 1.4288
tan φ 2 = --------------
- = ----------------------------------------
- or φ 2 = 0.4357rads
h + δA ( 3.0642 + 0.005 )
π –3
γ A = --- – ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = 1.2963 ( 10 )rads γ A = 1296μrad
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
vertically down by δA. Determine the average shear strain at point A.
5 in
C
B
δ A = 0.006 in
n
A
3i
δA
Solution δA= 0.006 γA= ?

------------------------------------------------------------

5 in
D
B θ C
n
A
3i
φ1φ2
δA
2 2
From triangle ABC AB = 5 –3 = 4 cos θ = 0.8 sin θ = 0.6
From triangle ABD
BD = AB cos θ = 3.2 1
h = AB sin θ = 2.4 2
BC = BD + DC or DC = 1.8 3
BD 3.2
tan φ 1 = --------------
- = -------------------------------
- or φ 1 = 0.9261rads
h + δA ( 2.4 + 0.006 )
DC 1.8
tan φ 2 = --------------- = -------------------------------- or φ 2 = 0.6423rads
h + δA ( 2.4 + 0.006 )
π –3
γ A = --- – ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = 2.397 ( 10 )rads γ A = 2397μrads
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
vertically down by δA that is given in each problem. Determine the average shear strain at point A.
1300 mm
B C
500
A
δ A = 0.75 mm
m
δA
m
Solution δA=0.75mm γA= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
1300 mm
B D C
θ
h
500
A
mm
φ2 δA
φ1
2 2 5 12
From triangle ABC AC = 1300 – 500 = 1200 cos θ = ------ sin θ = ------
13 13
From triangle ABD
BD = AB cos θ = 192.308 1
h = AB sin θ = 461.538 2
BC = BD + DC or DC = 1107.69 3
BD 192.308 -
tan φ 1 = --------------- = ---------------------------------------- or φ 1 = 0.3942rads
h + δA ( 461.538 + 0.75 )
DC 1107.69
tan φ 2 = --------------- = ----------------------------------------- or φ 2 = 1.1754rads
h + δA ( 461.538 + 0.75 )
π –3
γ A = --- – ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = 1.1529 ( 10 )rads γ A = 1153μrads
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
horizontally by δA that is given in each problem. Determine the average shear strain at point A.
8 in
B 25o 65o C
δ A = 0.005 in
A
δA
Solution δA=0.005 γA= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
8 in
D
B 25o 65o C
h
φ1 φ2
A
δA
From Equations (1),(2) and (3) of problem 2.27: BD = 6.5712 h = 3.0642 DC = 1.4288
BD – δ 6.5712 – 0.005
tan φ 1 = -------------------A- = ------------------------------------ or φ 1 = 1.13417rads
h 3.0642
DC + δ 1.4288 + 0.005-
tan φ 2 = --------------------A- = ----------------------------------- or φ 2 = 0.43766rads
h 3.0642
γA = π
–3
--- – ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = – 1.0337 ( 10 )rads γ A = – 1034 μrads
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
horizontally by δA that is given in each problem. Determine the average shear strain at point A.
5 in
C
B
δ A = 0.008 in
n
A
3i
δA
Solution δA=0.008 γA= ?

------------------------------------------------------------

5 in
D C
B
φ2 h
φ1
n
A
3i
δA
From Equations (1), (2) and (3) in Problem 2-28: BD = 3.2 h = 2.4 DC = 1.8
BD – δ 3.2 – 0.008
tan φ 1 = -------------------A- = --------------------------- or φ 1 = 0.92609rads
h 2.4
CD + δ 1.8 + 0.008
tan φ 2 = --------------------A- = --------------------------
- or φ 2 = 0.64563rads
h 2.4
π –3
γ A = --- – ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = – 0.9280 ( 10 )rads γ A = – 928 μrad
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
horizontally by δA that is given in each problem. Determine the average shear strain at point A in each
problem
1300 mm
B
C
500
A
δ A = 0.90 mm
mm
δA
Solution δA=0.90 mm γA= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
1300 mm
B D
θ C
hφ
1 φ2
500
m
m
A
δA
From triangle ABC AC =

2
1300 – 500 = 1200
2 5-
cos θ = ----- sin θ = 12
------
13 13
From triangle ABD
BD = AB cos θ = 192.308 1
h = AB sin θ = 461.538 2
BC = BD + DC or DC = 1107.69 3
BD + δ 192.308 + 0.90
tan φ 1 = --------------------A = ------------------------------------ or φ 1 = 0.39645rads
h 461.538
CD – δ
tan φ 2 = --------------------A = 1107.69 – 0.90-
----------------------------------- or φ 2 = 1.17572rads
h 461.538
π –3
γ A = --- – ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = – 1.3717 ( 10 )rads or γ A = – 1371.7 μrad
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.40 Bar AB is bolted to a plate along the diagonal as shown in Figure P2.40. The plate experiences an
average strain in the x-direction ε xx = 500μ in ⁄ in . Determine the average normal strain in the bar
AB.
y
5 in
A x
10 in
Figure P2.40
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The deformed geometry can be draw as:
C
B θ B1
5 in
θ
A
10 in
From geometry we have:
5
tan θ = ------ or θ = 26.565°
10
2 2
AB = 5 + 10 = 11.1803 in
–6
From the given strain we have: BB 1 = ( 10 )ε xx = 10 [ 500 ( 10 ) ] = 0.005
–3
From geometry: BC = BB 1 cos θ = 4.4721 ( 10 )
The normal strain in bar AB can be written as:
–3
BC 4.4721 ( 10 ) –3
ε AB = -------- = -------------------------------- = 0.4 ( 10 )
AB 11.1803
The answer is ε AB = 400 μin. ⁄ in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.41 Bar AB is bolted to a plate along the diagonal as shown in Figure P2.41. The plate experiences an
average strain in the x-direction ε yy = – 1200μ mm ⁄ mm . Determine the average normal strain in the
bar AB.
y
100 mm
Figure P2.41 x
A
45 mm
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The deformed geometry can be draw as:
B
θ
C
B1
100 mm
45 mm

45-
tan θ = -------- or θ = 24.23°
100
2 2
AB = 45 + 100 = 109.66 mm
–6
From the given strain we have: BB 1 = ( 100 )ε yy = 100 [ 120 ( 10 ) ] = 0.12
–3
From geometry: BC = BB 1 cos θ = 109.43 ( 10 )
( –B C ) – 109.43 –3
ε AB = ---------------- = ------------------- = – 998 ( 10 )
AB 109.66
The answer is ε AB = – 998 μmm ⁄ mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.42 A right angle bar ABC is welded to a plate as shown in Figure P2.42. Points B are fixed. The plate
experiences an average strain in the x-direction ε xx = – 1000 μ mm ⁄ mm . Determmine the average normal
strain in AB.
y
A B C
300 mm
B
x
Figure P2.42
150 mm 450 mm
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The deformed shape can be drawn as
y
C1
B C
A A1
α
D
300 mm
α B θ
150 mm 450 mm

300
tan θ = --------- or θ = 33.69° α = 90 – θ = 56.31° 1
450
150 - = 270.42 mm
AB cos α = 150 AB = --------------------- 2
cos 56.31
–6
From the given strain we have: AA 1 = ( 150 ) ε xx = 150 [ 1000 ( 10 ) ] = 0.15 mm
–3
From geometry: AD = AA 1 cos α = 83.205 ( 10 )
–3
– AD -) = – 83.205 ( 10 ) =
ε AB = (---------------
–3
------------------------------------ – 307.7 ( 10 ) 3
AB 270.42
The answer is ε AB = – 307.7 μmm ⁄ mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
experiences an average strain in the x-direction ε xx = 700μ mm ⁄ mm . Determmine the average nor-
mal strain in BC.

y
A B C
300 mm
B
x
Figure P2.43
150 mm 450 mm
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
E
C θ C1
A B
A1
300 mm
B θ
150 mm 450 mm

300
tan θ = --------- or θ = 33.69° 1
450
300 - = 540.83 mm
BC sin θθ = 300 BC = -------------------- 2
sin 56.31
–6
From the given strain we have: CC 1 = ( 450 ) ε xx = 450 [ 700 ( 10 ) ] = 0.315 mm
–3
From geometry: CE = CC 1 cos θ = 262.09 ( 10 )
–3
262.09 ( 10 )
ε AB = CE
–3
-------- = -------------------------------- = 0.4846 ( 10 ) 3
BC 540.83
The answer is ε AB = 484.6 μmm ⁄ mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
experiences an average strain in the x-direction ε xx = – 800 μ mm ⁄ mm . Determmine the average shear
strain at point B in the bar.

y
A B C
300 mm
B
x
Figure P2.44
150 mm 450 mm
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
C1
B C
A A1
α E
D
φ1 300 mm
φ2
α B θ
150 mm 450 mm
300
tan θ = --------- or θ = 33.69° α = 90 – θ = 56.31° 1
450
150
AB cos α = 150 AB = ---------------------- = 270.42 mm 2
cos 56.31
300 - = 540.83 mm
BC sin θ = 300 BC = -------------------- 3
sin 56.31
From the given strain we have:
–6
AA 1 = ( 150 ) ε xx = 150 [ 800 ( 10 ) ] = 0.12 mm 4
–6
CC 1 = ( 450 ) ε xx = 450 [ 800 ( 10 ) ] = 0.360 mm 5
From geometry:
–3 –3
AD = AA 1 cos α = 66.56 ( 10 ) A 1 D = AA 1 sin α = 99.85 ( 10 ) 6
–3 –3
CE = CC 1 cos θ = 299.54 ( 10 ) C 1 E = CC 1 sin θ = 199.69 ( 10 ) 7
–3
C1 E C1 E 199.69 ( 10 ) –3 –3
tan φ 1 = --------- - = ------------------------------------------------------- = 0.3694 ( 10 )
- = --------------------- or φ 1 = 0.3694 ( 10 ) rads 8
BE BC – CE – 3
540.83 – 299.54 ( 10 )
–3
A1 D A1 D 99.85 ( 10 ) –3 –3
tan φ 2 = ---------- - = ---------------------------------------------------- = 0.3692 ( 10 )
= --------------------- or φ 2 = 0.3692 ( 10 ) rads 9
BD AB – AD –3
270.42 – 66.56 ( 10 )
–3
Shear strain at B is: γ B = φ 1 + φ 2 = 0.7388 ( 10 ) or γ B = 738.8 μrads
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
experiences an average strain in the y-direction ε yy = 800μ in ⁄ in . Determmine the average normal
strain in AB.
y
2 in
C
3.0 in
B B x
1.0 in
Figure P2.45 A
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We can draw the deformed geometry as:
2 in
C1
C
3.0 in
B θ B
α
1.0 in
A
α D
A1
tan θ = 3--- or θ = 56.31° α = 90 – θ = 33.69° 1

2
1 - = 1.8028 in.
AB sin α = 1 AB = -------------------- 2
sin 33.69
–6
From the given strain we have: AA 1 = ( 1 ) ε yy = 800 ( 10 ) in.
–6
From geometry: AD = AA 1 sin α = 443.76 ( 10 )
–6
443.76 ( 10 )
ε AB = AD
–6
-------- = -------------------------------- = 246.15 ( 10 ) 3
AB 1.8028
The answer is ε AB = 246.2 μin. ⁄ in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
experiences an average strain in the y-direction ε yy = – 500 μ in ⁄ in . Determmine the average normal
strain in BC.
y
2 in
C
3.0 in
B B x
1.0 in
Figure P2.46 A
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
2 in
C
E θ
C1
3.0 in
B θ B
α
A1
1.0 in
A
3
tan θ = --- or θ = 56.31° 1
2
3
AC sin θ = 3 AC = --------------------- = 3.6056 in. 2
sin 56.31
–3
From the given strain we have: CC 1 = ( 3 ) ε yy = 1.5 ( 10 ) in.
–3
From geometry: CE = CC 1 sin θ = 1.2481 ( 10 )
–3
– CE – 1.2481 ( 10 ) –3
ε AC = ----------- = ------------------------------------ = ( – 0.3462 ) ( 10 ) 3
AC 3.6056
The answer is ε AC = – 346.2 μin. ⁄ in.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
experiences an average strain in the y-direction ε yy = 600μ in ⁄ in . Determmine the average shear strain
at B in the bar.
y
2 in
C
3.0 in
B B x
1.0 in
Figure P2.47 A
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
2 in
C1
θ E
C
φ1
3.0 in
B θ B
α
1.0 in
φ2 A
α D
A1
3
From geometry we have: tan θ = --- or θ = 56.31° α = 90 – θ = 33.69°
2
1 - = 1.8028 in. 3 - = 3.6056 in.
AB sin α = 1 AB = -------------------- BC sin θ = 3 BC = -------------------- 1
sin 33.69 sin 56.31
–3 –3
From the given strain we have: AA 1 = ( 1 ) ε yy = 0.6 ( 10 ) in. CC 1 = ( 3 ) ε yy = 1.8 ( 10 ) in.
From geometry:
–3 –3
AD = AA 1 sin α = 0.3328 ( 10 ) A 1 D = AA 1 cos α = 0.4992 ( 10 ) 2
–3 –3
CE = CC 1 sin θ = 1.4977 ( 10 ) C 1 E = AA 1 cos α = 0.9985 ( 10 ) 3
–3
C1 E C1 E 0.9985 ( 10 ) –3 –3
tan φ 1 = --------- - = ------------------------------------------------------- = 0.2768 ( 10 )
- = --------------------- or φ 1 = 0.2768 ( 10 ) rads 4
BE BC + CE –3
3.6056 + 1.4977 ( 10 )
–3
A1 D A1 D 0.4992 ( 10 ) –3 –3
tan φ 2 = ---------- - = ------------------------------------------------------- = 0.2769 ( 10 )
= --------------------- or φ 2 = 0.2769 ( 10 ) rads 5
BD AB + AD – 3
1.8028 + 0.3328 ( 10 )
–3
Shear strain at B is: γ B = – ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = – 0.5537 ( 10 ) or γ B = – 553.7 μrads
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.48 The diagonals of two square form a right angle at point A. The two rectangles are pulled horizon-
tally to a deformed shape shown by the colored lines. Determine the average shear strain at point A, if the
displacements of points A and B are as given in each problem.

δA= 0.4 mm and δB= 0.8 mm.
300 mm 300 mm
300 mm
A A1 B B1
δA δB
Solution δA=0.4mm δB=0.8mm γA= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
300 mm 300 mm
C D E
300 mm φ1 φ2
A A1 B B1
δA δB
300 + δ
tan φ 1 = CD
-------- = --------------------A- 1
AD 300
DE ( CE – CD ) ( 600 + δ B ) – ( 300 + δ A )
tan φ 2 = -------- = --------------------------- = ---------------------------------------------------------
- or
AD AD 300
300 + δ B – δ A
tan φ 2 = --------------------------------
- 2
300
Substituting δ A = 0.4 and δ B = 0.8 in Equations(1) and (2)
We obtain
300.4-
tan φ 1 = ------------ or φ 1 = 0.78606rads and tan φ 2 = 300.4------------- or φ 2 = 0.78606rads
300 300
γA = π
–3
--- – ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = – 1.332 ( 10 )rads γ A = – 1332 μrad
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.49 The diagonals of two square form a right angle at point A. The two rectangles are pulled horizon-
tally to a deformed shape shown by the colored lines. Determine the average shear strain at point A, if the
displacements of points A and B are as given in each problem.
δA= 0.3 mm and δB= 0.9 mm.
300 mm 300 mm
300 mm
A A1 B B1
δA δB
Solution δA=0.3 δB=0.9 γA= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
Substituting δ A = 0.3 and δ B = 0.8 in Equations (1) and (2) in problem 2-33,
We obtain:
300.3 300.6
tan φ 1 = ------------- or φ 1 = 0.78590rads and tan φ 2 = ------------- or φ 2 = 0.78640rads
300 300
π –3
γ A = --- – ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = – 1.4987 ( 10 ) rads γ A = – 1499 μrad
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.50 The roller at P can slide only in the slot by the given amount. Determine the strains in bar AP by
(a) finding the deformed length of AP without small-strain approximation, (b) using Equation 2.6, and (c)
using Equation 2.7.
P δP = 0.25 mm
m
0m
20
A 50o
Solution δP = 0.25 mm (a) εAP= ? using geometry

(b) εAP= ? using small strain scaler approach (c) εAP= ? using small strain vector approach.
------------------------------------------------------------
δA B
Extension
o
50 P1
130o δP
P
Lf
A
(a) From triangle APP1, using cosine rule we obtain
2 2 2 2 2
L f = AP + PP 1 – 2AP ( PP 1 ) cos 130 = 200 + 0.25 – 2 ( 200 ) ( 0.25 ) cos 130 = 200.16079
Lf – Lo 0.16079 –3
The average normal strain is ε AP = ---------------- = ------------------- = 0.80394 ( 10 ) or ε AP = 803.9μmm ⁄ mm
Lo 200
(b) From triangle PBP1
δ AP = PB = PP 1 cos 50 = 0.25 cos 50 = 0.1607
δ AP 0.16070 –3
ε AP = --------
- = ------------------- = 0.80348 ( 10 ) or ε AP = 803.5μmm ⁄ mm
Lo 200
(c) The deformation vector can be written as: D = 0.25i

The unit vector can be written as: i AP = cos 50i + sin 50j
The deformation of the bar AP can be calculated as: δ AP = i AP ⋅ D = 0.25 cos 50 = 0.1607
δ AP
- = 0.16070
–3
The average normal strain is ε AP = -------- ------------------- = 0.80348 ( 10 ) or ε AP = 803.5μmm ⁄ mm
Lo 200
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.51 The roller at P can slide only in the slot by the given amount. Determine the strains in bar AP by
(a) finding the deformed length of AP without small-strain approximation, (b) using Equation 2.6, and (c)
using Equation 2.7.

mm
.2 5
=0
δP
P
30o
m
0m
20
A 50o
Solution δP = 0.25 mm (a) εAP= ? using geometry

(b) εAP= ? using small strain scaler approach (c) εAP= ? using small strain vector approach.
------------------------------------------------------------
B
δA
Extension
20o
P 160o P1
δP
Lf
A
(a) From triangle APP1, using cosine rule we obtain
2 2 2 2 2
L f = AP + PP 1 – 2AP ( PP 1 ) cos 160 = 200 + 0.25 – 2 ( 200 ) ( 0.25 ) cos 160 = 200.23494
Lf – Lo 0.23494 –3
The average normal strain is: ε AP = ---------------- = ------------------- = 1.1747 ( 10 ) or ε AP = 1174.7μmm ⁄ mm;
Lo 200
(b) From triangle PBP1: δ AP = PB = PP 1 cos 20 = 0.25 cos 20 = 0.23492
δ AP 0.23492 –3
The average normal strain is: ε AP = --------
- = ------------------- = 01.1746 ( 10 ) or ε AP = 1174.6μmm ⁄ mm;
Lo 200
(c) The deformation vector can be written as: D = 0.25 ( cos 30i + sin 30j )
The unit vector can be written as i AP = cos 50i + sin 50j
δ AP = i AP ⋅ D = 0.25 ( cos 30 cos 50 + sin 30 sin 50 ) = 0.25 cos 20 = 0.23492
δ AP
- = 0.23492
–3
ε AP = -------- ------------------- = 01.1746 ( 10 ) ε AP = 1174.6μmm ⁄ mm;
Lo 200
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.52 A roller at P slides in a slot as shown. Determine the deformation in bar AP and bar BP using small
strain approximation.
B
110o
A δP = 0.25 mm
P
Figure P2.52
Solution δAP= ? δBP= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Β
Contraction δBP P2 Extension

70o
Α P δAP=δP P1
As per small strain approximation, we need component of PP1 in the original direction of AP and BP, i.e.,
PP1 represents the deformation of bar AP and PP2 represents the deformation of bar BP and are calculated
as shown below.
δ AP = δ P = 0.25 or δ AP = 0.25mm extension
δ BP = δ P cos 70 = 0.08551 or δ BP = 0.0855mm contraction
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.53 A roller at P slides in a slot as shown Determine the deformation in bar AP and bar BP using small
B
A 60o
P
δP = 0.25 mm
Figure P2.53
SolutionδAP= ? δBP= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Β
Extension
60o δAP=δP
o
Α P 60 P1
Extension
δBP P2
As per small strain approximation, we need component of PP1 in the original direction of AP and BP, i.e., PP1 repre-
sents the deformation of bar AP and PP2 represents the deformation of bar BP and are calculated as shown below.
δ AP = δ P = 0.25 or δ AP = 0.25 mm extension
δ BP = δ P cos 60 = 0.125 or δ BP = 0.125 mm extension
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.54 A roller at P slides in a slot as shown. Determine the deformation in bar AP and bar BP small strain
approximation.
B
o
30
A 75o
Figure P2.54

------------------------------------------------------------
Β
Α 30o Extension
75o
P δAP
ExtensionδBP P3
δP
P2
P1
δ AP = δ P cos 75 = 0.06470 or δ AP = 0.0647mm extension
δ BP = δ P cos 30 = 0.2165 or δ BP = 0.2165mm extension
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.55 A roller at P slides in a slot as shown in each problem. Determine the deformation in bar AP and
bar BP using small strain approximation.
δP = 0.02 inch
A P 40o
110o
Figure P2.55

------------------------------------------------------------
P1
Extension δP
P3
A o
δBP 70 40o
P δAP P2
Extension
110o
B
δ AP = δ P cos 40 = 0.01532 or δ AP = 0.0153 in. extension
δ BP = δ P cos 70 = 0.00684 or δ BP = 0.0068 in. extension
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.56 A roller at P slides in a slot as shown. Determine the deformation in bar AP and bar BP in each
problem by using small strain approximation.
B A B
250 250
P
δP=0.01 in
Figure P2.56

------------------------------------------------------------
B A B
250 250
P Extension
δBP δBP
δP
P2 δAP P2
P1
δ AP = δ P = 0.01 or δ AP = 0.01 in. extension
δ BP = δ P cos 25 = 0.00906 or δ BP = 0.0091 in. extension
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.57 A roller at P slides in a slot as shown. Determine the deformation in bar AP and bar BP using small
A
60o
P 50o
δP = 0.02 inch
20o
B
Figure P2.57

------------------------------------------------------------

Contraction
δAP 60o A
P2
30o
P 50o
δP
δBP P1
20o
P3 20o
Contraction
B
δ AP = δ P cos 80 = 0.00347 or δ AP = 0.0035inch contraction
δ BP = δ P cos 20 = 0.01879 or δ BP = 0.0188inch contraction
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.58 A gap of 0.004 of an inch exists between the rigid bar and bar A before the load P is applied in Fig-
ure P2.58. The rigid bar is hinged at point C. Due to force P, the strain in bar A was found to be - 600 μ.
Determine the strain in bar B. The lengths of bars A and B are 30 and 50 inches respectively.
B
C o
75
P 24 in 36 in A 60 in
Figure P2.58
Solution εA=-500μ LA=30in LB=50in εB=?

------------------------------------------------------------
–6
The deformation of A is: δ A = ( 600 ) ( 10 ) ( 30 ) = 0.018 in contraction
36 in 60 in
C D E 75o
δD δB
δA Extension
24 in δE
Contraction A
75o
From geometry of the deformed shape we obtain: δ D = δ A + gap = 0.018 + 0.004 = 0.022in and
δD δ 96
------ = -----E- ∴δ E = ------ ( 0.022 ) = 0.05867in and δ B = δ E cos 15 = 0.05667
36 96 36
δ
The average normal strain in B is: ε B = -----B- = 0.05667
–3
------------------- = 1.133 ( 10 ) ε B = 1133μin./in.
LB 50
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.59 A gap of 0.004 in exists between the rigid bar and bar A before the load P is applied in Figure
P2.58. The rigid bar is hinged at point C. Due to force P, the strain in bar B was found to be 1500 μ. Deter-
mine the strain in bar A. The lengths of bars A and B are 30 and 50 in, respectively.
Solution εB=1500μ LA=30in LB=50in εA=?
------------------------------------------------------------
–6
The deformation of B is: δ B = ( 1500 ) ( 10 ) ( 50 ) = 0.075 in. extension
36 in 60 in
C D E 75o
δD δB
δA Extension
24 in δE
Contraction A
75o
From geometry of the deformed shape we obtain:

0.075
δ B = δ E cos 15 or δ E = -------------- = 0.07765
cos 15
δD δ 36
------ = -----E- or δ D = ------ ( 0.07765 ) = 0.02912in
36 96 96
δ A = δ D – 0.004 = 0.02512in contraction
The average normal strain in A is: ε A = –---------------------

0.02512- = – 0.8372 ( 10 –3 ) ε A = – 837.2 μin./in.
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.60 For the truss shown, the pin displacements in the x and y direction, given by u and v respectively
were computed by FiniteElement Method and are as given. Determine the axial strain in members AB, BF,
FG, and GB.
A B C
u B = 12.6 mm v B = – 24.48 mm
u C = 21.0 mm v C = – 69.97 mm
2m
u D = – 16.8 mm v D = – 119.65 mm y G F E D
u E = – 12.6 mm v E = – 69.97 mm x 2m
2m 2m
u F = – 8.4 mm v F = – 28.68 mm
P
Figure P2.60
Solution εAB=? εBF=? εFG=? εGB=?

------------------------------------------------------------
1. Deformation vector calculations
D AB = ( u B – u A )i + ( v B – v A )j = ( 12.6i – 24.48j )mm
D BF = ( u F – u B )i + ( v F – v B )j
D BF = ( – 8.4 – 12.6 )i + ( – 28.68 + 24.48 )j = ( – 21 i – 4.2j )mm

D FG = ( u G – u F )i + ( v G – v F )j = ( 8.4i + 28.68j )mm
D GB = ( u B – u G )i + ( v B – v G )j = ( 12.6i – 24.48j )mm

2. Unit vector calculations
i AB = i
i BF = – j
i FG = – i
i GB = cos 45i + sin 45j = 0.707i + 0.707j

3. Deformation calculation
δ AB = D AB ⋅ i AB = 12.6mm
δ BF = D BF ⋅ i BF = 4.2mm
δ FG = D FG ⋅ i FG = – 8.4 mm
δ GB = ( 12.6 ) ( 0.707 ) – ( 24.48 ) ( 0.707 ) = – 8.4004
4. Strain Calculation
δ AB 12.6 –3
ε AB = --------
- = ---------------- = 6.3 ( 10 ) ε AB = 6300μmm/mm
L AB 3
2 ( 10 )
δ BF 4.2 = –3
ε BF = --------
- = ---------------- 2.1 ( 10 ) ε BF = 2100μmm/mm
L BF 3
2 ( 10 )
δ FG – 8.4 = –3
ε FG = ---------
- = ---------------- – 4.2 ( 10 ) ε FG = – 4200 μmm/mm
L FG 3
2 ( 10 )
δ GB – 8.4004 –3
ε GB = ---------
- = ------------------------ = – 2.9698 ( 10 ) ε GB = – 2970 μmm/mm
L GB 3
2 2 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.61 For the truss shown, the pin displacements in the x and y direction given by u and v respectively
were computed by FiniteElement Method and are as given. Determine the axial strain in members BC, CF,
and FE.
A B C
u B = 12.6 mm v B = – 24.48 mm
u C = 21.0 mm v C = – 69.97 mm
2m
u D = – 16.8 mm v D = – 119.65 mm G F E D
u E = – 12.6 mm v E = – 69.97 mm y 2m 2m 2m
u F = – 8.4 mm v F = – 28.68 mm x
P
Solution εBC=? εCF=? εFE=?
------------------------------------------------------------
1. Deformation vector calculation
D BC = ( u C – u B )i + ( v C – v B )j = ( 21 – 12.6 )i + ( – 69.97 + 24.48 )j = ( 8.4i – 45.52j )mm
D CF = ( u F – u C )i + ( v F – v C )j = ( – 8.4 – 21.0 )i + ( – 28.68 + 69.97 )j = ( 29.4i + 41.29j )mm
D FE = ( u E – u F )i + ( v E – v F )j = ( – 12.6 + 8.4 )i + ( – 69.97 + 28.68 )j = ( – 4.2i – 41.29 j )mm

i BC = i
i CF = – cos 45i – sin 45j = – 0.707i – 0.707j
i FE = i
δ BC = D BC ⋅ i BC = 8.4mm
δ CF = D CF ⋅ i CF = ( 29.4 ) ( 0.707 ) – ( 41.29 ) ( 0.707 ) = – 8.408mm
δ FE = D FE ⋅ i FE = – 4.2 mm
δ BC 8.4 –3 mm
ε BC = ---------
- = ---------------- = 4.2 ( 10 ) or ε BC = 4200μ ---------
L BC 3 mm
2 ( 10 )
δ CF – 8.408 –3 mm
ε CF = ---------
- = ------------------------ = 2.973 ( 10 ) or ε CF = – 2973 μ ---------
L CF 3 mm
2 2 ( 10 )
δ FE – 4.2 –3 mm
ε FE = --------
- = ---------------- = – 2.1 ( 10 ) or ε FE = – 2100 μ ---------
L FE 2 ( 10 )
3 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.62 For the truss shown, the pin displacements in the x and y direction given by u and v respectively,
were computed by FiniteElement Method and are as given. Determine the axial strain in members ED, DC,
and CE.
A B C
u B = 12.6 mm v B = – 24.48 mm
u C = 21.0 mm v C = – 69.97 mm
2m
u D = – 16.8 mm v D = – 119.65 mm y E
G F D
u E = – 12.6 mm v E = – 69.97 mm x 2m 2m 2m
u F = – 8.4 mm v F = – 28.68 mm
P
Solution εED=? εDC=? εCE=?
------------------------------------------------------------
1. Deformation vector calculation
D ED = ( u D – u E )i + ( v D – v E )j = ( – 16.8 + 12.6 )i + ( – 119.65 + 69.97 )j or D ED = ( – 4.2 i – 49.98j )mm
D DC = ( u C – u D )i + ( v C – v D )j = ( 21.0 + 16.8 )i + ( – 69.97 + 119.65 )j or D DC = ( 37.8i + 49.68j )mm
D CE = ( u E – u C )i + ( v E – v C )j = ( – 12.6 – 21 )i + ( – 69.97 + 69.97 )j = – 33.6i mm

i ED = i
i DC = – cos 45i + sin 45j = – 0.707i + 0.707j
i CE = j
δ ED = D ED ⋅ i ED = – 4.2m m
δ DC = D DC ⋅ i DC = – ( 37.8 ) ( 0.707 ) + ( 49.68 ) ( 0.707 ) = 8.4004mm
δ CE = D CE ⋅ i CE = 0
δ ED – 4.2 –3
ε ED = ---------
- = ---------------- = – 2.1 ( 10 ) or ε ED = – 2100 μ mm/mm;
L ED 3
2 ( 10 )
δ DC 8.4004 –3
ε DC = ---------
- = ------------------------ = 2.970 ( 10 ) or ε DC = 2970 μ mm/mm;
L DC 3
2 2 ( 10 )
ε CE = 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.63 For the truss shown, the pin displacements in the x and y directions given by u and v respectively,
were computed by Finite Element Method and are as given. Determine the axial strains in members AB,
BG, GA, and AH.
4m 4m
u B = 7.00 mm v B = 1.500 mm C D E
u C = 17.55 mm v C = 3.000 mm 3m
u D = 20.22 mm v D = – 4.125 mm B P2
G F
u E = 22.88 mm v E = – 32.250 mm 3m
y P1
u F = 9.00 mm v F = – 33.750 mm A H
x
u G = 7.00 mm v G = – 4.125 mm
uH = 0 vH = 0 Figure P2.63
Solution εAB=? εBG=? εGA=? εAH=?

------------------------------------------------------------
D AB = ( u B – u A )i + ( v B – v A )j = ( 7i + 1.5j )mm
D BG = ( u G – u B )i + ( v G – v B )j
D BG = ( 7 – 7 )i + ( – 4.125 – 1.5 )j = – 5.625j mm

D GA = ( u A – u G )i + ( v A – v G )j = ( – 7 i + 4.125 j )mm
D AH = ( u H – u A )i + ( v H – v A )j = 0
i AB = j i BG = i
– 4i – 3j
i GA = --------------------- = – 0.8i – 0.6j
2 2
3 +4
i AH = i
δ AB = D AB ⋅ i AB = 1.5mm
δ BG = D BG ⋅ i BG = 0
δ GA = D GA ⋅ i GA = ( – 7 ) ( – 0.8 ) + ( 4.125 ) ( – 0.6 ) = 3.125mm

δ AH = 0
δ AB 1.5 –3
ε AB = --------
- = ---------------- = 0.5 ( 10 ) or ε AB = 500 μ mm/mm;
L AB 3
3 ( 10 )
ε BG = 0
δ GA 3.125 –3
ε GA = ---------
- = ---------------- = 0.625 ( 10 ) or ε GA = 625 μ mm/mm;
L GA 3
5 ( 10 )
ε AH = 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
were computed by Finite Element Method and are as given. Determine the axial strains in members BC,
CG, GB, and CD.
4m 4m u B = 7.00 mm v B = 1.500 mm
C D E
u C = 17.55 mm v C = 3.000 mm
3m
u D = 20.22 mm v D = – 4.125 mm
B G F P2
u E = 22.88 mm v E = – 32.250 mm
y 3m P1 u F = 9.00 mm v F = – 33.750 mm
x A H
u G = 7.00 mm v G = – 4.125 mm
u = 0 v = 0
Solution εBC=? εCG=? εGB=? εCD=?
------------------------------------------------------------
D BC = ( u C – u B )i + ( v C – v B )j = ( 17.55 – 7 )i + ( 3 – 1.5 )j = ( 10.55i + 1.5j )mm
D CG = ( u G – u C )i + ( v G – v C )j = ( 7 – 17.55 )i + ( – 4.125 – 3 )j = ( – 10.55 i – 7.125j )mm
D GB = ( u B – u G )i + ( v B – v G )j = ( 7 – 7 )i + ( 1.5 + 4.125 )j = ( 5.625j )mm
D CD = ( u D – u C )i + ( v D – v C )j = ( 20.22 – 17.55 )i + ( – 4.125 – 3 )j = ( 2.67i – 7.125j )mm

i BC = j
4i – 3j
i CG = ---------------- = 0.8i – 0.6j
5
i GB = – i i CD = i
δ BC = D BC ⋅ i BC = 1.5mm
δ CG = D CG ⋅ i CG = ( 0.8 ) ( – 10.55 ) + ( – 0.6 ) ( – 7.125 ) = – 4.165mm
δ GB = D GB ⋅ i GB = 0
δ CD = 2.67mm
δ BC 1.5 = –3 mm
ε BC = ---------
- = ---------------- 0.5 ( 10 ) or ε BC = 500μ ---------
L BC 3 mm
3 ( 10 )
δ CG – 4.165 –3 mm
ε CG = ---------
- = ---------------- = – 0.833 ( 10 ) or ε CG = – 833 μ ---------
L CG 3 mm
5 ( 10 )
δ GB
ε GB = ---------
- = 0 ε GB = 0
L GB
δ CD 2.67 –3 mm
ε CD = ---------
- = ---------------- = 0.6675 ( 10 ) or ε CD = 667.5μ ---------
L CD 3 mm
4 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
were computed by Finite Element Method and are as given. Determine the axial strains in members GF,
FE, EG, and DE..
4m 4m
u B = 7.00 mm v B = 1.500 mm C D E
u C = 17.55 mm v C = 3.000 mm 3m
u D = 20.22 mm v D = – 4.125 mm B G F P2
u E = 22.88 mm v E = – 32.250 mm y 3m P1
u F = 9.00 mm v F = – 33.750 mm x A
H
u G = 7.00 mm v G = – 4.125 mm
uH = 0 vH = 0
Solution εGF=? εFE=? εEG=? εDE=?

------------------------------------------------------------
D GF = ( u F – u G )i + ( v F – v G )j = ( 9 – 7 )i + ( – 33.75 + 4.125 )j = ( 2i – 29.625 j )mm
D FE = ( u E – u F )i + ( v E – v F )j = ( 22.88 – 9 )i + ( – 32.25 + 33.75 )j = ( 13.88i + 1.5j )mm
D EG = ( u G – u E )i + ( v G – v E )j = ( 7 – 22.88 )i + ( – 4.125 + 32.25 )j = ( – 15.88i + 28.125j )mm
D DE = ( u E – u D )i + ( v E – v D )j = ( 22.88 – 20.22 )i + ( – 32.25 + 4.125 )j or D DE = ( 2.66i – 28.125j )mm

i GF = i i FE = j
– 4i – 3j
i EG = -------------------- = – 0.8i – 0.6j
5
i DE = i
δ GF = D GF ⋅ i GF = 2mm
δ FE = D FE ⋅ i FE = 1.5mm
δ EG = D EG ⋅ i EG = ( – 15.88 ) ( – 0.8 ) + ( 28.125 ) ( – 0.6 ) = – 4.171mm

δ DE = 2.66mm
δ GF 2 –3
ε GF = ---------
- = ---------------- = 0.5 ( 10 ) or ε GF = 500 μ mm/mm;
L GF 3
4 ( 10 )
δ FE 1.5 –3
ε FE = --------
- = ---------------- = 0.5 ( 10 ) or ε FE = 500 μ mm/mm; [
L FE 3
3 ( 10 )
δ EG – 4.171 –3
ε EG = ---------
- = ---------------- = – 0.8342 ( 10 ) or ε EG = – 834 μ mm/mm;
L EG 3
5 ( 10 )
δ DE 2.66 –3
ε DE = ---------
- = ---------------- = 0.665 ( 10 ) or ε DE = 665 μ mm/mm;
L DE 3
4 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.66 Three poles are pin connected to a ring at P and to the supports on the ground. The ring slides on a
vertical rigid pole by 2 inches, as shown. The coordinates of the four points are as given. Determine the
normal strain in each bar due to the movement of the ring.
z
δP = 2 inch
P (0.0, 0.0, 6.0) ft.
B
C (-4.0, 6.0, 0.0) ft.
-2.0, -3.0, 0.0) ft.
y
A
(5.0, 0.0, 0.0) ft.
x
Figure P2.66
1. Deformation vector calculations: Points A,B, and C are fixed. Point P moves vertically upwards. Thus, the defor-
mation vectors for the three bars is given by:
D AP = 2k D BP = 2k D CP = 2k 1
2. Unit vector calcultions: The unit vectors in the directions of the rod can be found as shown below.
2 2
r AP = – 5.0i + 6k r AP = 5 + 6 = 7.81 2
r AP
i AP = ----------
- = – 0.6402i + 0.7682k 3
r AP
2 2 2
r BP = 4.0i – 6j + 6k r BP = 4 + 6 + 6 = 9.381 4
r BP
i BP = ----------
- = 0.4264i – 0.6396i + 0.6396k 5
r BP
2 2 2
r CP = – 2.0 i – 3j + 6k r BP = 2 + 3 + 6 = 7.0ft 6
r CP
i CP = -----------
- = 0.2857i + 0.4286i + 0.8571k 7
r CP
3. Deformation calculations
δ AP = D AP • i AP = ( 2 ) ( 0.7682 ) = 1.5364 inch 8
δ BP = D BP • i BP = ( 2 ) ( 0.6396 ) = 1.2792 inch 9
δ CP = D CP • i CP = ( 2 ) ( 0.8571 ) = 1.7142 inch 10

4. Strain calcultions: The lengths of each bar are the magnitudes of the position vectors in Eqs. 2, 4, and 6. The nor-
mal strains can be found as shown below.
δ AP 1.5364 –3
ε AP = --------
- = -------------------------- = 16.393 ( 10 ) ε AP = 16393μin./in.
L AP ( 12 ) ( 7.81 )
δ BP 1.2792 –3
ε BP = --------
- = ----------------------------- = 11.363 ( 10 ) ε BP = 11363μin./in.
L BP ( 12 ) ( 9.381 )
δ CP 1.7142 –3
ε CP = ---------
- = ------------------- = 20.407 ( 10 ) ε CP = 20407μin./in.
L CP ( 12 ) ( 7 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.67 A rectangle deforms into the colored shape shown in each problem. Determine the average values
of strain components ε xx, εyy, and γxy at point A.
0.0042 in y
0.0056 in
1.4 in 0.0042 in
x
A
3.0 in
0.0036 in
Solution εxx=? εyy=? γxy=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The average strains can be found as shown below.
Δu 0.0036
ε xx = ------ = ---------------- = 0.0012 ε xx = 1200μin./in.
Δx 3
Δv 0.0042
ε yy = ------ = ---------------- = 0.003 ε yy = 3000μin./in.
Δy 1.4
Δu Δv 0.0056 0.0042
γ xy = ------ + ------ = ---------------- + ---------------- = 0.0054 γ xy = 5400μrad
Δy Δx 1.4 3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y
0.45 mm
0.30 mm
450 mm
0.65 mm x
A
0.032 mm
250 mm
------------------------------------------------------------
Δu – 0.32 –3 mm
ε xx = ------ = ------------- = – 0.128 ( 10 ) ε xx = – 128μ ---------
Δx 250 mm
ε yy = Δ
mm
-----v- = –
0.3- = – 0.6667 ( 10 – 3 ) ε yy = – 666.7μ ---------
---------
Δy 450 mm
γ xy = Δ
-----u- + Δ
-----v- = 0.45
---------- + 0.65
–3
---------- = 3.6 ( 10 ) γ xy = 3600μrad
Δy Δx 450 250
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y
0.033 mm
0.006 mm
3 mm
x
A 0.024 mm
0.009 mm
6 mm

------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = Δ
-----u- = –---------------
0.009- = – 1.5 ( 10 – 3 )
ε xx = – 1500 μ mm/mm;
Δx 6
ε yy = Δ
-----v- = –
0.006- = – 2.0 ( 10 –3 )
--------------- ε yy = – 2000 μ mm/mm;
Δy 3
γ xy = Δ
-----u- + Δ ------------- + (--------------------
– 0.024 )- = 7 ( 10 – 3 )
-----v- = 0.033 γ xy = 7000μrad
Δy Δx 3 6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.70 Displacements u and v in the x and y directions respectively were measured by Moire Interferom-
etry method at many points on a body. Displacements of four points on a body are as given. Determine the
average values of strain components εxx, εyy, and γxy at point A shown.
u = 0.500μmm v = – 1.000 μmm y
A A
u B = 1.125μmm v B = – 1.3125 μmm 0.0005 mm C D
uC = 0 v C = – 1.5625 μmm
A B x
u D = 0.750μmm v D = – 2.125 μmm
0.0005 mm

------------------------------------------------------------
–6
uB – uA 0.625 ( 10 ) –6
ε xx = -----------------
- = ----------------------------- = 1250 ( 10 ) or ε xx = 1250 μ mm/mm;
xB – xA 0.0005
–6
vC – vA – 0.5625 ( 10 ) –6
ε yy = ----------------- = ------------------------------------ = – 1125 ( 10 ) or ε yy = – 1125 μ mm/mm;
yC – yA 0.0005
u C – u A v B – v A – 0.5 ( 10 – 6 ) ( – 0.3125 ) ( 10 – 6 ) –6
γ xy = -----------------
- + ----------------- = --------------------------- + ----------------------------------------- = – 1625 ( 10 ) or
yC – yA xB – xA 0.0005 0.0005
γ xy = – 1625 μrad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y
u A = 0.625μmm v A = – 0.3125μmm
0.0005 mm
C D
u B = 1.500μmm v B = – 0.5000μmm
u C = 0.250μmm v C = – 1.125 μmm A B x
u D = 1.250μmm v D = – 1.5625 μmm
0.0005 mm
Figure P2.71
------------------------------------------------------------
–6
uB – uA ( 1.5 – 0.625 ) ( 10 ) –6 mm
ε xx = -----------------
- = ------------------------------------------------ = 1750 ( 10 ) ε xx = 1750μ ---------
xB – xA 0.0005 mm
–6
vC – vA ( – 1.125 + 0.3125 ) ( 10 ) –6 mm
ε yy = ----------------- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = – 1625 ( 10 ) ε yy = – 1625 μ ---------
yC – yA 0.0005 mm
u C – u A v B – v A ( 0.25 – 0.625 ) ( 10 – 6 ) ( – 0.5 + 0.3125 ) ( 10 – 6 )

γ xy = -----------------
- + ----------------- = --------------------------------------------------- + ------------------------------------------------------ γ xy = – 1125 μrad
yC – yA xB – xA 0.0005 0.0005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y
u A = – 0.500 μmm v A = – 0.5625 μmm 0.0005 mm
u B = 0.250μmm v B = – 1.125 μmm C D
u C = – 1.250 μmm v C = – 1.250 μmm A B x

u D = – 0.375 μmm v D = – 2.0625 μmm
0.0005 mm
Figure P2.72
------------------------------------------------------------
–6
uB – uA ( 0.25 + 0.5 ) ( 10 ) –6
ε xx = -----------------
- = --------------------------------------------- = 1500 ( 10 ) ε xx = 1500 μ mm/mm;
xB – xA 0.0005
–6
vC – vA ( – 1.25 + 0.5625 ) ( 10 ) –6
ε yy = ----------------- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = – 1375 ( 10 ) ε yy = – 1375 μ mm/mm;
yC – yA 0.0005
u C – u A v B – v A ( – 1.25 + 0.5 ) ( 10 – 6 ) ( – 1.125 + 0.5625 ) ( 10 – 6 ) –6

γ xy = -----------------
- + ----------------- = -------------------------------------------------- + -------------------------------------------------------------- = – 2625 ( 10 )
yC – yA xB – xA 0.0005 0.0005
γ xy = – 2625 μrad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y
u A = 0.250μmm v A = – 1.125 μmm
0.0005 mm
C D
u B = 1.250μmm v B = – 1.5625 μmm
u C = – 0.375 μmm v C = – 2.0625 μmm A B x
u D = 0.750μmm v D = – 2.7500 μmm
0.0005 mm
Figure P2.73

------------------------------------------------------------
–6
uB – uA ( 1.25 – 0.25 ) ( 10 ) –6
ε xx = -----------------
- = ------------------------------------------------ = 2000 ( 10 ) ε xx = 2000 μ mm/mm;
xB – xA 0.0005
–6
vC – vA ( – 2.0625 + 1.125 ) ( 10 ) –6
ε yy = ----------------- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = – 1875 ( 10 ) ε yy = – 1875 μ mm/mm;
yC – yA 0.0005
u C – u A v B – v A ( – 0.375 – 0.25 ) ( 10 – 6 ) ( – 1.5625 + 1.125 ) ( 10 – 6 ) –6

γ xy = -----------------
- + ----------------- = ------------------------------------------------------- + -------------------------------------------------------------- = – 2125 ( 10 )
yC – yA xB – xA 0.0005 0.0005
γ xy = – 2125μrad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.74 In a tapered circular bar that is hanging vertically, the axial displacement due to its weight was
found and is given below. Determine the axial strain εxx at x = 24 inches.
2 933.12 –3
u ( x ) = – 19.44 + 1.44x – 0.01x – ------------------- ( 10 ) inches
( 72 – x )
Solution εxx(24)=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The strain at any point x can be found as shown below.
du 933.12 –3
ε xx ( x ) = = 1.44 – 0.02x – ---------------------- ( 10 )
dx 2
( 72 – x )
in
ε xx ( 24 ) = du = 1.44 – 0.02 ( 24 ) – ------------------------
933.12 - ( 10 – 3 ) = 0.555 ( 10 – 3 ) or
ε xx ( 24 ) = 555μ -----
dx ( 72 – 24 )
2 in
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.75 In a tapered rectangular bar that is hanging vertically, the axial displacement due to its weight was
found and is given below. Determine the axial strain εxx at x = 100 mm
–6 2 –6
u ( x ) = [ 7.5 ( 10 )x – 25 ( 10 )x – 0.15 ln ( 1 – 0.004x ) ] mm
Solution εxx(100)=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The strain at any point x can be found as shown below
du –6 –6 ( 0.15 ) ( 0.004 )
ε xx ( x ) = = 15 ( 10 )x – 25 ( 10 ) + ----------------------------------
dx ( 1 – 0.004x )
–6 –6 ( 0.15 ) ( 0.004 )
ε xx ( 100 ) = – 15 ( 10 ) ( 100 ) + 25 ( 10 ) + ---------------------------------- = 0.0015 – 0.000025 + 0.001
( 0.6 )
ε xx ( 100 ) = 2475μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.76 The axial displacement in a quadratic one-dimensional finite element is as given below. Determine
the strain at Node 2.
Node 1 Node 2 Node 3
u1 u2 u3
u ( x ) = --------2 ( x – a ) ( x – 2a ) – ----2- ( x ) ( x – 2a ) + --------2 ( x ) ( x – a ) x
2a a 2a x1= 0 x2= a x3= 2a
Solution εxx(a)=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The strain at any point x can be found as shown below.
du u1 u u3
ε xx ( x ) = = -------- [ ( x – 2a ) + ( x – a ) ] – ----2- [ ( x – 2a ) + x ] + -------- [ ( x – a ) + x ]
dx 2 2 2
2a a 2a
u1 u2 u3 u1 u2 u3 u3 – u1
ε xx ( x ) = -------- ( 2x – 3a ) – ----- ( 2x – 2a ) + -------- ( 2x – a ) = -------- ( – a ) – ----- ( 0 ) + -------- ( a ) or ε xx ( a ) = ----------------
-
2 2 2 2 2 2 2a
2a a 2a 2a a 2a
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.2 - . Determine
2.77 Due to the applied load, the strain in the tapered bar due was found to be εxx = ---------------------
2
( 40 – x )
the extension of the bar.
20 in
P
x
Solution u(20)=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The strain at any point x can be written as shown below.
du 0.2
ε xx = = ---------------------- 1
dx 2
( 40 – x )
0.2 - + C
Method I : Integrating Eq. (1) we obtain: u ( x ) = ------------------
( 40 – x ) 1
Now u ( 0 ) = 0 therefore C 1 = – 0.2

------- = – 0.005
40
0.2 0.2
u ( x ) = ------------------- – 0.005 or u ( 20 ) = ---------------------- – 0.005 = 0.005 or u ( 20 ) = 0.005in
( 40 – x ) ( 40 – 20 )
------------------------------------------------------------
Method II :Integrating Eq. (1) from x = 0 to x = 20 we obtain the following.
u ( 20 ) 20 20
0.2 -
∫0 ∫
0.2 0.2
du = --------------------- dx = ------------------- = ------------------ = 0.005 or u ( 20 ) = 0.005in
0 ( 40 – x )
2 ( 40 – x ) 0
40 – 20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KL -
2.78 The axial strain in a bar of length L was found to be ε xx = ---------------------- 0≤x≤L where K is a con-
( 4L – 2x )
stant for a given material, loading, and cross-section dimension. Determine the total extension in terms of
K and L.
Solution u(L)-u(0)=?
------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = du = ----------------------
KL - 1
dx ( 4L – 3x )
Integrating Eq. (1) from x = 0 to x = L, we obtain the following.
u(L) L L
KL KL KL
∫u ( 0 ) du = ∫0 ----------------------
- dx or u ( L ) – u ( 0 ) KL
= ----------- ln ( 4L – 3x ) = – ------- [ ln ( L ) – ln ( 4L ) ] = – ------- ( – ln 4 )
( 4L – 3x ) ( –3 ) 0
2 3
u( L ) – u ( 0 ) = 0.4621KL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.79 The axial strain in a bar due to its own weight of length L was found to be
3
8L -
ε xx = K 4L – 2x – ------------------------- 0≤x≤L where K is a constant for a given material and cross-section
2
( 4L – 2x )
dimensions. Determine the total extension in terms of K and L.
Solution u(L)-u(0)=?
------------------------------------------------------------
3
du 8L
ε xx = = K 4L – 2x – -------------------------- 1
dx 2
( 4L – 2x )
Integrating Eq. (1) from x = 0 to x = L, we obtain the following.
u(L) L 3
∫u ( 0 ) ∫
8L
du = K 4L – 2x – -------------------------
- dx or
2
0 ( 4L – 2x )
L
2 3 3 3
2x 8L 2 2 8L 8L 2 2
u ( L ) – u ( 0 ) = K 4Lx – -------- – ----------------------- = K 4L – L – --------- + --------- = 2KL u( L ) – u ( 0 ) = 2KL
2 ( 4L – 2x ) 0 4L 8L
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.80 A bar has a tapered and a uniform section securely fastened. Determine the total extension of the
bar if the axial strain in each section is as given below.
3
1500 ( 10 )
ε = ------------------------- μ 0 ≤ x ≤ 750 mm
( 1875 – x )
ε = 1500 μ 750 mm ≤ x ≤ 1250 mm
P
x
750 mm 500 mm
Solution u(1250)=?
------------------------------------------------------------
3
1500 ( 10 )
ε xx = du = ------------------------- μ 0 ≤ x ≤ 750 mm 1
dx ( 1875 – x )
ε xx = du = 1500 μ 750 mm ≤ x ≤ 1250 mm 2

dx
3
u ( 750 ) 750 1500 ( 10 )
Integrating Eq. (1), we obtain: ∫ u(0)
du = ∫ ------------------------- dx
0 ( 1875 – x )
or
–3 750 –3 –3
u ( 750 ) –u ( 0 ) = – 1500 ( 10 ) ln ( 1875 – x ) 0 = – 1500 ( 10 ) [ ln ( 1875 – 750 ) – ln ( 1875 ) ] = 766.24 ( 10 ) 3
u ( 1250 )
∫u ( 750 ) ∫750
1250 –6 –6 1250 –3
du = ( 1500 ) ( 10 ) dx or u ( 1250 ) –u ( 750 ) = 1500 ( 10 )x 750 = 750 ( 10 ) 4
–3
Adding Eq.(3) and Eq.(4) u ( 1250 ) – u ( 0 ) = 1516.24 ( 10 )m
Noting u ( 0 ) = 0 we obtain u ( 1250 ) = 1.516mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.81 N axial bars are securely fastened together. Determine the total extension of the composite bar if
the strain in the ith section is as given.
x P
εi = ai xi – 1 ≤ ≤ xi 1 2 i N-1 N
xi-1
xi
Solution uN=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The axial strain in the ith segment can be written as:
du
ε i = ------ = a i xi – 1 ≤ ≤ xi 1
dx
ui xi
Integraing Eq. (1) we obtain: ∫u i–1
du = ∫x i–1
a i dx or ui – ui – 1 = ai ( xi – xi – 1 ) 1≤i≤N
Adding the relative displacements over all segments, we obtain:

N N N N N N
∑ ( ui – ui – 1 ) = ∑ ai ( xi – xi – 1 ) or ∑ ui – ∑ ui – 1 = ∑ ai ( xi – xi – 1 ) or uN – u0 = ∑ ai ( xi – xi – 1 )
i=1 i=1 i=1 i=1 i=1 i=1
N
Noting u 0 = 0 we obtain: uN = ∑ ai ( xi – xi – 1 )
i=1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.82 True strain (εT) is calculated from dεT = ( du ) ⁄ ( L o + u ) , where u is the deformation at any given
instance and Lo is the original undeformed length. Thus the increment in true strain is the ratio of change in
length at any instance to the length at that given instance. If ε represents engineering strain show that at
any instance the relationship between true strain and engineering strain is given by the following:
ε T = ln ( 1 + ε ) 2.12
Solution uN=?
------------------------------------------------------------
εT u
∫o ∫0 -------------------
Integrating dε T = ( du ) ⁄ ( L o + u ) we obtain: dε T = du
- or
( Lo + u )
Lo + u
= ln ( L o + u ) – ln ( L o ) = ln ⎛ ---------------⎞ = ln ⎛ 1 + -----
u⎞
u
ε T = ln ( L o + u ) 1
0 ⎝ Lo ⎠ ⎝ L o⎠
Total Deformation u
By defination Engineering strain is given by: ε = ---------------------------------------------------- = ----- Substituting this defination into Eq.
Original Length Lo
(1), we obtain: ε T = ln ( 1 + ε )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.83 The displacements in a body are given by:
2 2 –3 2 2 –3
u = [ 0.5 ( x – y ) + 0.5xy ] ( 10 )mm v = [ 0.25 ( x – y ) – xy ] ( ( 10 )mm )
Determine the strains ε xx , ε yy , and γ xy at x = 5 mm and y = 7 mm.’
Solution {εxx=? εyy=? γxy=?} at x =5mm and y=7 mm
------------------------------------------------------------
The strains at a point can be found as shown below.
ε xx = ∂u = [ 0.5 ( 2x ) + 0.5y ] ( 10 ) = ( x + 0.5y ) ( 10 )

–3 –3
1
∂x
∂v –3 –3
ε yy = = [ 0.25 ( – 2y ) – x ] ( 10 ) = ( – 0.5 y – x ) ( 10 ) 2
∂y
∂u ∂v –3 –3 –3
γ xy = + = [ 0.5 ( – 2 y ) + 0.5x ] ( 10 ) + [ 0.25 ( 2x ) – y ] ( 10 ) = γ xy = ( x – 2y ) ( 10 ) 3
∂y ∂x
Substituting x = 5 and y = 7 in Eq.(1),(2) and (3). We obtain:
–3 –3
ε xx = ( 5 + 3.5 ) ( 10 ) = 8.5 ( 10 ) or ε xx = 8500 μ mm/mm;
–3 –3
ε yy = ( – 3.5 – 5 ) ( 10 ) = – 8.5 ( 10 ) or ε yy = – 8500 μ mm/mm;
–3 –3
γ xy = ( 5 – 14 ) ( 10 ) = – 9 ( 10 ) or γ xy = – 9000 μrad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.84 A metal strip is to be pulled and bent to conform to a rigid surface such that the length of strip
between OA fits the arc OB of the surface. The equation of the surface y=f(x) and the length OA are as
given below. Determine the average normal strain in the metal strip.
y
3⁄2
f ( x ) = 0.04x inches and length OA = 9 inches. y = f(x)
B
O A x
Solution L o = OA = 9 ε=?
------------------------------------------------------------
1 1
--- ---
The first derivative of y can be written as: dy = ( 0.04 ) ⎛ ---⎞ x = 0.06x
3 2 2
dx ⎝ 2 ⎠
The length of the deformed rod can be written as
9
3
9 2 9 ---
1 + ⎛ ⎞ dx = ( 1 + 0.0036x ) dx = ------------------------ ( 1 + 0.0036x )
dy 2
∫ ds = ∫0 ∫
2
Lf = or
⎝ d x⎠ 0 3 ( 0.0036 ) 0
3
---
2
L f = 185.19 ( 1 + ( 0.0036 ) ( 9 ) ) – 1 = 9.07275
Lf – Lo 0.07275 –3
The average normal strain is: ε = ---------------- = ------------------- = 8.083 ( 10 ) ε = 8083μin./in.
Lf 9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
given belo. Determine the average normal strain in the metal strip.
3⁄2 y
f ( x ) = 625 x μmm and length OA = 200 mm. y = f(x)
B
O A x
Solution L o = OA = 200mm ε=?

------------------------------------------------------------
1 1
--- ---
The first derivative of y can be written as: dy = ⎛ ---⎞ ( 625 ) x ( 10 ) = 0.9375 ( 10 )x
3 2 –6 –3 2
dx ⎝ 2⎠
The length of the deformed rod can be written as
200 2 200
1 + ⎛ ⎞ dx =
dy
∫ ∫0 ∫
2 –6
Lf = ds = 1 + ( 0.9375 ) ( 10 )x dx or
⎝ d x⎠ 0
200
3
---
2 2 –6 2
L f = ------------------------------------------- ( 1 + ( 0.9375 ) ( 10 )x ) or
2 –6
3 ( 0.9375 ) ( 10 ) 0
3
---
2 –6 2
L f = 711.11 ( 1 + ( 0.9375 ) ( 10 )200 ) – 1 = 200.00844 mm
Lf – Lo –6 mm
The average normal strain is: ε = ---------------- = 42.19 ( 10 ) or ε = 42.2μ ---------
Lf mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
given below. Determine the average normal strain in the metal strip.
3⁄2 y
f ( x ) = ( 0.04x – 0.005x ) inches and length OA = 9 inches. y = f(x)
B
Use numerical integration.
O A x
Solution L o = OA = 9 ε=?
------------------------------------------------------------
1 1
--- ---
dy 3 2 2
The first derivative of y can be written as: = --- ( 0.04 )x – 0.005 = 0.06x – 0.005
dx 2
1 2
dy 2
9 9 ⎛ --- ⎞
∫ 1 + ⎛ ⎞ dx =
∫ ∫
2
The length of the deformed rod can be written as: L f = ds = 1 + ⎜ 0.06x – 0.005⎟ dx
0
⎝ d x⎠ 0 ⎝ ⎠
1 2
⎛ --- ⎞ 9
∫0 f ( x ) dx
2
Let f(x) = 1 + ⎜ 0.06x – 0.005⎟ , thus Lf =
⎝ ⎠
Using numerical integration as described in Figure B2 with a Δxi=0.25, we obtain the following the table below.
Numerical Integration Results from Spread Sheet.
Integral Integral
xi f(xi) xi f(xi)
value value
0 1.0000125 0.250040619 4.75 1.007877637 5.020277911
0.25 1.000312451 0.500167191 5 1.008307175 5.272408426
0.5 1.000700123 0.750392467 5.25 1.008736947 5.524646409
0.75 1.001102085 1.000719147 5.5 1.009166921 5.776991909
1 1.001511358 1.251148721 5.75 1.009597073 6.029444965
1.25 1.001925237 1.501682168 6 1.010027379 6.282005615
1.5 1.002342333 1.752320187 6.25 1.010457817 6.534673888
1.75 1.002761823 2.003063311 6.5 1.010888369 6.787449811
2 1.00318317 2.253911957 6.75 1.011319017 7.040333407
2.25 1.003605998 2.504866462 7 1.011749746 7.293324693
2.5 1.004030038 2.755927102 7.25 1.012180542 7.546423685
2.75 1.004455082 3.007094109 7.5 1.012611393 7.799630394
3 1.004880973 3.258367678 7.75 1.013042285 8.052944831
3.25 1.005307582 3.509747977 8 1.013473208 8.306367001
3.5 1.005734807 3.761235148 8.25 1.013904153 8.559896909
3.75 1.006162564 4.012829316 8.5 1.01433511 8.813534556
4 1.006590781 4.264530589 8.75 1.01476607 9.067279943
4.25 1.007019398 4.516339059 9 1.015197025
4.5 1.007448365 4.768254809
The deformed length from above table is: L f = 9.0672799 in .

Lf – Lo
= 0.0672799
–3
The average normal strain is: ε = ---------------- ------------------------- = 7.4755 ( 10 ) or ε = 7475.5μin./in.
Lf 9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.87 Measurements were made along the path of the stretch cord that is stretched over the canoe in
problem 2.4 are shown in the table below. The y-coordinate was measured to the closest 1/32 inch.
Between points A and B the cord path can be approximated by a straight line. Determine the average strain
in the stretch cord if the original length of it is 40 inches. Use spread sheet and approximate each 2 inch x-
interval by a straight line.
xi yi xi yi
C
0 17 10 15 (16/32)
yi
2 16 (30/32) 12 14 (24/32)
17 in B
4 16 (29/32) 14 13 (28/32)
xB = 16 yB = 12 12 in
6 16 (19/32)
xi A
8 16 (3/32) xA = 18 yA = 0
18 in
Solution Lo=40 ε=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The deformed length of each 2 inch segment can be found using.
2 2
Li = ( xi – xi – 1 ) + ( yi – yi – 1 ) 2 ≤ i ≤ 10
10
The final length of AC can be found as AC = ∑ Li . Using Spread sheet the following table can be constructed.
i=2
Results of Calculation of the total length using spread sheet.
xi yi Li
0 17
2 16.9375 2.000976324
4 16.90625 2.000244126
6 16.59375 2.024266843
8 16.09375 2.061552813
10 15.5 2.086273966
12 14.75 2.136000936
14 13.875 2.18303115
16 12 2.741464025
18 0 12.16552506
Total Length 29.39933524
From the above table: AC = 29.399335

( AC ) – 40- = 0.46997
The average normal strain is: ε = 2--------------------------- ε = 47%
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
3.1 3.5 A tensile test specimen having a diameter of 10 mm and a gage length of 50 mm was tested to
fracture. The stress-strain curve from the tension test is shown in Figure P3.1. The lower plot is the
expanded region OAB and associated with the strain values given in the lower scale. Solve the problems
3.1 through 3.5 using this graph.
C
480
D Upper Scale
360
Stress MPa
E
A
AB Lower Scale B
240
120
O
0.00 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.20
Figure P3.1 0.00 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010
Strain mm/mm
3.1 Determine: (a) the ultimate stress; (b) the fracture stress; (c) the modulus of elasticity; (d) the proportional
limit; (e) the offset yield stress at 0.2%; (f) the tangent modulus at stress level of 420 MPa; (g) the secant modulus at
stress level of 420 MPa
Solution σult=? σfrac=? E=? σprop= ? σ yield= ? @εoffset = 0.2%
Es = ? @σ = 420 MPa ET = ? @σ = 420 MPa
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) By inspection σult=480+30 σ ult = 510MPa
(b) By inspection σfrac=480 σ frac = 480MPa
6
300 ( 10 ) 9 N
(c) From the lower plot E = ---------------------- = 150 ( 10 ) ------- or E = 150GPa
0.002 2
m
(d) By inspection of the lower plot σ prop = 300MPa
0.2- = 0.002
(e) The offset strain is: ε offset = -------- Starting from a strain value of 0.002, we draw a line parallel
100
to OA on the lower plot in Figure P3.1, intersecting the stress-strain curve at point E. The stress at point E
is 300 MPa σ yield = 300MPa
The stress value of 420 MPa corresponds to point D on the upper plot in Figure P3.1. We draw a tangent
line
to the stress strain curve at point D and calculate the slope as shown below:
6
( 450 – 400 ) ( 10 ) 9 2
E t = ------------------------------------------ = 2.5 ( 10 )N ⁄ m E t = 2.5GPa
0.02
To find the secant modulus, we draw a line from point D to point O in Figure P3.1 and find the slope as
shown below.
6
( 420 – 0 ) ( 10 ) 9 2
E s = ------------------------------------ = 6.46 ( 10 )N ⁄ m E s = 6.5GPa
0.065 – 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.2 Determine the axial force acting on the specimen when it is extended by (a) 0.2 mm (b) 4.0 mm.
Solution d = 10 mm; Lo = 50 mm; (a) P=? @ δ = 0.2 mm (b) P=? @ δ = 4.0 mm

------------------------------------------------------------
The area of cross-section can be found as shown below.
π 2 2
A = --- d = 78.5398mm 1
4
δ 0.2
(a) The strain in the specimen can be found as: ε = -----
- = ------- = 0.004
L0 50
From the lower plot in Fig. P3.8 σ = 300 MPa
P 6 –6
σ = ---- or P = ( 300 ) ( 10 ) ( 78.5398 ) ( 10 ) = 23561.9 N or P = 23.56kN
A
δ 4.0
(b) The strain in the specimen can be found as: ε = ----- - = ------- = 0.08
L0 50
From the upper plot in Fig. P3.8 σ = 420 + 30 = 450MPa
P 6 –6
σ = ---- or P = ( 450 ) ( 10 ) ( 78.5398 ) ( 10 ) = 35342.9 N or P = 35.34kN
A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.3 Determine the extension of the specimen when the axial force on the specimen is 33 kN.
Solution d = 10 mm L0= 50 δ = ? @P = 33 kN
------------------------------------------------------------
The area of cross-section from Eq. 1 in problem 3.1 is A = 78.5398 mm2.
3
P 33 ( 10 ) 6 N
The stress in the specimen can be found as: σ = ---
- = ----------------------------------- = 420.1 ( 10 ) ------- = 420MPa
2
A –6
78.5398 ( 10 ) m
From the upper plot in Fig. P3.8 ε = ( 0.064 )0.005 = 0.065
δ
ε = ------ or δ = ( 0.065 ) ( 50 ) = 3.25 or δ = 3.25mm
L0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.4 Determine the total strain, the elastic strain, and the plastic strain when the axial force on the spec-
imen is 33 kN.
Solution ε total = ? ε elas= ? ε plas= ?@ P = 33kN
------------------------------------------------------------
The area of cross-section from Eq. 1 in problem 3.1 is A = 78.5398 mm2. The normal stress in the speci-
6
P- 33 ( 10 ) 6 N
men can be found as: σ = --- = ----------------------------------- = 420.2 ( 10 ) ------- = 420.2MPa
2
A –6
78.5398 ( 10 ) m
From upper plot in Fig. P3.8 εtotal= 0.06 + 0.005 = 0.065 ε total = 0.065
From problem 3.1, we know E = 150 GPa, therefore, the elastic strain can be found as shown below.
6
420.2 ( 10 )
ε elas = --σ- = --------------------------- = 2.801 ( 10 )
–3
ε elas = 0.0028
E 9
150 ( 10 )
The plastic strain can be found as shown below.
–3 –3 –3
ε plas = ε total – ε elas = 65 ( 10 ) – 2.801 ( 10 ) = 62.2 ( 10 ) ε plas = 0.062
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.5 After the axial load was removed, the specimen was observed to have a length of 54 mm. What
was the maximum axial load applied to the specimen.
Solution Lf = 54 mm P=?
------------------------------------------------------------
Lf – L0 4
The plastic strain can be found as: ε plas = ----------------- = ------ = 0.08
L0 50
Starting from a strain value of 0.08, we draw a line parallel to OA on the upper plot, intersecting the stress-
strain curve at point C. The stress at point C is approximated as σ c = 470MPa . The area of cross-section
from Eq. 1 in problem 3.1 is A = 78.5398 mm2. The applied force can be found as shown below
–6 –6
P = σ c A = ( 470 ) ( 10 ) ( 78.5398 ) ( 10 ) = 36913.7N P = 36.9kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.6—3.10 A tensile test specimen having a diameter of 5/8 inch and a gage length of 2 inch was
tested to fracture. The stress-strain curve from the tension test is shown in Figure P3.6. The lower plot is
the expanded region OAB and associated with the strain values given in the lower scale. Solve the prob-
lems 3.7 through 3.8 using this graph
3.6 Determine: (a) the ultimate stress; (b) the fracture stress; (c) the modulus of elasticity; (d) the pro-
portional limit.(e)the offset yield stress at 0.1%; (f) the tangent modulus at the stress level of 72 kips; (g)
the secant modulus at the stress level of 72 kips.
80
C
D Upper Scale
60
E
B
Stress ksi
Lower Scale B
A A
40
20
O
0.00 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.20
0.00 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.0.008 0.010
Strain in/in
Figure P3.6
Solution σult=? σfrac=? E = ? σprop= ? σ yield= ? @εoffset = 0.1%

Es = ? @σ = 72ksi ET = ? @ σ = 72ksi
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) By inspection of Figure P3.6, we find: σult=80 ksi σ ult = 80ksi
(b) By inspection of Figure P3.6, we find:σfrac=80 - 4=76 ksi σ frac = 76ksi
50 – 0 -
(c) From the lower plot in Figure P3.6 E = --------------------- E = 25, 000ksi
0.002 – 0
(d) By inspection of the lower plot in Figure P3.6, we obtain σ prop = 50ksi
0.1
(e) The offset strain is: ε offset = --------
- = 0.001 . Starting from a strain value of 0.001, we draw a line par-
100
allel to OA on the lower plot in Figure P3.6, intersecting the stress-strain curve at point E. The stress at
point E is 54ksi. The yield stress is: σ yield = 54ksi
(f) The stress value of 72 ksi corresponds to point D. on the upper plot in Figure P3.6, we draw a line to the
stress strain curve at point D and calculate the slope as shown below:
75 – 68
E t = --------------------------- = 325ksi or E t = 325ksi
0.06 – 0.02
(g) To find the secant modulus, we draw a line from point D to point O in Figure P3.6, and find the slope as
shown below:
72 – 0
E t = ------------------- = 1800ksi E s = 1, 800ksi
0.04 – 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.7 Determine the axial force acting on the specimen when it is extended by (a) 0.006 inch (b)
0.120 inch.
5
Solution d = --- inch Lo = 2 inch (a) P=? @ δ = 0.006 inch (b) P =? @δ = 0.120 inch
8
------------------------------------------------------------
The area of cross-section can be found as shown below.
π 2 2
A = --- d = 0.3068in 1
4
δ 0.006
(a)The normal strain in specimen can be found as: ε = -----
- = ------------- = 0.003
L0 2
From the lower plot in Figure P3.6, the approximate value of stress is σ = 53 ksi.The applied load can be
found as: P = σA = ( 53 ) ( 0.3068 ) = 16.26kips or P = 16.3kips
δ 0.120
(b) The normal strain in specimen can be found as: ε = -----
- = ------------- = 0.060
L0 2
From the upper plot in Figure P3.6, the approximate value of stress is σ = 75 ksi. he applied load can be
found as: P = σA = ( 75 ) ( 0.3068 ) = 23.01kips P = 23.0kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.8 Determine the extension of the specimen when the axial force on the specimen is (a) 10 kips (b)
20 kips.
5
Solution d = --- inch L0 = 2 inch δ = ? @ P = 10 kips δ = ? @ P = 20 kips
8
------------------------------------------------------------
The area of cross-section from Eq. 1 in problem 3.7 is: A=0.3068 in2
P 10
(a)The normal stress in specimen can be found as: σ = ---
- = ---------------- = 32.59ksi
A 0.3068
From the lower plot in Figure P3.6, the approximate value of strain is ε = 0.0013. The deformation can be
found as: δ = εL 0 = ( 0.0013 ) ( 2 ) = 0.0026in or δ = 0.0026in
P 20
(b) The normal stress in specimen can be found as: σ = ---
- = ---------------- = 65.19ksi
A 0.3068
From the upper plot of Figure P3.6, the approximate value of strain is ε = 0.02. The deformation can be
found as: δ = εL 0 = ( 0.02 ) ( 2 ) = 0.04in δ = 0.04in
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.9 Determine the total strain, the elastic strain, and the plastic strain when the axial force on the spec-
imen is 20 kips.
Solution ε total = ? ε elas= ? ε plas= ? @ P = 20 kips
------------------------------------------------------------
The area of cross-section from Eq. 1 in problem 3.7 is: A=0.3068 in2 . The normal stress in the specimen
P 20
can be found as σ = ---
- = ---------------- = 65.19ksi
A 0.3068
From upper plot in Figure P3.6 we have: εtotal= 0.02 ε total = 0.0200
From problem 3-12, we know E = 25,000 ksi, therefore the elastic strain can be found as shown below.
ε elas = --σ- = --------------
65.19 = –3
- 2.608 ( 10 ) ε elas = 0.0026
E 25000
The plastic strain can be found as shown below.
–3 –3 –3
ε plas = ε total – ε elas = 20 ( 10 ) – 2.608 ( 10 ) = 17.392 ( 10 ) ε plas = 0.0174
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.10 After the axial load was removed, the specimen was observed to have a length of 2.12 inch. What
was the maximum axial load applied to the specimen.
Solution Lf = 2.12 inch P=?
------------------------------------------------------------
Lf – L0 0.12
The plastic strain is: ε plas = ----------------- = ---------- = 0.06 . Starting from a strain value of 0.06, we draw a line
L0 2
parallel to OA on the upper plot in Figure P3.6, intersecting the stress-strain curve at point C. The stress at
point C is approximated as σ c = 77ksi . The area of cross-section from Eq. 1 in problem 3.7 is: A=0.3068
in2. The applied load can be found as shown below.
P = σ c A = ( 77 ) ( 0.3068 ) = 23.62kips or P = 23.6kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.11 A typical stress-strain graph for cortical bone is shown in Figure P3.11. Determine the following
quantities. (a) Modulus of elasticity. (b) Proportional limit (c) Yield stress at 0.15% offset. (d)Secant mod-
ulus at stress level of 130 MPa.(e) Tangent modulus at stress level of 130 MPa (f) Permanent strain at
stress level of 130MPa (g) If the shear modulus of the bone is 6.6 GPa, determine the Poisson’s ratio
assuming the bone is isotropic. (h) Assuming the bone specimen was 200 mm long and had a material
cross-sectional area of 250 mm2, what is the elongation of the bone when a 20 kN force is applied.
140
D
E
120 F
C
100
Stress (MPa)
80
60
A
40
20
B G
0
0.000 0.003 0.006 0.009 0.012 0.015 0.018 0.021 0.024 0.027 0.030
Figure P3.11
Strain
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The construction for calculation of various quantities is shown on graph in red.

(a) Using the origin and point A for the calculation we obtain:
6
( 50 – 0 ) ( 10 ) 9 2
E = --------------------------------- = 16.667 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m E = 16.667 GPa
0.003 – 0
(b) The end of linear region is σ prop = 110 MPa
(c) The 0.15% offset corresponds to point B. Drawing a line parallel to the linear region we intersect the
curve at point C. The offset yield stress is: σ offset = 115 MPa
(d) Point D corresponds to stress level of 130 MPa. Thus,
6
( 130 – 0 ) ( 10 ) 9 2
E S = ------------------------------------ = 6.190 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m E S = 6.190 GPa
0.021 – 0
(e) Using triangle DEF we obtain:
6
( 130 – 120 ) ( 10 ) 9 2
E T = ------------------------------------------ = 0.952 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m E T = 0.952 GPa
0.021 – 0.0105
(f) The total strain at stress level of 130 MPa corresponds to point G. Thus.
6
130 ( 10 )
ε plas = 0.021 – ------------------------------ = 0.0132 ε plas = 0.0132
9
16.667 ( 10 )
(g) We are given G = 6.6 GPa, thus
E - E- – 1 = 16.667
G = ------------------- or ν = ------ ---------------- – 1 = 0.263 ν = 0.263
2(1 + ν) 2G 2 ( 6.6 )
3
20 ( 10 ) 6 2
(h) The axial stress is σ = ------------------------
- = 80 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m = 80 MPa . The specimen is in linear elastic region.
–6
250 ( 10 )
6
80 ( 10 )
The strain is: ε = σ
--- = ------------------------------ = 0.0048 . Thus the elongation is: δ = εL = ( 0.0048 ) ( 200 ) = 0.96 mm
E 9
16.667 ( 10 )
δ = 0.96 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.12 A 12 mm x 12 mm square metal alloy having a gage length of 50 mm was tested in tension. Draw
the stress-strain curve and calculate the following quantities. (Use of Spread Sheet recommended).
(a) modulus of elasticity. (b) the proportional limit.
(c) the yield stress at 0.2 percent offset. (d) the tangent Modulus at stress level of 1400 MPa.
(e) the secant modulus at stress level of 1400 MPa.
(f) the plastic strain at stress level of 1400 MPa.
Load Change in Length Load Change in Length Load Change in Length
(KN) (mm) (KN) (mm) (KN) (mm)
0.00 0.00 176.03 1.96 212.06 9.99

17.32 0.02 182.80 2.79 212.17 11.01
60.62 0.07 190.75 4.00 208.64 11.63
112.58 0.13 193.29 4.71 204.99 12.03
147.22 0.17 200.01 5.80 199.34 12.31
161.18 0.53 204.65 7.15 192.15 12.47
168.27 1.10 209.99 8.88 185.46 12.63
break
Solution Lo = 50 mm cross-section is 12 mm x 12 mm
------------------------------------------------------------
The area of cross-section is A = (12)(12) = 144 mm2=144(10-6) m2. Dividing the column of load by the
area A and the column of change of length by the gage length Lo, we can obtain the columns of stress and
strains on a spread sheet as shown in the table below. The stresses and strain can be plotted to obtain the
stress-strain graph in figure (a). The data corresponding to first 5 points can be also plotted to get an
enlarged view of region OAB as shown in figure (b).
1600
(a)
1400 D
Stress-Strain values in problem 3.17.
1200
Stress (MPa)
Stress Stress 1000 B
Strain Strain A
(MPa) (MPa)
800
0 0 0.0942 1342.29 600
0.0004 120.28 0.116 1388.96 400
0.0014 420.7 0.143 1421.18 200
0.0026 781.36 0.1776 1458.26 0 O E

0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
0.0034 1022.36 0.1998 1472.64 Strain
0.0106 1119.31 0.2202 1473.40 (b)
C B
0.022 1168.54 0.2326 1448.89 A
0.0392 1222.43 0.2406 1423.54
0.0558 1269.44 0.2462 1384.31
0.08 1324.65 0.2494 1334.38
0.2526 1287.92
The modulus of elasticity is calculated as the average slope from the first three points as shown below:
1 120.28 – 0 420.7 – 120.28
E = --- ------------------------- + --------------------------------------- = 300560MPa E = 300Gpa
2 0.0004 0.0014 – 0.0004
From the figure (b) and the table: σ prop = 1022MPa
0.2- = 0.002 On figure (b), starting at a strain value of 0.002, we draw a line
The offset strain is: ε offset = --------
100
parallel to OA to intersect the stress-strain curve at point C.The stress value at C is approximated as the
yield stress σ yield = 1060MPa
The stress value of 1400 MPa, corresponds to point D. in Figure (a). We draw tangent to the stress-strain
curve at point D and calculate the slope as shown below:
1433 – 1367
E t = --------------------------------------- = 1719MPa E t = 1.72GPa
0.1467 – 0.1083
To find the secant modulus we draw a line from point D to point O. and find the slope as
1400
E s = ------------- = 11200MPa E s = 11.2GPa
0.125
The total strain at point D is εtotal= 0.125. The elastic strain at point D can be found as:
σD 1400 ( 10 )
6
–3
ε elas = ------
- = ------------------------- = 4.667 ( 10 ) The plastic strain can be found as shown below.
E 9
300 ( 10 )
ε plas = ε total – ε elas = 0.125 – 0.004667 = 0.1203 ε plas = 0.1203
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.13 A mild steel specimen of diameter 0.5 inches and a gage length of 2 inches was tested in tension.
The results of the test are reported in the table below. Draw the stress-strain curve and calculate the follow-
ing quantities. (Use of Spread Sheet recommended).
(a) Modulus of Elasticity. (b) the proportional limit.
(c) the yield stress at 0.05 percent offset. (d) the tangent Modulus at stress level of 50 ksi.
(e) the secant Modulus at stress level of 50 ksi.
(f) the plastic strain at stress level of 50 ksi.
Load Change in Length Load Change in Length Load Change in Length
(103)lbs (10-3)in (103)lbs (10-3)in (103)lbs (10-3)in
0.00 0.00 9.32 59.06 12.55 245.93

3.11 1.28 9.86 70.85 12.70 283.47
7.24 2.96 10.40 84.23 12.77 316.36
7.50 3.06 10.82 97.85 12.84 363.10
7.70 8.76 11.18 112.10 12.04 385.34
7.90 19.05 11.72 140.40 11.44 396.03
8.16 28.70 11.99 161.21 10.71 406.42
8.46 37.73 12.27 192.65 9.96 414.72
8.82 47.18 12.41 214.22 break
Solution Lo = 2 inch d = 0.5 inch

------------------------------------------------------------
The area of cross-section is A = πd2/4 = 0.1963 in2.Dividing the column of load by the area A and the col-
umn of change of length by the gage length Lo, we can obtain the columns of stress and strains on a spread
sheet as shown in the table below. The stress and strain can be plotted to obtain the stress-strain graph in
figure (a). The data corresponding to first 5 points can be also plotted to get an enlarged view of region
OAB as shown in figure (b).
The modulus of elasticity is calculated as the average slope from the first three points as shown below:
1 15.84 – 0 36.87 – 15.84
E = --- ---------------------- + --------------------------------------------- = 24892.8ksi E = 24893ksi
2 0.00064 0.00148 – 0.00064
From the figure (b) and the table: σ prop = 36.9ksi
The offset strain is: ε offset = 0.05

---------- = 0.0005 on figure (b), starting at a strain value of 0.0005, we draw a
100
line parallel to OA to intersect the stress-strain curve at point C. The stress value at C is approximated as
the yield stress σ yield = 37.5ksi
Stress-Strain values in problem 3.18 (a)
Stress Stress B
Strain Strain A
(ksi) (ksi)
0.00000 0.00 0.05605 56.94
0.00064 15.84 0.07020 59.69
0.00148 36.87 0.08061 61.06
0.00153 38.25 0.09633 62.49 O E
0.00438 39.22 0.10711 63.20
0.00953 40.23 0.12297 63.92 (b)
0.01435 41.56 B
0.14174 64.68
A C
0.01887 43.09 0.15818 65.04
0.02359 44.92 0.18155 65.39
0.02953 47.47 0.19267 61.32
0.03543 50.22 0.19802 58.26
0.04212 52.97 0.20321 54.55
0.04893 55.11 0.20736 50.73
The stress value of 50ksi, corresponds to point D. in Figure (a). We draw tangent to the stress-strain curve
at point D and calculate the slope as shown below:
52 – 46
E t = ------------------------------ = 400ksi E t = 400ksi
0.04 – 0.025
To find the secant modulus we draw a line from point D to point O. and find the slope as
50 - = 1428.57
E s = ------------ E s = 1428.6ksi
0.035
50 σ
The total strain at point D is εtotal= 0.035. The elastic strain at point D is ε elas = ------D- = --------------
- = 0.002 . The
E 24893
plastic strain can be found as shown below.
ε plas = ε total – ε elas = 0.035 – 0.002 = 0.033 ε plas = 0.033
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.14 A rigid bar AB of negligible weight is supported by cable of diameter 1/4 in as shown in Figure
P3.14. The cable is made from a material that has a stress- strain curve shown in Figure P3.6. (a) Deter-
mine the extension of the cable when P = 2 kips (b) What is the permanent deformation in BC when the
load P is removed?
5 ft
B C
40o
Figure P3.14 A
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We can draw the following free body diagram:
5 ft
B
NBC
P
h
40o
Ay
Ax
A
From geometry: tan 40 = 5--- h = 5.958 ft

h
By moment equilibrium about A:
5
N BC h = P ( 5 ) or N BC = ------------- ( 2 ) = 1.6782 kips 1
5.958
π 1 2
The crosssectional area is: A = --- ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = 0.04909 in.
2
4 4
N BC 1.6782- = 34.188 ksi
The normal stress is: σ BC = ----------
- = ------------------
A 0.04909
50 - = 25000 ksi
From the graph in Figure P3.6, the modulus of elasticity is E = ------------
0.002
σ BC 34.188 –3
The normal strain is: ε BC = ---------
- = ---------------- = 1.367 ( 10 )
E 25000
–3
The deformation is: δ BC = ε BC L = ( 1.367 ) ( 10 ) ( 5 ) ( 12 ) = 0.082 in.
The stress of 34.188 ksi is below the yield stress, hence no permanent deformation.
The answers are: δ BC = 0.082 in. ; ( δ BC ) plastic = 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.15 A rigid bar AB of negligible weight is supported by cable of diameter 1/4 in. as shown in Figure
P3.15. The cable is made from a material that has a stress- strain curve shown in Figure P3.6. (a) Deter-
mine the extension of the cable when P =4.25 kips (b) What is the permanent deformation in the cable
when the load P is removed?

5 ft
B C
40o
Figure P3.15 A
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We can draw the following free body diagram:
5 ft
B
NBC
P
h
40o
Ay
Ax
A
From geometry: tan 40 = 5 ⁄ h h = 5.958 ft

5
N BC h = P ( 5 ) or N BC = ------------- ( 4.25 ) = 3.566 kips 1
5.958
π 1 2
2
4 4
N BC 3.566
The normal stress is: σ BC = ----------
- = ------------------- = 72.6 ksi
A 0.04909
From the graph in Figure P3.6, the modulus of elasticity is the normal strain at 72.6 ksi is: ε BC = 0.04
The deformation is: δ BC = ε BC L = ( 0.04 ) ( 5 ) ( 12 ) = 2.4 in.
From the graph in Figure P3.6, the modulus of elasticity is E = 50 ⁄ 0.002 = 25000 ksi
–3
The elastic strain is: ( ε BC ) elastic = σ BC ⁄ E = 72.6 ⁄ 25000 = 2.906 ( 10 )
–3 –3
The plastic strain is: ( ε BC ) plastic = ε BC – ( ε BC ) elastic = 0.04 – 2.906 ( 10 ) = 37.094 ( 10 )
–3
The plastic deformation is: ( δ BC ) plastic = ( ε BC ) plastic L = 37.094 ( 10 ) ( 5 ) ( 12 ) = 2.4 in. = 2.22 in.
The answers are: δ BC = 2.4 in. ; ( δ BC ) plastic = 2.22 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.16 A rectangular bar has an cross-sectional area of 2 in2 and an undeformed length of five inches as
shown in Figure P3.16. When a load of P = 50,000 lbs is applied, the bar deforms to a position shown by
the colored shape. Determine the Modulus of Elasticity and the Poisson’s Ratio of the material.
2 in P P 1.9996 in
5 in
5.005 in
Figure P3.16
Solution A = 2 in2 L0 = 5 in Lf = 5.005 P = 50,000lbs E=? ν=?

------------------------------------------------------------
Lf – L0 0.005
The longitudinal (axial) strain is: ε long = ----------------
- = ------------- = 0.001
L0 5
P 50000
The axial stress is: σ = ---
- = --------------- = 25, 000psi
A 2
σ 25000 3
- = --------------- = 25000 ( 10 )psi
The modulus of elasticity is: E = ----------- E = 25, 000ksi
ε long 0.001
The transverse strain is: ε trans = – 0.0004

---------------- = – 0.0002
2
– ε trans ( – 0.0002 )
The Poisson’s ratio is: ν = ---------------- = – ------------------------ = 0.2 ν = 0.2
ε long 0.001
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.17 A force P= 20 kips is applied to the rigid plate that is attached to a square bar as shown in Figure
P3.17. If the plate moves an amount of 0.005 inch, determine the Modulus of Elasticity.
P
2 in
2 in 10 in
Figure P3.17
Solution P = 20 kips δ=0.005 E=?

------------------------------------------------------------
P 20
- = ------ = 5ksi .
A 4
The axial strain is: ε = 0.005

------------- = 0.0005
10
The modulus of elasticity is: E = σ 5

--- = ---------------- = 10, 000ksi E = 10, 000ksi
ε 0.0005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.18 A force P= 20 kips is applied to the rigid plate that is attached to a square bar as shown in Figure
P3.18. If the plate moves an amount of 0.0125 inch, determine the Shear Modulus of Elasticity.
2 in P
2 in 10 in
Figure P3.18
Solution P = 20 ksi δ = 0.0125 A= 4 G=?

------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the rigid plate can be drawn as shown in figure a. By equilibrium of forces we
obtain V = P. The shear stress on the rigid plate can be found as: τ = V ⁄ A = 20 ⁄ 4 = 5ksi .
An exaggerated deformed geometry can be drawn as shown in figure b and the shear strain found as:
tan γ ≈ γ = δ ⁄ 10 = 0.00125
δ
(a) (b)
P γ
10
V
The shear modulus of elasticity can be found as: G = τ-- = ------------------

5
- = 4000ksi G = 4000ksi
γ 0.00125
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.19 Two rubber blocks of length L and cross section dimension a x b are bonded to rigid plates as
shown in Figure P3.19. Point A was observed to move downwards by 0.02 in. when the weight W = 900 lb
was hung from the middle plate. Determine the shear modulus of elasticity using small strain approxima-
tion. Use L= 12 in., a = 3 in., and b = 2 in.
A
a a
Figure P3.19
W
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The deformed shape and the free body diagram can be drawn as shown
V
V
3 in. 3 in.
γ γ 0.02 in.
W = 900 lb
From geometry we have: tan γ ≈ γ = 0.02

–3
---------- = 6.667 ( 10 )
3
From free body diagram we have: 2V = 900 or V = 450 lb
V- = ------------------
The shear stress on the rubber block is: τ = --- 450 - = 18.75 psi
A ( 12 ) ( 2 )
The shear modulus is: G = τ-- = -----------------------------

18.75
= 2812.5 G = 2812.5 psi
γ 6.667 ( 10 )
–3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.20 Two rubber blocks with a shear modulus of 1.0 MPa and length L and cross section dimension a x
b are bonded to rigid plates as shown in Figure P3.20. Using small strain approximation, determine the dis-
placement of point A, if a weight of 500 N is hung from the middle plate. Use L = 200 mm, a = 45 mm, and
b = 60 mm.
A
a a
Figure P3.20
W
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
V
V
0.045 m 0.045 m
γ γ δ
W = 500 N
δ
From geometry we have: tan γ ≈ γ = ------------
-
0.045
From free body diagram we have: 2V = 500 or V = 250 N
V 250 2
The shear stress on the rubber block is: τ = ---
- = ---------------------------- = 20833 N ⁄ m
A ( 0.2 ) ( 0.06 )
The displacement can be found as:
τ 20833 –6 δ –6
γ = ---- = ---------------- = 20833 ( 10 ) = ------------- or δ = 937.5 ( 10 ) m or δ = 0.9375 mm
G 6 0.045
1 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.21 Two rubber blocks with a shear modulus of 750 psi and length L and cross section dimension a x b
are bonded to rigid plates as shown in Figure P3.21. If the allowable shear stress in the rubber is 15 psi, and
allowable deflection is 0.03 in., determine the maximum weight W that can be hung from the middle plate
using small strain approximation. Use L = 12 in, a = 2 in, and b = 3 in.
A
a a
Figure P3.21
W
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
V
V
3 in. 3 in.
γ γ δ
W
From geometry we have: tan γ ≈ γ = δ---

3
From free body diagram we have: 2V = W or V = W⁄2
The shear stress on the rubber block is:
W ⁄ 2 - = -----
V- = ------------------ W
τ = --- - ≤ 15 psi or W ≤ 720 lb 1
A ( 12 ) ( 2 ) 48
τ- = (-------------------
W ⁄ 48 )- = δ--- W
γ = --- or δ = --------------- ≤ 0.03 or W ≤ 360 lb 2
G 750 3 12000
Thus W max = 360 lb

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.22 Two rubber blocks with a shear modulus of G, length L and cross section dimension a x b are
bonded to rigid plates as shown in Figure P3.22. Obtain the shear stress in the rubber block and the dis-
placement of point A in terms of G, L, W, a, and b.
A
a a
Figure P3.22
W
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
V
V
a a
γ γ δ
W
From geometry we have: tan γ ≈ γ = δ--

a
From free body diagram we have: 2V = W or V = W

-----
2
W ⁄ 2- = ---------
V- = --------------- W-
The shear stress on the rubber block is: τ = ---
A (L)(b) 2Lb
τ- = ---------
W - = δ-- or Wa-
γ = --- δ = ---------
G 2Lb a 2Lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.23 A circular bar of length 200 mm and diameter 20 mm is subjected to a tension test. Due to an axial
force of 77 kN, the bar is seen to elongate by 4.5 mm and the diameter is seen to reduce by 0.162 mm.
Determine the Modulus of Elasticity and the Shear Modulus of Elasticity.
Solution L0 = 200 mm d = 20 mm P = 77 kN δ = 4-5mm Δd = -0.162 mm
E=? G=?
------------------------------------------------------------
π 2 π 2 2 –6 2
The area of cross-section is: A = --- d = --- ( 20 ) = 314.16mm = 314.16 ( 10 )m
4 4
3
P 77 ( 10 ) 6 N
- = -------------------------------- = 245.1 ( 10 ) -------
2
A –6
314.16 ( 10 ) m
δ 4.5
The longitudinal strain (axial) is: ε long = -----
- = --------- = 0.0225
L0 200
The transverse strain is: ε tran = Δd 0.162

------- = – ------------- = – 0.0081
d 20
6
σ 245.1 ( 10 ) 9
- = --------------------------- = 10.893 ( 10 )
The modulus of elasticity is: E = ----------- E = 10.9GPa
ε long 0.0225
– ε tran ( – 0.0081 )
The Poisson’s ratio is: ν = -------------
- = – ------------------------ = 0.36
ε long ( 0.0225 )
E 10.893
The shear modulus of elasticity is: G = -------------------
- = ---------------------------- = 4.005GPa G = 4.0GPa
2(1 + ν) 2 ( 1 + 0.36 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.24 A circular bar of length 6 inch and diameter of 1 inch is made from a material with a Modulus of
Elasticity of E=30,000 ksi and a Poisson’s ratio of ν=1/3. Determine the change in length and diameter of
the bar when a force of 20 kips is applied to the bar.
Solution L0 = 6 d = 1 E= 30,000ksi ν=1/3 P = 20kips Δd = ? ΔL = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
π 2 π 2 2
The area of cross-section is: A = --- d = --- ( 1 ) = 0.7854in
4 4
P 20
- = ---------------- = 25.465ksi
A 0.7854
The longitudinal strain is: ε long = σ 25.465- = 0.8488 ( 10 – 3 )

--- = -----------------
E 30, 000
–3 –3
The change of length is: ΔL = Lε long = ( 6 ) ( 0.8488 ) ( 10 ) = 5.093 ( 10 ) ΔL = 0.0051in
–3 –3
The transverse strain is: ε tran = – νε long = – [ 0.8488 ( 10 ) ] ⁄ 3 = – 0.2829 ( 10 )
–3
The change in diameter is Δd = ε tran d = ( 1 ) ( – 0.2829 ) ( 10 ) or Δd = – 0.0002
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.25 A circular bar of length 400 mm and diameter of 20 mm is made from a material with a modulus
of elasticity of E = 180 GPa and a Poisson’s ratio of ν = 0.32. Due to a force the bar is seen to elongate by
0.5 mm. Determine the change in diameter and the applied force.
Solution L0 = 400 mm d = 20 mm E= 180 GPa ν=0.32 δ = 0.5 mm Δd = ? P=?
------------------------------------------------------------
δ- = --------
0.5- = 1.25 ( 10 – 3 )
The longitudinal strain is: ε long = -----
L0 400
9 –3 6
The axial stress is: σ = Eε long = ( 180 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.25 ) ( 10 ) = 225 ( 10 )Pa
6 π 2 3
The applied force is: P = σA = 225 ( 10 ) --- ( 0.02 ) = 70.686 ( 10 )N or P = 70.7kN
4
–3 –3
The transverse strain is: ε tran = – νε long = – ( 0.32 ) ( 1.25 ) ( 10 ) = – 0.4 ( 10 )
–3 –3
The change in diameter is: Δd = ( d )ε tran = ( 20 ) ( – 0.4 ) ( 10 ) = – 8 ( 10 ) or
Δd = – 0.008mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.26 A 25 mm x 25 mm square bar is 500 mm long and is made from a material that has a Poisson’s
ratio of 1/3. In a tension test, the bar is seen to elongate by 0.75 mm. Determine the percentage change in
volume of the bar.
Solution A = 625 mm2 L0 = 500 mm ν = 1/3 δ = 0.75 mm % change in V= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The original volume is: V0 = AL0 = 312.5(103) mm3. Let Δa represent the change in width and thickness.
The volume of the deformed bar is as given below.
V f = FinalVolume = ( 25 + Δa ) ( 25 + Δa ) ( L 0 + δ ) 1
δ 0.75
The longitudinal strain is: ε long = -----
- = ---------- = 0.0015
L0 500
1
The transverse strain is: ε tran = – νε long = – --- ( 0.0015 ) = – 0.0005
3
We can find Δa = ( 25 )ε tran = – 0.0125mm . Substituting δ and Δa into Eq. 1, we obtain:
3
V f = ( 25 – 0.0125 ) ( 25 – 0.0125 ) ( 500 + 0.75 ) = 312.65586 mm
ΔV f 0 V –V
The percentage change in volume is: -------- × 100 = ------------------
- × 100 = 0.04988 or 0.05%
V V0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.27 A circular bar of length 50 inch and diameter of 1 inch is made from a material with a Modulus of
Elasticity of E = 28,000 ksi and a Poisson’s ratio of 0.32. Determine the percentage change in volume of
the bar when an axial force of 20 kips is applied to the bar.
Solution d = 1 in L0 = 15in ν = 0.32 Ε = 28,000ksi % change in V @P = 20 kips
------------------------------------------------------------
P 20
- = --------------------- = 25.465ksi
A 2
π(1 ) ⁄ 4
The longitudinal strain is: ε long = σ 25.465 –3

--- = ------------------ = 0.9095 ( 10 )
E 28, 000
–3
The deformation is: δ = L 0 ε long = ( 50 ) ( 0.9095 ) ( 10 ) = 0.04547in
–3 –3
–3 –3
The change in diameter is: Δd = ( d )ε tran = – ( 0.2910 ) ( 10 ) ( 1 ) = – 0.2910 ( 10 )in
3
The original volume is: V 0 = AL 0 = ( 0.7854 ) ( 50 ) = 39.2699in
The volume of the deformed bar is as shown below.
π 2 π –3 2 3
V f = --- ( 1 – Δd ) ( L 0 + δ ) = --- ( 1 – 0.291 ( 10 ) ) ( 50 + 0.04547 ) = 39.2827in
4 4
ΔV f 0 V –V
- × 100 = 0.0327 0.0327%
V0 V0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.28 An aluminum rectangular bar has a cross-section of 25 mm x 50 mm and a length of 500 mm. The
Modulus of Elasticity of E = 70 GPa and a Poisson’s ratio of ν = 0.25. Determine the percentage change in
the volume of the bar when an axial force of 300 kN is applied to the bar.
Solution E = 70GPa L0 = 500mm ν = 0.25 % change in V @ P = 300 kN
------------------------------------------------------------
3
P 300 ( 10 ) 6 N
- = ---------------------------------- = 240 ( 10 ) -------
A ( 0.05 ) ( 0.025 ) 2
m
6
240 ( 10 )
The longitudinal strain is: ε long = σ
–3
--- = ---------------------- = 3.4286 ( 10 )
E 9
70 ( 10 )
–3 –3
–3
The deformation of the bar is: δ = L 0 ε long = ( 500 ) ( 3.4286 ) ( 10 ) = 1.7143mm
The change in cross-sectional dimensions can be found as shown below.
–3 –3
Δa = aε tran = ( 25 ) ( – 0.85714 ) ( 10 ) = – 21.429 ( 10 )mm
–3 –3
Δb = bε tran = ( 50 ) ( – 0.85714 ) ( 10 ) = – 42.857 ( 10 )mm
3 3
The original volume is: V 0 = AL 0 = ( 1250 ) ( 500 ) = 625 ( 10 )mm
3 3
The volume of the deformed bar is: V f = ( a + Δa ) ( b + Δb ) ( L 0 + δ ) = 626.068 ( 10 )mm
ΔV f 0 V –V
- × 100 = 0.1709 or 0.1709%
V0 V0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.29 A circular bar of length L and diameter of d is made from a material with a Modulus of Elasticity
of E and a Poisson’s ratio of ν. Assuming small strain, show that the percentage change in the volume of
2
the bar when an axial force P is applied is given by 400P ( 1 – 2ν ) ⁄ ( Eπd ) . Note the percentage change is
zero when ν = 0.5?
Solution %change in V = f(L,d,E,ν,P)
------------------------------------------------------------
P P 4P
- = ---------------- = ---------
A 2 2
πd ⁄ 4 πd
The longitudinal strain is: ε long = σ 4P 4νP

--- = ------------- and the transverse strain is: ε tran = – νε long = – -------------
E 2 2
Eπd Eπd
4LP 4νP
The change in length is: δ = Lε long = ------------
- and the change in diameter is: Δd = dε tran = – ----------
2 Eπd
Eπd
2
πd
The original volume is: V 0 = --------- L . For small strain, the volume of the deformed bar can be found as
4
shown below.
π π 2 Δd 2 δ π 2 δ π 2 2Δd δ
V f = --- ( d + Δd ) ( L + δ ) = --- d L ⎛ 1 + -------⎞ ⎛ 1 + ---⎞ ≈ --- d L ⎛ 1 + ----------⎞ ⎛ 1 + ---⎞ ≈ --- d L ⎛ 1 + ---------- + ---⎞
2 2Δd
4 4 ⎝ d⎠ ⎝ L⎠ 4 ⎝ d ⎠⎝ L⎠ 4 ⎝ d L⎠
The percentage change in volume is as shown below.
⎛ ΔV Δd- δ ⎞
Vf – V0
--------⎞ ( 100 ) = ⎛ ------------------
-⎞ ( 100 ) = ⎛ 2 ------ + --- ( 100 ) = ⎛ – ------------- + -------------⎞ ( 100 ) or
8νP 4P 400P
------------- ( 1 – 2ν )
⎝ V⎠ ⎝ V0 ⎠ ⎝ d L⎠ ⎝ 2 2⎠ 2
Eπd Eπd Eπd
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.30 A rectangular bar has a cross-sectional dimensions of a x b and a length L. The bar material has a
Modulus of Elasticity of E and a Poisson’s ratio of ν. Assuming small strain, show that the percentage
change in the volume of the bar when an axial force P is applied is given by 100P ( 1 – 2ν ) ⁄ ( Eab ) . Note
the percentage change is zero when ν = 0.5?
Solution %change in V = f(L,d,E,ν,P)
------------------------------------------------------------
P P
- = ------
A ab
The longitudinal strain is: ε long = σ P νP
--- = ---------- o and the transverse strain is: ε tran = – νε long = – ----------
E Eab Eab
The change in length is: δ = Lε long = νLP

---------- . The change in cross-sectional dimensions can be found as
Eab
shown below.
Paν Pbν
Δa = aε tran = – ---------- Δb = bε tran = – ----------
Eab Eab
The original volume is: V 0 = abL . The volume of deformed bar can be found as shown below.
V f = ( a + Δa ) ( b + Δb ) ( L + δ ) = abL ⎛ 1 + Δa
Δb δ Δa Δb δ
------⎞ ⎛ 1 + -------⎞ ⎛ 1 + ---⎞ ≈ ( abL ) ⎛ 1 + ------ + -------⎞ + ⎛ 1 + ---⎞
⎝ a ⎠⎝ b ⎠⎝ L⎠ ⎝ a b⎠ ⎝ L⎠
Assuming small strain, the product terms of Δa, Δb, and δ can be neglected to obtain the following.
Δa Δb δ
V f ≈ ( abL ) ⎛ 1 + ------ + ------- + ---⎞ . The percentage change in volume can be found as shown below.
⎝ a b L⎠
⎛ ΔV
Vf – V0 Δa Δb δ
--------⎞ = ⎛⎝ -------------------⎞⎠ ( 100 ) = ⎛⎝ ------ + ------- + ---⎞⎠ ( 100 ) = ⎛⎝ – ---------- – ---------- + ----------⎞⎠ ( 100 ) or
Pν Pν P
⎝ V ⎠ ( 100 ) V0 a b L Eab Eab Eab
P
( 100 ) ( 1 – 2ν ) ---------- %
Eab
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.31 A rectangular bar has a cross-sectional area of 2 in.2 and an undeformed length of 5 in., as shown
in Figure P3.16. When a load P = 50,000 lb is applied, the bar deforms to a position shown by the colored
shape. What is the strain energy in the bar ?
2 in 1.9996 in
P P
5 in
5.005 in
Figure P3.31
Solution P=50,000lbs A=2 in2 L=5 in δ=0.005in U=?

------------------------------------------------------------
The strain energy density for the bar can be written as:
1 P δ 1 50, 000 0.005
U 0 = --- σε = --- ⎛ ----⎞ --- = --- ⎛ ------------------⎞ ⎛ -------------⎞ = 12.5in – lbs ⁄ in
1 3
2 2 ⎝ A⎠ L 2⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 5 ⎠
As the strain energy density is a constant, the total strain energy can be found as shown below:
U = ∫ U0 dv = U 0 V = U 0 AL = ( 12.5 ) ( 2 ) ( 5 ) = 125 or U = 125in – lbs

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.32 A force P = 20 kips is applied to a rigid plate that is attached to a square bar, as shown in Figure P3.32. The
plate moves a distance of 0.005 in. What is the strain energy in the bar?
P 2 in
2 in
10 in
Figure P3.32
Solution P=20 kips A=4 in2 L=10 in δ=0.005in U=?

------------------------------------------------------------
3
1 P δ 1 20 ( 10 ) 0.005
U 0 = --- σε = --- ⎛ ----⎞ --- = --- ⎛ -------------------⎞ ⎛ -------------⎞ = 1.25in – lbs ⁄ in
1 3
2 2 ⎝ A⎠ L 2⎝ 4 ⎠ ⎝ 10 ⎠
U = ∫ U0 dV = U 0 V = U 0 AL = ( 1.25 ) ( 4 ) ( 10 ) = 50 U = 50in – lbs

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.33 A force P = 20 kips is applied to a rigid plate that is attached to a square bar, as shown in Figure P3.17. The
plate moves a distance of 0.0125 in. Assume line AB remains straight.What is the strain energy in the bar?
2 in
2 in
B P
10
0 in
Figure P3.33
Solution P=20 kips A=4 in 2

L=10 in δ=0.0125in U=?
------------------------------------------------------------
3
1 P δ 1 20 ( 10 ) 0.0125
U 0 = --- σε = --- ⎛ ----⎞ --- = --- ⎛ -------------------⎞ ⎛ ----------------⎞ = 3.125in – lbs ⁄ in
1 3
2 2 ⎝ A⎠ L 2⎝ 4 ⎠ ⎝ 10 ⎠
U = ∫ U0 dv = U 0 V = U 0 AL = ( 3.125 ) ( 4 ) ( 10 ) = 125 U = 125 in.-lbs

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.34 A circular bar of length L and diameter of d is made from a material with a modulus of elasticity of E and a
Poisson’s ratio of ν. In terms of the given variables, what is the linear strain energy in the bar of problem when axial
load P is applied to the bar.
Solution U=f(L,d,E,ν,p)=?
------------------------------------------------------------
1⎛ P ⎞
2 2 2
1 σ
U 0 = --- σε = --- ⎛ ------⎞ = --- ⎜ ----------⎟ = --- --------------------- = ---------
1 1 p 8
2 2⎝ E ⎠ 2 ⎝ EA 2⎠ 2 πd 2 2 π E
2
E ⎛ ---------⎞
⎝ 4 ⎠
⎛ 8P 2 ⎞ πd 2 2
∫ U 0 dv = U 0 V = U 0 AL = ⎜ ---------------⎟ ⎛ ---------⎞ L
2P L
U = U = -------------
⎝ π 2 Ed 4⎠ ⎝ 4 ⎠ πEd
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.35 A rectangular bar has a cross-sectional dimensions of a x b and a length L. The bar material has a Modulus
of Elasticity of E and a Poisson’s ratio of ν. In terms of the given variables, what is the linear strain energy in the bar
of problem when axial load P is applied to the bar.
Solution U=f(L,a,b,E,ν,p)=?
------------------------------------------------------------
1⎛ P ⎞
2 2 2
1 σ
U 0 = --- σε = --- ⎛ ------⎞ = --- ⎜ ----------⎟ = --- ---------------
1 1 P
2 2⎝ E ⎠ 2 ⎝ EA 2⎠ 2 Ea 2 b 2
⎛ P
2 ⎞ 2
∫ U0 dv
P L
U = = U 0 V = U 0 AL = ⎜ -----------------------⎟ ( ab ) ( L ) U = -------------
⎝ 2 ( Ea 2 b 2 )⎠ 2Eab
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.36 For the material that has the stress-strain curve shown in Figure P3.3, determine
(a) Modulus of Resilience, use proportional limit as an approximation for yield point.
(b) Strain energy density at a stress level of 420 MPa.
(c) Complimentary strain energy density at a stress level of 420 MPa.
(d) Modulus of Toughness.
Solution Modulus of Resilience=? Uo= ? and Uo= ? @ σ = 420 MPa
Modulus of Toughness=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The proportional limit corresponds to point A. By inspection of the lower plot σ prop = 300MPa .
6
300 ( 10 ) 9 N
From the lower plot E = ---------------------- = 150 ( 10 ) ------- = 150GPa
0.002 2
m
Thus, the strain at proportional limit (at A1) is εprop = 300(106) /[(150)(109)] = 0.002. All other points are approxi-
mate points chosen to represent the stress strain curve by a series of straight line. The areas under the stress strain
curve are calculated as shown on the right of the figure.

510 E
D ( 300 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 0.002 )
480
AOA 1 = ---------------------------------------------- = 300 ( 10 3 )
C
2
420 C2
( 300 + 340 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 0.038 )
360 AA 1 BB 1 = ------------------------------------------------------------- = 12160 ( 10 3 )
Stress MPa
340
A B 2
300
240 ( 340 + 420 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 0.025 )
BB 1 CC 1 = ------------------------------------------------------------- = 9500 ( 10 3 )
2
·
120 ( 420 + 480 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 0.0325 )
CC 1 DD 1 = ---------------------------------------------------------------- = 14625 ( 10 3 )
2
( 480 + 510 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 0.0425 )

O A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 DD 1 EE 1 = ---------------------------------------------------------------- = 21038 ( 10 3 )
0.00 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.20 2
0.002 0.065 0.0975
Strain mm/mm
The yield point corresponds to point A. The area of the triangle OAA1 represents Modulus of Resilience.
Modulus of Resilience is 300 kN-m/m3

Point C is at 420 MPa. The strain energy density at point C is the area AOA1 plus areas AA1BB1 and BB1CC1. Thus
3
the strain energy density at C is U O = ( 300 + 12160 + 9500 ) ( 10 3 ) N – m ⁄ m or
3
U O = 21, 960 kN – m ⁄ m .
The complementary strain energy density at C can be found by subtracting UO from the area of the rectangle
3 3 3
OC2CC1. Thus, U O = ( 420 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 0.065 ) – 21, 960 ( 10 ) = 5340 ( 10 ) N – m ⁄ m or
3
U O = 5, 340 kN – m ⁄ m .
The ultimate stress corresponds to point E on the graph. The area underneath the curve can be calculated as the sum
of the areas shown on the right of the graph. The total sum of the areas is: 57,623(103) N-m/m3. Thus,
Modulus of Toughness is 57,623 kN-m/m3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.37 For the material that has the stress-strain curve shown in Figure P3.6, determine
(b) Strain energy density at a stress level of 72 ksi.
(c) Complimentary strain energy density at a stress level of 72ksi.
Solution Modulus of Resilience=?Uo= ? Uo= ? at 72 ksi
------------------------------------------------------------
The proportional limit corresponds to point A. The stress at problem limit is σprop = 50 ksi and the modulus of elas-
ticity is 25,000 ksi. Thus, the strain at proportional limit (at A1) is εprop = 50/25,000 = 0.002. All other points are
approximate points chosen to represent the stress strain curve by a series of straight line. The areas under the stress
strain curve are calculated as shown on the right of the figure.
3
The area of the triangle OAA1 represents Modulus of Resilience Modulus of Resilience is 50 in-lbs/in
E
80
78
D ( 50 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.002 )
C2 C AOA 1 = ------------------------------------------- = 50
72 2
66 B
60 ( 50 + 66 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.018 )
AA 1 BB 1 = ------------------------------------------------------- = 1044
Stress ksi
50 A 2
40
( 66 + 72 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.02 )
BB 1 CC 1 = ---------------------------------------------------- = 1380
2
20
( 72 + 78 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.04 )
CC 1 DD 1 = ---------------------------------------------------- = 3000
2
DD 1 EE 1 = (----------------------------------------------------
78 + 80 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.02 ) = 1580
O A1 B1 C1 D1 E1
0.00 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.20
2
0.002
Strain in/in
Point C is at 72 ksi. The strain energy density at point C is the area AOA1 plus areas AA1BB1 and BB1CC1. Thus the
3
strain energy density at C is U O = ( 50 + 1044 + 1380 ) in – lbs ⁄ in or
3
U O = 2474 in.-lbs/ in. .
The complementary strain energy density at C can be found by subtracting UO from the area of the rectangle
3 3 3
OC2CC1. Thus, U O = ( 72 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.04 ) – 2474 = 406 in – lbs ⁄ in or U O = 406 in.-lbs/ in. .
of the areas shown on the right of the graph. The total sum of the areas is: 7054 in-lbs/in3. Thus,
Modulus of Toughness is 7054in-lbs/in3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.38 For the metal alloy given in Problem 3.12, determine
(b) Strain energy density at a stress level of 1400 MPa.
(c) Complimentary strain energy density at a stress level of 1400 MPa.
Solution Modulus of Resilience=? Uo= ? and Uo= ? @σ = 1400 MPa
------------------------------------------------------------
The proportional limit corresponds to point A in the figure below. The stress at proportional limit is
σprop = 1022 MPa and the modulus of elasticity is 300 GPa. Thus, the strain at proportional limit (at A1) is
εprop = 1022(106) /[(300)(109)] = 0.0034. All other points are approximate points chosen to represent the stress strain
curve by a series of straight line. The areas under the stress strain curve are calculated as shown on the right of the fig-
ure.
3
The area of the triangle OAA1 represents Modulus of Resilience. Modulus of Resilience is 1734 kN-m/m
Point E is at 1400 MPa. The strain energy density at point E is the area AOA1 through DD1EE1. Thus the strain
3
energy density at E is U O = ( 1734 + 10775 + 43920 + 65850 + 34588 ) ( 10 3 ) N – m ⁄ m or
3
U O = 157 MN – m ⁄ m .
( 1022 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 0.0034 )
AOA 1 = ----------------------------------------------------- = 1734 ( 10 3 )
E
F 2
E2 D
C
( 1022 + 1133 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 0.01 )
B AA 1 BB 1 = ----------------------------------------------------------------- = 10775 ( 10 3 )
1022 A 2
( 1133 + 1267 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 0.0366 )

BB 1 CC 1 = ----------------------------------------------------------------------- = 43920 ( 10 3 )
2
( 1267 + 1367 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 0.05 )

CC 1 DD 1 = ----------------------------------------------------------------- = 65850 ( 10 3 )
2
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1
( 1367 + 1400 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 0.025 )
0.0034 0.0134 DD 1 EE 1 = -------------------------------------------------------------------- = 34588 ( 10 3 )
2
( 1400 + 1467 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 0.075 )

EE 1 FF 1 = -------------------------------------------------------------------- = 107512 ( 10 3 )
2
The complementary strain energy density at C can be found by subtracting UO from the area of the rectangle OE2EE1.
6 6 3
Thus, U O = ( 1400 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 0.125 ) – 157 ( 10 ) = 18 ( 10 ) N – m ⁄ m or
3
. U O = 18 MN – m ⁄ m
of the areas shown on the right of the graph. The total sum of the areas is: 264(106) N-m/m3. Thus,
Modulus of Toughness is 264 MN-m/m3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.39 For the mild steel given in Problem 3.13, determine
(b) Strain energy density at a stress level of 50 ksi.
(c) Complimentary strain energy density at a stress level of 50 ksi.
Solution Modulus of Resilience=? Uo= ? and Uo= ? @ σ = 50 ksi
------------------------------------------------------------
The proportional limit corresponds to point A in the figure below.The stress at proportional limit is σprop = 36.9 ksi
and the modulus of elasticity is 24,893 ksi. Thus, the strain at proportional limit (at A1) is εprop = 36.9/
24,893 = 0.00148. All other points are approximate points chosen to represent the stress strain curve by a series of
straight line. The areas under the stress strain curve are calculated as shown on the right of the figure.
The area of the triangle OAA1 represents Modulus of Resilience. Modulus of Resilience is 27.3 in-lbs/in3
Point B is at 50 ksi. The strain energy density at point B is the area AOA1 plus area AA1BB1. Thus the strain energy
3 3
density at B is U O = ( 27.31 + 1521 ) in – lbs ⁄ in or U O = 1548.3 in.-lbs/ in. .
The complementary strain energy density at B can be found by subtracting UO from the area of the rectangle
3 3
OB2BB1. Thus, U O = ( 50 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.035 ) – 1548.3 = 201.7 in – lbs ⁄ in or
3
U O = 201.7 in.-lbs/ in. .
( 36.9 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.00148 )
AOA 1 = ------------------------------------------------------ = 27.31
E F G 2
D
C
B2 B ( 36.9 + 50 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.035 )
AA 1 BB 1 = -----------------------------------------------------------
- = 1521
2
A
36.9
( 50 + 56 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.05 )
BB 1 CC 1 = ---------------------------------------------------- = 2650
2
( 56 + 60 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.02 )
CC 1 DD 1 = ---------------------------------------------------- = 1160
2
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1
( 60 + 64 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.05 )
DD 1 EE 1 = ----------------------------------------------------
0.00148
= 3100
0.035 2
( 64 + 66 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.05 )
DD 1 EE 1 = ---------------------------------------------------- = 3250
2
The ultimate stress corresponds to point G on the graph. The area underneath the curve can be calculated as the sum
of the areas shown on the right of the graph. The total sum of the areas is: 11708.3 in-lbs/in3. Thus,
Modulus of Toughness is 11,708 in-lbs/in3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.40 The roller at P slides in the slot by an amount δP = 0.25 mm due to the force F. Member AP has an
area of cross-section of A = 100 mm2 and a Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa. If the roller moves by the
amount given, determine the force F.
P F
m
0m
20
A 50o
Figure P3.40
Solution δP = 0.25 mm E = 200 GPa A = 100 mm2 F=?

------------------------------------------------------------
1.Strain Calculation: Assuming small strain, the average normal strain of bar AP is given by Eq.(2) in
problem 2.35 ε AP = 803.5μ mm ⁄ mm
2.Stress Calculation: By Hooke’s law we can find the normal stress as shown below.
9 –6 6 2
σ AP = Eε AP = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 803.5 ) ( 10 ) = 160.7 ( 10 )N ⁄ m (T)
3.Internal Force Calculation: The internal normal force can be found as shown below.
–6 6 3
N AP = Aσ AP = ( 100 ) ( 10 ) ( 160.7 ) ( 10 ) = 16.07 ( 10 )N = 16.07kN ( T )
4. External Force Calculation: We draw the free body diagram of the rigid bar as shown below.
F
50o R
NA Tensile
By force equilibrium in the x-direction, we obtain the following.
F = N AP cos 50 = ( 16.07 ) cos 50 = 10.33 or F = 10.3 kN

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.41 The roller at P slides in the slot by an amount δP = 0.25 mm due to the force F. Member AP has an
area of cross-section of A = 100 mm2 and a Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa. If the roller moves by the
amount given, determine the force F.
F
P
30o
m
0m
20
A 50o
Figure P3.41
Solution δP = 0.25 mm E = 200 GPa A = 100 mm2 F=?

------------------------------------------------------------
1.Strain Calculation: Assuming small strain, the average normal strain of bar AP is given by E q.(2) in
problem 2.36 as ε AP = 1174.6μ mm ⁄ mm
2.Stress Calculation: By Hooke’s law we can find the normal stress as shown below.
9 –6 6 2
σ AP = Eε AP = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 1174.6 ) ( 10 ) = 234.9 ( 10 )N ⁄ m (T)
3.Internal Force Calculation: The internal normal force can be found as shown below.
–6 6 3
N AP = Aσ AP = ( 100 ) ( 10 ) ( 234.9 ) ( 10 ) = 23.49 ( 10 )N = 23.49kN
4. External Force Calculation: We draw the free body diagram of the rigid bar as shown below.
y F
x 20o
R
NAP Tensile
By force equilibrium in the x-direction in Fig.(a), we obtain the following.

F = N AP cos 20 = ( 23.49 ) cos 20 = 22.073 F = 22.1kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.42 A roller slides in a slot by the amount δP = 0.01 in. in the direction of the force F. Both bars have an
.
area of cross-section of A = 0.2 in2 and a modulus of elasticity E = 30,000 ksi. Bar AP and BP have
lengths of LAP= 8 in. and LBP= 10 in. respectively. Determine the applied force F.
110o
A F
P
Figure P3.42
Solution δP = 0.01 in E = 30,000 ksi A = 0.2 in

LAP= 8 in. LBP= 10 in. F=?
------------------------------------------------------------
1. Strain calculation: We draw the exaggerated deformed shape as shown in Fig. (a)
Β
2.052
(a) (b)
Compressive
Tensile
110o
70o
F
Contraction δBP P2 Extension 7.5
70o
R
Α P δAP=δP P1
As per small strain approximation, we need component of PP1 in the original direction of AP and BP, i.e.,
PP1 represents the deformation of bar AP and PP2 represents the deformation of bar BP and are calculated
as shown below.
δ AP = δ P = 0.01in extension
δ BP = δ P cos 70 = 0.00342in contraction
δ AP
- = 0.01
–3
ε AP = --------- ---------- = 1.25 ( 10 )extension
L AP 8
δ BP
- = 0.00342
–3
ε BP = --------- ------------------- = 0.342 ( 10 )contraction
L BP 10
2.Stress calculation:
–3
σ AP = Eε AP = ( 30000 ) ( 1.25 ) ( 10 ) = 37.5ksi ( T )
–3
σ BP = Eε BP = ( 30000 ) ( 0.342 ) ( 10 ) = 10.26ksi ( C )
3.Internal force Calculation:
N AP = Aσ AP = ( 37.5 ) ( 0.2 ) = 7.5kips ( T )
N BP = Aσ BP = ( 10.26 ) ( 0.2 ) = 2.052kips ( C )
4. External force Calculation: We draw the free body diagram of the rigid bar as shown in Fig. (b) .
By force equilibrium in the x-direction we obtain the following.
F – 7.5 – 2.052 cos 70 = 0 or
F = 8.2 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.43 A roller slides in a slot by the amount δP = 0.25 mm in the direction of the force F. Both bars have
.
an area of cross-section of A = 100 mm2 and a Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa. Bar AP and BP have
lengths of LAP= 200 mm and LBP= 250 mm respectively. Determine the applied force F.
B
A 60o
P
F
Figure P3.43
Solution δP = 0.25 mm A = 100 mm2 LAP= 200 mm LBP= 250 mm F=?

------------------------------------------------------------
1.Strain Calculation: Assuming small strain, the deformation of the bars can be found as in problem 2-38.
δ AP = 0 and δ BP = 0.2165mm extension
δ BP 0.2165 –3
ε AP = 0 and ε BP = ----------
- = ---------------- = 0.866 ( 10 ) extension
LBP 250
2. Stress calculation: By Hooke’s law we can find the normal stress as shown below
9 –3 6 2
σ AP = 0 and σ BP = Eε BP = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.866 ) ( 10 ) = 173.2 ( 10 )N ⁄ m ( T )
3. Internal force Calculation:
6 –6 3
N AP = 0 and N BP = Aσ BP = ( 173.2 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) = 17.32 ( 10 )N = 17.32kN ( T )
4. External Force Calculation We draw the free body diagram as shown below.
17.32 kN Tensile
60o R
By force equilibrium in the y-direction, we obtain the F = 17.32 sin 60 = 14.999kN F = 15 kN

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.44 A roller slides in a slot by the amount δP = 0.25 mm in the direction of the force F. Both bars have
an area of cross-section of A = 100 mm2 and a Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa. Bar AP and BP have
lengths of LAP= 200 mm and LBP= 250 mm respectively. Determine the applied force F.
B
o
75o 30
A
P
F
Figure P3.44
Solution δP = 0.25 mm E = 200 GPa A = 100 mm2

LAP= 200 mm LBP= 250 mm F=?
------------------------------------------------------------
1.Strain Calculation: Assuming small strain, the deformation of the bars can be found as in problem 2-39.
δ AP = 0.0647mm extension and δ BP = 0.21651mm extension
δ AP 0.0647 –3 δ BP 0.21651 –3
ε AP = -----------
- = ---------------- = 0.3235 ( 10 ) extension and ε BP = ----------
- = ------------------- = 0.866 ( 10 ) extension
LAP 200 LBP 250
2.Stress calculation: By Hooke’s law we can find the normal stress as shown below
9 –3 6 2
σ AP = Eε AP = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.3235 ) ( 10 ) = 64.7 ( 10 )N ⁄ m ( T )
9 –3 6 2
σ BP = Eε BP = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.866 ) ( 10 ) = 173.2 ( 10 )N ⁄ m ( T )
3.Internal force Calculation:
6 –6 3
N AP = Aσ AP = ( 64.7 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) = 6.47 ( 10 )N = 6.47kN ( T )
6 –6 3
N BP = Aσ BP = ( 173.2 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) = 17.32 ( 10 )N = 17.32kN ( T )
4. External Force Calculation: We draw the free body diagram of the roller as shown below.
Tensile NB
30o
75o
NA R
Tensile F
By force equilibrium in the y-direction, we obtain the following.

F = 17.32 cos 30 + 6.47 cos 75 = 12.674 or F = 16.7kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.45 A little boy is shooting paper darts at his friends using a rubber band that has an un-stretched
length of 7 inches. The piece of rubber band between point A and B is pulled to form two sides AC and CB
of a triangle as shown. Assume the same normal strain in AC and CB, and the rubber band around the
thumb and forefinger is a total of one inch. The area of cross-section of the band is (1/128) in2 and the rub-
ber has Modulus of Elasticity E= 150 psi. Determine the approximate force F and the angle θ at which the
paper dart leaves the boy’s hand.
3.2 in
A
C C
A F
B θ 2.5
2.9 in
B
Figure P3.45
Solution E =150 psi A = 1/128 in L0= 7 in θ=? F=?
------------------------------------------------------------
1.Strain Calculation: The stretched length is: L f = 3.2 + 2.9 + 2.5 + 1 = 9.6in
Lf – L0
= 9.6
– 7- = 0.37143 extension
ε = ----------------- ---------------
L0 7
2.Stress calculation: By Hooke’s law: σ = Eε = ( 150 ) ( 0.37143 ) = 55.71psi ( T )
1
3.Internal force Calculation: N = Aσ = ( 55.71 ) --------- = 0.43527lbs ( T )
128
4. External Force Calculation.The following free body diagram of the dart can be created
N 2 2 2
C 3.2 + 2.9 – 2.5 0
F β cos β = ------------------------------------------ or β = 48.08
θ 2 ( 3.2 ) ( 2.9 )
y N
x
By equilibrium of forces in the x-direction F cos θ – N sin β = 0 or
F cos θ = 0.43527 ( sin 48.08 ) = 0.32387 1
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction. F sin θ – N – N cos β = 0
F sin θ = 0.43527 ( 1 + cos 48.08 ) = 0.72608 2
°
Dividing Eq(2) by Eq(1) we obtain tan θ = 2.24187 or θ = 65.96
0.32387
From Eq(1) F = ---------------------- = 0.795lb F = 0.795lb
cos 65.96
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.46 Three poles are pin connected to a ring at P and to the supports on the ground. The coordinates of
the four points are as given. All poles have an area of cross-section of A=1 in2. and a Modulus of Elasticity
E= 10,000 ksi. If under the action of force F the ring at P moves vertically by an amount δP = 2 inch deter-
mine the force F.
z
F
P (0.0, 0.0, 6.0) ft.
B
C (-4.0, 6.0, 0.0) ft.
(-2.0, -3.0, 0.0) ft.
y
A
(5.0, 0.0, 0.0) ft.
x
Figure P3.46
Solution δP= 2 in E =10,000ksi A = 1in2 F=?

------------------------------------------------------------
1. Strain Calculation: From the solution of problem 2-50, we have:
ε AP = 16393μin ⁄ in ε BP = 11364μin ⁄ in ε CP = 20407μin ⁄ in
2.Stress calculation:
–6
σ AP = Eε AP = ( 10000 ) ( 16393 ) ( 10 ) = 163.93ksi ( T )
–6
σ BP = Eε BP = ( 10000 ) ( 11364 ) ( 10 ) = 113.64ksi ( T )
–6
σ CP = Eε CP = ( 10000 ) ( 20407 ) ( 10 ) = 204.07ksi ( T )
3.Internal force Calculation: N AP = Aσ AP = 163.93kips ( T )
N BP = Aσ BP = 113.64kips ( T ) and N CP = Aσ CP = 204.07kips ( T )
4. External Force Calculation. The free body diagram of the collar can be drawn as shown below.
F
Rx
Ry D
NB
NC
NA
N AP + N BP + N CP + Fk + R = 0 1
Noting that the unit vectors in problem 2-50 were directed towards P and the internal forces
are directed away from P, we can write
N AP = – N AP i AP = ( – 163.93 ) ( – 0.6402iˆ + 0.7682kˆ ) 2
N BP = –N i = ( – 113.64 ) ( – 0.4264iˆ – 0.6396jˆ + 0.6396kˆ )
BP BP 3
N CP = – N CP i CP = ( – 204.07 ) ( 0.2857iˆ + 0.4286jˆ + 0.8571kˆ ) 4
R = R x î + R y ˆj 5
Substituting Eq’s (2),(3),(4) and (5) into Eq(1) and considering the coefficient of unit vector k we obtain:
– 163.93 ( 0.7682 ) – 113.64 ( 0.6396 ) – 204.07 ( 0.8571 ) + F = 0 or F = 373.52 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.47 A gap of 0.004 inch exists between the rigid bar and bar A before the force F is applied. The rigid
bar is hinged at point C. Due to force F the strain in bar A was found to be - 500 μ in/in. The lengths of bar
A and B are 30 and 50 inches respectively. Both bars have an area of cross-section A= 1 in2 and Modulus
of Elasticity E = 30,000 ksi. Determine the applied force F.
B
C 75 o
F 24 in 36 in A 60 in
Figure P3.47
Solution gap= 0.004 EA=EB =30,000ksi LA= 30in
LB= 50in εΑ=-500μ in/in AA=AB= 1in2
------------------------------------------------------------
1.Strain Calculation: From the solution of problem 2-43, we have: ε B = 978.8μ
–6
2.Stress calculation: σ A = Eε A = ( 30000 ) ( – 500 ) ( 10 ) = – 15k si σ A = 15ksi ( C )
–6
σ B = Eε B = ( 30000 ) ( 978.8 ) ( 10 ) = 29.364ksi σ B = 29.364ksi ( C )
3.Internal force Calculation: N A = Aσ A = 15kips ( C ) N B = Aσ B = 29.364kips ( T )
4. External Force Calculation: The free body diagram of the rigid bar can be drawn as shown below.
NB
Tension
Cy
Cx
75o
24 in 36 in 60 in
F Compressive
NA
By moment equilibrium about point C, we obtain: 24F = ( 36 ) ( 15 ) + ( 29.364 ) ( sin 75 ) ( 96 ) or F = 136 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.48 The cable between two poles shown in Figure P3.48 is taut before the two traffic lights are hung on
it. The lights are placed symmetrically at 1/3 the distance between the poles. The cable has a diameter of 1/
16 in and a modulus of elasticity of 28,000 ksi. Determine the weight of the traffic lights if the cable sags
as shown.
27 ft
10 in
Figure P3.48
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The deformed shape and free body diagram are as shown
108 in 108 in 108 in N N

A B D
A θ θ D θ C θ
10 in.
B C
W W
From geometry:
2 2
AB = CD = 108 + 10 = 108.46 in.
10
tan θ = --------- or θ = 5.29°
108
The initial length is: L o = 27 ft = 324 in. .
The final length is: L f = AB + BC + CD = 2 ( 108.46 ) + 108 = 324.9239 in. .
Lf – Lo 324.9239 – 324 –3
The average normal strain is: ε av = ----------------
- = ------------------------------------- = 2.8517 ( 10 )
Lo 324
–3
The average normal stress is: σ av = Eε av = ( 28000 ) ( 2.8517 ) ( 10 ) = 79.84 ksi
π 1 2
The internal force in the cable is: N = σ av A = 79.84 --- ⎛ ------⎞
–3
= 244.97 ( 10 ) ksi = 244.97 psi
4 ⎝ 16⎠
From FBD we have: 2N sin θ = 2W or W = 244.97 sin 5.29 = 22.58 lb W = 22.6 lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.49 A steel bolt (Es= 200 GPa) of 25 mm diameter passes through an aluminum (Eal = 70 GPa) sleeve
of thickness 4 mm and outside diameter of 48 mm as shown in Figure P3.49. Due to the tightening of the
nut the rigid washers move towards each other by 0.75 mm. (a) Determine the average normal stress in the
sleeve and the bolt. (b) What is the extension of the bolt?
Rigid washers
Sleeve
Figure P3.49 300 mm

25 mm 25 mm
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The crosssectional areas are:
π 2 2 –3 2 π 2 –3 2
A Al = --- ( 0.048 – 0.04 ) = 0.5529 ( 10 ) m A s = --- ( 0.025 ) = 0.4909 ( 10 ) m
4 4
δ Al 0.75 –3
The average normal strain in aluminum is: ε Al = --------
- = ---------- = 2.5 ( 10 )
L Al 300
9 –3 6 2
The average normal stress in aluminum is: σ Al = Eε Al = ( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 2.5 ) ( 10 ) = 175 ( 10 ) N/m ( C )
6 –3 6
The internal force in aluminum is: N Al = σ Al A = 175 ( 10 ) ( 0.5529 ) ( 10 ) = 96.76 ( 10 ) ( C )
The free body diagram is:
Rigid washers
Sleeve
NAl Ns
300 mm
25 mm 25 mm
6
By equilibrium: N S = N Al = 96.76 ( 10 ) ( T )
6
N 96.76 ( 10 ) 6 2
The average normal stress in steel is: σ S = ------S- = -------------------------------- = 197.1 ( 10 ) N/m ( T )
A –3
0.4909 ( 10 )
σ 197.1 ( 10 ) –3
6
The average normal strain in steel is: ε S = -----S- = --------------------------
- = 0.9856 ( 10 )
E 9
( 200 ) ( 10 )
–3 –3
The elongation of steel bolt is: δ S = L S ε S = ( 300 + 25 + 25 ) ( 0.9856 ) ( 10 ) = 344.9 ( 10 ) mm
The answers are: σ Al = 175 MPa ( C ) ; σ S = 197.1 MPa ( T ) ; δ S = 0.345 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.50 The pins in the truss shown are displaced by u and v in the x and y direction respectively, as given.
All rods in the truss have an area of cross-section A= 100 mm2 and a Modulus of Elasticity E= 200 GPa.
Determine the external forces P1 and P2.
u A = – 4.6765 mm vA = 0 y P3
u B = – 3.3775 mm v B = – 8.8793 mm x G P2
P4
u C = – 2.0785 mm v C = – 9.7657 mm
H
P5 F P1
u D = – 1.0392 mm v D = – 8.4118 mm
u E = 0.0000 mm v E = 0.0000 mm 300 300
A B C D E
u F = – 3.260 0 mm v F = – 8.4118 mm 3m 3m 3m 3m
u G = – 2.5382 mm v G = – 9.2461 mm
Figure P3.50
u H = – 1.5500 mm v H = – 8.8793 mm
Solution A=100 mm2 E = 200GPa P 1 = ? P2 = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
1. Strain Calculation in all members at joint F.
Deformation vector calculation.
D FC = ( u C – u F )î + ( v C – v F )ĵ = ( – 2.0785 + 3.26 )î + ( – 9.7657 + 8.4118 )ĵ = ( 1.1815iˆ – 1.3539jˆ ) mm
D = ( u – u )î + ( v – v )ĵ = ( – 2.5382 + 3.26 )î + ( – 9.2461 + 8.4118 )ĵ =( 0.7218iˆ – 0.8343jˆ )mm
FG G F G F
D FE = ( u E – u F )î + ( v E – v F )ĵ = ( 3.26iˆ – 8.4118jˆ )mm
D FD = ( u D – u F )î + ( v D – v F )ĵ = ( – 1.0392 + 3.26 )î + ( – 8.4118 + 8.4118 )ĵ = ( 2.2208iˆ )mm
Unit vector calculation.
î ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
FC = – cos 30i – sin 30j = – 0.866i – 0.5j
î ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
FG = – cos 30i – sin 30j = – 0.866i – 0.5j
î ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
FE = – cos 30i – sin 30j = – 0.866i – 0.5j
î ˆ
FD = – j
Deformation calculation.
δ FC = i FC ⋅ D FC = ( – 0.866 ) ( 1.1815 ) + ( – 0.5 ) ( – 1.3539 ) = – 0.34626mm
δ FG = i FG ⋅ D FG = ( – 0.866 ) ( 0.7218 ) + ( 0.5 ) ( – 0.8343 ) = – 1.04225mm
δ FE = i FE ⋅ D FE = ( – 0.866 ) ( 3.26 ) + ( – 0.5 ) ( 8.4118 ) = – 1.38274mm
δ FD = i FD ⋅ D FD = 0
Strains.
L FC = L FG = L FE = 31 cos 30 = 3.4641m
0.34626 –3 1.04225 –3
ε FC = – ------------------------------ = – 0.1 ( 10 ) ε FG = – ------------------------------ = – 0.3 ( 10 )
3 3
3.4641 ( 10 ) 3.4641 ( 10 )
1.38274 –3
ε FE = – ------------------------------ = – 0.4 ( 10 ) ε FD = 0
3
3.4641 ( 10 )
2. Stress Calculation:
9 –3 6 6 N
σ FC = Eε FC = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.1 ) ( 10 ) = – 20 ( 10 )orσ FC = 20 ( 10 ) ------- ( C )
2
m
9 –3 6 6 N
σ FG = Eε FG = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.3 ) ( 10 ) = – 60 ( 10 )orσ FC = 60 ( 10 ) ------- ( C )
2
m
9 –3 6 6 N
σ FE = Eε FE = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.4 ) ( 10 ) = – 80 ( 10 )orσ FC = 80 ( 10 ) ------- ( C )
2
m
σ FD = 0
3.Internal Force calculation.
6 –6
N FC = σ FC A = ( 20 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) = 2000N = 2kN ( C )
6 –6
N FG = σ FG A = ( 60 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) = 6000N = 6kN ( C )
6 –6
N FE = σ FE A = ( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) = 8000N = 8kN ( C )
N FD = 0
4.External Force Calculation. We draw the free body diagram of joint F as shown below.
6kN P2
P1
F
2 kN 300 300 8 kN
By force equilibrium in the x-direction, we obtain – P 1 – 8 cos 30 + 2 cos 30 + 6 cos 30 = 0 or P 1 = 0

By force equilibrium in the y-direction, we obtain – P 2 + 2 sin 30 + 8 sin 30 – 6 sin 30 = 0 or P 2 = 2 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All rods in the truss have an area of cross-section A= 100 mm2 and a Modulus of Elasticity E=
200 GPa.Determine the external force P3
u A = – 4.6765 mm vA = 0 y P3
u B = – 3.3775 mm v B = – 8.8793 mm x
P4
G P2
u C = – 2.0785 mm v C = – 9.7657 mm
P5 F P1
u D = – 1.0392 mm v D = – 8.4118 mm H
u E = 0.0000 mm v E = 0.0000 mm
300 300
u F = – 3.260 0 mm v F = – 8.4118 mm A B C D E
3m 3m 3m 3m
u G = – 2.5382 mm v G = – 9.2461 mm
Figure P3.51
u H = – 1.5500 mm v H = – 8.8793 mm
Solution A=100 mm2 E = 200GPa P3 = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
1. Strain Calculation in all members at joint G.
(i) Deformation vector calculation.
D GF = ( u F – u G )î + ( v F – v G )ĵ = ( – 3.26 + 2.5382 )î + ( – 8.4118 + 9.2461 )ĵ = ( – 0.7218 î + 0.8343jˆ )mm
D GH = ( u H – u G )î + ( v H – v G )ĵ = ( – 1.55 + 2.5382 )î + ( – 8.8793 + 9.2461 )ĵ = ( 0.98820iˆ + 0.3668jˆ )mm
D = ( u – u )î + ( v – v )ĵ = ( – 2.0785 + 2.5382 )î + ( – 9.7657 + 9.2461 )ĵ = ( 0.4597iˆ – 0.5196jˆ )mm
GC C G C G
(ii) Unit vector calculation.
î ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
GF = cos 30i – sin 30j = 0.866i – 0.5j
î ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
GH = – cos 30i – sin 30j = – 0.866i – 0.5j
î ˆ
GC = – j
(iii) Deformation calculation.
δ GF = i GF ⋅ D GF = ( 0.866 ) ( – 0.7218 ) + ( – 0.5 ) ( 0.8343 ) = – 1.0423mm
δ GH = i GH ⋅ D GH = ( – 0.866 ) ( 0.9882 ) + ( – 0.5 ) ( 0.3668 ) = – 1.03918mm
δ GC = i GC ⋅ D GC = 0.5196mm
(iv) Strains.
L GF = L GN = L GC = 3 ⁄ ( cos 30 ) = 3.4641m
1.0423 –3
ε GF = – -----------------------------
- = – 0.3 ( 10 )
3
3.4641 ( 10 )
1.03918 = – ( – 3 )
ε GH = – -----------------------------
- 0.3 10
3
3.4641 ( 10 )
0.5196 –3
ε GC = – -----------------------------
- = 0.15 ( 10 )
3
3.4641 ( 10 )
2.Stress Calculation:
9 –3 6 6 N
σ GF = Eε GF = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.3 ) ( 10 ) = – 60 ( 10 )orσ GF = 60 ( 10 ) ------- ( C )
2
m
9 –3 6 6 N
σ GH = Eε GH = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.3 ) ( 10 ) = – 60 ( 10 )orσ GH = 60 ( 10 ) ------- ( C )
2
m
9 –3 6 6 N
σ GC = Eε GC = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.15 ) ( 10 ) = – 30 ( 10 )orσ GC = 30 ( 10 ) ------- ( T )
2
m
6 –6
N GF = σ GF A = ( 60 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) = 6000N = 6kN ( C )
6 –6
N GH = σ GH A = ( 60 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) = 6000N = 6kN ( C )
6 –6
N GC = σ GC A = ( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) = 3000N = 3kN ( T )
4. External Force Calculation. We draw the free body diagram of the joint G as shown below.
P3
G
0
60 600
6kN 6kN
3kN
By equilibrium of forces in y-direction – P 3 + 6 cos 60 + 6 cos 60 – 3 = 0 or P 3 = 3 kN

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All rods in the truss have an area of cross-section A= 100 mm2 and a Modulus of Elasticity E=
200 GPa.Determine the external force P4 and P5.
u A = – 4.6765 mm vA = 0 y P3
u B = – 3.3775 mm v B = – 8.8793 mm x
P4
G P2
u C = – 2.0785 mm v C = – 9.7657 mm
u D = – 1.0392 mm v D = – 8.4118 mm P5 F P1
H
u E = 0.0000 mm v E = 0.0000 mm
300 300
u F = – 3.260 0 mm v F = – 8.4118 mm A B C D E
u G = – 2.5382 mm v G = – 9.2461 mm 3m 3m 3m 3m
u H = – 1.5500 mm v H = – 8.8793 mm Figure P3.52
Solution A=100 mm2 E = 200GPa P4 = ? P5 = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
1. Strain Calculation in all members at joint H.
(i) Deformation vector calculation.
D HA = ( u A – u H )î + ( v A – v H )ĵ = ( – 4.6765 + 1.55 )î + ( 8.8793 )ĵ = ( – 3.1265iˆ + 8.8793jˆ )
D HG = ( u G – u H )î + ( v G – v H )ĵ = ( – 2.5382 + 1.55 )î + ( – 9.2461 + 8.8793 )ĵ or
D HG= ( – 0.9882iˆ – 0.3668jˆ )
D HC = ( u C – u H )î + ( v C – v H )ĵ = ( – 2.0785 + 1.55 )î + ( – 9.7657 + 8.8793 )ĵ = ( – 0.5285iˆ – 0.8864jˆ )
D HB= ( u – u )î + ( v – v )ĵ = ( – 3.375 + 1.55 )î + ( – 8.8793 + 8.8793 )ĵ = – 1.825iˆ
B H B H
(ii) Unit vector calculation.
î ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
HA = – cos 30i – sin 30j = – 0.866i – 0.5j
î ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
HG = cos 30i + sin 30j = 0.866i + 0.5j
î ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
HC = cos 30i – sin 30j = 0.866i – 0.5j
î ˆ
HB = – j
(iii) Deformation calculation.
δ HA = i HA ⋅ D HA = ( – 0.866 ) ( – 3.1265 ) + ( – 0.5 ) ( 8.8793 ) = – 1.73202mm
δ HG = i HG ⋅ D HG = ( 0.866 ) ( – 0.9882 ) + ( 0.5 ) ( – 0.3668 ) = – 1.03918mm
δ HC = i HC ⋅ D HC = ( 0.866 ) ( – 0.5285 ) + ( – 0.5 ) ( – 0.8864 ) = – 0.01449mm

δ HB = i HB ⋅ D HB = 0
(iv) Strains.
L HA = L HG = L HC = 3 ⁄ cos 30 = 3.4641m
δ HA 1.73202 –3 δ HG 1.03918 –3
ε HA = ----------
- = – ------------------------------ = – 0.5 ( 10 ) ε HG = ----------
- = – ------------------------------ = – 0.3 ( 10 )
L HA 3 L HG 3
3.4641 ( 10 ) 3.4641 ( 10 )
δ HC 0.01449 = – –3
ε HC = ---------- = – -----------------------------
- 0.004 ( 10 ) ε HD = 0
L HC 3
3.4641 ( 10 )
2.Stress Calculation:
9 –3 6 6 N
σ HA = Eε HA = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.5 ) ( 10 ) = – 100 ( 10 ) or σ HA = 100 ( 10 ) ------- ( C )
2
m
9 –3 6 6 N
σ HG = Eε HG = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.3 ) ( 10 ) = – 60 ( 10 ) or σ HG = 60 ( 10 ) ------- ( C )
2
m
9 –3 6 6 N
σ HC = Eε HC = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.004 ) ( 10 ) = – 0.8 ( 10 ) or σ FC = 0.8 ( 10 ) ------- ( C )
2
m
σ HB = 0
6 –6
N HA = σ HA A = ( 100 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) = 10000N = 10kN ( C )
6 –6
N HG = σ HG A = ( 60 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) = 6000N = 6kN ( C )
6 –6
N HC = σ HC A = ( 0.8 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) = 80N = 0.08kN ( C )
N HB = 0
4. External Force Calculation. We draw the free body diagram of the joint H as shown below.
P4 6 kN
H P5
600 600
10 kN 0.08 kN
By equilibrium of forces in x-direction: – P 5 – 6 sin 60 + 10 sin 60 – 0.8 sin 60 = 0 or P 5 = 3.39 kN

By equilibrium of forces in y-direction – P 4 + 10 cos 60 – 6 cos 60 + 0.08 cos ( 60 ) = 0 or P 4 = 2.04 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.53 A joint in a wooden structure is to be designed for a factor of safety of 3. If the average failure
stress in shear on surface BCD is 1.5 ksi and if the average failure bearing stress on surface BEF is 6 ksi,
determine the smallest dimensions h and d to the nearest 1/16th of an inch.
10 kips
30o 4 in
F h
d
E D
A
B
C
Figure P3.53
Solution K=3 (τf)BCD=1.5ksi (σf)BEF=6ksi h=? d=? to the nearest 1/16 inch
------------------------------------------------------------
The following free body diagrams can be constructed.
10 kips 10 kips
(a) (b)
E,F E
30o A B NBEF
30o A B C,D
VBCD
N1 N2
From Fig.(a), by force equilibrium in the x-direction we obtain:
– V BCD + 10 cos 30 = 0 or V BCD = 10 cos 30 = 8.66kips
V BCD
- = 8.66
The average shear stress is: τ BCD = -------------- ----------
A BCD 4h
( τ f ) BCD 1.5 3
K = -------------------
- or ------------------------- or h = 4.33 h = 4 ---- in
τ BCD ( 8.66 ⁄ 4h ) 8
From Fig.(b), by force equilibrium in the x-direction we obtain:
10 cos 30 – N BEF = 0 or N BEF = 8.66kips (C)
8.66 N
The average normal stress is: σ BEF = -------------
BEF
- = ---------- (C)
A BEF 4d
( σ f ) BEF 6 1
K = -------------------
- or ------------------------
- = 3 or d = 1.0825 or d = 1 ---- in
σ BEF ( 8.66 ⁄ 4d ) 8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.54 A 125 kg light is hanging from a ceiling by a chain as shown in Figure P3.54. The links of the
chain are loops made from a thick wire. Determine the minimum diameter of the wire to the nearest milli-
meter for a factor of safety of 3. The normal failure stress for the wire is 180MPa
Figure P3.54
Solution m=125 kg K=3 σfail= 180 MPa d=? nearest millimeter

------------------------------------------------------------
The following free body diagram can be drawn by making an imaginary cut through the two wires in a link
of the chain.
NN
125g=1226.2
By force equilibrium 2N = 1226.2 or N = 613.125N

780.65 σ fail
The average normal stress is: σ = N 613.125
---- = --------------------- = ---------------- ≤ -----------
A 2( πd 2 ⁄ 4 ) d 3
6
780.65 180 ( 10 ) –3
---------------- = ---------------------- or d ≥ 3.61 ( 10 )m or d = 4 mm
d 2 3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.55 A light is hanging from a ceiling by a chain as shown in Figure P3.55. The links of the chain are
1
loops made from a thick wire with a diameter of --- in. The normal failure stress for the wire is 25 ksi. For a
8
factor of safety of 4, determine the maximum weight of the light to the nearest lb.
Figure P3.55
Solution W=? K=4 σfail=25ksi d= 1/8
------------------------------------------------------------
The following free body diagram can be drawn by making an imaginary cut through the two wires in a link
of the chain.
NN
W
By force equilibrium 2N = W or N = 0.5W
σ fail
The average normal stress is: σ = N 0.5W 0.5W
---- = --------------------- = --------------------------------- = 40.74W ≤ -----------
A ( πd 2 ⁄ 4 ) (π( 1 ⁄ 8)2 ⁄ 4) 4
3
25 ( 10 )
40.74W ≤ ------------------- or W ≤ 153.4 lb or W max = 153 lb
4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.56 Determine the maximum weight W that can be suspended using cables as shown in Figure P3.56
for a factor of safety of 1.2. The cable’s fracture stress is 200 MPa and the diameter is 10 mm.
37o 22o
W
Figure P3.56
Solution K=1.2 σfail=200MPa d=10mm Wmax=?

------------------------------------------------------------
By making imaginary cuts through the cables, the following free body diagram can be drawn.
NAB NAC
37o 22o
A
W
By force equilibrium in the x-direction: – N AB cos 37 + N AC cos 22 = 0 or
N AB = 1.16096N BC 1
By force equilibrium in the y-direction
N AB sin 37 + N BC sin 22 – W = 0 or ( 1.16096 sin 37 + sin 22 )N BC = W or
N BC = 0.9317W 2
From Eq. (1)
N AB = 1.0817W 3
π
The area of cross-section is: A AB = A BC = --- ( 10 ) 2 = 78.54mm 2 = 78.54 ( 10 – 6 )m 2
4
The average normal stress is:
N AB 1.0817W σ fail 200 ( 10 6 )
σ AB = ----------
- = ------------------------------ = 0.01377W ( 10 –6 ) ≤ ----------- or 0.01377W ( 10 6 ) ≤ ----------------------
A AB 78.54 ( 10 –6 ) K 1.2
W ≤ 12.103 ( 10 3 )N 4
N BC 0.9317W σ fail 200 ( 10 6 )
σ BC = ----------
- = ------------------------------ = 0.01186W ( 10 6 ) ≤ ----------- or 0.01186W ( 10 6 ) ≤ ---------------------- or
A BC 78.54 ( 10 ) – 6 K 1.2
W ≤ 14.049 ( 10 3 )N 5
The maximum weight must satisfy the inequalities in Eq(4) and (5) i.e., W max = 12.1 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.57 The cable in Figure P3.57 has a fracture stress of 30 ksi and is used for suspending the weight
W = 2500 lb. For a factor of safety of 1.25, determine the minimum diameter of the cables to the nearest
1
------- in. that can be used.
16
37o 22o
W
Figure P3.57
Solution K=1.25 σfail=30 ksi dmin=? W= 2500lb
------------------------------------------------------------
By making imaginary cuts through the cables, the following free body diagram can be drawn.
NAB NAC
37o 22o
A
W
By force equilibrium in the x-direction: – N AB cos 37 + N AC cos 22 = 0 or
N AB = 1.16096N BC 1
By force equilibrium in the y-direction
N AB sin 37 + N BC sin 22 – W = 0 or ( 1.16096 sin 37 + sin 22 )N BC = W or
N BC = 0.9317W = 2329.25lb 2
From Eq. (1)
N AB = 2704.17lb 3
π
The area of cross-section is: A AB = A BC = --- ( d ) 2
4
The average normal stress is:
N AB 2704.17- 3443.05 σ fail 3443.05 30 ( 10 3 )
σ AB = ----------
- = -------------------- = ------------------- ≤ ----------- or ------------------- ≤ -------------------
A AB ( π ⁄ 4 )d 2 d 2 K d2 1.25
d ≥ 0.3788in 4
N BC 2329.25- 2965.7 σ fail 2965.7 30 ( 10 3 )
σ BC = ----------
- = -------------------- = ---------------- ≤ ----------- or ---------------- ≤ ------------------- or
A BC ( π ⁄ 4 )d 2 d2 K d2 1.25
d ≥ 0.3515in 5
7
The minimum diameter must satisfy Eq. 4. To the nearest 1/16 the diameter is: d min = ------ in.
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.58 An adhesively bonded joint in wood is fabricated as shown. For a factor of safety of 1.25, deter-
mine the minimum overlap length L and dimension h to the nearest 1/8th inch. The shear strength of adhe-
sive is 400 psi and the wood strength is 6 ksi in tension.
10 kips
8 in 10 kips
h
h
h
L
Figure P3.58
Solution K = 1.25 τfail = 400psi σfail = 6ksi

Lmin = ? nearest1/8 inch, hmin = ? nearest 1/8 inch
------------------------------------------------------------
V 10 kips
(a) (b)
10 kips
N
V
From Fig.(a): 2V = 10 V = 5kips From Fig.(b) N = 10kips
or
N- 10 σ fail 10 6
The average normal stress is: σ = ----- = ------ ≤ ----------- or ------ ≤ ---------- or h ≥ 0.2604 or
8h 8h K 8h 1.25
3
h min = --- in.
8
V 5 fail τ 5- ---------
0.4-
The average shear stress is: τ = ------------------ = ------- ≤ ---------- or ------ ≤ or h ≥ 3.906
8(L ⁄ 2) 4L K 4L 1.25
L min = 4 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.59 A joint in a truss has the configuration shown. Determine the minimum diameter of the pin to the
nearest millimeter for a factor of safety of 2.0. The pin’s failure stress in shear is 300 MPa.
ND = 50 kN
NC= 30 kN
NA = 32.68 kN
NB = 67.32 kN
30o
30o
Figure P3.59
Solution K=2 τfail=300MPa dmin=? nearest mm

------------------------------------------------------------
By making imaginary cuts through the pin between the truss members, the following free body diagrams
can be obtained.
(a) V1 (b) 50 kN
30 kN
(c) 30 kN
32.68 kN
V2x
V3
V2y
From Fig.(a) V 1 = 32.68kN
From Fig.(b) V 2x = 30kN V 2y = 50kN V2 = 30 2 + 50 2 = 583kN

From Fig.(c) V 3 = 30kN
5831 ( 10 ) fail V 3 τ
The maximum shear force is V 2 . Thus, the maximum shear stress is: τ max = -----2- = ------------------------- ≤ ---------- or
2 A ( πd ⁄ 4 ) K
( 4 ) ( 58.31 ) ( 10 3 ) 300 ( 10 6 )
---------------------------------------- ≤ ---------------------- or d 2 ≥ 0.4949 ( 10 –3 ) or d ≥ 0.02225 ( 10 – 3 )m or d min = 23mm
πd 2 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.60 The shear stress on the cross-section of the wire of a helical spring is given by
2
τ = K ( 8PC ⁄ ( πd ) ) where, P is the force on the spring, d is the diameter of the wire from which the
spring is constructed, C is called the spring index given by the ratio C = D / d, D is the diameter of coiled
4C – 1 0.615
spring, and K is called the Wahl factor given by K = ---------------- + ------------- . The spring is to be designed to
4C – 4 C
resist a maximum force of 1200 N and must have a factor of safety of 1.1 in yield. The shear stress in yield
is 350 MPa. Make a table for admissible values of D for values of d that range 8mm ≤ d ≤ 16 mm in steps
of 2 mm.
d
D
P
Figure P3.60
Solution P=1200N K=1.1 τyield=350MPa D=? for ( 8mm ≤ d ≤ 16mm )

------------------------------------------------------------
τ yield
The allowable maximum stress is: τ max = ------------- = 350
--------- = 318.18MPa
K 1.1
( KC ) ( 8 ) ( 1200 ) = 318.18 ( 10 6 )
From the given expression of shear stress: τ = --------------------------------------
πd 2
or KC = 0.1041d 2 ( 10 6 ), where d is in meters or KC = 0.1041d 2 , where d is in millimeters
let a = 0.1041d 2 1
Substituting for K: ⎛⎝ ----------------⎞⎠ C + 0.615 = a or C 2 + ( 0.365 – a )C – ( 0.615 – a ) = 0 or
4C – 1
4C – 4
( a – 0.365 ) + ( a – 0.365 ) 2 + 4 ( 0.615 – a )

C = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
Let C 1 and C 2 be the two roots. Then D 1 = C 1 d and D 2 = C 2 d . The values of D 1 & D 2 are tabulated
below.
d D1 D2
a C1 C2
(mm) (mm) (mm)
8 6.662 5.115 1.182 40.9 9.5

10 10.410 8.951 1.094 89.5 10.9
12 14.990 13.566 1.060 162.8 12.7
14 20.404 18.997 1.042 266.0 14.6
16 26.650 25.254 1.031 404.1 16.5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.61 Two cast-iron pipes are held together by a steel bolt, as shown in Figure P3.61. The outer diame-
ters of the two pipes are 2 in and 2 3 ⁄ 4 in and the wall thickness of each pipe is 1/4 in. The diameter of the
bolt is 1/2 in. The yield strength of cast iron is 25 ksi in tension and steel is 15 ksi in shear. What is the
maximum force P to the nearest pound this assembly can transmit for a factor of safety of 1.2.
P P
Figure P3.61
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The cross-sectional area of the inner pipe and bolt are:
π 2 π 1 2
A bolt = --- ⎛ ---⎞ = 1.9635 in
2 2 2
A iron = --- ( 2 – 1.5 ) = 1.3744 in 2
4 4 2 ⎝ ⎠
The free body diagrams are:
Vbolt
Niron P P
Vbolt
By equilibrium we have: N iron = P V bolt = P
---
2
The normal stress in inner pipe is:
N iron P σ yield 25
σ iron = ------------
- = ---------------- ≤ -------------- or P ≤ ------- 1.3744 or P ≤ 28.63 kips 3
A iron 1.3744 1.2 1.2
The shear stress in bolt is:
N bolt P⁄2 τ yield 15
τ bolt = ------------
- = ---------------- ≤ ------------- or P ≤ ------- 1.9635 or P ≤ 4.908 kips 4
A bolt 1.9635 1.2 1.2
The answer is: P max = 4.9 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.62 A coupling of diameter 250-mm is assembled using 6 bolts of diameter 12.5 mm as shown in Fig-
ure P3.62. The holes for the bolts are drilled with center on a circle of diameter 200 mm. A factor of safety
of 1.5 for the assembly is desired. If the shear strength of the bolts is 300 MPa, determine the maximum
torque that can be transfered by the coupling.
T T
Figure P3.62
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
π 2 –3 2
The crosssectional area of the bolt is: A bolt = --- ( 0.0125 ) = 0.1227 ( 10 ) m .
4
The free body diagram is
V
T
R
T-
By equilibrium we obtain: T = 6 ( VR ) = 0.6V or V = ------
0.6
The shear stress in the bolt is:
V - = T 3 300 6 3
τ = ------------ --------------------------------------------- = 13.58T ( 10 ) ≤ --------- ( 10 ) or T ≤ 14.727 ( 10 ) N-m
A bolt –3 1.5
0.6 [ 0.1227 ( 10 ) ]
The answer is: T max = 14.72 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.63 A circular rod of diameter 15 mm is acted upon by a distributed force p(x) that has the units of
kN / m as shown. The Modulus of Elasticity of the rod is 70 GPa. Determine the distributed force p(x) if
the displacement u(x) in the x-direction is as given below. x is measured in meters.
2 –6
u ( x ) = 30 ( x – x ) ( 10 )m
p(x)
x
Figure P3.63
Solution d = 15 mm E = 70 GPa p(x) = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
du –6
1.Strain Calculation: ε xx = ------ = 30 ( 1 – 2x ) ( 10 )
dx
9 –6 6 N
2.Stress Calculation: σ xx = Eε xx = ( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 30 ) ( 1 – 2x ) ( 10 ) = 2.1 ( 1 – 2x ) ( 10 ) ------2-
m
3.Internal Force Calculation:
π
N = σ xx A = 7.0 ( 10 ) ( 1 – 2x ) ⎛ ---⎞ ( 0.015 ) = 371.1 ( 1 – 2x )Newtons
6 2
⎝ 4⎠
4. External Force Calculations: A free body diagram of a differential element can be drawn as shown
below.
N p(x) dx N+dN
dx
By balancing forces in the x -direction we obtain: ( N + dN ) + p ( x )dx – N = 0 or
p ( x ) = – ⎛ ⎞ = – 371.1 ( – 2 ) or
dN
⎝dx ⎠
p ( x ) = 742.2 kN/m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.64 A circular rod of diameter 15 mm is acted upon by a distributed force p(x) that has the units of
kN / m as shown. The Modulus of Elasticity of the rod is 70 GPa. Determine the distributed force p(x) if
the displacement u(x) in the x-direction is as given below. x is measured in
2 3 –6
meters. u ( x ) = 50 ( x – 2x ) ( 10 )m
p(x)
x
Figure P3.64
Solution d =15mm E = 70G Pa p(x) = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
1.Strain Calculation: ε xx = du
2 –6
------ = 50 ( 2x – 6x ) ( 10 )
dx
9 2 –6 6 2 2
2.Stress Calculation: σ xx = Eε xx = ( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 50 ) ( 2x – 6x ) ( 10 ) = 7.0 ( 10 ) ( x – 3x )N ⁄ m
2 π
3.Internal Force Calculation: N = σ xx A = 7.0 ( 10 ) ( x – 3x ) ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ ( 0.015 ) = 1237 ( x – 3x )Newtons
6 2 2
4
4.External Force Calculation: A free body diagram of a differential element can be drawn as shown below
N p(x) dx N+dN
dx
By balancing forces in the x -direction we obtain: ( N + dN ) + p ( x )dx – N = 0 or
p ( x ) = – ⎛ ⎞ = – 1237 ( 1 – 6x )Newtons ⁄ m
dN
p ( x ) = – 1.237 ( 1 – 6x ) kN/m
⎝dx ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.65 Due to the action of the forces, the displacement in the x-direction was found to be
2
( 60x + 80xy – x y )
u = ------------------------------------------------ in . The modulus of elasticity of the beam is 30,000 ksi. Determine the statically
180000
equivalent internal normal force N and the internal bending moment Mz acting at point O at a section at
x = 20 inch.The cross-section of the beam is shown on the right. Assume some unknown shear stress is
present at the cross-section.
y P2 lbs.
P1 lbs.
x
y
20 in 20 in
z 3 in
O
Cross-section z
2 in
Figure P3.65
Solution E=30000ksi N=? and Mz =? @ x=20

------------------------------------------------------------
1.Strain Calculation: ε xx = ------ = (-----------------------------------------
du 60 + 80y – 2xy )
-
dx 180000
3 ( 60 + 80y – 2xy ) ( 30 + 40y – xy )
2.Stress Calculation: σ xx = Eε xx = 30 ( 10 ) ------------------------------------------ = -------------------------------------- ksi
180000 3
σ xx = (-----------------------------------------
30 + 40y – 20y ) = -------------------- 30 + 20y
at x=20, - ksi
3 3
3. Internal forces and moments: The stress distribution can be replaced by an equivalent force at the cen-
troid of the distribution and then replaced by an equivalent force and moment at O.
2 in y y
20 ksi
N
N
O Mz
O
3 in 0.5 in
z z
1
N = --- ( 20 ) ( 3 ) ( 2 ) = 60kips or N = 60 kips
2
M z = N ( 0.5 ) = 30in – kips or M z = 30 in.-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.66 Assume that the stress-strain curve after yield stress in Problem 3.12 is described by the quadratic
2
equation σ = a + bε + cε . (a) Determine the coefficients a, b, and c by Least Square Method. (b) Find
the tangent modulus of elasticity at a stress level of 1400 MPa.
Solution a = ? b = ? c = ? Uo = ? @ε = 0.18 ET = ? @σ = 1400 MPa
------------------------------------------------------------
Using the results of stresses and strains in problem 3.12 after the proportional limit and the Least Square
Method, we obtain the value of the values of constants a, b, and c on a spread sheet as shown in the table
below.
Strain Stress (MPa)
xi fi xi2 xi3 xi4 xi*fi xi2*fi
1 0.0106 1119.31 0.0001 0.0000 0.0000 11.86 0.13

2 0.0220 1168.54 0.0005 0.0000 0.0000 25.71 0.57
3 0.0392 1222.43 0.0015 0.0001 0.0000 47.92 1.88
4 0.0558 1269.44 0.0031 0.0002 0.0000 70.83 3.95
5 0.0800 1324.65 0.0064 0.0005 0.0000 105.97 8.48
6 0.0942 1342.29 0.0089 0.0008 0.0001 126.44 11.91
7 0.1160 1388.96 0.0135 0.0016 0.0002 161.12 18.69
8 0.1430 1421.18 0.0204 0.0029 0.0004 203.23 29.06
9 0.1776 1458.26 0.0315 0.0056 0.0010 258.99 46.00
10 0.1998 1472.64 0.0399 0.0080 0.0016 294.23 58.79
11 0.2202 1473.40 0.0485 0.0107 0.0024 324.44 71.44
12 0.2326 1448.89 0.0541 0.0126 0.0029 337.01 78.39
13 0.2406 1423.54 0.0579 0.0139 0.0034 342.50 82.41
14 0.2462 1384.31 0.0606 0.0149 0.0037 340.82 83.91
15 0.2494 1334.38 0.0622 0.0155 0.0039 332.79 83.00
16 0.2526 1287.92 0.0638 0.0161 0.0041 325.33 82.18
bij & ri 2.3798 21540.14 0.4730 0.1034 0.0236 3309.21 660.77
Cij 0.0005 0.0072 0.0224 0.1533 0.5288 1.90
D 0.000770195
ai 1062.06 4493.16 -12993.12
The values of the constants are: a = 1062.1MPa b = 4493.3MPa c = – 12993.1MPa .

At σ = 1400 MPa we can write the following quadratic equation:
2
1062.1 + 4493.3 ε – 12993.1 ε = 1400 1
The root value for which Equation (1) is satisfied is: ε1400=0.11052.
The tangent modulus is the slope of the stress-strain curve in the non-linear region and can be written as
dσ
ET = = b + 2cε . Substituting ε1400=0.11052 and the values of b and c, we obtain the Tangent Modulus
dε
as given below.
E T = 4493.3 + 2 ( – 12993.1 ) ( 0.11052 ) = 1621.3MPa E T = 1.621 GPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.67 Assume that the stress-strain curve after yield stress in Problem 3.13 is described by the quadratic
2
equation σ = a + bε + cε . (a) Determine the coefficients a, b, and c by Least Square Method. (b) Find
the Tangent Modulus of Elasticity at a stress level of 50 ksi.
Solution a=? b=? c=? Uo = ? @ ε = 0.15 ET = ? @ σ = 50 ksi
------------------------------------------------------------
Using the results of stresses and strains in problem 3.13 after the proportional limit and the Least Square
Method described in Appendix B, we obtain the value of the values of constants a, b, and c on a spread
sheet as shown in the table below.

Strain xi Stress (ksi) fi xi2 xi3 xi4 xi*fi xi2*fi
1 0.00438 39.22 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.172 0.001

2 0.00953 40.23 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.383 0.004
3 0.01435 41.56 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.596 0.009
4 0.01887 43.09 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.813 0.015
5 0.02359 44.92 0.001 0.000 0.000 1.060 0.025
6 0.02953 47.47 0.001 0.000 0.000 1.402 0.041
7 0.03543 50.22 0.001 0.000 0.000 1.779 0.063
8 0.04212 52.97 0.002 0.000 0.000 2.231 0.094
9 0.04893 55.11 0.002 0.000 0.000 2.697 0.132
10 0.05605 56.94 0.003 0.000 0.000 3.191 0.179
11 0.0702 59.69 0.005 0.000 0.000 4.190 0.294
12 0.08061 61.06 0.006 0.001 0.000 4.922 0.397
13 0.09633 62.49 0.009 0.001 0.000 6.020 0.580
14 0.10711 63.2 0.011 0.001 0.000 6.769 0.725
15 0.12297 63.92 0.015 0.002 0.000 7.860 0.967
16 0.14174 64.68 0.020 0.003 0.000 9.168 1.299
17 0.15818 65.04 0.025 0.004 0.001 10.288 1.627
18 0.18155 65.39 0.033 0.006 0.001 11.872 2.155
19 0.19267 61.32 0.037 0.007 0.001 11.815 2.276
20 0.19802 58.26 0.039 0.008 0.002 11.537 2.284
21 0.20321 54.55 0.041 0.008 0.002 11.085 2.253
22 0.20736 50.73 0.043 0.009 0.002 10.519 2.181
bij & ri 2.04273 1202.06 0.29666296 0.050327768 0.009120184 120.3690455 17.60174158
Cij 0.000 0.004 0.015 0.113 0.501 2.354
D 0.001
ai 35.995 455.956 -1756.978
The values of the constants are: a = 36.0ksi b = 456.0ksi c = – 1757.0ksi .

At σ = 1400 MPa we can write the following quadratic equation:
2
36.0 + 456.0 ε – 1757.0 ε = 50 1
The root value for which Equation (1) is satisfied is: ε50=00.03558
The tangent modulus is the slope of the stress-strain curve in the non-linear region and can be written as
E T = dσ = b + 2cε . Substituting ε50=00.03558 and the values of b and c, we obtain the tangent modulus
dε
as given below.
E T = 455.96 + 2 ( – 1756.96 ) ( 0.03558 ) = 330.94ksi E T = 330.9ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.68 Marks were made on the cord used for tying the canoe on top of the car in Example 3.5. These
marks were made every 2 in. to produce a total of 20 segments. The stretch cord is symmetric with respect
to the top of the canoe. The starting point of the first segment is on the carrier rail of the car and the end
point of the tenth segment is on the top of the canoe. The measured length of each segment is as shown in
Table 3.64. Determine (a) the tension in the cord of each segment; (b) the force exerted by the cord on the
carrier of the car. Use the modulus of elasticity E = 510 psi and the diameter of the stretch cord as 0.5 in:
Table 3.64.
Deformed
Segment
Length
Number
inches
1 3.4
2 3.4
3 3.4
4 3.4
5 3.4
6 3.4
7 3.1
8 2.7
9 2.3
10 2.2
Solution Lo= 2 in do= 1/2 in E = 510 psi Ti = ? P=?

------------------------------------------------------------
The strain εi in the ith segment of column three in table below is given by: ε i = ( ΔL i ) ⁄ L 0 , where ΔLi is the
deformed length in column two and Lo= 2 in.
Segment Deformed Strain Stress Internal
Number Length. ΔLi εi σi Tension Ti
(inches) (psi) (lbs)
1 3.4 0.70 357 70.10
2 3.4 0.70 357 70.10
3 3.4 0.70 357 70.10
4 3.4 0.70 357 70.10
5 3.4 0.70 357 70.10
6 3.4 0.70 357 70.10
7 3.1 0.55 280.5 55.08
8 2.7 0.35 178.5 35.05
9 2.3 0.15 76.5 15.02
10 2.2 0.10 51 10.01
The stress σi in the ith segment in column four is given by σ i = Eε i . Multiplying the column of strain by
E = 510 psi, we obtain the column of stress. The area of each segment Ai is
2 2
A i = ( π0.5 ) ⁄ 4 = 0.19635 in . The internal tension Ti in the ith segment is given by: T i = σ i A i . Multiply-
ing the column of stress by the area Ai we obtain the column of internal tension.
The force P exerted on the car carrier by the cord is given by the tension in segment 1. P = 70.1 lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
carrier of the car. Use the diameter of the stretch cord as (1/2) inch and the following equation for stress-
strain curve:
⎧ ( 1020ε – 1020ε 2 ) psi ε < 0.5

σ = ⎨
⎩ 255 psi ε ≥ 0.5
Solution Lo= 2 in do= 1/2 in Ti = ? P=?

------------------------------------------------------------
The strain calculation is shown in the table below.
2
The stress σi in the for segments 8,9, and 10 is found using the equation σ i = 1020 ε i – 1020 ε i , as the
strains in these segments is less than 0.5. For segments 1 through 7, the stress is 255 psi as the strain is
greater than 0.5.Multiplying the column of strain by E = 510 psi, we obtain the column of stress.
2 2
The area of each segment Ai is A i = ( π0.5 ) ⁄ 4 = 0.19635 in . The internal tension Ti in the ith segment is
given by: T i = σ i A i . Multiplying the column of stress by the area Ai we obtain the column of internal ten-
sion.
Segment Deformed Strain Stress Internal
Number Length. ΔLi εi σi Tension Ti
(inches) (psi) (lbs)
1 3.4 0.70 255.00 50.07
2 3.4 0.70 255.00 50.07
3 3.4 0.70 255.00 50.07
4 3.4 0.70 255.00 50.07
5 3.4 0.70 255.00 50.07
6 3.4 0.70 255.00 50.07
7 3.1 0.55 255.00 50.07
8 2.7 0.35 232.05 45.56
9 2.3 0.15 130.05 25.54
10 2.2 0.10 91.80 18.02
The force P exerted on the car carrier by the cord is given by the tension in segment 1. P = 50.1 lbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
carrier of the car.Use Poisson’s ratio of ν=1/2 and initial diameter of 1/2 inch and calculate the diameter in
deformed position for each segment. Use stress-strain relationship given in problem 3.69.
Solution Lo= 2 in do= 1/2 in ν=1/2 Ti = ? P=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The longitudinal strain εi and the corresponding stress si are calculated as in problem 3.69 and are shown
in the table below.
The transverse strain is -νεi. The change in diameter is thus -νεi do. The deformed diameter di of the ith
segment is d i = d 0 – νε i d 0 . Substituting the values of ν=1/2 and do= 1/2 in. the entries in column five can
be found using d i = ( 1 – 0.5ε i ) ⁄ 2 .
2
The area of each segment Ai is A i = πd i ⁄ 4 . The internal tension Ti in the ith segment is given
by: T i = σ i A i . Multiplying the column of stress by the area Ai we obtain the column of internal tension.
Segment Deformed Strain Stress Deformed Internal
Number Length. ΔLi εi σi Diameter di Tension Ti
(inches) (psi) (inches) (lbs)
1 3.4 0.70 255.00 0.33 21.15
2 3.4 0.70 255.00 0.33 21.15
3 3.4 0.70 255.00 0.33 21.15
4 3.4 0.70 255.00 0.33 21.15
5 3.4 0.70 255.00 0.33 21.15
6 3.4 0.70 255.00 0.33 21.15
7 3.1 0.55 255.00 0.36 26.32
8 2.7 0.35 232.05 0.41 31.01
9 2.3 0.15 130.05 0.46 21.85
10 2.2 0.10 91.80 0.48 16.27
The force P exerted on the car carrier by the cord is given by the tension in segment 1. P = 21.2 lbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.71 Write the Generalized Hooke’s Law for isotropic material in cylindrical coordinates (r, θ, z).
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The Generalized Hooke’s Law for isotropic material in cylindrical coordinates (r, θ, z) can be written as
shown below.
ε rr = [ σ rr – ν ( σ θθ + σ zz ) ] ⁄ E γ rθ = τ rθ ⁄ G
ε θθ = [ σ θθ – ν ( σ zz + σ rr ) ] ⁄ E γ θz = τ θz ⁄ G
ε zz = [ σ zz – ν ( σ rr + σ θθ ) ] ⁄ E γ zr = τ zr ⁄ G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.72 Write the Generalized Hooke’s Law for isotropic material in spherical coordinates (r, θ, φ).
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The Generalized Hooke’s Law for isotropic material in cylindrical coordinates (r, θ, φ) can be written as
shown below.
ε rr = [ σ rr – ν ( σ θθ + σ φφ ) ] ⁄ E γ rθ = τ rθ ⁄ G
ε θθ = [ σ θθ – ν ( σ φφ + σ rr ) ] ⁄ E γ θφ = τ θφ ⁄ G
ε φφ = [ σ φφ – ν ( σ rr + σ θθ ) ] ⁄ E γ φr = τ φr ⁄ G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.73 The stresses and two material constants are given, calculate εxx, εyy, γxy, εzz, and σzz (a) assuming
plane stress, and (b) assuming plane strain.
σ xx = 100 MPa ( T ) σ yy = 150 MPa ( T ) τ xy = – 125 MPa E = 200 GPa ν = 0.32
Solution εxx=? εyy=? γxy=? εzz=? σzz=? (a) plane stress (b) plane strain
------------------------------------------------------------
E 200
G = -------------------- = ------------------ = 75.76GPa
2(1 + ν) 2 ( 1.32 )
(a) Assuming Plane Stress σ zz = 0
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) [ 100 – 0.32 ( 150 ) ] ( 10 )

6
52 ( 10 )
6
–3
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------- = ---------------------- = 0.26 ( 10 ) ε xx = 260μ
E 9 9
200 ( 10 ) 200 ( 10 )
σ yy – ν ( σ xx ) [ 150 – 0.32 ( 100 ) ] ( 10 )
6
118 ( 10 )
6
–3
ε yy = -------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------- = ---------------------- = 0.59 ( 10 ) ε yy = 590μ
E 9 9
200 ( 10 ) 200 ( 10 )
τ xy – 125 ( 10 )
6
–3
γ xy = -------
- = --------------------------- = – 1.65 ( 10 ) γ xy = – 1650 μ
G 9
75.76 ( 10 )
σ zz – ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) 0.32 ( 250 ) ( 10 )
6
80 ( 10 )
6
–3
ε zz = ----------------------------------------------
- = – -------------------------------------- = ---------------------- = – 0.4 ( 10 ) ε zz = – 400 μ
E 9 9
200 ( 10 ) 200 ( 10 )
------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Assuming Plane Strain ε zz = 0
σ zz – ν ( σ xx + σ yy )
0 = ----------------------------------------------
-
E
6 6
∴σ zz = ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) = 0.32 ( 250 ) ( 10 ) = 80 ( 10 ) σ zz = 80 MPa (T)
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) [ 100 – 0.32 ( 230 ) ] ( 10 )

6
–3
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------- = 0.132 ( 10 ) ε xx = 132μ
E 9
200 ( 10 )
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) [ 150 – 0.32 ( 180 ) ] ( 10 )
6
–3
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------- = 0.462 ( 10 ) ε yy = 462μ
E 9
200 ( 10 )
Same as in part (a) γ xy = – 1650 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = 225 MPa ( C ) σ yy = 125 MPa ( T ) τ xy = 150 MPa E = 70 GPa G = 28 GPa
------------------------------------------------------------
9
E 9 70 ( 10 )
G = -------------------- ∴28 ( 10 ) = -------------------- ν = 0.25
2(1 + ν) 2(1 + ν)
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) [ – 225 – 0.25 ( 125 ) ] ( 10 )

6
–3
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = – 3.661 ( 10 ) ε xx = – 3661 μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
σ yy – ν ( σ xx ) [ 125 – 0.25 ( – 225 ) ] ( 10 )
6
–3
ε yy = -------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------------------- = 2.589 ( 10 ) ε yy = 2589μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
τ xy 150 ( 10 )
6
–3
γ xy = -------
- = ---------------------- = 5.357 ( 10 ) γ xy = 5357μrad
G 9
28 ( 10 )
σ zz – ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) 0.25 ( – 225 + 125 ) ( 10 )
6
–3
ε zz = ----------------------------------------------
- = – ---------------------------------------------------------- = 0.357 ( 10 ) ε zz = 357μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
------------------------------------------------------------
0 = ----------------------------------------------
-
E
6 6
∴σ zz = ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) = 0.25 ( – 225 + 125 ) ( 10 ) = – 25 ( 10 ) σ zz = 25MPa ( C )
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) [ – 225 – 0.25 ( 125 – 25 ) ] ( 10 )

6
–3
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------------------- = – 3.571 ( 10 ) ε xx = – 3571 μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) [ 125 – 0.25 ( – 225 – 25 ) ] ( 10 )
6
–3
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------------------- = 2.679 ( 10 ) ε yy = 2679μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
Same as in part (a) γ xy = 5357μrad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = 22 ksi ( C ) σ yy = 25 ksi ( C ) τ xy = – 15 ksi E = 30, 000 ksi ν = 0.3
------------------------------------------------------------
6
E 30 ( 10 ) 6
G = -------------------- = ------------------------- = 11.54 ( 10 )psi
2(1 + ν) 2 ( 1 + 0.3 )
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) [ – 22 – 0.3 ( – 25 ) ] ( 10 )
3
–3
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- = --------------------------------------------------------- = – 0.483 ( 10 ) ε xx = – 483 μ
E 6
30 ( 10 )
σ yy – ν ( σ xx ) [ – 25 – 0.3 ( – 22 ) ] ( 10 )
3
–3
ε yy = -------------------------------
- = --------------------------------------------------------- = – 0.613 ( 10 ) ε yy = – 613 μ
E 6
30 ( 10 )
τ xy – 15 ( 10 )
3
–3
γ xy = -------
- = --------------------------- = – 1.3 ( 10 ) γ xy = – 1300μ
G 6
11.54 ( 10 )
σ zz – ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) 0.3 ( – 22 – 25 ) ( 10 )
3
–3
ε zz = ----------------------------------------------
- = – ------------------------------------------------- = 0.47 ( 10 ) ε zz = 470μ
E 6
30 ( 10 )
------------------------------------------------------------
0 = ----------------------------------------------
-
E
3 3
∴σ zz = ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) = 0.3 ( – 22 – 25 ) ( 10 ) = ( – 14.1 ) ( 10 ) σ zz = 14.1 ksi (C)
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) [ – 22 – 0.3 ( – 25 – 14.1 ) ] ( 10 )
3
–3
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------------------- = – 0.342 ( 10 ) ε xx = – 342 μ
E 6
30 ( 10 )
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) [ – 25 – 0.3 ( – 22 – 14.1 ) ] ( 10 )
3
–3
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------------------- = – 0.472 ( 10 ) ε yy = – 472 μ
E 6
30 ( 10 )
Same as in part (a) γ xy = – 1300μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = 15 ksi ( T ) σ yy = 12 ksi ( C ) τ xy = – 10 ksi E = 10, 000 ksi G = 3900 ksi
------------------------------------------------------------
3
E 3 10000 ( 10 )
G = -------------------- ∴3900 ( 10 ) = ---------------------------- ν = 0.282
2(1 + ν) 2(1 + ν)
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) [ 15 – 0.282 ( – 12 ) ] ( 10 )
3
–3
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------- = 1.838 ( 10 ) ε xx = 1838μ
E 6
10 ( 10 )
σ yy – ν ( σ xx ) [ – 12 – 0.282 ( – 15 ) ] ( 10 )
3
–3
ε yy = -------------------------------
- = --------------------------------------------------------------- = – 1.623 ( 10 ) ε yy = – 1623 μ
E 6
10 ( 10 )
τ xy – 10 ( 10 )
3
–3
γ xy = -------
- = ----------------------- = – 2.564 ( 10 ) γ xy = – 2564μ
G 6
3.9 ( 10 )
σ zz – ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) 0.282 ( – 15 – 12 ) ( 10 )
3
–3
ε zz = ----------------------------------------------
- = – ------------------------------------------------------- = – 0.085 ( 10 ) ε zz = – 85μ
E 6
30 ( 10 )
------------------------------------------------------------
0 = ----------------------------------------------
-
E
3
∴σ zz = ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) = 0.282 ( 15 – 12 ) ( 10 ) = 846 σ zz = 846 psi (T)
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) [ 15 – 0.282 ( – 12 + 0.846 ) ] ( 10 )
3
–3
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = 1.815 ( 10 ) ε xx = 1815μ
E 6
10 ( 10 )
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) [ – 12 – 0.282 ( 15 + 0.846 ) ] ( 10 )
3
–3
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = – 1.647 ( 10 ) ε yy = – 1647 μ
E 6
10 ( 10 )
Same as in part (a) γ xy = – 2564μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = 300 MPa ( C ) σ yy = 300 MPa ( T ) τ xy = 150 MPa G = 15 GPa ν = 0.2
------------------------------------------------------------
E 9 E 9
G = -------------------- ∴15 ( 10 ) = ------------------------- E = 36 ( 10 ) i.e., E = 36GPa
2(1 + ν) 2 ( 1 + 0.2 )
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) [ – 300 – 0.2 ( 300 ) ] ( 10 )

6
–3
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = – 10 ( 10 ) ε xx = – 10 000μ
E 9
36 ( 10 )
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) [ 300 – 0.2 ( – 300 ) ] ( 10 )

6
–3
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------- = 10 ( 10 ) ε yy = 10000μ
E 9
36 ( 10 )
τ xy 150 ( 10 )
6
–3
γ xy = -------
- = ---------------------- = 10 ( 10 ) γ xy = 10000μrad
G 9
15 ( 10 )
σ zz – ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) 0.2 ( 300 – 300 ) ( 10 )
6
ε zz = ----------------------------------------------
- = – -------------------------------------------------- = 0 ε zz = 0
E 9
36 ( 10 )
------------------------------------------------------------
0 = ----------------------------------------------
-
E
∴σ zz = ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) = 0.2 ( 300 – 300 ) ( 10 ) = 0
6 σ zz = 0
As σzz is zero, the results are the same as in plane stress.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.78 The stresses and two material constants are given, calculate εxx, εyy, γxy, εzz, and σzz (a)
assuming plane stress, and (b) assuming plane strain.
σ xx = 100 psi ( C ) σ yy = 150 psi ( T ) τ xy = 100 psi E = 2000 psi G = 800 psi
------------------------------------------------------------
E - 2000 -
G = ------------------- ∴800 = ------------------- ν = 0.25
2(1 + ν) 2(1 + ν)
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) ( – 100 ) – 0.25 ( 150 )
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- = --------------------------------------------- = – 0.06875 ε xx = – 0.06875
E 2000
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) – 0.25 ( – 100 )- = 0.0875
- = 150
ε yy = ---------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ε yy = 0.0875
E 2000
τ xy 100
γ xy = -------- = --------- = 0.125 γ xy = 0.125
G 800
σ zz – ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) ( – 100 + 150 )- = – 0.00625
- = – 0.25
ε zz = ---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------- ε zz = – 0.00625
E 2000
------------------------------------------------------------
0 = ----------------------------------------------
-
E
∴σ zz = ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) = 0.25 ( – 100 + 150 ) = 12.5 σ zz = 12.50psi ( T )
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) – 100 – 0.25 ( 150 + 12.5 )- = – 0.0703
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------------------ ε xx = – 0.0703
E 2000
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) – 0.25 ( – 100 + 12.5 )- = 0.0430
- = 150
ε yy = ---------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- ε yy = 0.08594
E 2000
Same as in part (a) γ xy = 0.125
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.79 The strains and two material constants are given. Calculate σxx, σyy, τxy, σzz, and εzz assuming the
point is in plane stress.
ε xx = 500 μ ε yy = 400 μ γ xy = – 300 μ E = 200 GPa ν = 0.32
Solution σxx=? σyy=? τxy=? σzz=? εzz=? plane stress
------------------------------------------------------------
9
E 15 ( 10 ) 9
G = -------------------- G = ------------------- = 75.76 ( 10 )
2(1 + ν) 2 ( 1.32 )
Assuming Plane Stress σ zz = 0
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) 9 –6 3 N
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) = Eε xx = 200 ( 10 )500 ( 10 ) = 100000 ( 10 ) -------
E 2
m
∴σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) = 100MPa 1
Similarly
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) 9 –6 3 N
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) = Eε yy = 200 ( 10 )400 ( 10 ) = 80000 ( 10 ) -------
E 2
m
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) = 80MPa 2
2
Multiplying Eq.(2) by ν and adding to Eq.(1), we obtain: σ xx ( 1 – ν ) = 100 + ν80
100 + 0.32 ( 80 ) 125.6
∴σ xx = ------------------------------------- = ---------------- = 139.929 3
2 0.8976
1 – 0.32
σ xx = 139.93MPa ( T )
Substituting Eq.(3) in Eq.(2)
σ yy = 80 + ν ( 139.93 ) = 124.78 σ yy = 124.78MPa ( T )
σ zz – ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) 0.32 6 –3
ε zz = ----------------------------------------------
- = – ---------------------- ( 139.9 + 124.8 ) ( 10 ) = – 0.423 ( 10 ) ε zz = – 423μ
E 9
200 ( 10 )
9 –6 3
τ xy = Gγ xy = 75.76 ( 10 ) ( – 300 ) ( 10 ) = 22727 ( 10 ) τ xy = – 22.7MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = 2000 μ ε yy = – 1000 μ γ xy = 1500 μ E = 70 GPa G = 28 GPa
------------------------------------------------------------
9
E - 9 70 ( 10 )
G = ------------------- 28 ( 10 ) = -------------------- ν = 0.25
2(1 + ν) 2(1 + ν)
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) 9 –6 6 N
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ xx – νσ yy = Eε xx = 70 ( 10 ) ( 2000 ) ( 10 ) = 140 ( 10 ) ------- or
E 2
m
σ xx – νσ yy = 140MPa 1
Similarly
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) 9 –6 6 N
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ yy – νσ xx = Eε yy = 70 ( 10 ) ( – 1000 ) ( 10 ) = – 70 ( 10 ) ------- or
E 2
m
σ yy – νσ xx = – 70 MPa 2
2
Multiplying Eq.(1) by ν and adding to Eq.(2) we obtain: σ yy ( 1 – ν ) = – 70 + ν ( 140 ) or
– 70 + 0.25 ( 140 ) – 35
σ yy = ----------------------------------------- = ---------------- = – 37.33 3
2 0.9375
1 – 0.25
σ yy = 37.3MPa ( C )
Substituting Eq.(3) into Eq.(1)
σ xx = 140 + ν ( – 37.33 ) = 130.67 σ xx = 130.7MPa ( T )
σ zz – ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) 0.25 6 –3
ε zz = ----------------------------------------------
- = – ------------------- ( 130.67 – 37.33 ) ( 10 ) = – 0.333 ( 10 ) ε zz = – 333.3μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
9 –6 6
τ xy = Gγ xy = 28 ( 10 ) ( 1500 ) ( 10 ) = 42 ( 10 ) τ xy = 42MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = – 800 μ ε yy = – 1000 μ γ xy = – 500 μ E = 30, 000 ksi ν = 0.3
------------------------------------------------------------
E - = --------------
30000- = 11538ksi
G = -------------------
2(1 + ν) 2 ( 1.3 )
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) 3 –6
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) = Eε xx = 30 ( 10 ) ( – 800 ) ( 10 ) = – 24ksi
E
∴σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) = – 24ksi 1
Similarly
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) 3 –6
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) = Eε yy = 30 ( 10 ) ( – 1000 ) ( 10 ) = – 30ksi
E
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) = – 30ksi 2
2
Multiplying Eq.(1) by ν and adding to Eq.(2) we obtain: σ yy ( 1 – ν ) = – 24ν – 30
– 0.3 ( 24 ) – 30
∴σ yy = --------------------------------- 3
= – 40.88ksi
2
1 – 0.3
σ yy = 40.9ksi ( C )
σ xx = – 24 + ν ( – 40.88 ) = – 36.26 σ xx = 36.26ksi ( C )
σ zz – ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) 0.3 –3 in
ε zz = ----------------------------------------------
- = – ------------------- ( – 36.36 – 40.88 ) = 0.771 ( 10 ) ε zz = 771μ -----
E 3 in
30 ( 10 )
–6
τ xy = Gγ xy = 11538 ( – 500 ) ( 10 ) = – 5.769 τ xy = – 5.77ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ε xx = 1500 μ ε yy = – 1200 μ γ xy = – 10 00 μ E = 10, 000 ksi G = 3900 ksi
------------------------------------------------------------
E 10000
G = -------------------- or 3900 = -------------------- ∴ν = 0.282
2(1 + ν) 2(1 + ν)
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) 3 –6
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) = Eε xx = 10 ( 10 ) ( 1500 ) ( 10 ) = 15ksi
E
∴σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) = 15ksi 1
Similarly
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) 3 –6
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) = Eε yy = 10 ( 10 ) ( – 1200 ) ( 10 ) = – 12ksi
E
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) = – 12ksi 2
2
Multiplying Eq.(1) by ν and adding to Eq.(2) we obtain: σ yy ( 1 – ν ) = 15ν – 12
0.282 ( 15 ) – 12
∴σ yy = -----------------------------------
- = – 8.44 3
2
1 – ( 0.282 )
σ yy = 8.44ksi ( C )
σ xx = 15 + ν ( – 8.44 ) = 15 + 0.282 ( – 8.44 ) = 12.619 σ xx = 12.62ksi ( T )
σ zz – ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) 0.282
ε zz = ----------------------------------------------
- = – ------------------- ( 12.619 – 8.44 ) = – 0.1178 ε zz = – 118 μ
E 3
10 ( 10 )
–6
τ xy = Gγ xy = 3900 ( – 1000 ) ( 10 ) = – 3.9 τ xy = – 3.9ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = – 2000 μ ε yy = 2000 μ γ xy = 1200 μ G = 15 GPa ν = 0.2
------------------------------------------------------------
E - or 15 = ------------------------
E - or
G = ------------------- E = 36.0GPa
2(1 + ν) 2 ( 1 + 0.2 )
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) 9 –6
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) = Eε xx = 36 ( 10 ) ( – 2000 ) ( 10 ) = – 72MPa or
E
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) = – 72MPa 1
Similarly
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) 9 –6
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) = Eε yy = 36 ( 10 ) ( 2000 ) ( 10 ) = 72MPa or
E
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) = 72MPa 2
2
Multiplying Eq.(1) by ν and adding to Eq.(2) σ yy ( 1 – ν ) = – 72ν – 72 or
– 0.2 ( 72 ) + 72
σ yy = ---------------------------------- = 60.1 or σ yy = 60MPa ( T ) 3
2
1 – 0.2
σ xx = – 72 + ν ( σ yy ) = – 72 + 0.2 ( 60.1 ) = – 59.98 or σ xx = 60MPa ( C )
σ zz – ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) 0.2
ε zz = ----------------------------------------------
- = – ------------------- ( – 60 + 60 ) = 0 ε zz = 0
E 9
36 ( 10 )
9 –6 6
τ xy = Gγ xy = 15 ( 10 ) ( 1200 ) ( 10 ) = 18 ( 10 ) τ xy = 18MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = 50 μ ε yy = 75 μ γ xy = – 25 μ E = 2000 psi G = 800 psi
------------------------------------------------------------
E 2000
G = -------------------- or 800 = -------------------- ∴ν = 0.25
2(1 + ν) 2(1 + ν)
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) –6
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) = Eε xx = 2000 ( 50 ) ( 10 ) = 0.1psi
E
∴σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) = 0.1psi 1
Similarly
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) –6
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) = Eε yy = 2000 ( 75 ) ( 10 ) = 0.15psi
E
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) = 0.15psi 2
2
Multiplying Eq.(1) by ν and adding to Eq.(2) we obtain: σ yy ( 1 – ν ) = 0.1ν + 0.15
0.25 ( 0.1 ) + 0.15
∴σ yy = ---------------------------------------
- = 0.1867 3
2
1 – 0.25
σ yy = 0.187psi ( T )
σ xx = 0.1 + ν ( 0.1867 ) = 0.1 + 0.25 ( 0.1867 ) = 0.1467 σ xx = 0.147psi ( T )
σ zz – ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) 0.25 –6
ε zz = ----------------------------------------------
- = – ------------ ( 0.1467 + 0.1867 ) = – 41.7 ( 10 ) ε zz = – 41.7 μ
E 2000
–6
τ xy = Gγ xy = 800 ( – 25 ) ( 10 ) = – 0.02 τ xy = – 0.02 psi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.85 The cross-section of the wooden piece that is visible in the picture is 40 mm x 25 mm. The
.
clamped length of the wooden piece in the vice is 125 mm. The Modulus of Elasticity of wood is E =
14 GPa and a Poisson’s ratio of 0.3. The jaws of the vice exert a uniform pressure of 3.2 MPa on the wood.
Determine the average change of length of the wood.
40 mm
Figure P3.85
Solution E=14GPa ν=0.3 σxx=3.2MPa(C) ΔL=?

------------------------------------------------------------
We assume σ yy = 0 and σ zz = 0
σ zz – ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) – ν σ xx
ε zz = ----------------------------------------------
- = --------------
-
E E
6
( 0.3 ) ( – 3.2 ) ( 10 ) –3
ε zz = – ------------------------------------------ = 0.06857 ( 10 )
9
14 ( 10 )
–3 3
ΔL = ε zz L = 0.06857 ( 10 ) ( 125 ) = 8.571 ( 10 ) ΔL = 0.0086mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.86 A thin plate (E=30,000 ksi; ν = 0.25) under the action of uniform forces deforms to the shaded
position. Assuming plane stress determine the average normal stresses in the x and y direction.
y
0.005 in
5 in
x
10 in
Figure P3.86
Solution E=30000ksi ν=0.25 σxx=? σyy=?

------------------------------------------------------------
Assuming plane stress σ zz = 0
0.005
ε xx = – ------------- = – 0.0005 or σ xx – νσ yy = Eε xx = 30000 ( – 0.0005 )
10
σ xx – νσ yy = Eε xx = – 15ksi 1
ε yy = 0 or σ yy – νσ xx = 0 2
2
Substituting Eq.(2) into Eq.(1) we obtain: σ xx ( 1 – ν ) = – 15psi or
– 15
σ xx = ---------------------
- = – 16ksi σ xx = 16ksi ( C )
2
1 – 0.25
From Eq.(2) we obtain: σ yy = 0.25 ( – 16 ) = – 4ksi σ yy = 4ksi ( C )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.87 A thin plate (E=30,000 ksi; ν = 0.25) is subjected to a uniform stress σ = 10 ksi as shown in Figure
P3.87. Assuming plane stress, determine (a) the average normal stress in the y direction (b) the contraction
of the plate in the x direction.

y
σ
5 in
x
10 in
Figure P3.87
Solution E=30000ksi ν=0.25 σxx=-10 ksi σyy=? δx=?
------------------------------------------------------------
Assuming plane stress σ zz = 0
ε yy = 0 or σ yy – νσ xx = 0 or
σ yy = νσ xx = 0.25 ( – 10 ) = – 2.5ksi 1
σ yy = 2.5ksi ( C )
We can write
σ xx – νσ yy ( – 10 ) – ( 0.25 ) ( – 2.5 ) –3
ε xx = --------------------------
- = --------------------------------------------------- = – 0.3125 ( 10 ) 2
E 30, 000
–3
δ x = ε xx ( 10 ) = – 3.125 ( 10 ) 3
δ x = – 0.0031in
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.88 A rubber (ER=300 psi and νR = 0.5) rod of diameter dR =4 in is placed in a steel (rigid) tube
dS =4.1 in as shown in Figure P3.88. What is the smallest value of P that can be applied so that the space
between the rubber rod and the steel tube would close.
y
x
z
P
Figure P3.88 dR
dS
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The normal strain in radial direction (y & z) is:
dS – dR
- = 4.1
ε yy = ε zz = ----------------- – 4.0- = 0.025
-------------------- 1
dR 4.0
Just closes implies: σ yy = σ zz = 0
By generalized Hooke’s law:
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) – νσ xx Eε yy ( 300 ) ( 0.025 )
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- = --------------
- or σ xx = – -----------
- = – -------------------------------- = – 15 psi 2
E E ν 0.5
The compresive internal force is equal to applied force. We obtain:
–N P
σ xx = ------- = – -------------------------- = – 15 or P = 188.49 lb 3
A 2
(π ⁄ 4)(4 )
The answer is: P = 188.5 lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.89 A rubber (ER= 2.1GPa and νR = 0.5) rod of diameter dR = 200 mm is placed in a steel (rigid) tube
dS = 204 mm as shown in Figure P3.89. If the applied force is P = 10 kN, determine the average normal
stress in the y and z direction.
y
x
z
P
Figure P3.89 dR
dS
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The compresive internal force is equal to applied force. We obtain:
3
–N 10 ( 10 ) 6 2
σ xx = ------- = – --------------------------------- = – 31.83 ( 10 ) N/m 1
A 2
( π ⁄ 4 ) ( 0.02 )
The normal strain in radial direction (y & z) is:
dS – dR 204 – 200
ε yy = ε zz = -----------------
- = ------------------------ = 0.02 2
dR 200
The normal stress in y and a direction is same by symmetry. By generalized Hooke’s law:
6
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) σ yy ( 1 – ν ) – νσ xx 0.5σ yy – 0.5 [ – 31.83 ( 10 ) ]
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------- = -----------------------------------------------------------------
- = 0.02 or
E E 9
2.1 ( 10 )
6 6 2
0.5σ yy = [ 42 – 0.5 ( 31.83 ) ] ( 10 ) or σ yy = 52.17 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m 3
The answer is: σ yy = σ zz = 52.17 MPa(T)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.90 A 2in x 2 in square with a circle inscribed is stressed as shown Figure P3.90. The plate material
has a Modulus of Elasticity of E = 10,000 ksi and a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.25. Assuming plane stress, deter-
mine the major and minor axis of the ellipse formed due to deformation.
10 ksi
20 ksi
Figure P3.90
Solution E=10000ksi ν=0.25 a = major axis=? b = minor axis=?

------------------------------------------------------------
We are given: σ xx = 20ksi and σ yy = – 10 ksi and Plane stress ∴σ zz = 0
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) 20 – 0.25 ( – 10 ) –3
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------ = 2.25 ( 10 )
E 10000
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) – 10 – 0.25 ( 20 ) –3
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------- = – 1.5 ( 10 )
E 10000
The circle extends in x direction and contracts in y direction
–3
Δa = ε xx ( 2 ) = 4.5 ( 10 ) a = 2 + Δa = 2.0045in a = 2.0045in
–3
Δb = ε yy ( 2 ) = – 3 ( 10 ) b = 2 + Δb = 1.9970in b = 1.9770in
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.91 A 2in x 2 in square with a circle inscribed is stressed as shown Figure P3.91. The plate material
has a Modulus of Elasticity of E = 10,000 ksi and a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.25. Assuming plane stress, deter-
mine the major and minor axis of the ellipse formed due to deformation.
10 ksi
20 ksi
Figure P3.91
Solution E=10000ksi ν=0.25 a = major axis =? b = minor axis =?

------------------------------------------------------------
We are given: σ xx = – 20 ksi and σ yy = – 10 ksi and plane stress ∴σ zz = 0
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) – 20 – 0.25 ( – 10 )- = – 1.75 ( 10 – 3 )
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------
E 10000
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) – 10 – 0.25 ( – 20 ) –3
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------- = – 0.5 ( 10 )
E 10000
The circle contracts more in x direction than in y direction
–3
Δa = ε xx ( 2 ) = – 3.5 ( 10 ) a = 2 + Δa = 1.9965in a = 1.9965in
–3
Δb = ε yy ( 2 ) = – 1 ( 10 ) b = 2 + Δb = 1.999in b = 1.999in
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.92 A 50 mm x 50 mm square with a circle inscribed is stressed as shown Figure P3.92. The plate
material has a Modulus of Elasticity of E = 70 GPa and a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.25. Assuming plane stress,
determine the major and minor axis of the ellipse formed due to deformation.
280 MPa
154 MPa
Figure P3.92
Solution E=70GPa ν=0.25 a= major axis =? b = minor axis =?

------------------------------------------------------------
We are given: σ xx = 154MPa and σ yy = 280MPa and plane stress ∴σ zz = 0
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) [ 154 – 0.25 ( 280 ) ] ( 10 )

6
–3
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------- = 1.2 ( 10 )
E 9
70 ( 10 )
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) [ 280 – 0.25 ( 154 ) ] ( 10 )
6
–3
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------- = 3.45 ( 10 )
E 9
70 ( 10 )
The circle elongates more in x direction than in y direction
–3
Δa = ε xx ( 50 ) = 60 ( 10 ) a = 50 + Δa = 50.06mm a = 50.06mm
–3
Δb = ε yy ( 50 ) = 172.5 ( 10 ) b = 50 + Δb = 50.1725mm b = 50.1725mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.93 A rectangle inscribed on a thin aluminum (10,000 ksi, ν = 0.25) plate is observed to deform into
the colored shape shown in Figure P3.93. Assuming plane stress, determine the average stress components
σ xx, σ yy, and τ xy .
0.0035 in y
0.0042in
0.0048 in
1.4 in
x
A
3.0 in
0.0036 in
Figure P3.93
Solution σxx=? σyy=? σxy=?

------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = Δ
-----u- = 0.0036
---------------- = 0.0012 1
Δx 3
Δv 0.0035
ε yy = ------ = ---------------- = 0.0025 2
Δy 1.4
Δu Δv 0.0042 0.0048
γ xy = ------ + ------ = ---------------- + ---------------- = 0.0046 3
Δy Δx 1.4 3
The shear modulus is
E 10000
G = -------------------- = ------------------ = 4000ksi 4
2(1 + ν) 2 ( 1.25 )
Assuming Plane Stress: σ zz = 0
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz )
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ xx – νσ yy = Eε xx = ( 10000 ) ( 0.0012 ) = 12ksi
E
σ xx – νσ yy = 12ksi 5
Similarly
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz )
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ yy – νσ xx = Eε yy = ( 10000 ) ( 0.0025 ) = 25ksi
E
σ yy – νσ xx = 50ksi 6
2
Multiplying Eq.(5) by ν and adding to Eq.(6) we obtain: σ yy ( 1 – ν ) = ( 12 )ν + 25
( 12 ) + ( 25 )
σ yy = 0.25
-------------------------------------- = 29.87ksi 7
2
1 – 0.25
σ yy = 29.87ksi ( T )
σ xx = 12 + ν ( 29.87 ) = 19.47ksi σ xx = 19.47ksi ( T )
τ xy = Gγ xy = ( 4000 ) ( 0.0046 ) = 18.4ksi τ xy = 18.4ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.94 A rectangle inscribed on an steel (E = 210 GPa ν = 0.28) plate is observed to deform into the col-
ored shape shown in Figure P3.94. Determine the average stress components σ xx, σ yy, and τ xy .
y
0.09 mm
0.060 mm
450 mm
0.10 mm x
A
0.075 mm
250 mm
Figure P3.94

ε xx = Δ
-----u- = –
0.075- = – 0.0003
--------------- 1
Δx 250
ε yy = Δ
-----v- = –
0.6- = – 0.000133
--------- 2
Δy 450
Δu Δv 0.09 0.1
γ xy = ------ + ------ = ---------- + --------- = 0.0006 3
Δy Δx 450 250
The shear modulus is
E - = -----------------
210 - = 82.03GPa
G = ------------------- 4
2(1 + ν) 2 ( 1.28 )
Assuming Plane Stress: σ zz = 0
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) 9
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ xx – νσ yy = Eε xx = ( 210 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.0003 ) = – 63 MPa
E
σ xx – νσ yy = – 63 MPa 5
Similarly
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) 9
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ yy – νσ xx = Eε yy = ( 210 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.000133 ) = – 28 MPa
E
σ yy – νσ xx = – 28 MPa 6
2
Multiplying Eq.(5) by ν and adding to Eq.(6) we obtain: σ yy ( 1 – ν ) = ( – 63 )ν + ( – 28 )
0.28 ( – 63 ) + ( – 28 )
σ yy = --------------------------------------------- = – 49.52MPa 7
2
1 – 0.28
σ yy = 49.52MPa ( C )
σ xx = – 63 + ν ( – 49.52 ) = – 76.87 MPa σ xx = 76.87MPa ( C )

9
τ xy = Gγ xy = ( 82.03 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.0006 ) = 49.2MPa τ xy = 49.2MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.95 A 5-ft mean diameter spherical steel (E = 30,000 ksi, ν = 0.28) tank has a wall thickness of 3/4 in.
Determine the increase in the mean diameter when the the gas pressure inside the tank is 600 psi.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The hoop stress is:
pR ( 600 ) ( 30 )
σ θθ = σ φφ = ------- = ------------------------- = 24000 psi = 24 ksi 1
t (3 ⁄ 4)
The radial stress is approximated as zero. From Hooke’s law we obtain:
σ θθ – ν ( σ φφ + σ rr ) 24 – 0.28 ( 24 ) –3
ε θθ = ---------------------------------------------
- = --------------------------------- = 0.576 ( 10 ) 2
E 30000
We can write:
πΔd Δd –3
ε θθ = ---------- = ------- = 0.576 ( 10 ) or Δd = 0.0346 in 3
πd 60
The answer is: Δd = 0.0346 in
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.96 A steel (E = 210 GPa ν = 0.28) cylinder of mean diameter of 1 m and wall thickness of 10 mm has
gas at 250 kPa. Determine the increase in the mean diameter due to gas pressure.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The hoop stress is:
3
( 250 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.5 )
σ θθ = pR
6 2
------- = ---------------------------------------- = 12.5 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m 1
t ( 0.01 )
The axial stress is:
3
pR ( 250 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.5 ) 6 2
σ xx = ------- = ---------------------------------------- = 6.25 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m 2
2t 2 ( 0.01 )
The radial stress is approximated as zero. From Hooke’s law we obtain:
σ θθ – ν ( σ xx + σ rr ) [ 12.5 – 0.28 ( 6.25 ) ] ( 10 )
6
–6
ε θθ = ---------------------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------------------- = 51.19 ( 10 ) 3
E 9
210 ( 10 )
We can write:
πΔd Δd –6 –6
ε θθ = ---------- = ------- = 51.19 ( 10 ) or Δd = 51.19 ( 10 ) m 4
πd 1
The answer is: Δd = 0.052 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.97 Derive the following relation of normal stresses in terms of normal strain from the generalized
Hooke’s Law.
E
σ xx = [ ( 1 – ν )ε xx + νε yy + νε zz ] --------------------------------------
( 1 – 2ν ) ( 1 + ν )
E
σ yy = [ ( 1 – ν )ε yy + νε zz + νε xx ] -------------------------------------- 3.16
( 1 – 2ν ) ( 1 + ν )
E
σ zz = [ ( 1 – ν )ε zz + νε xx + νε yy ] --------------------------------------
( 1 – 2ν ) ( 1 + ν )
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Adding the three equations for normal strains in the generalized Hooke’s Law.
1 – 2ν
ε xx + ε yy + ε zz = --------------- ( σ xx + σ yy + σ zz )
E
∴( σ xx + σ yy + σ zz ) = ⎛ ---------------⎞ ( ε xx + ε yy + ε zz )
E
⎝ 1 – 2ν⎠
1
From generalized Hooke’s Law.

σ xx ν 1+ν ν
- – --- ( σ + σ zz ) = σ xx ⎛ ------------⎞ – --- ( σ xx + σ yy + σ zz )
ε xx = -------- 2
E E yy ⎝ E ⎠ E
Substituting Eq. (1) in Eq. (2) we obtain
1+ν ν
ε xx = σ xx ⎛ ------------⎞ – ⎛ ---⎞ ⎛ ---------------⎞ ( ε xx + ε yy + ε zz )
E
⎝ E ⎠ ⎝ E⎠ ⎝ 1 – 2ν⎠
1+ν ν ν ν
∴σ xx ⎛⎝ ------------⎞⎠ = ε xx ⎛⎝ 1 + ---------------⎞⎠ + --------------- ε yy + --------------- ε zz
E 1 – 2ν 1 – 2ν 1 – 2ν
E
∴σ xx = -------------------------------------- [ ε xx ( 1 – ν ) + νε yy + νε zz ] 3
( 1 + ν ) ( 1 – 2ν )
σ yy ν 1+ν ν
- – --- ( σ + σ zz ) = σ yy ⎛ ------------⎞ – --- ( σ xx + σ yy + σ zz )
ε yy = -------- 4
E E xx ⎝ E ⎠ E
1+ν ν 1+ν ν ν ν
ε yy = σ yy ⎛ ------------⎞ – ⎛ ---⎞ ⎛ ---------------⎞ ( ε xx + ε yy + ε zz ) or σ yy ⎛ ------------⎞ = --------------- ε xx + ε ⎛ 1 + ---------------⎞ + --------------- ε zz
E
⎝ E ⎠ ⎝ E⎠ ⎝ 1 – 2ν⎠ ⎝ E ⎠ 1 – 2ν yy ⎝ 1 – 2ν⎠ 1 – 2ν
E
∴σ yy = -------------------------------------- [ νε xx + ( 1 – ν )ε yy + νε zz ] 5
( 1 + ν ) ( 1 – 2ν )
σ zz ν 1+ν ν
- – --- ( σ + σ yy ) = σ zz ⎛ ------------⎞ – --- ( σ xx + σ yy + σ zz )
ε zz = ------- 6
E E xx ⎝ E ⎠ E
1+ν ν
ε zz = σ zz ⎛ ------------⎞ – ⎛ ---⎞ ⎛ ---------------⎞ ( ε xx + ε yy + ε zz )
E
⎝ E ⎠ ⎝ E⎠ ⎝ 1 – 2ν⎠
1+ν ν ν ν
∴σ zz ⎛ ------------⎞ = --------------- ε xx + --------------- ε yy + ⎛ 1 + ---------------⎞ ε zz
⎝ E ⎠ 1 – 2ν 1 – 2ν ⎝ 1 – 2ν⎠
E
∴σ zz = -------------------------------------- [ νε xx + νε yy + ( 1 – ν )ε zz ] 7
( 1 + ν ) ( 1 – 2ν )
Eqs. (3), (5), and (7) are the same as Eq. (3.14)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.98 For a point in plane stress show
E E
σ xx = [ ε xx + νε yy ] ------------------- σ yy = [ ε yy + νε xx ] ------------------- 3.17
2 2
(1 – ν ) (1 – ν )
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Plane Stress ∴σ zz = 0
σ xx ν
- – --- ( σ + σ zz )
ε xx = -------- or σ xx – νσ yy = Eε xx 1
E E yy
σ yy ν
ε yy = --------
- – --- ( σ + σ zz ) or σ yy – νσ xx = Eε yy 2
E E xx
2
Multiplying Eq. (2) by ν and adding to Eq. (1) we obtain: σ xx ( 1 – ν ) = E ( ε xx + νε yy )
E
∴σ xx = ------------------- ( ε xx + νε yy ) 3
2
(1 – ν )
2
Multiplying Eq. (1) by ν and adding to Eq. (2) we obtain: σ yy ( 1 – ν ) = E ( ε yy + νε xx )
E
∴σ yy = ------------------- ( ε yy + νε xx ) 4
2
(1 – ν )
Eq. (3) and (4) are the same as given in Eq. 3.15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ν
ε zz = – ⎛ ------------⎞ ( ε xx + ε yy ) 3.18
⎝ 1 – ν⎠
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Plane Stress ∴σ zz = 0
Adding Eq. (1) and (2) in Problem 3.82 we obtain: σ xx ( 1 – ν ) + σ yy ( 1 – ν ) = E ( ε xx + ε yy )
E
∴σ xx + σ yy = ---------------- ( ε xx + ε yy ) 1
(1 – ν)
From generalized Hooke’s Law
σ zz ν ν
- – --- ( σ + σ yy ) = 0 – ⎛ ---⎞ ⎛ ----------------⎞ ( ε xx + ε yy )
E
ε zz = -------
E E xx ⎝ E⎠ ⎝ ( 1 – ν )⎠
ν
∴ε zz = – ⎛ ----------------⎞ ( ε xx + ε yy ) 2
⎝ ( 1 – ν )⎠
Eq. (2) is the same as given in Eq. 3.16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.100 Using Eqs. 3.17 and 3.18 solve for σxx, σyy, and εzz in Problem 3.79.
Solution σxx=? σyy=? and εzz=?
------------------------------------------------------------
–6–6 9 N
Substituting ε xx = 500 ( 10 ) , ε yy = 400 ( 10 ) , E = 200 ( 10 ) ------2- and ν = 0.32 into Eqs. 3.15 and 3.16
m
we obtain the following.
–6 9
( 10 )200 ( 10 ) 6 N
σ xx = [ 500 + ( 0.32 ) ( 400 ) ] --------------------------------------- = 139.9 ( 10 ) ------- σ xx = 139.9MPa ( T )
2 2
1 – 0.32 m
–6 9
( 10 )200 ( 10 ) 6 N
σ yy = [ 400 + ( 0.32 ) ( 500 ) ] --------------------------------------- = 124.77 ( 10 ) ------- σ yy = 124.8MPa ( T )
2 2
1 – 0.32 m
0.25 –6 –6
ε zz = – ------------------- ( 500 + 400 ) ( 10 ) = – 423.5 ( 10 ) ε zz = – 423.5μ
1 – 0.25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
–6–6 9 N
Substituting ε xx = – 3000 ( 10 ) , ε yy = 1500 ( 10 ) , E = 70 ( 10 ) ------2- and ν = 0.25 into Eqs. 3.15 and 3.16
m
–6 9
( 10 )70 ( 10 ) 6 N
σ xx = [ – 3000 + ( 0.25 ) ( 1500 ) ] ------------------------------------ = – 196 ( 10 ) ------- σ xx = 196MPa ( C )
2 2
1 – 0.25 m
–6 9
( 10 )70 ( 10 ) 6 N
σ yy = [ 1500 + ( 0.25 ) ( – 3000 ) ] ------------------------------------ = 56 ( 10 ) ------- σ yy = 56MPa ( T )
2 2
1 – 0.25 m
0.25 –6 –6
ε zz = – ------------------- ( – 3000 + 1500 ) ( 10 ) = 500 ( 10 ) ε zz = 500μ
1 – 0.25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
–6 –6
Substituting ε xx = – 800 ( 10 ) , ε yy = – 1000 ( 10 ) , E = 30000ksi and ν = 0.3 into Eqs. 3.15 and 3.16
–6
( 10 )30000
σ xx = [ – 800 + ( 0.3 ) ( – 1000 ) ] ------------------------------- = – 36.26ksi σ xx = 36.3ksi ( C )
2
1 – 0.3
–6
( 10 )30000
σ yy = [ – 1000 + ( 0.3 ) ( – 800 ) ] ------------------------------- = – 40.88ksi σ yy = 40.9ksi ( C )
2
1 – 0.3
0.3 –6 –6
ε zz = – ---------------- ( – 800 – 1000 ) ( 10 ) = 771.4 ( 10 ) ε zz = 771.4μ
1 – 0.3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
–6 –6
Substituting ε xx = 1500 ( 10 ) , ε yy = – 1200 ( 10 ) , E = 10000ksi and ν = 0.282 into Eqs. 3.15 and 3.16
–6
( 10 )10000
σ xx = [ 1500 + ( 0.282 ) ( – 1200 ) ] ------------------------------- = 12.62ksi σ xx = 12.6ksi ( T )
2
1 – 0.282
–6
( 10 )10000
σ yy = [ – 1200 + ( 0.282 ) ( 1500 ) ] ------------------------------- = – 8.44ksi σ yy = 8.44ksi ( C )
2
1 – 0.282
0.282 –6 –6
ε zz = – ---------------------- ( 1500 + ( – 1200 ) ) ( 10 ) = – 117.8 ( 10 ) ε zz = – 118μ
1 – 0.282
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
–6 –6 9 2
Substituting ε xx = – 2000 ( 10 ) , ε yy = 2000 ( 10 ) , E = 36 ( 10 )N ⁄ m and ν = 0.2 into Eqs. 3.15 and
3.16 we obtain the following.
–6 9
( 10 ) ( 36 ) ( 10 ) 6 N
σ xx = [ – 2000 + ( 0.2 ) ( 2000 ) ] ----------------------------------------- = – 60 ( 10 ) ------- σ xx = 60MPa ( C )
2 2
1 – 0.2 m
–6 9
( 10 ) ( 36 ) ( 10 ) 6 N
σ yy = [ 2000 + ( 0.2 ) ( – 2000 ) ] ----------------------------------------- = 60 ( 10 ) ------- σ yy = 60MPa ( T )
2 2
1 – 0.2 m
0.2 –6
ε zz = – ---------------- ( – 2000 + 2000 ) ( 10 ) = 0 ε zz = 0
1 – 0.2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
–6 –6
Substituting ε xx = 50 ( 10 ) , ε yy = 75 ( 10 ) , E = 2000psi and ν = 0.25 into Eqs. 3.15 and 3.16 we
obtain the following.
–6
( 10 )2000
σ xx = [ 50 + ( 0.25 ) ( 75 ) ] ---------------------------- = 0.1467psi σ xx = 0.147psi ( T )
2
1 – 0.25
–6
( 10 )2000
σ yy = [ 75 + ( 0.25 ) ( 50 ) ] ---------------------------- = 0.187psi σ yy = 0.187psi ( T )
2
1 – 0.25
0.25 –6 –6
ε zz = – ------------------- ( 50 + 75 ) ( 10 ) = – 41.67 ( 10 ) ε zz = – 41.67μ
1 – 0.25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.106 For a point in plane strain show
(1 + ν) (1 + ν)
ε xx = [ ( 1 – ν )σ xx – νσ yy ] ----------------- ε yy = [ ( 1 – ν )σ yy – νσ xx ] ----------------- 3.19
E E
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Plane strain ∴ε zz = 0
σ ν
From Generalized Hooke’s Law: ε zz = -------
- – ( σ xx + σ yy ) = 0 or
zz ---
E E
∴σ zz = ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) 1
From Generalized Hooke’s Law
σ xx ν σ xx ν (1 – ν )
2
ν(1 + ν)
ε xx = --------
- – --- ( σ yy + σ zz ) = --------
- – --- ( σ yy + νσ xx + νσ yy ) = ------------------- σ xx – -------------------- σ yy
E E E E E E
(1 + ν)
∴ε xx = ( ( 1 – ν )σ xx – νσ yy ) ----------------- 2
E
From Generalized Hooke’s Law
σ yy ν σ yy ν (1 – ν )
2
ν(1 + ν)
- – --- ( σ xx + σ zz ) = --------
ε yy = -------- - – --- ( σ xx + νσ xx + νσ yy ) = ------------------- σ yy – -------------------- σ xx
E E E E E E
(1 + ν)
∴ε yy = ( ( 1 – ν )σ yy – νσ xx ) ----------------- 3
E
Eqs. (2) and (3) are same as Eq. 3.17

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.107 For a point in plane strain show
E E
σ xx = [ ( 1 – ν )ε xx + νε yy ] -------------------------------------- σ yy = [ ( 1 – ν )ε yy + νε xx ] -------------------------------------- 3.20
( 1 – 2ν ) ( 1 + ν ) ( 1 – 2ν ) ( 1 + ν )
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Plane strain ∴ε zz = 0
Multiplying Eq. (1) in Problem 3.89 by ( 1 – ν ) and Eq. (2) by ν and adding
2 2 (1 + ν) 2 2 (1 + ν)
( 1 – ν )ε xx + νε yy = ( ( 1 – ν ) – ν )σ xx ----------------- = ( 1 – 2ν + ν – ν )σ xx -----------------
E E
E
∴σ xx = [ ( 1 – ν )ε xx + νε yy ] -------------------------------------- 1
( 1 – 2ν ) ( 1 + ν )
Multiplying Eq. (1) in Problem 3.89 by ν and Eq. (2) by ( 1 – ν ) and adding
2 2 (1 + ν) 2 2 (1 + ν)
νε xx + ( 1 – ν )ε yy = ( ( 1 – ν ) – ν )σ yy ----------------- = ( 1 – 2ν + ν – ν )σ yy -----------------
E E
E
∴σ yy = [ νε xx + ( 1 – ν )ε yy ] -------------------------------------- 2
( 1 – 2ν ) ( 1 + ν )
Eq. (1) and (2) are the same as Eq. 3.18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.108 A differential element subjected to only normal strains is shown in Figure P3.108. The ratio of
change in volume (ΔV) to the original volume (V) is called the volumetric strain (εV) or dilation. For small
strain, prove
y
(1+εxx) Δx
ε V = ΔV ⁄ V = ε xx + ε yy + ε zz 3.21
(1+εyy) Δy
Δy
Δx x
Δz
Figure P3.108 (1+εzz) Δz
z
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The original volume is: V = ( Δx ) ( Δy ) ( Δz )
The change of volume is: ΔV = ( 1 + ε xx ) Δx ( 1 + ε yy ) Δy ( 1 + ε zz ) Δ( z ) – ( Δx Δy Δz )
∴ΔV = [ 1 + ε xx + ε yy + ε zz + ε xx ε yy + ε yy ε zz + ε zz ε xx + ε xx ε yy ε zz – 1 ] ( Δx Δy Δz )
For small strain, the quadratic and the cubic terms can be neglected i.e., ΔV = [ ε xx + ε yy + ε zz ] ( Δx Δy Δz )
ΔV
ε v = -------- = ε xx + ε yy + ε zz 1
V
Eq. 1 is same as Eq. 3.19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.109 Prove
σ xx + σ yy + σ zz E
p = – Kε v p = – ⎛ ---------------------------------------⎞ K = -----------------------
⎝ 3 3.22 ⎠ 3 ( 1 – 2ν )
where, K is called the bulk modulus and p is called the hydrostatic pressure because at a point in fluid the
normal stresses in all directions are equal to -p. Note that at ν = 1/2 there is no change in volume regardless
of the value of stresses. Such materials are called incompressible materials.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Adding the three equations for normal strain in generalized Hooke’s law we obtain
( 1 – 2ν )
ε xx + ε yy + ε zz = -------------------- ( σ xx + σ yy + σ zz )
E
3 ( 1 – 2ν )p
Substituting σ xx + σ yy + σ zz = – 3p and ε xx + ε yy + ε zz = ε v we obtain: ε v = –-----------------------------
-
E
–E
∴p = ----------------------- ε v 1
3 ( 1 – 2ν )
Eq. (1) is the same as Eq. 3.20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.110 The stresses at a point on free surface of an orthotropic material are as given. Also given are the
material constants. Using Equation (3.23), solve for the strains εxx, εyy, and γxy.
σ xx = 5ksi ( C ) σ yy = 8ksi ( T ) τ xy = 6ksi
E x = 7500ksi E y = 2500ksi ν xy = 0.3 G xy = 1250ksi
σ xx ν yx σ yy ν xy τ xy ν yx ν
ε xx = -------- – -------- σ yy ε yy = -------- – -------- σ xx γ xy = --------
- xy
-------- = -------
- (3.23)
Ex Ey Ey Ex G xy Ey Ex
Solution εxx= ? εyy = ? γxy = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
ν xy 0.3 - = ν yx
-------- = ----------- -------
-
Ex 7500 Ey
Substituting the given value of stresses and material constants in Eq. 3.21, we obtain the following
0.3
– 5 - – ----------- –3
ε xx = ----------- - ( 8 ) = – 0.9987 ( 10 ) ε xx = – 998.7 μ
7500 7500
( 8 )- – -----------
0.3 –3
ε yy = ----------- - ( – 5 ) = 3.4 ( 10 ) ε yy = 3400μ
2500 7500
6 –3
γ xy = ------------ = 4.8 ( 10 ) γ xy = 4800μ
1250
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = 25ksi ( C ) σ yy = 5ksi ( C ) τ xy = – 8 ksi
------------------------------------------------------------
ν xy 0.32 ν yx
-------- = --------------- = -------
-
Ex 25000 Ey
( – 25 ) 0.32 –3
ε xx = --------------- – --------------- ( – 5 ) = – 0.936 ( 10 ) ε xx = – 936μ
25000 25000
( –5 ) 0.3 –3
ε yy = ------------ – --------------- ( – 25 ) = – 2.18 ( 10 ) ε yy = – 2180 μ
2000 25000
–8 –3
γ xy = ------------ = – 5.333 ( 10 ) γ xy = – 5333μ
1500
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = 200 MPa ( C ) σ yy = 80 MPa ( C ) τ xy = – 54 MPa
E x = 53 GPa E y = 18 GPa ν xy = 0.25 G xy = 9 GPa
------------------------------------------------------------
ν xy 0.25 ν yx
-------- = ------------------- = -------
-
Ex 9 Ey
53 ( 10 )
6
( – 200 ) ( 10 ) 0.25 6 –3
ε xx = ------------------------------ – ------------------- ( – 80 ) ( 10 ) = – 3.396 ( 10 ) ε xx = – 3396μ
9 9
53 ( 10 ) 53 ( 10 )
6
( – 80 ) ( 10 ) 0.25 6 –3
ε yy = --------------------------- – ------------------- ( – 200 ) ( 10 ) = – 3.501 ( 10 ) ε yy = – 3501μ
9 9
18 ( 10 ) 53 ( 10 )
6
– 54 ( 10 ) –3
γ xy = ----------------------- = – 6 ( 10 ) γ xy = – 6000μ
9
9 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = 300 MPa ( T ) σ yy = 50 MPa ( T ) τ xy = 60 MPa
------------------------------------------------------------
ν xy 0.28 ν yx
-------- = ---------------------- = -------
-
Ex 9 Ey
180 ( 10 )
6
300 ( 10 ) 0.28 6 –3
ε xx = ---------------------- – ---------------------- ( 50 ) ( 10 ) = 1.589 ( 10 ) ε xx = 1589μ
9 9
180 ( 10 ) 180 ( 10 )
6
( 50 ) ( 10 ) 0.28 6 –3
ε yy = ------------------------ – ---------------------- ( 300 ) ( 10 ) = 2.867 ( 10 ) ε yy = 2867μ
9 9
15 ( 10 ) 180 ( 10 )
6
60 ( 10 ) –3
γ xy = ------------------- = 5.454 ( 10 ) γ xy = 5454μ
9
11 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.114 The strains at a point on free surface of an orthotropic material is given in each problem. Also
given are the material constants. Using Equation (3.23), solve for the stresses σxx, σyy, and τxy.
ε xx = – 1000μ ε yy = 500μ γ xy = – 250μ
Solution σxx= ? σyy = ? τxy = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
ν xy ν yx 0.3 –6
-------- = -------- = ------------ = 40 ( 10 )
Ex Ey 7500
1 1 –6 1 1 –6
------ = ------------ = 133.33 ( 10 ) and ------ = ------------ = 400 ( 10 )
Ex 7500 Ey 2500
Substituting the given strain values and the constants above in Eqs. 3.21 we obtain the following
–6 –6 –6
ε xx = 133.33 ( 10 )σ xx – 40 ( 10 )σ yy = – 1000 ( 10 ) or 133.33σ xx – 40σ yy = – 1000 1
–6 –6 –6
ε yy = 400 ( 10 )σ yy – 40 ( 10 )σ xx = 500 ( 10 ) or 400σ yy – 40σ xx = 500 2
Solving Eqs. (1) and (2), we obtain
σ xx = – 7.34ksi σ xx = 7.34ksi ( C )
σ yy = 0.515ksi σ yy = 0.515ksi ( T )
–6
τ xy = ( 1250 ) ( – 250 ) ( 10 ) = – 0.3125ksi τ xy = – 0.3125ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = – 750μ ε yy = – 250 μ γ xy = 400μ
------------------------------------------------------------
ν xy ν yx 0.32 –6
- = --------------- = 12.8 ( 10 )
-------- = -------
Ex Ey 25000
-----
1 - = 40 ( 10 –6 ) and -----
1- = -------------- 1 - = 500 ( 10 –6 )
1- = -----------
Ex 25000 Ey 2000
–6 –6 –6
ε xx = 40 ( 10 )σ xx – 12.8 ( 10 )σ yy = – 750 ( 10 ) or 40σ xx – 12.8σ yy = – 750 1
–6 –6 –6
ε yy = 500 ( 10 )σ yy – 12.8 ( 10 )σ xx = – 250 ( 10 ) or 500σ yy – 12.8σ xx = – 250 2
σ xx = – 19.07ksi σ xx = 19.07ksi ( C )
and σ yy = – 0.988k si σ yy = 0.99ksi ( C )
–6
τ xy = ( 1500 ) ( 400 ) ( 10 ) = 0.6ksi τ xy = 0.6ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = 1500μ ε yy = 800μ γ xy = 600μ

------------------------------------------------------------
ν xy ν yx 0.25 – 12
-------- = -------- = ------------------- = 4.717 ( 10 )
Ex Ey 9
53 ( 10 )
1- = 1 – 12 1 1 – 12
----- ------------------- = 18.868 ( 10 ) and ------ = ------------------- = 55.556 ( 10 )
Ex 9 E 9
53 ( 10 ) y 18 ( 10 )
– 12 – 12 –6
ε xx = 18.868 ( 10 )σ xx – 4.717 ( 10 )σ yy = 1500 ( 10 ) or 18.868σ xx – 4.717σ yy = 1500MPa 1
– 12 – 12 –6
ε yy = 55.556 ( 10 )σ yy – 4.717 ( 10 )σ xx = 800 ( 10 ) or 55.556σ yy – 4.717σ xx = 800MPa 2
σ xx = 84.90MPa ( T )
σ yy = 21.60MPa ( T )
9 –6 3 N
τ xy = 9 ( 10 ) ( 600 ) ( 10 ) = 5400 ( 10 ) ------- τ xy = 5.4MPa
2
m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = 1500μ ε yy = – 750 μ γ xy = – 450 μ
------------------------------------------------------------
ν xy ν yx 0.28 – 12
- = ---------------------- = 1.555 ( 10 )
-------- = -------
Ex Ey 9
180 ( 10 )
1 1 – 12 1 1 – 12
------ = ---------------------- = 5.555 ( 10 ) and ------ = ------------------- = 66.667 ( 10 )
Ex 9 E 9
180 ( 10 ) y 15 ( 10 )
– 12 – 12 –6
ε xx = 5.555 ( 10 )σ xx – 1.555 ( 10 )σ yy = 1500 ( 10 ) or 5.555σ xx – 1.555σ yy = 1500MPa 1
– 12 – 12 –6
ε yy = 66.667 ( 10 )σ yy – 1.555 ( 10 )σ xx = – 750 ( 10 ) or 66.667σ yy – 1.555σ xx = – 750MPa 2
σ xx = 268.60MPa σ xx = 268.6MPa ( T )
and σ yy = – 4.98MPa σ yy = 4.98MPa ( C )
9 –6 3 N
τ xy = 11 ( 10 ) ( – 450 ) ( 10 ) = – 4950 ( 10 ) ------- τ xy = – 4.95M Pa
2
m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.118 Using Equation (3.23), show that on a free surface of an orthotropic material, the following rela-
tionships can be written.
E x ( ε xx + ν yx ε yy ) E y ( ε yy + ν xy ε xx )
σ xx = ------------------------------------------ σ yy = ------------------------------------------
( 1 – ν yx ν xy ) ( 1 – ν yx ν xy )
3.24
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
1 ν yx
------ – --------
Ex E y σ xx ε
Eq. 3.21 in matrix form can be written as: = xx
ν xy 1 σ yy ε yy
- ------
– -------
Ex Ey
1 xy yx xy yx ν ν (1 – ν ν )
The determinant (D) of the matrix on the left hand side yields: D = ------------ – ----------------
- = ------------------------------
-
Ex Ey Ex Ey Ex Ey
Using Kramer’s rule, we can write
ν yx
ε xx – -------
-
Ey
1
ε yy ------
Ey ⎛ ε xx ν yx ⎞ E x E y Ex
σ xx = ------------------------------ or σ xx = ⎜ -------
- + -------- ε yy⎟ -------------------------- or σ xx = -------------------------- ( ε xx + ν yx ε yy )
D ⎝ Ey Ey ⎠ 1 – ν xy ν yx 1 – ν xy ν yx
Similarly
1-
----- ε
E x xx
ν xy
– ------- - ε
E x yy ⎛ ε yy ν xy ⎞ E x E y Ey
σ yy = ------------------------------ or σ yy = ⎜ -------
- + -------- ε xx⎟ -------------------------- or σ yy = -------------------------- ( ε yy + ν xy ε xx )
D ⎝ Ex Ex ⎠ 1 – ν xy ν yx 1 – ν xy ν yx
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.119 A steel bar is axially loaded as shown. Determine the factor of safety for the bar if yielding is to be
avoided. The normal yield stress for steel is 30 ksi. Use stress concentration factor chart in Section C.4 in
Appendix.
0.5 in
10 kips 10 kips 5 in
1 in
Figure P3.119
Solution σyield=30ksi K=?

------------------------------------------------------------
10 - = 4ksi
The nominal axial stress is: σ nom = -------------------
( 5 ) ( 0.5 )
From Figure C.1, for the nominal stress and d--- = 1--- = 0.2 the approximate value of stress concentration
h 5
factor is K gross = (-----------------------
3 + 3.25 )- = 3.125
2
σ max = K gross σ nom = ( 3.125 ) ( 4 ) = 12.5
The factor of safety can be found as shown below

σ yield 30
K = -------------- = ---------- = 2.4 K = 2.4
σ max 12.5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.120 The stress concentration factor for a stepped flat tension bar with shoulder fillets was determined
as:
2r 2 2r 3
K conc = 1.970 – 0.384 ⎛⎝ -----⎞⎠ – 1.018 ⎛⎝ -----⎞⎠ + 0.430 ⎛⎝ -----⎞⎠
2r
H H H
The above equation is valid only if ⎛⎝ H

----⎞ > ⎛ 1 + 2 ---⎞ and ⎛ ---
r L-⎞ ⎛
> 5.784 – 1.89 -----⎞ .
r
d⎠ ⎝ d⎠ ⎝ H⎠ ⎝ d )⎠
L
r
t P
P d H
r
Figure P3.120
The nominal stress is P/(dt). Make a chart for the stress concentration factor vs. (H/d) for the following val-
ues of (r/d): 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0. Use of spread sheet is recommended.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The equation for Kconc can be re-written as:
2(r ⁄ d) 2(r ⁄ d) 2 2(r ⁄ d) 3
K conc = 1.970 – 0.384 ⎛⎝ -----------------⎞⎠ – 1.018 ⎛⎝ -----------------⎞⎠ + 0.430 ⎛⎝ -----------------⎞⎠ 1
(H ⁄ d) (H ⁄ d) (H ⁄ d)
Using r/d as a parameter and Eq.1, the values of Kconc can be found for various values of H/d on a spread
sheet. Those values for which the inequality ⎛⎝ H
----⎞ > ⎛ 1 + 2 --r-⎞ does not hold can be eliminated as shown in the
d⎠ ⎝ d⎠
table below.
H/d r/d=0.2 r/d=0.4 r/d=0.6 r/d=0.8 r/d=1.0 H/d r/d=0.2 r/d=0.4 r/d=0.6 r/d=0.8 r/d=1.0
1.4 1.787 4.8 1.931 1.880 1.817 1.745 1.664

5.0 1.933 1.884 1.825 1.757 1.681
1.6 1.817
5.2 1.935 1.888 1.832 1.768 1.696
1.8 1.839 1.636
5.4 1.936 1.892 1.839 1.778 1.710
2.0 1.856 1.681
5.6 1.938 1.896 1.845 1.787 1.723
2.2 1.869 1.716 1.527
5.8 1.939 1.899 1.851 1.796 1.734
2.4 1.880 1.745 1.577
6.0 1.940 1.902 1.856 1.803 1.745
2.6 1.888 1.768 1.618 1.448
6.2 1.941 1.904 1.861 1.810 1.755
2.8 1.896 1.787 1.652 1.498
6.4 1.942 1.907 1.865 1.817 1.764
3.0 1.902 1.803 1.681 1.541 1.389
6.6 1.943 1.909 1.869 1.823 1.772
3.2 1.907 1.817 1.706 1.577 1.437
6.8 1.944 1.911 1.873 1.829 1.780
3.4 1.911 1.829 1.727 1.609 1.479
7.0 1.945 1.913 1.876 1.834 1.787
3.6 1.915 1.839 1.745 1.636 1.516
7.2 1.946 1.915 1.880 1.839 1.794
3.8 1.919 1.848 1.761 1.660 1.549
7.4 1.946 1.917 1.883 1.844 1.800
4.0 1.922 1.856 1.775 1.681 1.577
7.6 1.947 1.919 1.886 1.848 1.806
4.2 1.925 1.863 1.787 1.700 1.603
7.8 1.948 1.920 1.888 1.852 1.812
4.4 1.927 1.869 1.798 1.716 1.626
8.0 1.948 1.922 1.891 1.856 1.817
4.6 1.929 1.875 1.808 1.731 1.646
The values in the table can be plotted as shown in the graph below.
r/d = 0.2
r/d = 0.4
r/d = 0.6
r/d = 0.8
r/d = 1.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.121 Determine the maximum normal stress in the stepped flat tension bar shown in Figure P3.120 for
the following data: P = 9 kips, H= 8 inches, d = 3 inches, t = 0.125 inches, and r = 0.625 inches.
Solution σmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
P- = -------------------------
9
The nominal stress is: σ nom = ---- - = 24ksi and ---r- = 0.625
------------- = 0.07813
dt ( 3 ) ( 0.125 ) H 8
Substituting (r/H) in the expression for Kconc given in problem 3.110, we obtain
K conc = 1.97 – 0.384 [ ( 2 ) ( 0.07813 ) ] – 1.018 [ ( 2 ) ( 0.07813 ) ] 2 + 0.430 [ ( 2 ) ( 0.07813 ) ] 3 = 1.8868
σ max = K conc σ nom = ( 1.8868 ) ( 24 ) = 45.283 or σ max = 45.3ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.122 An aluminum stepped tension bar is to carry a load P = 56 kN. The normal yield stress of alumi-
num is 160 MPa. The bar has H = 300 mm, d = 100 mm, t =10 mm in Figure P3.120. For a factor of
safety of 1.6, determine the minimum value r of the fillet radius if yielding is to be avoided.
Solution P=56kN σyield=160MPa H=300mm d=100mm

t=10mm K=1.6 r=?
------------------------------------------------------------
σ yield 160
The allowable maximum stress is: σ max = -------------- = --------- = 100MPa
12 1.6
P 56 ( 10 3 )
N
The nominal stress is: σ nom = ----
- = ---------------------------- = 56 ( 10 6 ) ------- = 56MPa
dt ( 0.1 ) ( 0.01 )
2 m
σ max 100 H
The stress concentration factor is: K cone = ------------
- = --------- = 1.785 and ---- = 3
σ nom 56 d
From the graphs in problem 3.110, for H/d=3 and Kconc=1.785, the approximate value of r/d=0.4
Thus r = 0.4d = ( 0.4 ) ( 100 ) = 40mm or r = 40mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.123 The stress concentration factor for a flat tension bar with U-shaped notches was determined as:
4r 2 4r 3
K conc = 3.857 – 5.066 ⎛ -----⎞ + 2.469 ⎛ -----⎞ – 0.258 ⎛ -----⎞
4r
⎝ H⎠ ⎝ H⎠ ⎝ H⎠
t
2r
H d P
P
2r
2r
Figure P3.123
The nominal stress is P/(Ht). Make a chart for the stress concentration factor vs. (r/d) for the following val-
ues of (H/d): 1.25, 1.50, 1.75, 2.0. Use of spread sheet is recommended.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The equation for Kconc can be re-written as:
4(r ⁄ d) 4(r ⁄ d) 2 4(r ⁄ d) 3
K conc = 3.857 – 5.066 ⎛⎝ -----------------⎞⎠ + 2.469 ⎛⎝ -----------------⎞⎠ – 0.258 ⎛⎝ -----------------⎞⎠ 1
(H ⁄ d) (H ⁄ d) (H ⁄ d)
Using H/d as a parameter and Eq.1, the values of Kconc can be found for various values of r/d on a spread
sheet as shown in the table below.
r/d H/d=1.25 H/d=1.50 H/d=1.75 H/d=2.00 r/d H/d=1.25 H/d=1.50 H/d=1.75 H/d=2.00
0.05 3.109 3.225 3.310 3.375 0.18 1.709 1.966 2.173 2.341
0.06 2.974 3.109 3.208 3.284 0.19 1.632 1.890 2.101 2.274
0.07 2.843 2.996 3.109 3.195 0.20 1.558 1.818 2.032 2.209
0.08 2.718 2.886 3.012 3.109 0.21 1.489 1.749 1.966 2.146
0.09 2.597 2.780 2.917 3.024 0.22 1.424 1.683 1.901 2.084
0.10 2.480 2.677 2.825 2.940 0.23 1.363 1.619 1.839 2.024
0.11 2.368 2.577 2.735 2.859 0.24 1.306 1.558 1.778 1.966
0.12 2.261 2.480 2.648 2.780 0.25 1.252 1.501 1.720 1.909
0.13 2.158 2.387 2.563 2.702 0.26 1.203 1.445 1.664 1.854
0.14 2.060 2.296 2.480 2.626 0.27 1.157 1.393 1.610 1.801
0.15 1.966 2.209 2.400 2.552 0.28 1.114 1.343 1.558 1.749
0.16 1.876 2.125 2.322 2.480 0.29 1.076 1.297 1.509 1.699
0.17 1.790 2.044 2.246 2.410 0.30 1.041 1.252 1.461 1.651
The values in the table can be plotted as shown in the graph below.
H/d=2.0
H/d=1.75
H/d=1.5
H/d=1.25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.124 Determine the maximum normal stress in the flat tension bar shown in Figure P3.123 for the fol-
lowing data: P =150 kN , H = 300 mm, r = 15 mm, t = 5 mm.
Solution σmax=?
------------------------------------------------------------
P-
The nominal stress is: σ nom = ----- 150 ( 10 3 ) N
= ------------------------------- = 100 ( 10 6 ) ------- = 100MPa
Ht ( 0.3 ) ( 0.005 ) 2 m
r
---r- = --------
15- = 0.05
or 4 ---- = 0.2
H 300 H
Substituting(4r/H) in the expression for Kconc given in problem 3.113, we obtain
K conc = 3.857 – 5.066 ( 0.2 ) + 2.469 ( 0.2 ) 2 – 0.258 ( 0.2 ) 3 = 2.9405
σ max = K conc σ nom = ( 2.9405 ) ( 100 ) = 294.05 or σ max = 294MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.125 A steel tension bar with U-shaped notches of the type shown in Figure P3.123, is to carry a load
P = 18 kips. The yield stress of steel is 30 ksi. The bar has H = 9 in., d= 6 in. t =0.25 in. For a factor of
safety of 1.4, determine the value of r if yielding is to be avoided.
Solution P=18kips σyield=30ksi H=9in. t=0.25in. d=6in., K=1.4 r=?
------------------------------------------------------------
σ yield 30
σ max = -------------- = ------- = 21.43ksi
K 1.4
P 18
σ nom = ------ = ----------------------- = 8ksi
Ht ( 9 ) ( 0.25 )
σ max 21.43
K conc = ------------
- = ------------- = 2.68
σ nom 8
H 9
---- = --- = 1.5
d 6
From the graph in problem 3.113, for H/d=1.5 and Kconc=2.68, the approximate value of r/d=0.1
∴r = 0.1d = 0.6in or r = 0.6inch
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.126 An iron rim (α = 6.5 μ/oF) of diameter 35.98 inches is to be placed on a wooden cask of diameter
36 inches. Determine the minimum temperature increase needed to slip the rim onto the cask.
Solution α=6.5 μ/oF di=35.98 in df=36in ΔT=?
------------------------------------------------------------
All stresses are zero. Thus, the total radial normal strain = thermal strain
( df ⁄ 2 ) – ( di ⁄ 2 ) 36 – 35.98
ε = --------------------------------------
- = αΔT or ------------------------- = ( 6.5 ) ( 10 – 6 )ΔT or ΔT = 85.518°F or ΔT = 85.52°F
( di ⁄ 2 ) 35.98
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.127 The temperature in steel (Es = 200 GPa, and αs = 12.0 μ/oC) aluminum (E = 72 GPa, and
α = 23.0 μ/oC is increased by 60oC. Determine the angle by which the pointer rotates from the vertical
position.
Aluminum
50 mm
Steel
450 mm
Figure P3.127
Solution Es=200GPa αs=12.0 μ/0C Ea1=72GPa αa1=23.0 μ/0C ΔT=60 θ=?

------------------------------------------------------------
The thermal strain and the corresponding deformation in each rod can be found as shown below
ε a1 = α a1 ΔT = ( 23 ) ( 60 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = 1.38 ( 10 – 3 ) and δ a1 = ε a1 L a1 = ( 1.38 ) ( 10 – 3 ) ( 450 ) = 0.621mm
ε s = α s ΔT = ( 12 ) ( 60 ) ( 10 –6 ) = 0.72 ( 10 – 3 ) and δ s = ε s L s = ( 0.72 ) ( 10 – 3 ) ( 450 ) = 0.324mm
The deformed geometry of the assembly can be drawn as shown below.
δal
Aluminum
θ 50 mm
Steel
δS
δ al – δ s 0.621 – 0.324
∴ tan θ = -----------------
- = --------------------------------- or θ = 0.34°
50 50
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.128 Solve Problem 3.73 if the temperature decrease is 25o C. Use α = 11.7 μ/oC
Solution ΔT=-25oC α=11.7 μ/oC
{εxx=?, εyy=?, γxy=?, εzz=?, σzz=?} for plane stress and plane strain
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Plane stress σ zz = 0
N N N
Substituting σ xx = 100 ( 10 6 ) ------2- , σ yy = 150 ( 10 6 ) ------2- , σ zz = 0, E = 200 ( 10 9 ) ------2- and ν = 0.32 into
m m m
Eq’s(3-27a), (3-27b), and(3-27c) we obtain the following:
[ 100 – 0.32 ( 150 ) ] ( 10 6 )
ε xx = ---------------------------------------------------------- + ( 11.7 ) ( – 25 ) ( 10 –6 ) = – 32.5 ( 10 – 6 ) or ε xx = – 32.5 μ
200 ( 10 9 )
[ 150 – 0.32 ( 100 ) ] ( 10 6 )- + 11.7 ( – 25 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = 297.5 ( 10 – 6 ) or
ε yy = --------------------------------------------------------- ε yy = 297.5μ
200 ( 10 9 )
0.32 ( 100 + 150 ) ( 10 6 )- + 11.7 ( – 25 ) ( 10 –6 ) = – 692.5 ( 10 – 6 ) or
ε zz = –-------------------------------------------------------- ε zz = – 692.5μ
200 ( 10 9 )
Shear strain is same as in problem 3.63 γ xy = – 1650μ
(b) Plane strain ε zz = 0
σ – 0.32 ( 100 + 150 ) ( 10 6 ) N
zz
- + 11.7 ( – 25 ) ( 10 – 6 ) or σ zz = 138.5 ( 10 6 ) ------- or
From Eq(3-27c) 0 = -------------------------------------------------------------------
200 ( 10 9 ) 2 m
σ zz = 138.5MPa ( T )
From Eq’s(3-27a) and(3-27b)
ε xx = [-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
100 – 0.32 ( 150 + 138.5 ) ] ( 10 6 )- + ( 11.7 ) ( – 25 ) ( 10 –6 ) = – 254.1 ( 10 – 6 ) or
ε xx = – 254.1 μ
200 ( 10 9 )
[ 150 – 0.32 ( 100 + 138.5 ) ] ( 10 6 )
ε yy = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + ( 11.5 ) ( – 25 ) ( 10 –6 ) = 75.9 ( 10 – 6 ) or ε yy = 75.9μ
200 ( 10 9 )
Shear strain value as in part(a) γ xy = – 1650μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.129 Solve Problem 3.74 if the temperature increase is 50o C. Use α = 23.6 μ/oC
Solution ΔT=50o C. α=23.6μ
{εxx=?, εyy=?, γxy=?, εzz=?, σzz=?} for plane stress and plane strain
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Plane stress σ zz = 0
N N N
Substituting σ xx = – 225 ( 10 6 ) ------2- , σ yy = 125 ( 10 6 ) ------2- , σ zz = 0, E = 70 ( 10 9 ) ------2- and ν = 0.25 into
m m m
Eq’s(3-27a), (3-27b), and(3-27c) we obtain the following:
[ – 225 – 0.25 ( 125 ) ] ( 10 6 )
ε xx = --------------------------------------------------------------- + ( 23.6 ) ( 50 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = – 2481 ( 10 – 6 ) or ε xx = – 2481μ
70 ( 10 9 )
[ 125 – 0.25 ( 225 ) ] ( 10 6 )
ε yy = ---------------------------------------------------------- + 23.6 ( 50 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = 3769 ( 10 –6 ) or ε yy = 3769μ
70 ( 10 9 )
– 0.25 ( – 225 + 125 ) ( 10 6 )

ε zz = ------------------------------------------------------------- + 23.6 ( 50 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = 1537 ( 10 – 6 ) or ε zz = 1537μ
70 ( 10 9 )
Shear strain is same as in problem 3.64 γ xy = 5357μ
(b) Plane strain ε zz = 0
σ – 0.25 ( – 225 + 125 ) ( 10 6 ) N
zz
- + 23.6 ( – 50 ) ( 10 – 6 ) or σ zz = – 107.6 ( 10 6 ) ------- or
From Eq(3-27c): 0 = ------------------------------------------------------------------------
70 ( 10 9 ) 2 m
σ zz = 107.6MPa ( C )
From Eq’s(3-27a) and(3-27b)
[ – 225 – 0.25 ( 125 + 107.6 ) ] ( 10 6 )
ε xx = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + ( 23.6 ) ( 50 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = – 2096.4 ( 10 – 6 ) or ε xx = – 2096 μ
70 ( 10 9 )
[ 125 – 0.25 ( – 225 – 107.6 ) ] ( 10 6 )
ε yy = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + ( 23.6 ) ( 50 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = 4153.6 ( 10 –6 ) or ε yy = 4154μ
70 ( 10 9 )
Shear strain value as in part(a) γ xy = 5357μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.130 Solve problem 3.81 if the temperature increase is 40o F-. Use α = 6.5 μ/oF
Solution ΔT=40oF α=6.5μ/οF σxx=?, σyy=?, τxy=?, εzz=? for plane stress
------------------------------------------------------------
For Plane stress: σ zz = 0 . Eqs. (3-27a) and (3-27b) can be rewritten with σzz=0
σ xx – νσ yy = E ( ε xx – αΔT ) = ( 30, 000 ) ( – 800 – 6.5 ( 40 ) ) ( 10 – 6 ) or
σ xx – νσ yy = – 31.8ksi 1
σ yy – νσ xx = E ( ε yy – αΔT ) = ( 30, 000 ) ( – 1000 – or 6.5 ( 40 ) ) ( 10 – 6 )
σ yy – νσ xx = – 37.8ksi 2
Solving Eq(1) and (2) with ν=0.3, we obtain: σ xx = – 47.4ksi and σ yy = – 52.02ksi or
σ xx = 47.4ksi ( C ) and σ yy = 52.02ksi ( C )
0 – 0.3 ( – 47.4 – 52.02 )- + ( 40 ) ( 6.5 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = 1254.2 or
From Eq(3-27c): ε zz = ------------------------------------------------------- ε zz = 1254μ
30, 000
Shear stress is same as in problem 3.81. τ xy = – 5.77ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.131 Solve problem 3.82 if the temperature decrease is 100o F. Use α = 12.8 μ/oF
Solution ΔT=-100 α=12.8μ/oF σxx=?, σyy=?, τxy=?, εzz=? for plane stress
------------------------------------------------------------
For plane stress σ zz = 0 Eqs. (3-27a) and (3-27b) can be rewritten with σzz=0
σ xx – νσ yy = E ( ε xx – αΔT ) = ( 10, 000 ) ( 1500 – 12.8 ( – 100 ) ) ( 10 –6 ) or
σ xx – νσ yy = 27.8ksi 1
σ yy – νσ xx = E ( ε yy – αΔT ) = 10, 000 ( – 1200 – 12.8 ( – 100 ) ) ( 10 – 6 ) or
σ yy – νσ xx = 0.8ksi 2
Solving Eq’s(1) and (2) with ν=0.282 we obtain: σ xx = 30.45ks ( T ) and σ yy = 9.39ksi ( T )
– 0.282 ( 30.45 + 9.39 )

From Eq(3-27c): ε zz = 0---------------------------------------------------------
- + 12.8 ( – 100 ) ( 10 –6 ) = – 2403 ( 10 –6 ) or ε zz = – 2403μ
( 10, 000 )
Shear stress is same as in problem 3.82 τ xy = – 3.9ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.132 Solve problem 3.83 if the temperature decrease is 75 o C. Use α = 26.0 μ/oC
Solution ΔT=-75oF α=26 μ/oC σxx=? σyy=? τxy=? εzz=? for plane stress
------------------------------------------------------------
For plane stress σ zz = 0
Eq’s(3-27a) and (3-27b) can be rewritten with σzz=0
σ xx – νσ yy = E ( ε xx – αΔT ) = ( 36 ) ( 10 9 ) ( – 2000 – 26 ( – 75 ) ) ( 10 – 6 ) or σ xx – νσ yy = – 1.8MPa 1
σ yy – νσ xx = E ( ε yy – αΔT ) = 36 ( 10 9 ) ( – 2000 – 26 ( – 75 ) ) ( 10 –6 ) or σ yy – νσ xx = 142.2MPa 2
Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) with ν=0.2 we obtain: σ xx = 27.75MPa and σ yy = 147.75MPa
σ xx = 27.8MPa ( T ) and σ yy = 147.8MPa ( T )
– 0.2 ( 27.75 + 147.75 ) ( 10 6 -) + 26 ( – 75 ) ( 10 –6 ) = – 2925 ( 10 –6 ) or ε = – 2925μ

From Eq(3-27c) ε zz = 0----------------------------------------------------------------------- zz
( 36 ) ( 10 9 )
Shear stress is same as in problem 3.83 τ xy = 18MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.133 A plate (E=30,000ksi; ν = 0.25 ; α = 6.5x10-6/oF) cannot expand in the y direction and can expand
at most by 0.005 inch in the x direction as shown. Assuming plane stress determine the average normal
stresses in the x and y direction due to a uniform temperature increase of 100oF.
5 in
x
10 in
0.005 in
Figure P3.133
Solution E=30,000ksi ν=0.25 α=6.5 μ/oF εyy=0,

δx=0.005 ΔT=100 F o
σxx=? σyy=?
------------------------------------------------------------
δ
The normal strain in the x-direction is: ε xx = -----x- = 0.005
------------- = 0.005 = 500 ( 10 –6 )
10 10
Assuming plane stress σ zz = 0 , Eq’s(3-27a) and (3-27b) can be rewritten as
σ xx – νσ yy = E ( ε xx – αΔT ) = ( 30, 000 ) [ 500 – ( 6.5 ) ( 100 ) ] ( 10 –6 ) or σ xx – 0.25σ yy = – 4.5ksi 1
σ yy – νσ xx = E ( ε yy – αΔT ) = 30, 000 [ 0 – ( 6.5 ) ( 100 ) ] ( 10 – 6 ) or σ yy – νσ xx = – 19.5ksi 2
Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) we obtain: σ xx = – 10ksi and σ yy = – 22ksi or
σ xx = 10ksi ( C ) and σ yy = 22ksi ( C )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.134 Derive the following relation of normal stresses in terms of normal strain from Equations (3.28a),
(3.28b), and (3.28c).
E EαΔT
σ xx = [ ( 1 – ν )ε xx + νε yy + νε zz ] -------------------------------------- – --------------------
( 1 – 2ν ) ( 1 + ν ) ( 1 – 2ν )
E EαΔT
σ yy = [ ( 1 – ν )ε yy + νε zz + νε xx ] -------------------------------------- – -------------------- 3.29
( 1 – 2ν ) ( 1 + ν ) ( 1 – 2ν )
E EαΔT
σ zz = [ ( 1 – ν )ε zz + νε xx + νε yy ] -------------------------------------- – --------------------
( 1 – 2ν ) ( 1 + ν ) ( 1 – 2ν )
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Adding Equations (3.28a), (3.28b), and (3.28c) we obtain:
1 – 2ν
ε xx + ε yy + ε zz = --------------- ( σ xx + σ yy + σ zz ) + 3αΔT
E
E 3 ( EαΔT )
∴σ xx + σ yy + σ zz = --------------- ( ε xx + ε yy + ε zz ) – ------------------------ 1
1 – 2ν 1 – 2ν
xx σ ν
Equation (3.28c) can be written as ε xx = ( 1 + ν ) --------
- – --- ( σ xx + σ yy + σ zz ) + αΔT . Substituting Eq(1) we
E E
obtain:
1+ν ν 3ν
ε xx = ------------ σ xx – --------------- ( ε xx + ε yy + ε zz ) + --------------- αΔT + αΔT or
E 1 – 2ν 1 – 2ν
+ ν- ν ν ν
σ = ε xx ⎛ 1 + ---------------⎞ + --------------- ε yy + --------------- ε zz – αΔT ⎛ ----------------------------⎞ or
1 3ν + 1 – 2ν
-----------
E xx ⎝ 1 – 2ν ⎠ 1 – 2ν 1 – 2ν ⎝ 1 – 2ν ⎠
E EαΔT
σ xx -------------------------------------- [ ( 1 – ν )ε xx + νε yy + νε zz ] – --------------- 2
( 1 + ν ) ( 1 – 2ν ) 1 – 2ν
1+ν ν
Eq(3-27b) can be written as: ε yy = ------------ σ yy – --- ( σ xx + σ yy + σ zz ) + αΔT . Substituting Eq.(1) and solving
E E
for σyy we obtain:
E
σ yy = -------------------------------------- [ νε xx + ( 1 – ν )ε yy + νε zz ] – EαΔT
--------------- 3
( 1 + ν ) ( 1 – 2ν ) 1 – 2ν
1+ν ν
Eq(3-27c) can be written as ε zz = ------------ σ zz – --- ( σ xx + σ yy + σ zz ) + αΔT . Substituting Eq.(1) and solving for
E E
σzz we obtain
E EαΔT
σ zz = -------------------------------------- [ νε xx + νε yy + ( 1 – ν )ε zz ] – --------------- 4
( 1 + ν ) ( 1 – 2ν ) 1 – 2ν
Eqs. (2),(3) and (4) are the same as Eq.(3-31)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E EαΔT E EαΔT
σ xx = [ ε xx + νε yy ] ------------------- – ---------------- σ yy = [ ε yy + νε xx ] ------------------- – ---------------- 3.30
(1 – ν ) 1 – ν) ( (1 – ν ) 1 – ν) (
2 2
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
For plane stress(σzz=0) Eqs. (3-27a) and (3-27b) can be written as
σ xx – νσ yy = E ( ε xx – αΔT ) 1
σ yy – νσ xx = E ( ε yy – αΔT ) 2
Multiplying Eq.(2) by ν and adding it to Eq.(1) we obtain: σ xx ( 1 – ν 2 ) = E [ ε xx + νε yy – αΔT ( 1 + ν ) ] or
E EαΔT
σ xx = -------------- ( ε xx + νε yy ) – --------------- 3
1 – ν2 1–ν
Multiplying Eq.(1) by ν and adding to Eq.(2) we obtain: σ yy ( 1 – ν 2 ) = E [ νε xx + ε yy – αΔT ( 1 + ν ) ] or
E EαΔT
σ yy = -------------- ( ε yy + νε xx ) – --------------- 4
1–ν 2 1–ν
Eqs.(3) and (4) are same as Eq(3-32)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ν (1 + ν)
ε zz = – ⎛ ------------⎞ ( ε xx + ε yy ) + ----------------- αΔT 3.31
⎝ 1 – ν⎠ (1 – ν)
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Adding Eqs.(3) and(4) an problem 3.124, we obtain
E ( EαΔT )- or
σ xx + σ yy = -------------- [ ( 1 + ν )ε xx + ( 1 + ν )ε yy ] – 2-----------------------
1 – ν2 1–ν
E 2 ( EαΔT )
σ xx + σ yy = ------------ ( ε xx + ε yy ) – ------------------------ 5
1–ν 1–ν
ν
Eq.(3-27c) for plane stress can be written as: ε zz = – --- ( σ xx + σ yy ) + αΔT . Substituting Eq.(1)
E
ν
ε zz = – ------------ ( ε xx + ε yy ) + ⎛ ------------ + 1⎞ αΔT or
2ν
1–ν ⎝1 – ν ⎠
ν (1 + ν)
ε zz = – ------------ ( ε xx + ε yy ) + ----------------- αΔT 6
1–ν 1–ν
Eq.(2) is the same as Eq.(3-33)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.137 A machine component is made from a steel alloy that has an S-N curve shown in Figure 3.36. Esti-
mate the service life of the component if the peak stress is reversed at the rate shown.
(a) 40 ksi at 200 cycles per minute.
(b) 36 ksi at 250 cycles per minute.
(c) 32 ksi at 300 cycles per minute.
Solution T=? for the three cases
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) From figure 3.34 for steel at 40ksi, the number of cycles to failure is n=400,000
, 000- = 2, 000 minutes or
T = 400
-------------------- T = 33.33hours
200
(b) At 36ksi, the number of cycles to failure is n=2(106)
( 10 6 ) = 8000 minutes
T = 2---------------- T = 133.33hours
250
(c) The stress value of 32 ksi is below the endurance limit and the component won’t fail. T = ∞
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.138 A machine component is made from a aluminum alloy that has an S-N curve shown in Figure 3.36.
What should be the maximum permissible peak stress in MPa for the following situations:
(a) 17 hours of service at 100 cycles per minute.
(b) 40 hours of service at 50 cycles per minute.
(c) 80 hours of service at 20 cycles per minute.
Solution σmax= ? for the three cases

------------------------------------------------------------
(a) T=17 hours = 1020 minutes and n = number of cycles=(100)(1020)=102,000
From figure 3-34 for aluminum, the peak stress value at 100,000 is 182 MPa and the peak stress value at
2000
200,000 is 168 MPa. By linear interpolation we obtain a peak stress= 182 – --------------------- ( 14 ) = 181.7 or
100, 000
σ max = 182MPa
(b) T=40 hours =2400 minutes
n=(2400)(50)=120,000
20, 000
By linear interpolation, the peak stress value= 182 – --------------------- ( 14 ) = 177.2 or σ max = 177MPa
100, 000
(c)T=80 hours =4800 min and n=(4800)(20)=96,000 cycles
The peak stress value between 96,000 cycles &100,000 cycles changes slightly and is approximated at
183MPa. σ max = 183MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.139 A uni-axial stress acts on an aluminum plate with a hole as shown. The aluminum has an S-N
curve shown in Figure 3.36. Predict the number of cycles the plate could be used if d = 3.2 inches and the
far field stress σ = 6 ksi.
σ σ
8 inch
d
Figure P3.139
Solution σ=6ksi d=3.2 H=8 n=?

------------------------------------------------------------
d- = 3.2
From Figure C.1, for --- ------- = 0.4 , the stress concentration factor Kgross=3.75
H 8
The maximum normal stress is: σ max = K gross σ = ( 3.75 ) ( 6 ) = 22.5ksi
From figure 3.34 for alumina, the number of cycles at 22.5ksi are estimated at 400,000
n = 400, 000cycles
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
curve shown in Figure 3.36. Determine the maximum diameter of the hole to the nearest 1/8th of an inch, if
the predicted service life of half-million cycle is desired for a uniform far field stress σ=6 ksi.
σ σ
8 inch
d
Figure P3.140
Solution n=500,000 cycles σ= 6 ksi H=8 dmax= ? to the nearest 1/8 inch
------------------------------------------------------------
From figure 3.34 for aluminum, the peak stress at 500,000 cycles is σ max = 22ksi
σ max 22
The stress concentration factor is: K gross = ------------ = ------ = 3.67
σ 6
d d
From figure C.1, ---
- = 0.34 for Kgross=3.5 and ---- = 0.4 for Kgross=3.75, by linear interpolation the value
H H
0.4 – 0.34
of ---d- = 0.34 + ------------------------ ( 3.67 – 3.5 ) or ---d- = 0.38 or d = ( 0.38 ) ( 8 ) = 3.04 or d max = 3.0 in.
H 3.75 – 3.5 H
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
curve shown in Figure 3.36. Determine the maximum far field stress σ if the diameter of the hole is
2.4 inch and a predicted service life of three-quarters of a million is desired.
σ σ
8 inch
d
Figure P3.141
Solution d=2.4 H=8 n=750,000 cycles σ=?

------------------------------------------------------------
From figure 3.34 for aluminum, the peak stress at 750,000 cycles is estimated as σmax=21ksi
From Figure C.1, for ---d- = 0.3 the stress concentration factor is estimated K gross = ⎛⎝ ------------------------⎞⎠ = 3.375
3.25 + 3.5
H 2
21 σ
The nominal normal stress is: σ = ---------------
max
- = ------------- = 6.222 σ = 6.2 ksi(T)
K gross 3.375
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.142 Bronze has a yield stress of σyield = 18 ksi in tension, yield strain of εyield = 0.0012, ultimate stress
of σult = 50 ksi and the corresponding ultimate strain of εult = 0.50. Determine the material constants and
plot the resulting stress-strain curve for (a) elastic-perfectly plastic model (b) linear strain hardening model
(c) and the non-linear power law model.
Solution σyield = 18 ksi εyield = 0.0012 σult = 50 ksi εult = 0.50
Constants in the three material models=?
------------------------------------------------------------
We have coordinates of three points on the curve: Po (σ0 = 0.00, ε0 = 0.000), P1 (σ1 = 18.0, ε1 = 0.0012),
and P2 (σ2 = 50, ε2 = 0.5). Using this data we can find the various constants in the material models.
(a) The modulus of elasticity E is slope between points Po and P1 and can be found as shown below.
σ1 – σ0 18
- = ---------------- = 15, 000 ksi
E 1 = -----------------
ε1 – ε0 0.0012
After yield stress, the stress is a constant. The stress strain behavior can be written as shown below.
15, 000ε ksi ε ≤ 0.0012
σ = ⎛
⎝ 18 ksi 0.0012 ≤ ε ≤ 0.5 1
(b) In the linear strain hardening model the slope of the straight line before yield stress is as calculated in
part (a). After the yield stress, the slope of the line can be found from the coordinates of point P1 and P2 .
σ2 – σ1 50 – 18
E 2 = -----------------
- = ------------------------------ = 64.15 ksi
ε2 – ε1 0.5 – 0.0012
The stress strain behavior can be written as shown below.

15, 000ε ksi ε ≤ 0.0012
σ = ⎛
⎝ ( 18 + 64.15 ( ε – 0.0012 ) ) ksi 0.0012 ≤ ε ≤ 0.5 2
n
(c) The two constants E and n in σ = Eε can be found by substituting the coordinates of the two point P1
and P2 , to generate the following two equations:
n
18 = E ( 0.0012 ) 3
n
50 = E ( 0.5 ) 4
Dividing Eq. 4 by Eq. 3 and taking the logarithm of both sides, we can solve for ‘n’ as shown below:
0.5 n
ln ⎛ ----------------⎞ = ln ⎛ ------⎞
50 or n ln ( 416.67 ) = ln ( 2.778 ) or n = 0.1694
⎝ 0.0012⎠ ⎝ 18⎠
50
Substituting the value of n in Eq. 4, we can obtain the value of E as E = ------------------------
- = 56.2 ksi
0.1694
( 0.5 )
We can now write the stress-strain equations for the power law model as shown below:
0.1694
⎛ 56.2ε ksi ε≥0
σ = ⎜
⎝ – 56.2 ( – ε ) 0.1694
ksi ε<0 5
Stresses at different strains can be found plotted as shown below.
σ ksi
50
Elastic-perfectly plastic
40
Linear strain-hardening
Power law 30
20
10
0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
ε
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
10
20
30
40
50
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.143 Cast iron has a yield stress of σyield = 220 MPa in tension, yield strain of εyield = 0.00125, ultimate
stress of σult = 340 MPa and the corresponding ultimate strain of εult = 0.20. Determine the material con-
stants and plot the resulting stress-strain curve for (a) elastic-perfectly plastic model (b) linear strain hard-
ening model (c) and the non-linear power law model.
Solution σyield = 220 MPa εyield = 0.00125 σult = 340 MPa εult = 0.20.
Constants in the three material models=?
------------------------------------------------------------
We have coordinates of three points on the curve: Po (σ0 = 0.00, ε0 = 0.000), P1 (σ1 = 220, ε1 = 0.00125),
and P2 (σ2 = 340, ε2 = 0.2). Using this data we can find the various constants in the material models.
(a) The modulus of elasticity E is slope between points Po and P1 and can be found as shown below.
σ1 – σ0 220 - = 176, 000 MPa
E 1 = -----------------
- = ------------------
ε1 – ε0 0.00125
After yield stress, the stress is a constant. The stress strain behavior can be written as shown below.
176, 000ε MPa ε ≤ 0.00125

σ = ⎛
⎝ 220 MPa 0.00125 ≤ ε ≤ 0.2 1
(b) In the linear strain hardening model the slope of the straight line before yield stress is as calculated in
part (a). After the yield stress, the slope of the line can be found from the coordinates of point P1 and P2
σ2 – σ1 340 – 220 - = 603.8MPa The stress strain behavior can be written as shown below.
E 2 = -----------------
- = --------------------------------
ε2 – ε1 0.2 – 0.00125
176, 000ε MPa ε ≤ 0.00125

σ = ⎛
⎝ 220 + 603.8 ( ε – 0.00125 ) MPa 0.00125 ≤ ε ≤ 0.2 2
n
(c) The two constants E and n in σ = Eε can be found by substituting the coordinates of the two point P1
and P2 , to generate the following two equations:
n
220 = E ( 0.00125 ) 3
n
340 = E ( 0.2 ) 4
Dividing Eq. 4 by 3 and taking the logarithm of both sides, we can solve for ‘n’ as shown below:
ln ⎛ -------------------⎞
0.2 n
= ln ⎛ ---------⎞
340 or n ln ( 160 ) = ln ( 1.545 ) or n = 0.0858
⎝ 0.00125⎠ ⎝ 220⎠
340 - = 390.3 MPa
Substituting the value of n in Eq. 4, we can obtain the value of E as E = ------------------------
0.0858
( 0.2 )
The answers are: E = 390.3 MPa ; n = 0.0858
We can now write the stress-strain equations for the power law model as shown below:
0.0858
⎛ 390.3ε MPa ε≥0
σ = ⎜
⎝ – 390.3 ( – ε ) 0.0858 MPa ε<0 5
Stresses at different strains can be found plotted as shown below.
σ ksi
350
Elastic-perfectly plastic
280
Linear strain-hardening
Power law 210
140
70
0.2 0.16 0.12 0.08 0.04
ε
0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.2
70
140
210
280
350
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.144 A solid circular shaft of diameter 3 inches has a shear strain at a section in polar coordinates was
found to be γxθ = 2ρ ( 10–3 ) where ρ is the radial coordinate measured in inches. Write an expressions for τxθ
as a function of ρ and plot the shear strain γxθ and shear stress τxθ distribution across the cross-section.The
shaft is made from elastic-perfectly plastic material that has a yield stress of τyield= 18 ksi, and a Shear
modulus G = 12,000 ksi.
Solution γxθ=2ρ(10-3) τyield=18ksi G=12,000 ksi τxθ=f(ρ) = ? Elastic perfectly plastic
------------------------------------------------------------
18
- = 0.0015 = 2ρ yield ( 10 –3 ) or ρ yield = 0.75inch where, ρyield
The strain at yield point is: γ yield = -----------------
12, 000
is the radial coordinate of elastic-plastic beam For 0 < ρ < 0.75 , τ xθ = Gγ xθ = ( 12000 ) ( 2ρ ) ( 10 – 3 ) = 24ρ .
The stress distribution can be written as:
⎧ 24ρ ksi 0 < ρ < 0.75in
τ xθ = ⎨
⎩ 18 ksi 0.75in < ρ < 1.5in 1
The plot of shear strain and shear stress are shown below.
γxθ (10-3) τxθ (ksi)
γ = 2ρ
xθ
3 18
τ = 24ρ ksi
xθ
1.5
ρ (in) ρ (in)
0.75 1.5 0.75 1.5

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
found to be γ xθ = 0.002ρ where ρ is the radial coordinate measured in inches. Write an expressions for τxθ
shaft is made form a bi-linear material shown in Figure 3.40. The material has a yield stress of τyield= 18
ksi, Shear modulus G1 = 12,000 ksi and G2= 4,800 ksi.
Solution γxθ=2ρ(10-3) τyield=18ksi G1=12,000ksi G2=4,800ksi τxθ=f(ρ)=?
------------------------------------------------------------
Before yield point we have: τ1=G1γxθ=(12,000)(2ρ)(10−3)=24ρ
τ
18 - = 0.0015
The strain at yield point is: γ yield = -------------
yield
= -----------------
G1 12, 000
After yield point we can write: τ 2 = τ yield + G 2 ( γ xθ – γ yield ) = 18 + 4800 ( 2ρ ( 10 – 3 ) – 0.0015 ) = 10.8 + 9.6ρ
From problem 3.134 ρyield=0.75 inch. The stress distribution can be written as:
⎧ 24ρ ksi 0 < ρ < 0.75in

τ xθ = ⎨ 1
⎩ ( 10.8 + 9.6ρ )ksi 0.75in < ρ < 1.5in
The plot of shear strain and shear stress are given below.
τ = ( 10.8 + 9.6ρ ) ksi
xθ
γ = 2ρ 25.2
xθ
3 18
τ xθ = 24ρ ksi
1.5
ρ (in) ρ (in)
0.75 1.5 0.75 1.5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
found to be γxθ = 2ρ ( 10–3 ) where ρ is the radial coordinate measured in inches. Write an expressions for τxθ
shaft material has a stress strain relationship given by τ = 243γ0.4 ksi
Solution γxθ= 2ρ(10-3) τxθ= f(ρ) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The stress distribution is: τ xθ = 243γ xθ = 243 ( 2ρ ( 10 – 3 ) ) 0.4 or τ xθ = 20.23ρ 0.4 ksi 0 ≤ ρ ≤ 1.5
The plots of shear strain and shear stress are given below.
0.4
τ xθ = 20.23ρ ksi
γ = 2ρ
xθ
3 23.8
18
1.5
ρ (in) ρ (in)
0.75 1.5 0.75 1.5

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
found to be γxθ = 0.2ρ where ρ is the radial coordinate measured in meters. Write an expressions for τxθ as
a function of ρ and plot the shear strain γxθ and shear stress τxθ distribution across the cross-section.The
shaft material has a stress strain relationship given by τ = ( 12, 000γ – 120, 000γ2 ) ksi
Solution γxθ=2ρ(10−3) τxθ = f(ρ) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The shear stress distribution is:
2
τ xθ = ( 12, 000γ xθ – 120, 000γ xθ ) = ( 12, 000 ) ( 2ρ ) ( 10 –3 ) – 120, 000 [ 2ρ ( 10 –3 ) ] 2 or
τ xθ = ( 24ρ – 0.48ρ 2 )ksi 0 ≤ ρ ≤ 1.5
The plots of shear strain and shear stress are given below.
2
τ xθ = ( 24ρ – 0.48ρ ) ksi
γ = 2ρ
xθ
3 34.9
1.5 17.7
ρ (in) ρ (in)
0.75 1.5 0.75 1.5

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.148 A hollow circular shaft has an inner diameter of 50 mm and an outside diameter of 100 mm. The
shear strain at a section in polar coordinates was found to be γxθ = 0.2ρ where ρ is the radial coordinate
measured in meters. Write an expressions for τxθ as a function of ρ and plot the shear strain γxθ and shear
stress τxθ distribution across the cross-section. The shaft is made from elastic-perfectly plastic material that
has a shear yield stress of τyield = 175 MPa, and a Shear modulus G = 26 GPa.
Solution γxθ=0.2ρ ρ in meters τyield=175MP G=26GPa di=50mm d0=150mm
τxθ = f(ρ) = ? Elastic-perfectly plastic
------------------------------------------------------------
τ yield 175 ( 10 6 ) = 6.7308 ( 10 – 3 ) = 0.2ρ
The strain at yield point is: γ yield = ------------- = ---------------------- yield or
G 26 ( 10 9 )
ρ yield = 33.65 ( 10 – 3 )m where ρyield is the radial coordinate of elastic-plastic boundary
In the elastic region: τ xθ = Gγ zθ = 26 ( 10 9 ) ( 0.2ρ ) = 5200ρ ( 10 6 )N ⁄ m 2 where ρ is in meters. The stress
distribution can be written as:
⎧ 5200ρMPa 0.025m ≤ ρ ≤ 0.03365m
τ xθ = ⎨ 1
⎩ 175MPa 0.03365m ≤ ρ ≤ 0.05m
The plot of shear strain and shear stress are given below
–3
γ ( 10 ) τxθ (MPa)
xθ –3
γ xθ = 0.2ρ ( 10 )
10 175
τ = 5.2ρ ksi
xθ
6.73
130
5
ρ (mm) ρ (mm)
25 33.65 50 25 33.65 50
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
stress τxθ distribution across the cross-section. The shaft is made from a bi-linear material shown in Figure
3.40. The material has a shear yield stress of τyield= 175 MPa, Shear modulus G1 = 26 GPa and G2=
14 GPa.
Solution γyield=0.2ρ where ρ is in meters τyield=175MPa
G1=26GPa G2=14GPa τxθ = f(ρ) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The stress before yield point is:
τ 1 = G 1 γ xθ = 26 ( 10 9 ) ( 0.2ρ ) = 5200ρMPa 1
From problem 3.138: γ yield = 6.7308 ( 10 – 3 ) and ρ yield = 33.65 ( 10 – 3 )m
The stress after yield point is: τ 2 = τ yield + G 2 ( γ xθ – γ yield ) = 175 ( 10 6 ) + 14 ( 10 9 ) ( 0.2ρ – 6.7308 ( 10 – 3 ) )
τ 2 = 80.77 ( 10 6 ) + 2800ρ ( 10 6 ) 2
In Eqs.(1) &(2), ρ is in meters.The stress distribution can be written as:
⎧ 5200ρMPa 0.025m ≤ ρ ≤ 0.03365m
τ xθ = ⎨
⎩ ( 80.77 + 2800ρ )MPa 0.03365m ≤ ρ ≤ 0.05m 1
–3 τxθ (MPa)
γ xθ ( 10 ) τ = 80.77 + 2800ρ
xθ
–3
γ = 0.2ρ ( 10 )
xθ 220
10 175
τ xθ = 5200ρ
6.73
130
5
ρ (mm) ρ (mm)
25 33.65 50 25 33.65 50
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
stress τxθ distribution across the cross-section. The shaft material has a stress strain relationship given by
0.6
τ = 3435γ MPa
Solution γxθ=0.2ρ ρ in meters τxθ = f(ρ) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The stress distribution is: τ xθ = 3435γ 0.6 = 3435 ( 0.2ρ ) 0.6 = 1307.8ρ 0.6 or
τ xθ = 1307.8ρ 0.6 MPa 0.025m ≤ ρ ≤ 0.05m
–3 τxθ (MPa)
γ ( 10 )
xθ
–3
γ = 0.2ρ ( 10 )
xθ
10 216.7
0.6
τ = 1307.8ρ ksi
xθ
6.73 143
5
ρ (mm) ρ (mm)
25 33.65 50 25 50
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
stress τxθ distribution across the cross-section. The shaft material has a stress strain relationship given by
2
τ = ( 26, 000γ – 208, 000γ ) MPa
Solution γxθ=0.2ρ where ρ is in meters τxθ = f(ρ) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
2
The shear stress distribution is: τ xθ = ( 26, 000γ – 208, 000γ ) = 26, 000 ( 0.2ρ ) – 208, 000 ( 0.2ρ ) 2
τ xθ = ( 5, 200ρ – 8, 320ρ 2 )MPa 0.025m ≤ ρ ≤ 0.05m 1

The plots of shear strain and stress are shown below.
–3 τxθ (MPa)
γ ( 10 )
xθ
–3 τ xθ = ( 5, 200ρ – 8, 320ρ 2 ) MPa
γ xθ = 0.2ρ ( 10 )
10 238.2
6.73 124.8
5
ρ (mm) ρ (mm)
25 33.65 50 25 50
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.152 A rectangular beam has the dimensions as shown in Figure P3.152. The normal strain due to bend-
ing about the z-axis was found to vary as εxx = – 0.01y with y measured in meters. For the given material
model in the problem. Write an expressions for normal stress σxx as a function of y and plot the σxx distri-
bution across the cross-section. The beam is made from elastic-perfectly plastic material that has a yield
stress of σyield= 250 MPa, and a Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa.
y
100 mm 100 mm
150mm
z
150 mm
Figure P3.152
Solution εxx=-0.01y y in meters σyield=250MPa E=200GPa

σxx= f(y) Elastic-perfectly plastic
------------------------------------------------------------
σ yield ( 10 6 ) = 1.25 ( 10 – 3 )
The strain at yield point is: ε yield = -------------- = 250
----------------------
E 200 ( 10 6 )
For positive values of y we have contraction, and for negative values of y we have tension. With geometry
being symmetric in y, the elastic-plastic boundary will be on both sides
ε yield = ± 1.25 ( 10 – 3 ) = – 0.01y yield or
y yield = ± 0.125m = ± 125mm 1
In the linear region
σ xx = Eε xx = ( 200 ) ( 10 9 ) ( – 0.01y ) = – 2000y y in meters.
⎧ – 250MPa
⎪ 0.125m < y < 0.150m
σ xx = ⎨ – 2000yMPa
⎪ – 0.125m < y < 0.125m
⎩ 250MPa – 0.150m < y < – 0.125m 2
The plots of normal strain and stress are shown below.
y (mm) y (mm)
150 150
125 125
12.5 15 εxx (μ) 250 σxx(MPa)

15 12.5 250
125
125
150
150
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bution across the cross-section. The beam is made from a bi-linear material shown in Figure 3.40. The
material has a yield stress of σyield= 250 MPa, Modulus of Elasticity E1 = 200 GPa and E2= 80 GPa.
Solution εxx=-0.01y where y is in meters σyield=250 MPa
E1 =200 GPa E2=80 GPa σxx = f(y) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From problem 3-142: ε yield = 1.25 ( 10 – 3 ) and y yield = ± 125mm .
9
In linear region: σ 1 = E 1 ε 1 = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.01y ) = – 2000y MPa .
For y < – 0.125m i.e., on the tensile side
6 9
σ 2 = σ yield + E 2 ( ε xx – ε yield ) = 250 ( 10 ) + ( 80 ) ( 10 ) [ – 0.01y – 1.25 ( 10 – 3 ) ] = ( 150 – 800y )MPa
For y > 0.125m i.e., on the compressive side
6 9
σ 2 = – σ yield + E 2 ( ε xx – ( – ε yield ) ) = ( – 250 ) ( 10 ) + ( 80 ) ( 10 ) [ – 0.01y + 1.25 ( 10 – 3 ) ] = ( – 150 – 800y )MPa
⎧ ( – 150 – 800y )MPa 0.125m < y < 0.150m
⎪
σ xx = ⎨ – 2000yMPa – 0.125m < y < 0.125m
⎪ – 0.150m < y < – 0.125m
⎩ ( 150 – 800y )MPa 1
The plots of normal strain and stress are shown below.
y (mm) y (mm)
150 150
125 125
270 σxx(MPa)
12.5 15 εxx (μ) 250
15 12.5 270 250
125
125
150
150
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bution across the cross-section. The beam material has a stress strain relationship given by σ = 952ε0.2 MPa
Solution εxx=-0.01y where y is in meters σxx = f(y) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
As the material behavior in tension and compression is the same, we have:
0.2
⎧ 952ε MPa ε>0
σ xx = ⎨
⎩ – 952 ( – ε ) 0.2 MPa ε<0
Noting that for positive y we have contraction and for negative y we have extension, the stress distribution
can be written as shown below.
0.2 0.2
⎧ 952 ( – 0.01y ) MPa y < 0 or σ = ⎧⎨ 379 ( – y ) MPa y<0
σ xx = ⎨ xx
⎩ – 952 ( 0.01y ) 0.2 MPa y>0 ⎩ – 379 ( y ) 0.2 MPa y>0
The plots of normal strain and stress are as shown below.
y (mm) y (mm)
150 150
125
125
12.5 15 εxx (μ) 250 259.3

15 12.5 259.3 250 σxx(MPa)
125 125
150 150
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bution across the cross-section. The beam material has a stress strain relationship given by
2
σ = ( 200ε – 2, 000ε ) MPa
Solution εxx=-0.01y where y is in meters σxx = f(y) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
As the material behavior in tension and compression is the same, we have:
2
⎧ ( 200ε – 2, 000ε )MPa ε>0
σ xx = ⎨
⎩ ( 200ε + 2, 000ε 2 )MPa ε<0
Noting that for positive y we have contraction and for negative y we have extension, the stress distribution
can be written as shown below.
2 2
⎧ [ 200 ( – 0.01y ) – 2, 000 ( – 0.01y ) ]MPa y < 0 or σ = ⎧⎨ ( – 2y – 0.2y )MPa y<0
σ xx = ⎨ xx
⎩ [ 200 ( – 0.01y ) + 2, 000 ( – 0.01y ) 2 ]MPa y>0 ⎩ ( – 2y + 0.2y 2 )MPa y>0
The plots of normal strain and stress are as shown below

y (mm) y (mm)
150 150
125 125
σxx (kPa)
12.5 15 εxx (μ) 246.9 304.5
15 12.5 304.5246.9
125 125
150 150
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.1 Aluminum (E = 30,000 ksi) bars are welded to rigid plates as shown. All bars have an area of
cross-section of 0.5 in2. Due to the applied forces the rigid plates at A, B, C, and D displaced in the x-
direction without rotating by the amount given below. Determine the applied forces F1, F2, F3, and F4.
F1 F2 F3 F4
u A = – 0.0100 in u B = 0.0080 in
A B C D
u C = – 0.0045 in u D = 0.0075 in x
F1 F2 F3 F4
Figure P4.1 36 in 50 in 36 in
2
Solution E = 30,000 ksi A = 0.5in F1 = ? F2 = ? F3 = ? F4 = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
u D – u C = 0.0075 – ( – 0.0045 ) = 0.0120 in u C – u B = – 0.0045 – 0.0080 = – 0.0125 in
u B – u A = 0.0080 – ( – 0.0100 ) = 0.0180 in
2. Strain calculations
uD – uC uC – uB
- = 0.012
ε DC = ------------------ – 0.0125- = – 0.2500 ( 10 – 3 )
------------- = 0.3333 ( 10 – 3 ) ε CB = ------------------ = ------------------
xD – xC 36 xC – xB 50
uB – uA 0.0180
ε BA = ------------------
- = ---------------- = 0.5000 ( 10 – 3 )
xB – xA 36
3. Stress calculations
σ DC = ( 30 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.3333 ( 10 –3 ) ) = 10 or σ DC = 10 ksi ( T )
σ CB = ( 30 ) ( 10 3 ) ( – 0.25 ) ( 10 –3 ) = – 7.5 or σ CB = 7.5 ksi ( C )
σ BA = ( 30 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.50 ) ( 10 – 3 ) = 15 or σ BA = 15 ksi ( T )
4. Internal force calculations
N DC = ( 10 ) ( 0.5 ) = 5 kips ( T ) N CB = ( 7.5 ) ( 0.5 ) = 3.75 kips ( C )
N BA = ( 15 ) ( 0.5 ) = 7.5 kips ( T )
5. External force calculations
By making imaginary cuts through segments AB, BC, and CD the following free body diagrams can be
obtained.
F1 F2 F4
F1 (b) NCD
(a) NAB NBC (c)
A A B NCD D
NAB NBC
F1 F1 F2 F4
By equilibrium of forces in figure (a)
2F 1 = 2N BA F 1 = 7.5 kips
By equilibrium of forces in figure (b)
– 2F 1 + 2F 2 – 2N CB = 0 or F 2 = F 1 + N CD = 7.5 + 3.75 F 2 = 11.25 kips
By equilibrium of forces in figure (c)
2F 4 = 2N DC F 4 = 5 kips
By equilibrium of forces on the entire bar
– 2F 1 + 2F 2 – 2F 3 + 2F 4 = 0 or F 3 = F 2 + F 4 – F 1 F 3 = 8.75 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.2 Brass bars between section A and B, aluminum bars between B and C, and steel bars between sec-
tion C and D, are welded to rigid plates. The rigid plates displace in the x-direction without rotating by the
following amounts: uB= -1.8 mm, uC = 0.7 mm, and uD = 3.7 mm. Determine the external forces F1, F2
and F3using the properties given in the adjoining Table.
x
Brass Aluminum Steel F1 F2 F3
Modulus of Elasticity 70 GPa 100 GPa 200 GPa A B C D

F1 F2 F3
Diameter 30 mm 25 mm 20 mm
1.5 m 2.5 m 2m
Figure P4.2
Solution F1 = ? F2 = ? F3 = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
u D – u C = 3.7 – 0.7 = 3.0 mm u C – u B = 0.7 + 1.8 = 2.5 mm u B – u A = – 1.8 – 0 = – 1.8 mm
2. Strain calculations
uD – uC 3 uC – uB 2.5
ε DC = ------------------
- = ---------------- = 1.5 ( 10 –3 ) ε CB = ------------------ = --------------------- = 1.0 ( 10 – 3 )
xD – xC 2 ( 10 3 ) xC – xB 2.5 ( 10 3 )
uB – uD – 1.8
ε BD = ------------------
- = ------------------------ = – 1.2 ( 10 – 3 )
xB – xD 1.5 ( 10 –3 )
3. Stresses
2
σ DC = E DC ε DC = ( 200 ) ( 10 9 ) ( 1.5 ) ( 10 – 3 ) = 300 ( 10 6 ) N ⁄ m (T)
2
σ BC = E BC ε BC = ( 100 ) ( 10 9 ) ( 1.0 ) ( 10 – 3 ) = 100 ( 10 6 ) N ⁄ m (T)
2
σ AB = E AB ε AB = ( 70 ) ( 10 9 ) ( – 1.2 ) ( 10 – 3 ) = – 84 ( 10 6 ) or σ AB = 84 ( 10 6 ) ( N ⁄ m ) ( C )
4. Internal forces
π
N DC = σ DC A DC = ( 300 ) ( 10 6 ) --- ( 0.02 ) 2 = 94.25 ( 10 3 ) N = 94.25 kN ( T )
4
π
N BC = σ BC A BC = ( 100 ) ( 10 6 ) --- ( 0.025 ) 2 = 49.09 ( 10 3 ) N = 49.09 kN ( T )
4
π
N AB = σ AB A AB = ( 84 ) ( 10 6 ) --- ( 0.03 ) 2 = 59.38 ( 10 3 ) N = 59.38 kN ( C )
4
5. External forces
(a) NCD F3 (b) NBC F2 F3 (c) NAB F1 F2 F3
D C D B C D
NCD F3 F2 F3 F2 F3
NAB F1
NBC
By equilibrium of forces in figure (a)
2F 3 = 2N CD F 3 = 94.3 kN
By equilibrium of forces in figure (b)
2F 3 – 2F 2 – 2N BC = 0 or F 2 = F 3 – N BC = 94.25 – 49.09 = 45.16 or F 2 = 45.2 kN
By equilibrium of forces in figure (c)
2F 3 – 2F 2 – 2F 1 + 2N AB = 0 or F 1 = F 3 – F 2 + N AB = 94.25 – 45.16 + 59.38 = 108.47
F 1 = 108.5 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.3 Ends of four circular steel (E = 200 GPa) bars are welded to a rigid plate. The other ends of the
bars are built into the wall. Due to the action of the external force F the rigid plate moves to the right by
0.1 mm without rotating. If the bars have a diameter of 10 mm, determine the applied force F.
F Rigid Plate
F
2.5 m 1.5 m
Figure P4.3
Solution E = 200 GPa d = 10 mm δ = 0.1 mm to the right F=?

------------------------------------------------------------
1. Deformation calculation. Fig. (a) shows an exaggerated deformed geometry.
(a) δA = δ F NB
(b) NA
NA NB
F
δB = δ
From the deformed geometry in figure (a) we obtain the following.
δ A = δ = 0.1 mm extension
δ B = δ = 0.1 mm contraction
2. Strain calculation
δA 0.1
ε A = ------
- = --------------------- = 40 ( 10 – 6 ) extension
LA 2.5 ( 10 3 )
δB 0.1
ε B = ------
- = --------------------- = 66.67 ( 10 – 6 ) contraction
LB 1.5 ( 10 3 )
3. Stress calculation
σ A = E A ε A = ( 200 ) ( 10 9 ) ( 40 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = 8.0 ( 10 6 ) ( N ⁄ m 2 ) ( T )
σ B = E B ε B = ( 200 ) ( 10 9 ) ( 66.67 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = 13.333 ( 10 6 ) ( N ⁄ m 2 ) ( C )
4. Internal force calculation
π
A A = A B = --- ( 0.01 ) 2 = 78.54 ( 10 – 6 ) m 2
4
N A = σ A A A = ( 8.0 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 78.54 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = 628.31 N ( T )
N B = σ B A B = ( 13.333 ) ( 10 6 ) ( 78.54 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = 1047.2 N ( T )
5. External force calculation. Fig. (b) shows the free body diagram of the rigid plate.
By force equilibrium 2F – 2N A – 2N B = 0 or F = N A + N B = 1675.5 F = 1676 N
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.4 Rigid plates are securely fastened to bars A and B as shown. A gap of 0.02 inch exists between the
rigid plates before the forces are applied. After the application of the forces the normal strain in bar A was
found to be 500 μ. The area of cross-section and Modulus of Elasticity for the each bar are as follows:
AA= 1 in2, EA=10,000 ksi, AB= 0.5 in2, EB=30,000 ksi.
Determine the applied forces F, assuming that the rigid plates do not rotate.
F Rigid Plates
Bar A
Bar B
Bar A Bar B
F
60 in 24 in
0.02 in
Figure P4.4
Solution AA = 1 in2 EA = 10,000ksi AB = 0.5in2 EB = 30,000ksi

ε A = 500μ F=?
------------------------------------------------------------
1. Deformation calculation. Fig. (a) shows an exaggerated deformed geometry.
δA
(a) (b) F
NA NB
NA NB
F
δB
0.02 in
δ A = ε A L A = ( 500 ) ( 10 –6 ) ( 60 ) = 0.03 in
From deformed shape in Fig. (a)
δ B = δ A – 0.02 = 0.01 in contraction
2. Strain calculation
ε A = 500 ( 10 –6 ) extension
δB 0.01
ε B = ------
- = ---------- = 416.7 ( 10 – 6 ) contraction
LB 24
3. Stress calculations
σ A = E A ε A = 10 ( 10 3 ) ( 500 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = 5 ksi ( T )
σ B = E B ε B = 30 ( 10 3 ) ( 416.7 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = 12.5 ksi ( C )
4. Internal force calculations
N A = σ A A A = ( 5 ) ( 1 ) = 5.0 kips ( T )
N B = σ B A B = ( 12.5 ) ( 0.5 ) = 6.25 kips ( C )
5. External force calculation. Fig.(b) shows the free body diagram of the rigid plate.
By force equilibrium
2F – 2N A – 2N B = 0 or F = N A + N B = 5.0 + 6.25 or F = 11.25 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.5 The strain at a cross-section shown in Figure P4.5 of an axial rod is assumed to have a uniform
value of ε xx = 200 μ . (a) Plot the stress distribution across the laminated cross-section. (b) Determine the
equivalent internal axial force N and its location from the bottom of the cross-section. Use
Ealuminium = 100 GPa, Ewood = 10 GPa, and Esteel = 200 GPa.

y 80 mm
Aluminum 10 mm
z
Wood 100 mm
x
FigureP4.5 Steel 10 mm
Solution εxx = 200μ Eal = 100GPa Ew = 10GPa Es = 200GPa

σxx = ? N=? yN = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The normal stress in steel, wood and aluminum can be found using Hooke’s Law as shown below.
( σ xx ) s = E s ε xx = ( 200 ) ( 10 9 ) ( 200 ) ( 10 –6 ) = 40 ( 10 6 ) ( N ⁄ m 2 ) = 40 MPa
( σ xx ) w = E s ε xx = ( 10 ) ( 10 9 ) ( 200 ) ( 10 –6 ) = 2 ( 10 6 ) ( N ⁄ m 2 ) = 2 MPa
( σ xx ) a1 = E s ε xx = ( 100 ) ( 10 9 ) ( 200 ) ( 10 – 6 ) = 20 ( 10 6 ) ( N ⁄ m 2 ) = 20 MPa

The stress distribution across the cross-section is as shown below.
(a) (b) 20 MPa
5 mm (c) (d)
Nal
Aluminum
Wood 2 MPa NW N
60 mm yN
40 MPa NS
Steel
O O
5 mm
The stress distribution in Fig. (b) can be replaced by equivalent internal normal forces shown in Fig. (c)
that act at the centroid of each distribution. The internal normal forces, can be found as shown below.
N s = ( σ xx ) s A s = 40 ( 10 6 ) ( 0.08 ) ( 0.01 ) = 32 ( 10 3 ) N = 32kN
N w = ( σ xx ) w A w = 2 ( 10 6 ) ( 0.08 ) ( 0.1 ) = 16 ( 10 3 ) N = 16kN
N A1 = ( σ xx ) A1 A A1 = 20 ( 10 6 ) ( 0.08 ) ( 0.01 ) = 16 ( 10 3 ) N = 16kN

Equating the forces in Figs. (c) and (d) we obtain:
N = N s + N w + N A1 = 64kN
ANS. N = 64kN ( T )
Equating moment about point O in Figs. (c) and (d), we obtain
N ( y N ) = N s ( 0.005 ) + N w ( 0.06 ) + ( 16 ) ( 0.115 ) or
( 64 )y N = ( 32 ) ( 0.005 ) + ( 16 ) ( 0.006 ) + ( 16 ) ( 0.115 ) or y N = 2.96

---------- = 46.25 ( 10 – 3 ) m
64
ANS. y N = 46.25 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.6 A reinforced concrete bar is constructed by embedding 2 in x 2 in square iron rods in concrete as
shown in Figure P4.6. Assuming uniform strain of ε xx = – 1500 μ in the cross-section (a) Plot the stress dis-
tribution across the cross-section (b) Determine the equivalent internal axial force N. Use
Eiron = 25,000 ksi and Econcrete = 3,000 ksi.

y 24in
z
4 in
iron rods 24in
x 4 in
FigureP4.6
4 in 4 in
Solution εxx = -1500μ Ei = 25,000ksi Ec = 3,000ksi σxx = ? N=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The normal stress in iron and concrete can be found using Hooke’s Law as shown below.
( σ xx ) i = E i ε xx = 25 ( 10 3 ) ( – 1500 ) ( 10 –6 ) = – 37.5 ksi = 37.5 ksi
( σ xx ) c = E c ε xx = 3.0 ( 10 3 ) ( – 1500 ) ( 10 –6 ) = – 4.5 ksi = 4.5 ksi

The normal stress distribution across the cross-section is as shown in Fig. (b):
(a) (b) 4.5 ksi (c) (d)
37.5 ksi
2Ni
Nc N
2Ni
The stress distribution in Fig. (b) can be replaced by equivalent internal normal forces shown in Fig. (c)
that act at the centroid of each distribution. The internal normal forces can be found as shown below.
A i = ( 2 ) ( 2 ) = 4 in 2 and A c = ( 24 ) ( 24 ) – 4 ( 4 ) = 560 in 2
N i = ( σ xx ) i A i = ( 37.5 ) ( 4 ) = 150 kips ( C )
N c = ( σ xx ) c A c = ( 4.5 ) ( 560 ) = 2520 kips ( C )
Equating forces in Figs. (c) and (d) we obtain:
N = 4N i + N c = 4 ( 150 ) + 2520 = 3120 kips
ANS. N = 3120 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.7 A crane is lifting a mass of 1000 kg. The mass of the iron ball at B is 25 kg. A single cable runs
between A and B that has a diameter of 25 mm. Two cables are between the B and C, each cable has a
diameter of 10 mm. Determine the axial stresses in the cables.
A
Figure P4.7
------------------------------------------------------------
Solution m1 = 1000kg m2 = 25kg dAB = 25mm dBC = 10mm
σAB=? σBC=?
------------------------------------------------------------
By making imaginary cuts between A and B and between B and C, we obtain the following free body dia-
grams.
NAB NBC NBC
(a) (b)
m2g
m1g
m1g
By force equilibrium in figure (a)
N AB = m 1 g + m 2 g = ( 1025 ) ( 9.81 ) = 10.055 ( 10 3 ) N
N AD 10.055 ( 10 3 )
σ AB = ----------- = ------------------------------- = 20.483 ( 10 6 ) N ⁄ m 2 or σ AB = 20.5 MPa ( T )
A AD π ( 0.025 ) 2 ⁄ 4
By force equilibrium in figure (b)
2N BC = m 1 g or N BC = (-------------------------------
1000 ) ( 9.81 )- = 4.905 ( 10 3 ) N
2
N BC 4.905 ( 10 3 )
σ BC = ----------
- = ---------------------------- = 62045 ( 10 6 ) ( N ⁄ m 2 ) or σ BC = 62.5 MPa ( T )
A BC π ( 0.01 ) 2 ⁄ 4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.8 The counter-weight in a lift bridge has 12 cables on the left and 12 cables on the right. Each cable
has an effective diameter of 0.75 inch, a length of 50 feet, Modulus of Elasticity of 30,000 ksi, and an ulti-
mate strength of 60 ksi. (a) If the counter-weight is100 kips, determine the factor of safety for cable. (b)
What is the extension of each cable when the bridge is being lifted?
Set of 12 Cables
Counter-weight
Figure P4.8
Solution d = 0.75in 2 sets of 12 cables L = soft E = 30,000ksi

σ ult = 60 ksi W = 100 ksi ksaftey = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the counter-weight is shown below.
12NC 12NC
100 kips
By force equilibrium 24N C = 100 or N C = 4.167 kips
N
4.167
The axial stress is: σ C = ------C- = ---------------------------
- = 9.43 ksi
AC π ( 0.75 ⁄ 2 ) 2
σ ult 60
The factor of safety is: k saftey = --------
- = ---------- = 6.361 or k saftey = 6.36
σc 9.43
σ 9.43 –3
The axial strain is: ε C = -----c = --------------
- = 0.3143 ( 10 )
E 30000
–3
The deformation of the cable is: δ C = ε C L = ( 0.3143 ) ( 10 ) ( 50 ) ( 12 ) = 0.1886 in or δ C = 0.19 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.9 Draw the axial force diagrams and then check your results by finding internal forces in each seg-
ment AB, BC, and CD by making imaginary cut and drawing free body diagrams.The axial rigidity of the
bar is EA = 8,000 kips. Determine the movement of section at D with respect to section at A.
Solution NAB = ? NBC = ? NCD = ? EA = 8,000 kips uD-uA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We draw a template as shown in figure (a) and write the template equation.
(a) 25 kips 30 kips
(b)
F 10 kips 20 kips
ext
----------- A B C D
2
N1 N2 25 kips 30 kips
50 in
20 in 20 in
F ext (c) Axial force diagram
-----------
2 N 10 10 20 20
Template Equation N2 = N1 + F ext
kips
x
40 40
We start in the imaginary extension where the internal axial force is zero. If the external forces in figure (b)
are in the direction shown on the template in figure (a), then we add the value as per the template equation,
otherwise we subtract. In this manner we otain the axial force diagram shown in figure (c).
By making imaginary cuts between A and B, between B and C, and between C and D, we obtain the free
body diagrams shown in figures (d), (e), and (f), respectively.
(d) (e) 25 kips (f)
NAB 10 kips NBC NCD
10 kips 20 kips
A A B D
25 kips
By equilibrium of forces in figure (d), we obtain: N AB = 10 kips (1)
By equilibrium of forces in figure (d), we obtain: N BC = – 40 kips (2)
By equilibrium of forces in figure (d), we obtain: N CD = 20 kips (3)
The value of internal forces in Eq’s (1), (2) and (3) are the same as obtained from the axial force diagram in
figure (c).
N AB ( x B – x A )
- = (---------------------
u B – u A = ---------------------------------- 10 ) ( 20 )- = 0.025 in 1
EA 8000
N BC ( x C – x B ) ( – 40 ) ( 50 )
u C – u B = ----------------------------------
- = ------------------------- = – 0.250 in 2
EA 8000
N CD ( x D – x C )
= (---------------------
u D – u C = ----------------------------------- 20 ) ( 20 )- = 0.050 in 3
EA 8000
Adding Eq’s (1), (2), and (3), we obtain:
u D – u A = 0.025 – 0.25 + 0.05 = – 0.175 in or u D – u A = – 0.175 in
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ment AB, BC, and CD by making imaginary cut and drawing free body diagrams. The axial rigidity of the
bar is EA = 80,000 kN. Determine the movement of section at C with respect to section at A
Solution NAB = ? NBC = ? NCD = ? EA = 80,000 kN uC = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
By force equilibrium of the entire axial member, we obtain the reaction force at A as shown below.
R A – 150 + 90 – 70 = 0 or R A = 130 kN
We draw a template as shown in figure (a) and write the template equation.
75 kN 45 kN
(a) (b)
70 kN
F ext
----------- A B C D
2 RA
N1 N2 75 kN 45 kN
0.5 m
0.25 m 0.25 m
F
(c) Axial force diagram
ext
-----------
2
N
N = N + F ext Template Equation
kN 20 20
2 1 x
70 70
130 130
otherwise we subtract. In this manner we obtain the axial force diagram shown in figure (c).
(d) NAB (e) 75 kN (f)
A NBC NCD 70 kN
RA=130 kN A B D
RA=130 kN
75 kN
By equilibrium of forces in figure (d), we obtain: N AB = – 130 kN (1)
By equilibrium of forces in figure (d), we obtain: N BC = 20 kN (2)
By equilibrium of forces in figure (d), we obtain: N CD = – 70 kN (3)
figure (c).
N AB ( x B – x A ) ( – 130 ) ( 0.25 ) –3
- = -------------------------------- = – 0.4063 ( 10 ) m
u B – u A = ---------------------------------- 1
EA 80, 000
N BC ( x C – x B )
- = (----------------------
u C – u B = ---------------------------------- 20 ) ( 0.5 )- = 0.125 ( 10 – 3 ) m 2
EA 80, 000
–3 –3
Adding Eq’s (1) and (2) we obtain: u C – u A = ( – 0.4063 + 0.125 ) ( 10 ) = – 0.28125 ( ( 10 ) m )
Point A is fixed to the wall, i.e., uA = 0, thus we obtain: u C = – 0.281 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bar is EA = 2,000 kips. Determine the movement of section at B.
Solution NAB = ? NBC = ? NCD = ? EA = 2,000 kips uB= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
By force equilibrium of the entire axial member, we obtain the reaction force at D as shown below.
1.5 + 4 – 8 + R D = 0 or R D = 2.5 kips
We draw a template as shown in figure (a) and write the template equation
2 kips 4 kips
(a) (b)
1.5 kips
RD
F ext A B C D
-----------
2
2 kips 4 kips
N1 N2
60 in
25 in 20 in
F (c) Axial force diagram
ext 2.5 2.5
----------- N
2
N2 = N1 + F ext Template Equation
kips
1.5 1.5 x
5.5 5.5
2 kips
(d) N
(e) N
(f)
1.5 kips AB 1.5 kips BC NCD RD=2.5 kips
A A B D
2 kips
By equilibrium of forces in figure (d), we obtain: N AB = – 1.5 kips (1)
By equilibrium of forces in figure (d), we obtain: N BC = – 5.5 kips (2)
By equilibrium of forces in figure (d), we obtain: N CD = 2.5 kips (3)
figure (c).
N BC ( x C – x B ) ( – 5.5 ) ( 60 )
u C – u B = ----------------------------------
- = -------------------------- = – 0.165 in 1
EA 2000
N CD ( x D – x C )
= (----------------------
u D – u C = ----------------------------------- 2.5 ) ( 20 -) = 0.025 in 2
EA 2000
Adding Eq’s (1) and (2) we obtain: u D – u B = – 0.165 + 0.025 = – 0.140 in
Point D is fixed to the wall,i.e., uD = 0, thus we obtain: u B = 0.14 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bar is EA = 50,000 kN. Determine the movement of section at D with respect to section at A.
Solution NAB = ? NBC = ? NCD = ? EA = 50,000 kN uD-uA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We draw a template as shown in figure (a) and write the template equation,
60 kN 90 kN
(a) (b) 100kN 200 kN
A B C D
F
ext
-----------
2 60 kN 90 kN
N1 N2 0.6 m
0.4 m 0.4 m
(c) Axial force diagram 200 200
F ext N 20
----------- kN 20
2
x
N2 = N1 + F ext Template Equation
100 100
(d) NAB (e) 60 kN (f) N
NBC CD 200 kN
A D
100 kN A B
100 kN
60 kN
By equilibrium of forces in figure (d), we obtain: N AB = – 100 kN (1)
By equilibrium of forces in figure (d), we obtain: N BC = 20 kN (2)
By equilibrium of forces in figure (d), we obtain: N CD = 200 kN (3)
figure (c).
N AB ( x B – x A ) ( – 100 ) ( 0.4 ) –3
- = ----------------------------- = – 0.80 ( 10 ) m
u B – u A = ---------------------------------- 1
EA 50, 000
N BC ( x C – x B )
- = (----------------------
u C – u B = ---------------------------------- 20 ) ( 0.6 )- = 0.24 ( 10 – 3 ) m 2
EA 50, 000
N CD ( x D – x C ) ( 200 ) ( 0.4 ) –3
u D – u C = ----------------------------------- = -------------------------- = 1.60 ( 10 ) m 3
EA 50, 000
Adding Eq’s (1),(2), and (3) we obtain:
–3 –3
u C – u A = ( – 0.80 + 0.24 + 1.60 ) ( 10 ) = 1.04 ( ( 10 ) m ) or u C = 1.04 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.13 Three segments of 4 in x 2 in rectangular wooden bars (E = 1600 ksi) are secured together with
.
rigid plates and subjected to axial forces as shown. Determine: (a) the movement of rigid plate at D with
respect to plate at A. (b) the maximum axial stress.
22.5 kips 27.5 kips
15 kips 25 kips
4 in A B C D
22,5 kips 27.5

30 in 50 in 30 in
Figure P4.13
Solution E = 1600 ksi A = (4)(2)=8 in2 uD-uA = ? σmax = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
We draw a template as shown in figure (a) and write the template equation. Using the template and tem-
plate equation, we draw the axial force diagram as shown in figure (b)
F ext (b) Axial force diagram
(a) -----------
2
25 25
N1 N2 15 15
N
kips A B C D x
F
ext
-----------
2 30 30
From figure (b) the internal axial forces are: N AB = 15 kips , N BC = – 30 kips , and N CD = 25 kips .
N AB ( x B – x A ) ( 15 ) ( 30 )
u B – u A = ----------------------------------
- = ------------------------- = 0.0352 in 1
EA ( 1600 ) ( 8 )
N BC ( x C – x B ) ( – 30 ) ( 50 )
u C – u B = ----------------------------------
- = ------------------------- = – 0.1172 in 2
EA ( 1600 ) ( 8 )
N CD ( x D – x C ) ( 25 ) ( 30 )- = 0.0586 in
u D – u C = ----------------------------------- = ------------------------ 3
EA ( 1600 ) ( 8 )
u D – u A = 0.0352 – 0.1172 + 0.0586 = – 0.0234 in or u D – u A = – 0.0234 in.
With all segments having the same area of cross-section, the maximum axial stress will be in the segment
with the maximum internal axial force, i.e., segment BC. The axial stress in segment BC can be found as
shown below.
N BC – 30
σ max = ----------
- = --------- = – 3.75 ksi σ max = 3.75 ksi ( C )
A 8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.14 Aluminum bars (E = 30,000 ksi) are welded to rigid plates, as shown in Figure P4.1. All bars have
a cross-sectional area of 0.5 in2. The applied forces are F1 = 8 kips; F2 = 12 kips; and F3= 9 kips. Deter-
mine (a) the displacement of the rigid plate at D with respect to the rigid plate at A. (b) the maximum axial
stress in the assembly.
F1 F2 F3 F4
A B C D
x
F1 F2 F3 F4
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
By equilibrium of the entire bar:
– 2 F 1 + 2F 2 – 2F 3 + 2F 4 = 0 or F 4 = 8 + 9 – 12 = 5 kips 1
We can draw the axial force diagram as shown
(a) F
ext (b) Axial force diagram
-----------
2 16 16
N1 N2 10 10
N B
kips A C D
8 x
F ext 8
-----------
2
Template Equation N = N
2 1
+ F ext
From figure (b) the internal axial forces are: N AB = 16 kips , N BC = – 8 kips , and N CD = 10 kips .
N AB ( x B – x A ) ( 16 ) ( 36 ) –3
- = ---------------------------------------- = 19.2 ( 10 ) in
u B – u A = ---------------------------------- 1
EA ( 30000 ) ( 0.5 ) ( 2 )
N BC ( x C – x B ) ( – 8 ) ( 50 ) –3
- = ---------------------------------------- = – 13.33 ( 10 ) in
u C – u B = ---------------------------------- 2
EA ( 30000 ) ( 0.5 ) ( 2 )
N CD ( x D – x C ) ( 25 ) ( 36 ) –3
u D – u C = ----------------------------------- = ---------------------------------------- = 12 ( 10 ) in 3
EA ( 30000 ) ( 0.5 ) ( 2 )
–3 –3
u D – u A = ( 19.2 – 13.33 + 12 ) ( 10 ) = 17.87 ( 10 ) in 4
With all segments having the same area of cross-section, the maximum axial stress will be in the segment
with the maximum internal axial force, i.e., segment AB. The axial stress in segment AB can be found as
shown below.
N AB 16
σ max = ----------
- = -------------------- = 16 ksi
A ( 0.5 ) ( 2 )
The answers are: u D – u A = 0.01787 in. σ max = 16 ksi ( T )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.15 Brass bars between sections A and B, aluminum bars between sections B and C, and steel bars
between sections C and D are welded to rigid plates, as shown in Figure P4.2. The properties of the bars
are given in The applied forces are F1 = 90 kN; F2 = 40 kN; and F3= 70 kN. Determine (a) the displace-
ment of the rigid plate at D.(b) the maximum axial stress in the assembly
Table P4.15 x
F1 F2
Brass Aluminum Steel F3
A B C D
F3
Modulus of 70 GPa 100 GPa 200 GPa F1 F2
elasticity 1.5 m 2.5 m 2m
Diameter 30 mm 25 mm 20 mm Figure P4.15
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We can find the reactions at the wall from equilibrium of the entire free body diagram.
2R A – 2F 1 – 2F 2 + 2F 3 = 0 or R A = 90 + 40 – 70 = 60 kN 1
F
ext 140
RA ----------- 140
x 2
F1 F2
A B C D
F3 N1 N2
N 60 60
RA F3 kN A C D x
F1 F2
B
1.5 m 2.5 m 2m F
ext
----------- 120 120
2
The internal forces are: N AB = – 120 kN N BC = 60 kN N CD = 140 kN
π 2 –3 2 π 2 –3 2
The crosssectional areas are: A AB = --- ( 0.03 ) = 0.706 ( 10 ) m ; A BC = --- ( 0.025 ) = 0.4909 ( 10 ) m ;
4 4
π 2 –3 2
A CD = --- ( 0.02 ) = 0.3142 ( 10 ) m
4
The relative displacements are:
N AB ( x B – x A ) ( – 120 ) ( 1.5 ) –3
u B – u A = ----------------------------------- = ------------------------------------------------------ = – 1.819 ( 10 ) m 1
E AB A AB 9 –3
70 ( 10 ) ( 0.706 ) ( 10 )
N BC ( x C – x B ) ( 20 ) ( 0.6 ) –3
- = ------------------------------------------------------------- = 1.528 ( 10 ) m
u C – u B = ---------------------------------- 2
E BC A BC 9 – 3
100 ( 10 ) ( 0.4909 ) ( 10 )
N CD ( x D – x C ) ( 200 ) ( 0.4 ) –3
u D – u C = ----------------------------------- = ------------------------------------------------------------- = 2.228 ( 10 ) m 3
E CD A CD 9 – 3
200 ( 10 ) ( 0.3142 ) ( 10 )
–3 –3
Adding we obtain: u D – u A = ( – 1.819 + 1.528 + 2.228 ) ( 10 ) = 1.937 ( 10 ) m
The stresses in each bar are:
3 3
N AB – 120 ( 10 ) 6 2 N BC 60 ( 10 ) 6 2
σ AB = ----------
- = ----------------------------- = – 169.7 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m ; σ BC = ----------
- = -------------------------------- = 61.1 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m
A AB – 3 A BC – 3
0.706 ( 10 ) 0.4909 ( 10 )
3
N CD 140 ( 10 ) 6 2
σ CD = ----------
- = -------------------------------- = 222.8 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m
A CD –3
0.3142 ( 10 )
The answers are: u D = 1.937 mm σ max = 222.8 MPa ( T )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.16 A solid circular steel (Es = 30,000 ksi) rod BC is securely attached to two hollow steel rods AB and
CD as shown. Determine: (a) the angle of displacement of section at D with respect to section at A. (b) the
maximum axial stress in the axial member.
60 kips 210 kips 100 kips 50 kips
A B 4 in. C D 2 in.
60 kips 210 kips 100 kips 50 kips

Figure P4.16
24 in. 36 in. 24 in.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
π 2 π 2 2 π 2 2
The crosssectional areas are: A AB = A CD = --- ( 4 ) – --- ( 2 ) = 9.428 in ; A BC = --- ( 4 ) = 12.566 in ;
4 4 4
We can draw the axial force diagram as shown
(a)
F
-----------
2
300
N1 N2 100 100
N B
kips A C D x
F 8
ext 120
-----------
2
From figure (b) the internal axial forces are: N AB = – 120 kips , N BC = 300 kips , and N CD = 100 kips .
N AB ( x B – x A ) ( – 120 ) ( 24 ) –3
- = -------------------------------------- = – 10.186 ( 10 ) in
u B – u A = ---------------------------------- 1
EA ( 30000 ) ( 9.428 )
N BC ( x C – x B ) ( 300 ) ( 36 ) - = 28.678 in
u C – u B = ----------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------------- 2
EA ( 30000 ) ( 12.566 )
N CD ( x D – x C ) ( 100 ) ( 24 ) –3
u D – u C = ----------------------------------- = -------------------------------------- = 8.488 ( 10 ) in 3
EA ( 30000 ) ( 9.428 )
–3 –3
u D – u A = ( – 10.186 + 28.678 + 8.488 ) ( 10 ) = 26.95 ( 10 ) in 4
The axial stress in segments AB & BC can be found as shown below.
N AB – 120 N BC 300
σ AB = ----------
- = ------------- = – 12.732 ksi σ BC = ----------
- = ---------------- = 23.87 ksi
A AB 9.428 A BC 12.566
The answers are: u D – u A = 0.027 in. σ max = 23.87 ksi ( T )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.17 Two circular steel bars (E=30,000 ksi, ν = 0.3) of diameter 2 inch are securely connected to an alu-
minum bar (E=10,000 ksi, ν = 0.33) of diameter 1.5 inch. Determine (a) the displacement of section at C
with respect to the wall. (b) the maximum change in the diameter.
5 kips 17.5 kips
25 kips
RA A B C D
steel aluminum steel
5 kips 17.5 kips
Solution EAB = ECD = 30,000 ksi EBC = 10,000 ksi νAB =νCD =0.3 νBC = 0.33
dAB = dCD = 2.0 in dBC = 1.5 in uC-uA = ? Δdmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
By force equilibrium of the entire axial member, we obtain the reaction force at A as shown below.
R A – 10 – 35 + 25 = 0 or R A = 20 kips
(a) F
-----------
2 25 25
N1 N2
N
kips B D
A C
F ext
x
10 10
-----------
N = N + F ext 2 20 20
2 1 Template Equation
From figure (b) the internal axial forces are: N AB = – 20 kips , N BC = – 10 kips , and N CD = 25 kips .
2 2 2 2
The area of cross-sections are: A AB = A CD = π ( 2 ) ⁄ 4 = 3.142 in , and A BC = π ( 1.5 ) ⁄ 4 = 1.767 in
N AB ( x B – x A ) ( – 20 ) ( 40 ) - = – 8.488 ( 10 – 3 ) in
u B – u A = ----------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------------- 1
EA ( 30, 000 ) ( 3.142 )
N BC ( x C – x B ) ( – 10 ) ( 15 ) –3
- = ----------------------------------------- = – 8.488 ( 10 ) in
u C – u B = ---------------------------------- 2
EA ( 10, 000 ) ( 1.767 )
Adding Eq’s (1) and (2)
–3 –3
u C – u A = ( – 8.488 – 8.488 ) ( 10 ) = ( – 16.98 ) ( 10 ) in or u C – u A = – 0.017 in.
The maximum change in diameter will occur in that segment in which the axial stress is maximum. As area
of cross-sections for AB and CD are the same, we conclude that CD will have a larger stress as the axial
force is larger. We calculate the axial stress in BC and CD as shown below:
N BC ( – 10 ) N CD ( 25 )
σ BC = ----------
- = -------------- = – 5.659 ksi and σ CD = ----------
- = ------------- = 7.958 ksi
A BC 1.767 A CD 3.142
The axial strain in BC and CD is:
σ BC ( – 5.659 ) –3 σ CD ( 7.958 ) –3
ε BC = ---------
- = --------------------- = ( – 0.5659 ) ( 10 ) and ε CD = ---------- = ------------------ = 0.2653 ( 10 )
E BC 10, 000 E CD 30, 000
The transverse strain in BC and CD is:
–3 · –3
ε BC ) T = – ν BC ε BC = – ( 0.33 ) ( – 0.5659 ) ( 10 ) = 0.1867 ( 10 and
–3 –3
( ε CD ) T = – ν CD ε CD = – ( 0.3 ) ( 0.2653 ) ( 10 ) = – 0.07959 ( 10 ).
The change in diameter in BC and CD is:
–3 –3 –3 –3
Δd BC = ( 1.5 ) ( 0.1867 ) ( 10 ) = ( 0.2801 ) ( 10 ) in andΔd CD = ( 2 ) ( – 0.07959 ) ( 10 ) = ( – 0.1592 ) ( 10 ) in
The maximum change in diameter occurs in BC. It’s value is: or Δd max = 0.00028 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.18 Two cast iron pipes (E = 100 GPa) are adhesively bonded together as shown. The outer diameters
of the two pipes are 50 mm and 70 mm and wall thickness of each pipe is 10 mm. Determine the displace-
ment of end B with respect to end A.
500 mm 150 mm 400 mm
D
20 kN C 20 kN
A B
Figure P4.18
Solution E = 100GPa (dAC)o = 70 mm (dAC)i = 50 mm (dDB)o = 50 mm

(dDB)i = 30 mm (dCD)o = 70 mm (dCD)i = 30 mm uB-uA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The internal normal force in each segment is: N AC = N CD = N DB = 20 kN . The area of material cross-
sections are as shown below.
π [ ( 0.07 ) 2 – ( 0.05 ) 2 ]
A AC = -------------------------------------------------- = 1.885 ( 10 –3 ) m 2
4
A DB = π
[ ( 0.05 ) 2 – ( 0.03 ) 2 ]- = 1.257 ( 10 –3 ) m 2
-------------------------------------------------
4
A CD = π
[ ( 0.07 ) 2 – ( 0.03 ) 2 ]- = 3.142 ( 10 –3 ) m 2
-------------------------------------------------
4
The relative displacement of the ends of each segment can be written as shown below.
N AC ( x C – x A ) ( 20 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.5 )
u C – u A = ----------------------------------- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 0.05305 ( 10 – 3 ) m 1
E AC A AC ( 100 ) ( 10 9 ) ( 1.885 ) ( 10 – 3 )
N CD ( x D – x C ) ( 20 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.15 )
u D – u C = ----------------------------------- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 0.00955 ( 10 – 3 ) m 2
E CD A CD ( 100 ) ( 10 9 ) ( 3.142 ) ( 10 – 3 )
N BD ( x B – x D ) ( 20 ) ( 10 3 ) ( 0.4 )
u B – u D = ----------------------------------- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 0.06364 ( 10 – 3 ) m 3
E BD A BD ( 100 ) ( 10 9 ) ( 1.257 ) ( 10 – 3 )
Adding Eq’s (1), (2), and (3)
u B – u A = ( 0.05305 + 0.00955 + 0.06364 ) ( 10 – 3 ) = 0.12624 ( 10 – 3 ) m or u B – u A = 0.126 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.19 The tapered bar shown in Figure P4.19 has a cross-sectional area that varies with x as
A = K ( 2 L – 0.25 x ) 2 . Determine the elongation of the bar in terms of P, L, E and K.
x B P
A
L
Figure P4.19
Solution uB-uA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We can write:
N AB
du = ---------------------- P
------ = -----------------------------------------------
- 1
dx E AB A AB E [ K ( 2L – 0.25x ) 2 ]
Integrating we obtain:
L
P L
∫0 du ∫
dx
= -------- ---------------------------------
- 2
EK 0 ( 2L – 0.25x ) 2
L
P 1 P 1 1
u = -------- ------------------------------------------ = -------- -------------------- – ----------- 3
EK 0.25 ( 2L – 0.25x ) 0 EK 0.4375L 0.5L
P
u = 0.2857 ------------
EKL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.20 The tapered bar shown in Figure P4.19 has a cross-sectional area that varies with x as
A = K ( 4 L – 3 x ) . Determine the elongation of the bar in terms of P, L, E and K.
x B P
A
Solution uB - uA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We can write:
du N AB P
------ = ---------------------- = --------------------------------
dx E AB A AB EK ( 4L – 3x )
L L
P dx
∫0 du = ∫0 -------
- ⋅ ------------------------
EK ( 4L – 3x )
or
P L P P 1
u = ----------- [ ln 4L – 3x 0 ] = – ----------- [ ln L – ln 4L ] = – ----------- ln --- 4
3EK 3EK 3EK 4
P
u = 0.4621 --------
EK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.21 A tapered and un-tapered solid circular steel bars (E=30,000 ksi) are securely fastened to a solid
.
circular aluminum bar (E=10,000 ksi). The un-tapered steel bar has a diameter of 2 inches. The aluminum
bar has a diameter of 1.5 inches. The tapered bars diameter varies from 1.5 inches to 2 inches.(a) Deter-
mine the displacement of section at C with respect to the section at A (b) Determine the maximum axial
stress in the bar.
10 kips 20 kips
40 kips
A B C D 60 kips
aluminum steel
steel
10 kips 20 kips
40 in 60 in
15 in
Figure P4.21
Solution EAB = ECD = 30,000 ksi EBC = 10,000 ksi
dAB = 2.0 in dBC = 1.5 in dCD varies from 1.5 in to 2 in
uC-uA = ? σmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
F
(a) ext
----------- (b) Axial force diagram 60 60
2
N1 N2 N 40 40
Template Equation kips 20 20
F ext N
2
= N
1
+ F ext
----------- A B C D
2 x
From figure (b) the internal axial forces are: N AB = 40 kips , N BC = 20 kips , and N CD = 60 kips .
N AB ( x B – x A ) ( 40 ) ( 40 ) –3
u B – u A = ---------------------------------- - = 16.976 ( 10 ) in
- = ------------------------------------------- 1
E AB A AB 2
( 30, 000 ) ( π2 ⁄ 4 )
N BC ( x C – x B ) ( 20 ) ( 15 ) –3
u C – u B = ----------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------ = 16.976 ( 10 ) in 2
E BC A BC 2
( 10, 000 ) ( π1.5 ⁄ 4 )
–3 –3
u C – u A = ( 16.976 + 16.976 ) ( 10 ) = 33.952 ( 10 )in or u C – u A = 0.034 in
The axial stress in CD will be maximum where the area of cross-section is minimum. Thus, the maximum
stress in CD will be just after C, where the diameter is 1.5 in.This stress will be greater than the stress in
BC as the diameter there is also 1.5 but axial force is smaller.
N CD 60
σ max = ----------
- = ------------------------- = 33.95 σ max = 33.95 ksi ( T )
A 2
( π1.5 ⁄ 4 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.22 The column shown has a length L, Modulus of elasticity E, specific weight γ, and radius a. Deter-
mine the contraction of the column in terms of L, E, γ, and a.
------------------------------------------------------------
The distributed force is product of specific weight and the area of cross-section and it acts in the negative
x-direction:
p = – γA = – γπa 2 1
We can write:
dN
------- = – p = γπa 2 2
dx
N = γπa 2 x + c 1 3
at x = L N = 0 We obtain: c 1 = – γπa 2 L
N = γπa 2 x – γπa 2 L 4
We can write:
du N γπa 2 γ
------ = -------- = ------------- ( x – L ) = --- ( x – L ) 5
dx EA Eπa 2 E
uB
γ L
∫ uA
∫
du = --- ( x – L ) dx or
E 0
L
γ x2
u B = --- ⎛ ----
- – Lx⎞ 6
E⎝ 2 ⎠
0
– γL 2
u B = ------------
2E
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.23 The column shown has a length L, Modulus of elasticity E, specific weight γ, and length a as the
side of an equilateral triangle. Determine the contraction of the column in terms of L, E, γ, and a.
------------------------------------------------------------
The area of cross-section is:
1 3
A = --- ab = ------- a 2 1
2 4
x-direction:
p = – γ ⎛ ------- a 2⎞
3
2
⎝ 4 ⎠
We can write:
dN 3
------- = – p = ------- γa 2 3
dx 4
3
N = ------- γa 2 x + c 1 4
4
3
at x = L N = 0 we obtain: c 1 = – ------- γa 2 L
4
3
N = ------- γa 2 ( x – L ) 5
4
We can write:
du N 3 γπa 2 γ
------ = -------- = ------- ----------------- ( x – L ) = --- ( x – L ) 6
dx EA 4 3 E
E ------- a 2
4
L
uB
γ
∫ uA
∫
du = --- ( x – L )dx or
E
0
L
γ x2
u B = --- ⎛ ----- – Lx⎞ 7
E⎝ 2 ⎠
0
– γL 2
u B = ------------
2E
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.24 The columns shown has a length L, Modulus of elasticity E, specific weight γ, and cross-sectional
area A. Determine the contraction of the column in terms of L, E, γ, and A.
------------------------------------------------------------
x-direction:
p = – γA 1
We can write:
dN- = – p = γA
------ 2
dx
N = γAx + c 1 3
at x = L N = 0 we obtain: c 1 = – γAL
N = γA ( x – L ) 4
We can write:
du N
------ = -------- = γA ( x – L ) 5
dx EA
uB L
∫u A
du = γA ∫0 ( x – L ) dx or
L
γA 2 γ –L
u B – u A = -------- ⎛ x----- – Lx⎞ = ------- ⎛ ------⎞ 6
EA ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2E ⎝ 2 ⎠
0
γL 2
u B = – ---------
2E
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
4.25 On the truncated cone of Example 4.7 a force of P = ( γπr L ⁄ 5 ) is also applied as shown. Deter-
mine the total elongation of the cone due to its weight and the applied force. (Hint: use superposition)
5r
x R(x)
L
r
P
Figure P4.25
Solution δ=?
------------------------------------------------------------
Let the total elongation δ= δ W+ δP, where δW is the elongation due to weight and δP is the elongation due
to the force P. From example 4.6 we have:
7 γL 2
δ W = ------ --------- 1
30 E
r r2
and R ( x ) = --- ( 5L – 4x ) or A ( x ) = π ------ ( 5L – 4x ) 2 2
L L2
The free body diagram at any location x is:
N
γπr 2 L
By equilibrium of forces we obtain: N = P = --------------
-
5
We can write:
du N γπr 2 L γL 3
------ = -------- = -------------------------------------------- = ---------------------------------- 3
dx EA r 2 5E ( 5L – 4x ) 2
5Eπ ------ ( 5L – 4x ) 2
L2
Integrating from x = 0 to x = L we can obtain δP as shown below
uL L
γL 3
- dx = γL
L 3 1 - -----------------------
1 -
δP = ∫u 0
du = ∫ ---------------------------------
0 5E ( 5L – 4x )
2
--------- -------------
5E – ( – 4 )
⋅
( 5L – 4x )
or
0
γL 3 1 1 γL 2
δ P = ---------
- --- – ------- = ---------
- 4
20E L 5L 25E
Adding Equations (1) and (3), we obtain the total elongation as shown below
7 γL 2 γL 2 41 γL 2
δ = ------ --------- + ---------- = --------- --------- 5
30 E 25E 150 E
γL 2
δ = 0.273 ---------
E
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.26 A 20 feet tall, thin-hollow tapered tube of uniform wall thickness 1/8 inch is used for a light pole
in a parking lot. The mean diameter at the bottom is 8 inches and at the top it is 2 inches. The weight of the
lights on top of the pole is 80 lbs. The pole is made of aluminum alloy with a specific weight of 0.1 lb/in3
and Modulus of Elasticity E = 11,000 ksi. Determine (a) the maximum axial stress. (b) the contraction of
the pole.
(Hint: Approximate the area of cross-section as A = πDt, where D is the mean diameter and t is the thickness of the
thin-walled pole.)
Tapered pole
Figure P4.26
Solution L = 20ft t = 118in db = 8in dt = 2in WLight = 80lbs

γ = 0.1 lb ⁄ in 3 E = 11,000ksi G = 8000ksi σ max = δ=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The geometry off the pole in two-dimension is as shown below.
P
2 in
x
R(x) 20 ft
8 in
Let R(x) be the outer radius of the pole at any x.
R ( x ) = a + bx 1
At x = 0 R(x) = 1 inch . Thus: a = 1
1-
At x = 20 ft = 240 in R(x) = 4 inch, thus 4 = 1 + b ( 240 ) or b = -----
80
( 80 + x )
R ( x ) = -------------------- in 2
80
For thin-walled tubes the area of cross-section can be approximated as A = 2πRt or
( 80 + x ) 1
A ( x ) = ( 2π ) -------------------- ⎛ ---⎞ = 9.817 ( 10 3 ) ( 80 + x ) 3
80 ⎝ 8⎠
With gravity being the same direction as x
p ( x ) = γA = 0.9817 ( 10 – 3 ) ( 80 + x ) 4
We can write:
dN
------- = – p = – 0.9817 ( 10 – 3 ) ( 80 + x ) 5
dx
Integrating we obtain
N = – 0.4909 ( 10 – 3 ) ( 80 + x ) 2 + c 1 6
At x = 0 N = -80lbs, thus – 80 = – 0.4909 ( 10 –3 ) ( 80 ) 2 + c 1 or c 1 = – 76.858

N = – 0.4909 ( 10 – 3 ) ( 80 + x ) 2 – 76.858 7
The maximum axial force will be at the bottom of the pole i.e., x = 240 in
N max = – 0.4909 ( 10 –3 ) ( 320 ) 2 – 76.858 = – 127.12lbs 8
The area of cross-section at the bottom is:
A b = 9.817 ( 10 3 ) ( 320 ) = 3.1416 in 2 9
The maximum axial force is:
N max – 127.12
σ max = ------------
- = ------------------- = – 54.78 10
Ab 3.1416
σ max = 54.8 psi ( C )
We can write:
du N – 0.4909 ( 10 – 3 ) ( 80 + x ) 2 – 76.858
------ = -------- = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- or
dx EA 11 ( 10 6 )L9.817 ( 10 –3 ) ( 80 + x )
du 0.7117 ( 10 – 3 )-
------ = – 0.4545 ( 10 – 9 ) ( 80 + x ) – -------------------------------- 11
dx 80 + x
Integrating from x = 0 to x = 240
u 240 240 240
∫u ∫0 ∫0
dx
du = – 0.4545 ( 10 – 9 ) ( 80 + x ) dx – 0.7117 ( 10 – 3 ) --------------- or
0
80 + x
240
( 80 + x ) 2 240
u 240 – u 0 = – 0.4545 ( 10 – 9 ) ---------------------- – 0.7117 ( 10 – 3 ) ln ( 80 + x ) 0 = – 1.205 ( 10 – 3 ) 12
2 0
Now u240 = 0 as the point is fixed to the ground and we obtain the contraction δ = u 0 = 1.205 ( 10 – 3 )
δ = 0.0012 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.27 Determine the contraction of a column due to its own weight. The specific weight γ, the Modulus
of Elasticity E, the length L, and the radius R are as given.
3
γ = 0.28 lb ⁄ in E = 3, 600 ksi
L = 120 in R = 240 – x L
x R(x)
where, R and x are in inches.
Figure P4.27
Solution δ=?
------------------------------------------------------------
Gravity is in the negative x-direction hence p = – γA or p = – γπR 2 = – 0.28π ( 240 – x ) .
We can write:
dN
------- = – p = 0.28π ( 240 – x ) 1
dx
Integrating from x = L = 120, where N = 0 to any local x we obtain
N x
∫0 dN = ∫120 0.2817 ( 240 – x ) dx or
( 0.28π ) x
N = – ------------------- ( 240 – x ) 2 120 = – 0.14π [ ( 240 – x ) 2 – 120 2 ] 2
2
We can write:
0.14π [ ( 240 – x ) 2 – 120 2 ]
du = N = –----------------------------------------------------------------- du 120 2
------ = – 3.889 ( 10 – 6 ) ( 240 – x ) – -----------------
------ -------- or - 3
dx EA ( 3 ⋅ 6 ) ( 10 6 )π ( 240 – x ) dx 240 – x
Integrating from x = 0 to x = 120
u 120 120
120 2
∫u 0
du = – 3.889 ( 10 – 6 ) ∫0 ( 240 – x ) – ---------------------- dx or
( 240 – x )
– ( 240 – x ) 2
u 120 – u 0 = – 3.889 ( 10 – 6 ) ---------------------------- + 120 2 ln ( 240 – x ) 4
2
Now point at x = 0 is fixed to the ground, i.e., u0 = 0 and we obtain the following.
– 120 2 240 2
u 120 = – 3.889 ( 10 – 6 ) -------------- + ----------- + 120 2 ln ( 240 – x ) or
2 2
u 120 = – 45.18 ( 10 –3 ) inches 5
The top point moves in negative x-direction, hence it is in contraction δ = 0.045 in
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.28 Determine the contraction of a column due to its own weight. The specific weight γ, the Modulus
of Elasticity E, the length L, and the radius R are as given.
3 E = 25 GPa
γ = 24 kN ⁄ m L
– 0.07x x R(x)
L = 10 m R = 0.5e
where, R and x are in meters.
Figure P4.28
Solution δ=?
------------------------------------------------------------
Gravity is in the negative x-direction, hence p = – γA = – γπR 2 = – 24 ( 10 3 )π ( 0.5e –0.07x ) 2
or p = – 18.85 ( 10 3 )e 0.14x .
We can write:
dN
------- = – p = 18.85 ( 10 3 )e –0.14x 1
dx
Integrating from x = L = 10 m, where N = 0 to any location x, we obtain
N x
∫0 dN = ∫10 ( 18.85π ) ( 10 3 )e –0.14x dx or
x
e – 0.14x
N = – 18.85π ( 10 3 ) ⎛ ----------------⎞ = – 134.64 ( 10 3 ) ( e – 0.14x – e – 1.4 ) 2
⎝ 0.14 ⎠
10
We can write:
du 134.64 ( 10 3 ) ( e – 0.14 – 0.2466 )- = – 6.857 ( 10 – 6 ) ( 1 – 0.2466e 0.14x )
N- = –--------------------------------------------------------------------------
------ = ------- 3
dx EA 25 ( 10 9 )π [ ( 0.5 ) 2 e –0.14x ]
Integrating from x = 0 to x = 10 m
u 10 10
∫u 0
du = – 6.857 ( 10 –6 ) ∫0 ( 1 – 0.2466e 0.14 ) dx or
10
0.14x
u 10 – u 0 = – 6.857 ( 10 – 6 ) ⎛ x – 0.2466e
-------------------------------⎞ 4
⎝ 0.14 ⎠
0
Point x = 0 is fixed to the ground i.e., u0 = 0

u 10 = – 6.857 ( 10 – 6 ) [ 10 – 1.761 ( e 1.4 – 1 ) ] = – 31.67 ( 10 – 6 ) 5
The top point moves in negative x-direction, hence it is contraction δ = 0.317 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.29 The frictional force per unit length on a cast iron pipe being pulled from the ground varies as a
quadratic function as shown. Determine the force F needed to pull the pipe out of ground and the elonga-
tion of the pipe before the pipe slips in terms of the modulus of elasticity E, area of cross-section A, length
L and the maximum value of frictional force fmax.
x
L 2
x
f = f max -----2-
L
Figure P4.29
Solution F=? δ=?

------------------------------------------------------------
The distributed force is: p ( x ) = f max ( x 2 ⁄ L 2 ) .
We can write:
dN
------- = – p ( x ) = – f max ( x 2 ⁄ L 2 ) 1
dx
N x
x2
Integrating from x = L, where N = 0, to any location x, we obtain ∫0 dN = – f max ∫L -----
L2
- dx or
x
– f max x 3 f max
- = ----------- ( L 3 – x 3 )
N = ------------------- 2
3L 2 L 3L 2
f max L
At x = 0 N = F; Thus, F = --------------
-
3
We can write:
du N- f max
------ = ------- = ------------------ ( L 3 – x 3 ) 3
dx EA 3EAL 2
Integrating from x = 0 to x = L
uL f max L
∫ u0
∫
du = ------------------ ( L 3 – x 3 ) dx or
3EAL 2 0
L
f max f max
u L – u 0 = ------------------ ⎛ L 3 x – x-----⎞ = ------------------ ⎛ L 4 – L
4
------⎞
4
3EAL 2 ⎝ 4 ⎠ 3EAL 2 ⎝ 4⎠
0
f max L 2
u L – u 0 = -----------------
4EA
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.30 The spare wheel in an automobile is stored under the vehicle and raised and lowered by a cable.
The wheel has a mass of 25 kg. The ultimate strength of the cable is 300 MPa and an effective Modulus of
Elasticity of E = 180 GPa. The length of the hanging cable length is 36 cm. (a) For a factor of safety of
four, determine to the nearest millimeter, the minimum diameter of the cable if failure due to rupture is to
be avoided. (b) What is the maximum extension of the cable for the answer in part (a).
Figure P4.30
Solution m = 25 kg σult = 300 MPa E = 180 GPa L0 = 36 cm

ksaftey = 4 dmin = ? nearest millimeter d = uL-u0 = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the tire is as shown below.
N
25g
N = 25g = 245.25 Newtons 1
The maximum allowable axial stress is:
σ ult
- = 300
σ max = --------------- --------- = 75MPa 2
k saftey 4
The axial stress can be written as:
N 245.25 312.26
σ = ---- = --------------------- ≤ σ max or ---------------- ≤ 75 ( 10 6 ) or d 2 ≥ 4.163 ( 10 – 6 ) or
A ( πd ⁄ 4 )
2 d2
d ≥ 2.04 ( 10 –3 ) m 3
To the nearest millimeter the diameter that satisfies the inequality is d min = 3 mm
The extension is
NL ( 245.25 ) ( 0.36 )
δ = -------- = --------------------------------------------- = 0.0694 ( 10 –3 ) m 4
EA ( 180 ) ( π0.003 2 ⁄ 4 )
δ = 0.069 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.31 A adhesively bonded joint in wood (E = 1800 ksi) is fabricated as shown. If the total elongation of
the joint between A and D is to be limited to 0.05 inches, determine the maximum axial force F that can be
applied.
F
4 in F
A 1 in B C D
1 in 1 in
x
36 in 5 in 36 in
Figure P4.31
Solution E = 1800 ksi δ ≤ 0.05 Fmax = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The internal axial force in all segments of the joint is N = F. The area of cross-sections of the segments are:
A AB = ( 4 ) ( 1 ) = 4 in 2 A BC = 3 ( 4 ) ( 1 ) = 12 in 2 A CD = ( 4 ) ( 1 ) = 4 in 2
The relative displacement of the ends of each segment can be written as shown below.
N AB ( x B – x A ) F ( 36 )
u B – u A = ----------------------------------- = ------------------------- = 5 ( 10 – 3 )F 1
EA AB ( 1800 ) ( 4 )
N BC ( x C – x B ) F(5)
- = ---------------------------- = 0.2318 ( 10 – 3 )F
u C – u B = ---------------------------------- 2
EA BC ( 1800 ) ( 12 )
N CD ( x D – x C ) F ( 36 )
u D – u C = ----------------------------------- = ------------------------- = 5 ( 10 – 3 )F 3
EA CD ( 1800 ) ( 4 )
Adding equations (1), (2) and (3)
u D – u A = F ( 5 + 0.2318 + 5 ) ( 10 –3 ) = 10.2318 ( 10 – 3 ) ≤ 0.05 or F ≤ 4.8869 kips or
F max = 4886 lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.32 A 5 feet long hollow rod is to transmit an axial force of 30 kips. The outer diameter of the rod must
be 6 inches to fit existing attachments. The relative displacement of the two ends of the shaft is limited to
0.027 inches. The axial rod can be made of steel or aluminum. The Modulus of Elasticity E, the allowable
axial stress σallow, and the specific weight γ, are given in Table 4.1. Determine the maximum inner diame-
ter in increments of 1/8 inch of the lightest rod that can be used for transmitting the axial force and the cor-
responding weight.
Table 4.1.Material Properties in Problem 4.32
E σallow γ
Material
ksi ksi lbs./in3
Steel 30,000 24 0.285

Aluminum 10,000 14 0.100
Solution L = 5 ft P=30 kips do= 6 in Δu = 0.024

di= ? nearest 1/8th inch, W=? for lightest rod
------------------------------------------------------------
We calculate the area of cross-section for steel to satisfy the stress and deformation requirements.
( 30 ) ( 60 ) 2
( Δu ) S = -------------------------------- ≤ 0.027 or A S ≥ 2.22 in 1
3
( 30 ) ( 10 )A S
( 30 ) A S ≥ 1.25 in
2
σ S = ---------- ≤ 24 or 2
AS
Using similar calculations for Aluminum we obtain the following limits on AAl.
( 30 ) ( 60 ) or A Al ≥ 6.67 in
2
( Δu ) Al = ----------------------------- ≤ 0.027 3
3
10 ( 10 )A Al
( 30 ) A Al ≥ 2.143 in
2
σ Al = ---------- ≤ 14 or 4
A Al
2 2
Thus if A S ≥ 2.22 in then it will meet both conditions in Eq’s (1) and (2). Similarly if A Al ≥ 6.67 in
then it will meet both conditions in Eq’s (3) and (4). The internal diameters DS and DAl can be found as
shown below:
π 2 2
D S ≤ 5.759 in
A S = --- ( 6 – D S ) ≥ 2.22
4
π 2 2 5
A Al = --- ( 6 – D Al ) ≥ 6.67 D Al ≤ 5.245 in
4
Rounding downwards to the closest 1/8th inch, we obtain: D S = 5.75 in D Al = 5.125 in
We can find the weight of each material by taking the product of the specific weight and the volume of a
hollow cylinder as shown below:
π 2 2 π 2 2
W S = ( 0.285 ) --- ( 6 – 5.75 ) ( 60 ) = 39.45 lbs W Al = ( 0.1 ) --- ( 6 – 5.125 ) ( 60 ) = 45.87 lbs
4 4
The rod should be of steel.
3
The inside diameter should be d i = 5 --- inch . The corresponding weight is W S = 39.5 lbs
4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.33 A hitch for an automobile is to be designed for pulling a maximum load of 3,600 lbs. A solid-
square-bar fits into a square-tube, and is held in place by a pin as shown. The allowable axial stress in the
bar is 6 ksi, the allowable shear stress in the pin is 10 ksi, and the allowable axial stress in the steel tube is
12 ksi. To the nearest 1/16th of an inch, determine the minimum cross-sectional dimensions of the pin, the
bar and the tube. Negect stress concentration.(Note: Pin is in double shear)
Square
Tube
Pin
Square
Bar
Figure P4.33
Solution P = 3,600lbs σ b ≤ 6 ksi τ p = 10 ksi double shear

σ s = 12 ksi dp = ? ab = ? bs = ? nearest 1116 inch
------------------------------------------------------------
The two-dimensional picture of the hitch and the cross-section of the tube are shown below.
bs P P
ab ab bs
dp
ab
dp bs
As pin is in double shear: 2V = P or V = 180

V 1800
The shear stress is: τ p ≥ ------ = -----------------------
- ≤ 10, 000 d p2 ≥ 0.2292 d p ≥ 0.4787 inch d p = 0.5 in
Ap 2 ( πdp ⁄ 4 )
The axial force in bar is N = P = 3600. The minimum area of cross-section in the bar is is at the pin hole.
3600 1
The axial stress is: σ b = --------------------------- ≤ 6000 or a b2 – 0.5a b ≥ 0.6 or a b ≥ 1.063 a b = 1 --- in
ab ( ab – dp ) 8
The axial force in the steel tube is Ns = P = 3600. The minimum area of cross-section in the tube is at the
pin hole.
3600
The axial stress is: σ s = --------------------------------------------------------------------------- ≤ 12, 000 or b s2 – 0.5b s – ( 1.125 ) ( 1.125 – 0.5 ) ≥ 0.3 or
[ ( bs ) ( bs – dp ) – ( ab ) ( ab – dp ) ]
5
b s2 – 0.5b s – 1.003125 ≥ 0 b s ≥ 1.282 b s = 1 ------ in
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.34 An axial rod has a constant axial rigidity EA and is acted upon by a distributed axial force p(x). If
at section A the internal axial force is zero show that the relative displacement of section at B with respect
to displacement of section at A is given by
xB
1
u B – u A = --------
EA ∫ ( x – xB )p ( x ) dx 4.15
xA
Solution N(xA)= 0 uB - uA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We can write:
dN
= –p ( x ) 1
dx
Integrating from x = xA to any location x, we obtain the following.
N x x
∫ dN = – ∫ p ( x ) dx or N(x) = – ∫ p ( x ) dx 2
NA = 0 xA xA
(x)
Integrating the equation du = N
------------ from xA to xB, we obtain the following.
dx EA
uB xA x
N(x) 1
∫ du = ∫ ------------ dx
EA
or u B – u A = --------
EA ∫ N ( x ) dx 3
uA xA xA
Integrating by parts, the above equation can be written as
x
1 xB dN
u B – u A = -------- xN ( x ) x –
EA A ∫ x d x dx 4
xA
Imposing the limits and substituting Eq. (1), we obtain the following.
x
1
u B – u A = -------- x B N ( x B ) – N ( x A ) –
EA ∫ x ( –p ( x ) ) dx 5
xA
Substituting Eq. (2) at x = xB and noting that N(xA)= 0, we obtain
⎧ xB ⎫ xB
1 ⎪ ⎪
EA ⎪
∫
u B – u A = -------- x B ⎨ – p ( x ) dx ⎬ – 0 + xp ( x ) dx
⎪
∫ 6
⎩ xA ⎭ xA
Noting that xB is a constant and can be taken inside the integral, we obtain:
xB
1
u B – u A = --------
EA ∫ ( x – xB )p ( x ) dx 7
xA
Eq. (7) is same as Eq. 4.15.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.35 A composite laminated bar made from n materials is shown in Figure P4.35. Ei and Ai are the mod-
ulus of elasticity and cross sectional area of the ith material. (a) If Assumptions from 1 through 5 are valid,
show that the stress ( σ xx ) i in the ith material is given Equation 4.16a, where N is the total internal force at
a cross section. (b) If Assumptions 7 through 9 are valid, show that relative deformation u 2 – u 1 is given by
Equation 4.16b.(c) Show that for E1=E2=E3....=En=E Equations (4.16a) and (4.16b) give the same results
as Equations (4.8) and (4.10).
NE i y
( σ xx ) i = --------------------
- (4.16a)
n
∑ Ej Aj x En
j 1
z
N ( x2 – x1 ) Ei
u 2 – u 1 = -------------------------- (4.16b)
n
∑ Ej Aj E2
j 1 Figure P4.35 E1
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The axial strain is:
du
ε xx = (x) 1
dx
The axial stress is:
du
σ xx = E (x) 2
dx
The internal axial force can be written as:
du du du
N = ∫ σxx dA = ∫ E d x dA =
dx ∫
E dA =
dx ∫ E1 dA + ∫ E2 dA + ⋅ + ⋅ + ∫ En dA or
A A A A1 A2 An
n
du du
N = [ E A + E2 A2 +
dx 1 1
⋅ + ⋅ + En An ] =
dx ∑ Ej Aj or
j=1
du = --------------------
N - 3
dx n
∑
Ej Aj
j 1
du
For the ith material as ( σ xx ) i = E i , where ( σ xx ) is the axial stress in the ith material, we obtain:
dx i
N
( σ xx ) i = E i --------------------- 4
n
∑ Ej Aj
j=1
Equation (4) is same as Equation (4.16a). Assuming all quantities on right hand side of Equation (3) are
constant, then we can write:
u2 – u1
du = ---------------- N - N ( x2 – x1 )
- = -------------------- or u 2 – u 1 = -------------------------
- 5
dx x2 – x1 n n
∑Ej Aj ∑ Ej Aj
j 1 j 1
Equation (5) is same Equation (4.16b).

If E1=E2=E3....=En=E then
n n
∑ Ej Aj = E ∑ Aj = EA 6
j=1 j=1
Substituting Equation (6) into Equation (4) and (5) we obtain:
N N
( σ xx ) i = E -------- = ---- 7
EA A
N ( x2 – x1 )
u 2 – u 1 = -------------------------- 8
EA
Equations (7) and (8) are same as Equations (4.8) and (4.10)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.36 The stress-strain relationship for a non-linear material is given by the power law σ = Eε n . If all
assumptions except Hooke’s law are valid, show
1
---
n
⎛ N ⎞
Δu = -------- L 4.16
⎝ EA⎠
and the axial stress σxx is given by Equation 4.8, where N is the internal axial force, L is the length of the
rod, A is the area of cross-section, and Δu is the relative displacement of the rod.
n
Solution σ = Eε σxx = ? Δu = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
du
From kinematics we have ε xx = ( x ) . Substituting this in the given stress-strain relationship, we obtain.
dx
n
du
σ xx = E (x) 1
dx
The normal stress and internal normal force are related as
N = ∫ σxx dA 2
A
Substituting Eq. (1) into Eq. (2) and assuming homogenous material we obtain the following:
n n n
du du du
N = ∫ E
dx
( x ) dA = E
dx
(x) ∫ dA = EA
dx
( x ) or
A 0
n
du N
( x ) = -------- 3
dx EA
Substituting Eq. (3) into Eq. (1), we obtain: σ xx = N

----
A
Eq. (2) can be re-written as:
1
---
du N n
( x ) = -------- 4
dx EA
Assuming all quantities on the right in Eq (4) are constant over the length of the shaft, then du = Δu
------- .
dx L
1
---
N n
Substituting this in Eq. (4) we obtain: Δu = -------- L
EA
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.37 Determine the elongation of a rotating bar in terms of the rotating speed ω, density ρ, length L,
area of cross-section A, and Modulus of Elasticity E. (Hint: the body force per unit volume is ρω2x).
x
L
Figure P4.37
Solution Δu = f(ω, ρ, L, A, E) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of a differential element is shown below.
N N+dN
(ρω2x) Adx
dx
By equilibrium N + dN – N = – ρw 2 xAdx or
dN = ρw 2 Axdx 1
At x = L N = 0 . Integrating Eq (1) from x = L to any location x we obtain
N x x
x2
∫0 dN = ∫ L
– ρw 2 Ax dx or N – 0 = ρw 2 A -----
2 L
or
ρw 2
N = ---------- A ( L 2 – x 2 ) 2
2
We have the following.
du ρw 2 2
N- = ---------
------ = ------- - ( L – x2 ) 3
dx EA 2E
uL
ρw 2 L
Integrating Eq (3) from x = 0 to x = L we obtain: ∫ u0 2E 0 ∫
du = ---------- ( L 2 – x 2 ) dx or
L
ρw 2 x3 ρw 2 3 ρw 2 L 3
Δu = u L – u 0 = ---------- ⎛ L 2 x – -----⎞ or Δu = ---------- ⎛⎝ L 3 – L
------⎞ Δu = -----------------
2E ⎝ 3⎠ 2E 3⎠ 3E
0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.38 Consider the dynamic equilibrium of differential element shown in Figure P4.38. Where N is the
2
∂u
internal force, ρ is the density, A is the area of cross-section and 2
is acceleration.
∂t
N N+dN 2
= ρA ∂ u dx
2
Figure P4.38 ∂t
dx dx
By substituting for N from Equation 4.8 into the dynamic equilibrium equation derive the following wave
equation:
2 2
∂ u 2 ∂ u E
= c c = ---
2 2 ρ
∂t ∂x 4.17
The material constant c is the velocity of propagation of sound in the material.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
2
∂ u
By equilibrium of forces in Fig. P4.36 we obtain: N + dN – N = ρA 2
or
∂t
2
dN ∂ u
------- = ρA 1
dx 2
∂t
We can write
∂u
N = EA ----- 2
∂x
2
∂u ∂ u
Substituting Eq(2) into Eq(1), we obtain ∂ ⎛⎝ EA -----⎞⎠ = ρA 2
∂x ∂x ∂t
2 2 2 2
∂ u ∂ u ∂ u
Assuming EA is not a function of x we obtain the following. EA 2 = ρA 2 or ∂ u = c 2 2
2
∂x ∂t ∂t ∂x
Above equation is same as Eq(4-17)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.39 Show by substitution that the functions f(x - ct) and g(x + ct) satisfy the wave Equation 4.17.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
∂f ∂y
Consider the solution: u = f ( x – ct ) . Substituting y = x – ct we obtain: ∂-----u = ----- ----- = -----
∂f
. We obtain the
∂x ∂y ∂x ∂y
following:
2 2
∂ u ∂f ⎞
∂ ⎛ ----- ∂ ⎛ -----
∂f ⎞ ∂-----y ∂ f
= = = 3
∂x
2 ∂ x ⎝ ∂y⎠ ∂ y ⎝ ∂y⎠ ∂x
∂y
2
∂f ∂y ∂f
We can also write: ∂-----u = ----- ----- = – c ----- . We obtain the following.
∂t ∂y ∂t ∂y
2 2
∂ u ∂ ∂f ∂ ⎛ -----
∂f ∂ f
= ⎛ – c -----⎞ = –c ⎞ ( –c ) = c 2 4
2 ∂ t ⎝ ∂y⎠ ∂ y ⎝ ∂y⎠ ∂y
2
∂t
Substituting Eq.(2) and (3) in Eq. 4-17, we observe that the equation is identically satisfied, hence f is a
solution of Eq. 4-17.
2 2
∂g ∂ ∂g ∂y
Consider now u = g ( x + ct ) . Substituting z = x + ct we obtain: ∂ u = ∂ ⎛⎝ -----⎞⎠ = ⎛⎝ -----⎞⎠ ----- = ∂ g and
∂x
2 ∂ x ∂z ∂ z ∂z ∂ x
∂z
2
2 2
∂ u ∂ ⎛ ∂g⎞ ∂ ⎛ ∂g⎞ ∂ g
= c ----- = c ----- ( c ) = c 2 which on substitution satisfies Eq 4-17. Hence g(x + ct) is a
∂t
2 ∂ t ⎝ ∂z⎠ ∂ z ⎝ ∂z ⎠ ∂z
2
solution of Eq 4-17.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.40 The strain displacement relationship for large axial strain is given by
du 2
+ --- ⎛ ⎞
du 1
ε xx = 4.18
d x 2 ⎝ d x⎠
where we recognize that as u is only a function of x and hence the strain from Equation 4.18 is uniform
across the cross-section. For linear, elastic, homogenous material show:
du = 2N- – 1
1 + ------- 4.19
dx EA
and the axial stress σxx is given by Equation 4.1.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
By Hooke’s Law
du 1 du 2
σ xx = Eε xx = E ------ + --- ⎛ ------⎞ 1
dx 2 ⎝ dx⎠
du 2
------ + --- ⎛ ------⎞ dA
du 1
By static equivalency: N = ∫A σxx dA = ∫E dx 2 dx⎠ ⎝
A
du
Assuming material is homogenous across the cross-section i.e. E is a constant, and nothing that ------ is a
dx
2
------ + --- ⎛ ------⎞ A or
1 du
function of x and does not change across the cross-section, we obtain. N = E du
dx 2 ⎝ dx⎠
du 2
------ + --- ⎛ ------⎞ = --------
du 1 N
2
dx 2 ⎝ dx⎠ EA
Substituting Eq(2) into Eq(1) we obtain σ xx = E ⎛⎝ --------⎞⎠ = N

N
---- as given by Eq. 4-9.
EA A
du 2
Eq. (3) can be re-written as ⎛⎝ ------⎞⎠ + 2 ⎛⎝ ------⎞⎠ – 2 -------- = 0 .
du N
dx dx EA
------ = --- ⎛ – 2 ± 4 + 4 ⎛ --------⎞ ⎞ or du

------ = ± 1 + 2 ⎛ --------⎞ – 1
1 2N N
Solving the quadratic, we obtain du
dx 2⎝ ⎝ EA⎠ ⎠ dx ⎝ EA⎠
du
The positive root is the admissible root, because with the negative root ------ is always negative and less that
dx
-1 irrespective of the value of N i.e. applied forces with a positive root we obtain Eq 4-19.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.41 Table 4.2shows the measured radii of a solid tapered rod at several point along the axis. The rod is
made of aluminum (E = 100 GPa) and has a length of 1.5 meters. Determine (a) elongation of the rod using
numerical integration. (b) the maximum axial stress in the rod.
R(x)
500 kN
B
A
x
Figure P4.41
Table 4.2.Data for Problem 4.41.
x R(x) x R(x)
(m) (mm) (m) (mm)
0.0 100.6 0.8 60.1
0.1 92.7 0.9 60.3
0.2 82.6 1.0 59.1
0.3 79.6 1.1 54.0
0.4 75.9 1.2 54.8
0.5 68.8 1.3 54.1
0.6 68.0 1.4 49.4
0.7 65.9 1.5 50.6
Solution E = 100 GPa xA= 0 xB= 1.5 m Δu = uB-uA = ? σmax= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The internal axial force is N = 500 kN. We have the following.
3 –6
du N ( 500 ) ( 10 ) 5 ( 10 )
= -------- = --------------------------------------------------- = ------------------- 1
dx EA 9 2 2
( 100 ) ( 10 ) ( πR ( x ) ) πR ( x )
In Eq. (1), R(x) is measured in meters. Eq. (1) can be rewritten as du = -----------------
5
- , where now R(x) is in mil-
dx 2
πR ( x )
limeters. Integrating from xA= 0 to xB= 1.5, we obtain the following:
uB x B = 1.5 1.5
5
∫
5
∫ du = ∫ ------------------ dx
πR ( x )
2 or Δu = ------------------ dx
πR ( x )
2
uA xA = 0 0 2
2
Representing f ( x ) = 1.5915 ⁄ [ R ( x ) ] and using numerical integration as described in Appendix B, we obtain
the value of the integral on a spread sheet as shown in the table below.
From the results in the table we see the elongation of the bar is: Δu = 0.60 mm
The maximum stress will occur at the cross-section where area is the smallest, i.e., just before point B and
can be found as shown below.
3
N 500 ( 10 ) 6 2
σ max = ------- = --------------------------- = 62.2 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or σ max = 62.2 MPa ( T )
AB 2
π ( 0.0506 )
x R(x)
f(x)
Δu x R(x)
f(x)
Δu
(m) (mm) (10-3)(m) (m) (mm) (10-3)(m)
0.00 100.60 0.1573 0.0171 0.80 60.10 0.4406 0.2731
0.10 92.70 0.1852 0.0380 0.90 60.30 0.4377 0.3178
0.20 82.60 0.2333 0.0623 1.00 59.10 0.4557 0.3678
0.30 79.60 0.2512 0.0886 1.10 54.00 0.5458 0.4216
0.40 75.90 0.2763 0.1193 1.20 54.80 0.5300 0.4753
0.50 68.80 0.3362 0.1533 1.30 54.10 0.5438 0.5351
0.60 68.00 0.3442 0.1888 1.40 49.40 0.6522 0.5988
0.70 65.90 0.3665 0.2292 1.50 50.60 0.6216
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.42 Let the radius of the tapered rod in problem 4.41 be represented by the equation R ( x ) = a + bx .
Using the data in Table 4.2 determine the constant a and b by the least-square method and then find the
elongation of the rod by analytical integration.
Solution E = 100 GPa a = ? b = ? xA= 0 xB= 1.5 m Δu = uB-uA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We develop the equations for the least square method for a linear representation as described in Appendix
B. This difference between the radius value and the value obtained by substituting x = xi in the equation
R ( x ) = a + bx is the error ei that can be written as given below.
e i = R i – R ( x i ) = R i – ( a + bx i ) 1
N
∑ ei . The error E is minimized with respect to coefficients a, and b to gen-

2
We define the error E as E =
i=1
erate a set of linear algebraic equations as shown below.
∂e i
∂E
∂a
= 0 or ∑ 2ei ∂ a = 0 or ∑ 2 [ Ri – ( a + bxi ) ] [ –1 ] = 0
""
∂E = 0 ∂e i
∂b
or
∑ 2e i
∂b
= 0 or ∑ 2 [ Ri – ( a + bxi ) ] [ –xi ] = 0
The above equations on the right can be rearranged and written in matrix form as shown below:
⎧ ⎫
N ∑ xi ⎧⎨ a ⎫ = ⎪
⎬ ⎨
∑ Ri ⎪⎬ or b 11 b 12 ⎧ a ⎫
⎧
⎪ r1
⎫
⎪
⎨ ⎬ = ⎨ ⎬ 2
∑ xi ∑ xi ⎩
b ⎭ ⎪
∑ xi Ri ⎪⎭
2
⎩ b 21 b 22 ⎩ b ⎭ ⎪ r2 ⎪
⎩ ⎭
The coefficients of the b-matrix and the r-vector can be determined by comparison to the matrix form of
the equations on the left. The coefficients a and b can be determined by Cramer’s rule. Let D represent the
determinant of the b matrix. By Cramer’s rule, we replace the first column in the matrix of b’s by the right
hand side and find the determinant of the so constructed matrix and divide by D. Thus, the coefficients a,
and b can be written as shown below.
D = b 11 b 22 – b 12 b 21 3
r 1 b 12 r 1 b 22 – r 2 b 12 b 11 r 1 r 2 b 11 – r 1 b 21
a = ⁄ D = -------------------------------
- b = ⁄ D = -------------------------------
- 4
r 2 b 22 D b 21 r 2 D
The given data and Eq. (2) through (4) can be put in a spread sheet and the coefficients a and b can be
found as shown in the table below as: a = 90.226 mm b = – 30.593
xi (m) Ri (mm) xi2 xi*Ri xi (m) Ri (mm) xi2 xi*Ri
1 0.00 100.60 0.0000 0.000 10 0.90 60.30 0.8100 54.270
2 0.10 92.70 0.0100 9.270 11 1.00 59.10 1.0000 59.100
3 0.20 82.60 0.0400 16.520 12 1.10 54.00 1.2100 59.400
4 0.30 79.60 0.0900 23.880 13 1.20 54.80 1.4400 65.760
5 0.40 75.90 0.1600 30.360 14 1.30 54.10 1.6900 70.330
6 0.50 68.80 0.2500 34.400 15 1.40 49.40 1.9600 69.160
7 0.60 68.00 0.3600 40.800 16 1.50 50.60 2.2500 75.900
8 0.70 65.90 0.4900 46.130 bij & ri 12.0000 1076.50 12.4000 703.360
9 0.80 60.10 0.6400 48.080 D 54.4
a and b 90.226 -30.593
Thus R(x) = 90.226-30.593x, where x is in meters and R is in millimeters. Substituting this in Eq. (2) of
problem 4.41 and integrating, we obtain the elongation as shown below.
1.5 1.5
----------------------------------------------------- dx = ⎛ ---⎞ --------------------------------------------------------------------
5 5 1
∫
–3
Δu = = 0.5968 ( 10 ) m
2 ⎝ π⎠ ( 30.593 ) ( 90.226 – 30.593x )
π ( 90.226 – 30.593x ) 0
0
Thus the elongation of the bar is: Δu = 0.60 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.43 Table 4.4 shows the value of distributed axial force at several point along the axis of a hollow steel
(E = 30,000 ksi) rod. The rod has a length of 36 inches, an outside diameter of 1 inch, and an inside diam-
eter of 0.875 inch. Determine (a) the displacement of the end A using numerical integration. (b) the maxi-
mum axial stress in the rod.

p(x) lb/in
A
B
x
Figure P4.43
Table 4.4.
x p (x) x p (x)
(inches) lbs./in (inches) lbs./in
0 260 21 -471
3 106 24 -598
6 32 27 -645
9 40 30 -880
12 -142 33 -1035
15 -243 36 -1108
18 -262
Solution E = 30,000 ksi do= 1 inch di = 0.875 inch uA = ? σmax= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The equilibrium equation dN + p ( x ) = 0 can be integrated from point A, where N = 0 to any location x, to
dx
obtain the internal axial force as a function of x as shown below.
N(x) x
N(x) = ∫ dN = – ∫ p ( x ) dx 1
NA = 0 xA = 0
2 2 2
The area of cross-section is A = π ( do – di ) ⁄ 4 = 0.1841in .
du = N ( x )- = N(x) –9
----------- ---------------------------------------------- = 181.08 ( 10 )N ( x ) 2
dx EA 6
( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.1841 )
Integrating from point A i.e., xA =0 to point B, i.e., xB =36. We note that point B is fixed to the wall, hence
uB= 0. we obtain the following integral:
uB = 0 x B = 36 36
∫
–9
∫ ∫
–9
du = [ 181.08 ( 10 )N ( x ) ] dx or u A = – [ 181.08 ( 10 )N ( x ) ] dx 3
uA xA = 0 0
The axial stress σxx can be found as shown below:
σ xx = N N -
---- = --------------- 4
A 0.1841
Eq. (1) can be numerically integrated on a spread sheet to obtain N(xi), the value of internal force at any xi.
Then, Eq (3) can be numerically integrated to obtain the elongation. Eq. (4) can be used to find the axial
stress at various xi and the maximum value chosen by inspection. These calculations can be done on a
spread sheet as shown in the table below.
The negative sign for the displacement uA implies it moves in the negative x-direction, which means it dis-
places to the left. The answers are: u A = 0.0176 in. to the left and σ max = 73.7 ksi ( T )
xi p(xi) N(xi) [uA-u(xi+1)](10-3) σxx(xi)

(inches) (lbs./in) (lbs.) (inches) (ksi)
0 260 0.00 0.149 0.000

3 105.5 -548.25 0.503 -2.978
6 32.0 -754.50 0.942 -4.098
9 39.5 -861.75 1.368 -4.681
12 -142.0 -708.00 1.596 -3.846
15 -242.5 -131.25 1.462 -0.713
18 -262.0 625.50 0.824 3.398
21 -470.5 1724.25 -0.548 9.366
24 -598.0 3327.00 -2.862 18.072
27 -644.5 5190.75 -6.303 28.195
30 -880.0 7477.50 -11.145 40.617
33 -1034.5 10349.25 -17.640 56.215
36 -1108.0 13563.00 73.672
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.44 Let the distributed force p(x) in problem 4.43 be represented by the equation p ( x ) = a + bx + cx2 .
Using the data in Table 4.4 determine the constant a, b, and c by the least-square method and then find the
displacement of section at A by analytical integration.
Solution a=? b=? c=? uA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The equilibrium equation dN + p ( x ) = 0 can be integrated from point A, where N = 0 to any location x, to
dx
N(x) x x
2 3
∫ ∫ ∫
bx
+ cx
2
N(x) = dN = – p ( x ) dx = – [ a + bx + cx ] dx = – ax + -------- -------- 1
2 3
NA = 0 xA = 0 xA = 0
2 2 2
The area of cross-section is A = π ( do – di ) ⁄ 4 = 0.1841in .
2 3
du = N ( x )- = N(x) –9 bx cx
----------- ---------------------------------------------- = ( – 181.08 ) ( 10 ) ax + -------- + -------- 2
dx EA 6 2 3
( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.1841 )
uB = 0 x B = 36
2 3
∫ ∫
–9 bx cx
uB= 0. we obtain the following integral: du = ( – 181.08 ) ( 10 ) ax + -------- + -------- dx or
2 3
uA xA = 0
36
2 3 4 2 3 4
– 9 a ( 36 ) b ( 36 ) c ( 36 )
u A = ( 181.08 ) ( 10 ) ⎛ -------- + -------- + --------⎞
ax –9 bx cx
= ( 181.08 ) ( 10 ) ---------------- + ---------------- + ---------------- 3
⎝ 2 6 12 ⎠ 2 6 12
0
Using the Least Square Method described in Appendix B, we obtain the value of the values of constants a,
b, and c on a spread sheet as shown in the table below.
The values of the constants are: a = 224.40 b = – 23.60 c = – 0.40
Substituting the values of the above constants in Eq. (3), we obtain the displacement of point A
2 3 4
u A = ( 181.08 ) ( 10 ) --------------------------- + (----------------------------------
– 9 ( 224 ) ( 36 ) – 23.60 ) ( 36 ) - + -------------------------------
( – 0.40 ) ( 36 ) - = – 0.017 or u = 0.017in to the left
2 6 12 A
xi p(xi)
xi2 xi3 xi4 x*pi xi2*pi
1 0.0 260.0 0.0 0.000E+00 0.000E+00 0.000E+00 0.000E+00
2 3.0 105.5 9.0 2.700E+01 8.100E+01 3.165E+02 9.495E+02
3 6.0 32.0 36.0 2.160E+02 1.296E+03 1.920E+02 1.152E+03
4 9.0 39.5 81.0 7.290E+02 6.561E+03 3.555E+02 3.200E+03
5 12.0 -142.0 144.0 1.728E+03 2.074E+04 -1.704E+03 -2.045E+04
6 15.0 -242.5 225.0 3.375E+03 5.063E+04 -3.638E+03 -5.456E+04
7 18.0 -262.0 324.0 5.832E+03 1.050E+05 -4.716E+03 -8.489E+04
8 21.0 -470.5 441.0 9.261E+03 1.945E+05 -9.881E+03 -2.075E+05
9 24.0 -598.0 576.0 1.382E+04 3.318E+05 -1.435E+04 -3.444E+05
10 27.0 -644.5 729.0 1.968E+04 5.314E+05 -1.740E+04 -4.698E+05
11 30.0 -880.0 900.0 2.700E+04 8.100E+05 -2.640E+04 -7.920E+05
12 33.0 -1034.5 1089.0 3.594E+04 1.186E+06 -3.414E+04 -1.127E+06
13 36.0 -1108.0 1296.0 4.666E+04 1.680E+06 -3.989E+04 -1.436E+06
bij & ri 234.0 -4945.0 5850.0 1.643E+05 4.918E+06 -1.513E+05 -4.531E+06
Cij 1.783E+09 1.897E+08 4.216E+06 2.971E+07 7.666E+05 2.129E+04
D 3.453E+09
ai 224.40 -23.60 -0.40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.45 A rigid bar is hinged at C. The Modulus of Elasticity of the bar A is E= 30,000 ksi, the area of
cross-section is A = 1.25 in2, and the length is 24 inches. Determine the applied force F if point B moves
upward by 0.002 inches.
D C
Rigid B
125 in
A 25in F
Solution E = 30,000 ksi A = 1.25 in2 L = 24 inch δB = 0.002 in

------------------------------------------------------------
We draw the free body diagram of the rigid bar as shown in Fig. (a)
(a) Cy
C
(b)
D
Rigid
x
125 in δB
B Contraction
125 in δD= δA
25in
25in F
NA Compressive
By taking moment equilibrium about point C in Fig.(a), we obtain the following.

125N A = 25F or F = 5N A
1
We draw the exaggerated deformed shape as shown in Fig. (b) and write the deformation equations using
similar triangles.
δA δ or δ A = 5δ B = 5 ( 0.002 ) = 0.01in
- = -----B-
-------- 2
125 25
From Eq 4.27, we have the following:
NA L N A ( 24 ) or N A = 15.625 kips
δ A = ----------
- = -------------------------------------
- = 0.01
EA ( 30, 000 ) ( 1.25 ) 3
Substituting Eq. (3) into Eq. (1), we obtain the force F as shown below.
F = 5 ( 15.625 ) = 78.125kips or F = 78.1 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cross-section is A = 1.25 in2, and the length is 24 inches. Determine the applied force F if point B moves
upward by 0.002 inches.
D C
0.004 in Rigid B
125 in
A 25in F
Solution E = 30,000 ksi A = 1.25 in2 L = 24 inch δB = 0.002 in

------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Cy (b)
Cx
125 in δB
D
Rigid B 0.004
δA δD 25in
125 in
F Contraction
NA 25in
Compressive

125N A = 25F
or F = 5N A 1
We draw the exaggerated deformed shape as shown in Fig. (b) and write the deformation equations.
δD δ δ A = 5δ B – 0.004 = 5 ( 0.002 ) – 0.004 = 0.006in
or
δ D = δ A + 0.04 - = -----B-
-------- 2
125 25
NAL N A ( 24 ) or N A = 9.375 kips
δ A = ----------
- = -------------------------------------
- = 0.006 3
EA ( 30, 000 ) ( 1.25 )
F = 5 ( 9.375 ) = 46.875kips or F = 46.9 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.47 A rigid bar is hinged at C. The Modulus of Elasticity of the bar A is E= 100 GPa, the area of cross-
section is A = 15 mm2, and the length is 1.2 m. Determine the applied force F if point B moves to the left
by 0.75 mm.
B F
1.25 m
D Rigid C
2.5 m
A
Solution E = 100 GPa A = 15 mm2 L = 1.2 m δB = 0.75 mm

------------------------------------------------------------
B (b) δB
(a) F
1.25 m 1.25 m
θ
Contraction 2.5 m
D Rigid C Cx
θ C
2.5 m δD = δA
Compressive Cy
NA
2.5N A = 1.25F
or F = 2N A 1
δA δB δ A = 2δ B = 2 ( 0.75 ) = 1.5mm = 1.5 ( 10 )m
–3
------
- = ---------
- or 2
2.5 1.25
NAL N A ( 1.2 ) –3 3
δ A = ---------- - = 1.5 ( 10 )
- = ------------------------------------------------------ or N A = 1.875 ( 10 ) Newtons = 1.875kN 3
EA 9 –6
( 100 ) ( 10 ) ( 15 ) ( 10 )
F = 2 ( 1.875 ) = 3.75kN or F = 3.75 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.48 A rigid bar is hinged at C. The Modulus of Elasticity of the bar A is E= 100 GPa, the area of cross-
section is A = 15 mm2, and the length is 1.2 m. Determine the applied force F if point B moves to the left
by 0.75 mm.
B
F
1.25 m
D Rigid C
1 mm
2.5 m
A
Solution E = 100 GPa A = 15 mm2 L = 1.2 m δB = 0.75 mm

------------------------------------------------------------
(a) B δB
F (b)
1.25 m
1.25 m θ
2.5 m
D Rigid C Cx 1mm θ C
2.5 m Contraction
δA δD
Cy
Compressive
NA

2.5N A = 1.25F or F = 2N A 1
δD δB or δ A = 2δ B – 1 = 2 ( 0.75 ) – 1 = 0.5mm = 0.5 ( 10 )m
–3
δD = δA + 1 ------
- = ---------
-
2.5 1.25 2
NA L N A ( 1.2 ) –3 3
δ A = ---------- - = 0.5 ( 10 )
- = ------------------------------------------------------ or N A = 0.625 ( 10 ) Newtons = 0.625kN
EA 9 –6
( 100 ) ( 10 ) ( 15 ) ( 10 ) 3
F = 2 ( 0.625 ) = 1.25kN or F = 1.25 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.49 The roller at P slides in the slot due to the force F = 20 kN. Member AP has an area of cross-sec-
tion of A = 100 mm2 and a Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa. Determine the displacement of the roller.
P
F
m
0m
20
A 50o
Solution E = 200 GPa A = 100 mm2 F=20 kN δP = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
δA P2
Extension
(a) F (b) 50o
P P1
δP
50o R
NA Tensile
A
N A cos 50 = F
or N A = 31.11kN 1
We draw the exaggerated deformed shape as shown in Fig. (b). As per small strain approximation, we need
component of PP1 in the original direction of AP, i.e., PP2 represents the deformation of bar AP and is cal-
culated as shown below.
δ A = δ P cos 50 or δ P = 1.556δ A
2
3
NAL ( 31.11 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.2 ) –3
δ A = ----------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------- = 0.311 ( 10 )m = 0.311mm 3
EA 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 )
Substituting Eq. (3) into Eq. (2), we obtain the displacement of roller as shown below.
δ P = 1.556δ A = ( 1.556 ) ( 0.311 ) = 0.484mm or δ P = 0.48 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.50 The roller at P slides in the slot due to the force F = 20 kN. Member AP has an area of cross-sec-
tion of A = 100 mm2 and a Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa. Determine the displacement of the roller.
P F
m
30o
0m
20
A 50o
Solution E = 200 GPa A = 100 mm2 F=20 kN δP = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
P2
(a) (b) δA
Extension
F 20o
y
x 20o
P δP P1
R
NA Tensile
A
N A cos 20 = F or N A = 21.28kN
1
component of PP1 in the original direction of AP, i.e., PP2 represents the deformation of bar AP and is cal-
culated as shown below.
δ A = δ P cos 20 or δ P = 1.064δ A
2
3
NA L ( 21.28 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.2 ) –3
δ A = ----------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------- = 0.2128 ( 10 )m = 0.2128mm 3
EA 9 – 6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 )
Substituting Eq. (3) into Eq. (2), we obtain the displacement of roller as shown below.
δ P = 1.064δ A = ( 1.064 ) ( 0.2128 ) = 0.2264mm or δ P = 0.23mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cross-section is A = 1.25 in2 and the length is 24 inches. Determine the axial stress in bar A and the dis-
placement of point B on the rigid bar.
D C B
0.004 in Rigid
125 in
A 25in F = 50 kips
Solution E = 30,000 ksi A = 1.25 in2

L = 24 inch σA = ? δD = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) (b)
Cy 125 in δB
D Cx
0.004
Rigid B
δA δD 25in
125 in Contraction
25in F
NA Compressive

125N A = 25F or N A = F ⁄ 5 = 10kips
1
N 10
The axial stress in member A is: σ A = ------A- = ---------
- = 8.0 ksi or σ A = 8.0 ksi ( C )
A 1.25
δ D = δ A + 0.004 δD δ ( δ A + 0.004 )
- = -----B-
-------- or δ B = ------------------------------
- 2
125 25 5
NA L ( 10 ) ( 24 )
δ A = ----------
- = -------------------------------------- = 0.0064 in 3
EA ( 30, 000 ) ( 1.25 )
Substituting Eq. (3) into Eq. (2), we obtain the displacement δB as shown below.
δ B = (----------------------------------------
0.0064 + 0.004 )- = 0.00208in or δ B = 0.0021 in
5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cross-section is A = 1.25 in2 and the length is 24 inches. Determine the axial stress in bar A and the dis-
placement of point B on the rigid bar.
M= 2500 in-kips
D C
0.004 in Rigid B
125 in
A 25in
Solution E = 30,000 ksi A = 1.25 in2 L = 24 inch σA = ? δD = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Cy M= 2500 in-kips (b) 125 in δB
D Cx
Rigid 0.004
B
δA δD 25in
125 in Contraction
25in F
NA Compressive

125N A = 2500 or N A = 20kips
1
N 20 - = 16.0 ksi
The axial stress in member A is: σ A = ------A- = --------- or σ A = 16.0 ksi ( C )
A 1.25
δ D = δ A + 0.004 δD δ ( δ A + 0.004 )
- = -----B-
-------- or δ B = ------------------------------
- 2
125 25 5
NA L
δ A = ---------- ( 20 ) ( 24 ) - = 0.0128 in
- = ------------------------------------- 3
EA ( 30, 000 ) ( 1.25 )
Substituting Eq. (3) into Eq. (2), we obtain the displacement δB as shown below.
( 0.0128 + 0.004 )
δ B = ----------------------------------------- = 0.00336in or δ B = 0.0034 in
5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.53 A steel (E = 30,000 ksi, ν = 0.28) rod passes through a copper ( E = 15,000 ksi, ν = 0.35) tube as
shown in Figure P4.53. The steel rod has a diameter of 1/2 in. and the tube has an inside diameter of 3/
4 in. and a thickness of 1/8 in. If the applied load is P = 25 kips, determine: (a) the movement of point A
(b) the change in diameter of the steel rod.
24 in.
C
P A B
Figure P4.53
16 in.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
π 1 π 2 π 3
2 2
The crosssectional areas are: A S = --- ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = 0.19635 in ; A cu = --- ( 1 ) – --- ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = 0.3461 in ;
2 2
4 2 4 4 4
We can draw the free body diagrams as shown
NCu NS
P A NS
B
From figure above the internal axial forces are: N S = P = 2.5 kips and N Cu = – N S = – 2.5 kips .
N Cu ( x B – x A ) ( – 2.5 ) ( 16 ) –3
u B – u C = ---------------------------------- = ----------------------------------------- = – 7.761 ( 10 ) in 1
E Cu A Cu ( 15000 ) ( 0.3461 )
NS ( xA – xB ) ( 2.5 ) ( – 24 )
u B – u A = ------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------- = – 10.186 in 2
ES AS ( 30000 ) ( 0.19635 )
Adding Eq’s (1) and (2) we obtain:
–3 –3
u A – u C = ( – 7.761 – 10.186 ) ( 10 ) = ( – 17.947 ) ( 10 ) in 3
The axial stress and strain in steel can be found as shown below.
N 2.5 σ 12.732 –3
σ S = ------S- = ------------------- = 12.732 ksi ε S = ------S- = ---------------- = 0.4244 ( 10 )
AS 0.19635 AS 30000
The transverse strain and change of diameter can be found as:
–3 –3 –3
( ε S ) tran = – ν S ε S = – 0.28 ( 0.4244 ) ( 10 ) = – 0.1188 ( 10 ) Δd = d ( ε S ) tran = 0.059 ( 10 ) in
–3
Noting that point C is fixed, the answers are: u c = 0.0018 in. to left Δd = 0.059 ( 10 ) in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.54 A rigid bar ABC is supported by two aluminum cables (E = 10,000 ksi) with a diameter of 1/2 in.
as shown in Figure P4.54. The bar is horizontal before the force is applied. Determine the angle of rotation
of the bar from the horizontal when a force P= 5 kips is applied
5 ft
P
Figure P4.54
A B C
3 ft 5 ft
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
π 1 2
The crosssectional area is: A = --- ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = 0.19635 in
2
4 2
We can draw the free body diagram and the deformed shape as shown below:
N1 N2
(a) (b) 8 ft =96 in.
P δ2
δ1 θ
3 ft 5 ft
By equilibrium of moment about C and force balance in y-direaction we obtain:
5(5)
( 8 )N 1 = ( 5 ) ( P ) or N 1 = ----------- = 3.125 kips 1
8
N1 + N2 = P or N 2 = 5 – 3.125 = 1.875 kips 2

The deformations are
N1 L ( 3.125 ) ( 5 ) ( 12 ) –3
δ 1 = ---------- = ----------------------------------------------- = 95.49 ( 10 ) in 3
EA ( 10, 000 ) ( 0.19635 )
N2 L
δ 2 = ---------- ( 1.875 ) ( 5 ) ( 12 ) = –3
= ----------------------------------------------
- 57.29 ( 10 ) in 4
EA ( 10, 000 ) ( 0.19635 )
From geometry we obtain:
δ1 – δ2 –3
95.49 ( 10 ) – 57.29 ( 10 )
–3
–3
tan θ = ----------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------------- = 0.3978 ( 10 ) 5
96 96
The angle of rotation is: θ = 0.0004 rads CCW
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.55 Two rigid beams are supported by four axial steel (E = 210 GPa) rods of diameter 10 mm as shown
in Figure P4.55. Determine the angle of rotation of the bars from the horizontal no load position when a
force of F = 5 kN is applied
2m A B
1.2 m 4m
D
1.6 m C 1.2 m F
Figure P4.55
2m 1.2m
4.56 Two rigid beams are supported by four axial steel (E = 210 GPa, σyield = 210 MPa) rods of diame-
ter 20 mm as shown in Figure P4.55. For a factor of safety of 1.5, determine the maximum value of force F
that can be applied without causing any rod to yield.
as shown in Figure P4.57. Determine the extensions of cables CE and BD when a force P= 5 kips is
applied.
C E
P 5 ft
B D
40o
5 ft
Figure P4.57 A
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
From geometry:
CE CE
tan 40 = ---------------------- or CE = 100.69 in. BD = -------- = 50.34 in. 1
( 10 ) ( 12 ) 2
( 10 ) ( 12 ) AC
cos 40 = ---------------------- or AC = 156.65 in. BC = AB = -------- = 78.32 in. 2
AC 2
We can draw the following free body diagram and deformed shape:
δCE C
C
NCE
P NBD δBD B
B
40o
Ay
Ax A
A

120N CE + 60N BD = 156.65P = 783.25 kips 3
By similar triangles in deformed shape:
δ CE δ BD
--------- = ---------
- or δ CE = 2δ BD 4
AC AB
π 1 2
2
4 2
The deformation in each bar can be written as:
N CE L CE N CE ( 100.69 ) –3
δ CE = --------------------- = ----------------------------------------
- or δ CE = 51.28 ( 10 )N CE 5
EA ( 10000 ) ( 0.1964 )
N BD L BD N BD ( 50.34 ) –3
δ BD = ---------------------- = ----------------------------------------
- or δ BD = 25.64 ( 10 )N BD 6
EA ( 10000 ) ( 0.1964 )
Substituting Eqs. 5 and 6 into Eq. 4 we obtain:
–3 –3
51.28 ( 10 )N CE = 2 [ 25.64 ( 10 )N BD ] or N CE = N BD 7
120N CE + 60N CE = 783.25 kips N CE = 4.34 kips 8
N BD = 4.34 kips 9
The deformations from Eqs. 5 and 6 are:
–3
δ CE = 51.28 ( 10 ) ( 4.34 ) = 0.222 in. 10
–3
δ BD = 25.64 ( 10 ) ( 4.34 ) = 0.111 in. 11
The answers are: δ CE = 0.222 in. ; δ BD = 0.111 in.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.58 A rigid bar ABC is supported by two aluminum cables (E = 10,000 ksi) as shown in Figure P4.58.
The yield stress of aluminum is 40 ksi. If the applied force P = 10 kips, determine the minimum diameter
of cables CE and BD to the nearest 1/16 in.

C E
P 5 ft
B D
40o
5 ft
Figure P4.58 A
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
From geometry:
CE CE
tan 40 = ---------------------- or CE = 100.69 in. BD = -------- = 50.34 in. 1
( 10 ) ( 12 ) 2
( 10 ) ( 12 ) AC
cos 40 = ---------------------- or AC = 156.65 in. BC = AB = -------- = 78.32 in. 2
AC 2
δCE C
C
NCE
P NBD δBD B
B
40o
Ay
Ax A
A

120N CE + 60N BD = ( 156.65 sin 40 )P = 1006.9 kips 3
δ CE δ BD
--------- = ---------
AC AB
N CE L CE N CE ( 100.69 )
δ CE = --------------------- = -------------------------------- 5
EA EA
N BD L BD N BD ( 50.34 )
δ BD = ---------------------- = -----------------------------
- 6
EA EA
N CE ( 100.69 ) N BD ( 50.34 )
- = 2 ------------------------------
------------------------------- or N CE = N BD 7
EA EA
120N CE + 60N CE = 1006.9 kips N CE = 5.594 kips 8
The normal stress in each bar is the same as internal force and area is the same, hence
N CE 5.594
d ≥ ⎛ ---⎞ ⎛ -------------⎞
2 4 5.594
σ CE = ----------
- = -------------- ≤ 40 ksi or or d ≥ 0.422 in.
A π 2 ⎝ π⎠ ⎝ 40 ⎠
--- d
4
7
The answer is: d min = ------ in.
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
as shown in Figure P4.57. The yield stress of aluminum is 40 ksi. Determine the maximum force P to the
nearest pound that can be applied.
C E
P 5 ft
B D
40o
5 ft
Figure P4.59 A
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
From geometry:
CE CE
tan 40 = ---------------------- or CE = 100.69 in. BD = -------- = 50.34 in. 1
( 10 ) ( 12 ) 2
cos 40 = (---------------------
10 ) ( 12 )-
or AC = 156.65 in. BC = AB = AC
-------- = 78.32 in. 2
AC 2
δCE C
C
NCE
P NBD δBD B
B
40o
Ay
Ax A
A

120N CE + 60N BD = 156.65P 3
δ CE δ BD
--------- = ---------
AC AB
π 1 2
2
4 2
N CE L CE N CE ( 100.69 ) –3
δ CE = --------------------- = ----------------------------------------
- or δ CE = 51.28 ( 10 )N CE 5
EA ( 10000 ) ( 0.1964 )
N BD L BD N BD ( 50.34 ) –3
δ BD = ---------------------- = ----------------------------------------
- or δ BD = 25.64 ( 10 )N BD 6
EA ( 10000 ) ( 0.1964 )
–3 –3
51.28 ( 10 )N CE = 2 [ 25.64 ( 10 )N BD ] or N CE = N BD 7
120N CE + 60N CE = 156.65P N CE = 0.868P kips 8
N BD = 0.868P kips 9
The normal stress in each bar is the same as internal force and area is the same, hence
N CE 0.868P- ≤ 40 ksi
σ CE = ----------
- = -------------------- or P ≤ 9.0507 kips or P ≤ 9050.7 lb
A [ 0.1964 ]
The answer is: P max = 9050 lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.60 A force F= 20 kN is applied to the roller that slides inside a slot. Both bars have an area of cross-
section of A = 100 mm2 and a Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa. Bar AP and BP have lengths of LAP=
200 mm and LBP= 250 mm respectively. Determine the displacement of the roller and axial stress in bar A
.
110o
A F
P
Solution F=20 kN E = 200 GPa A = 100 mm2

LAP= 200 mm LBP= 250 mm δP = ? σA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Β
NB (b)
Compressive
Tensile o
110
70o
F Contraction δB P2 Extension
NA 70o
R
Α P δA=δP P1

3
N A + N B cos 70 = F or N A + 0.342N B = 20 ( 10 )
1
component of PP1 in the original direction of AP and BP, i.e., PP1 represents the deformation of bar AP
and PP2 represents the deformation of bar BP and are calculated as shown below.
δA = δP 2
δ B = δ P cos 70 = 0.342δ P 3
NA LA N A ( 0.2 ) or 6
δ A = -------------- - = δP
- = --------------------------------------------------------- N A = 100δ P ( 10 )
EA 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) 4
NB LB N B ( 0.25 ) or 6
δ B = --------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------
- = 0.342δ P N B = 27.36δ P ( 10 )
EA 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) 5
Substituting Eqs. (4) and (5) into Eq. (1), we obtain the displacement δP as shown below.
6 3 –3
[ ( 100δ P ) + 0.342 ( 27.36δ P ) ] ( 10 ) = 20 ( 10 ) or δ P = 0.1829 ( 10 )m
6
δ P = 0.18 mm
–3 6 3
Substituting Eq.(6) into Eq. (4) we obtain: N A = ( 100 ) ( 0.1829 ) ( 10 ) ( 10 ) = 18.29 ( 10 ) Newtons
3
N 18.29 ( 10 ) 6
The axial stress in member A is: σ A = ------A- = -----------------------------
- = 182.9 ( 10 ) or σ A = 183 MPa ( T ) )
A –6
( 100 ) ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
200 mm and LBP= 250 mm respectively. Determine the displacement of the roller and axial stress in bar A.
60o
P
30o
A F

LAP= 200 mm LBP= 250 mm δP = ? σA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
By force equilibrium in the y-direction in Fig.(a), we obtain the following.
3
N A sin 30 + N B sin 60 = F or 0.5N A + 0.866N B = 20 ( 10 )
1
(a) Β
NB (b)
Tensile
60o
R Extension
Contraction δA P
30o 60o δB
P3 δ
NA F P o P2
60
Compressive Α P1
We draw the exaggerated deformed shape as shown in Fig. (b) As per small strain approximation, we need
δ A = δ P cos 60 = 0.5δ P δ B = δ P sin 60 = 0.866δ P 2
We have the following:
NA LA N A ( 0.2 ) or 6
δ A = --------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------
- = 0.5δ P N A = 50δ P ( 10 )
EA 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) 3
NB LB N B ( 0.25 ) or 6
δ B = --------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------
- = 0.866δ P N B = 69.28δ P ( 10 )
EA 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) 4
6 3 –3
[ 0.5 ( 50δ P ) + 0.866 ( 69.2δ P ) ] ( 10 ) = 20 ( 10 ) or δ P = 0.2353 ( 10 )m
5
δ P = 0.24 mm
–3 6 3
Substituting Eq.(6) into Eq. (4) we obtain: N A = ( 50 ) ( 0.2353 ) ( 10 ) ( 10 ) = 11.76 ( 10 ) Newtons
3
N 11.76 ( 10 ) 6
- = 117.6 ( 10 ) or σ A = 118MPa ( C ) )
A –6
( 100 ) ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
200 mm and LBP= 250 mm respectively. Determine the displacement of the roller and axial stress in bar A
30o
75o
A
P

LAP= 200 mm LBP= 250 mm δP = ? σA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Β
Tensile (b)
NB
30o Α 30o Extension

75o 75o
R P δA
NA
ExtensionδB P3
Tensile δP
F P2
P1
By force equilibrium in the y-direction in Fig.(a), we obtain the following.
3
N A cos 75 + N B cos 30 = F or 0.2588N A + 0.8660N B = 20 ( 10 )
1
δ A = δ P cos 75 = 0.2588δ P 2
δ B = δ P cos 30 = 0.8660δ P 3
NA LA N A ( 0.2 ) or 6
δ A = --------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------
- = 0.2588δ P N A = 25.88δ P ( 10 )
EA 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) 4
NB LB N B ( 0.25 ) or 6
δ B = --------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------
- = 0.866δ P N B = 69.28δ P ( 10 )
EA 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) 5
6 3 –3
[ 0.2588 ( 25.88δ P ) + 0.866 ( 69.2δ P ) ] ( 10 ) = 20 ( 10 ) or δ P = 0.3002 ( 10 )m
6
δ P = 0.30 mm
–3 6 3
Substituting Eq.(6) into Eq. (4) we obtain: N A = ( 25.88 ) ( 0.3002 ) ( 10 ) ( 10 ) = 7.769 ( 10 ) Newtons
3
N 7.769 ( 10 ) 6
- = 77.69 ( 10 ) or σ A = 77.7 MPa ( T ) )
A –6
( 100 ) ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.63 An aluminum (E = 70 GPa, σyield = 280 MPa, ν = 0.28) wire of diameter 0.5 mm is to hang two
flower pots of equal mass as shown in Figure P4.63. (a) Determine the maximum mass of the pots to the
nearest gram that can be hung if yielding is to be avoided in all wires. (b) For the maximum mass what is
the percentage change in the diameter of the wire BC..
225 mm 600 mm
A
200 mm
340 mm
Flower
Pot
Flower
Pot
Figure P4.63
4.64 An aluminum (E = 70 GPa, σyield = 280 MPa, ν = 0.28) wire is to hang two flower pots of equal
mass of 5 kg as shown in Figure P4.64. Determine the minimum diameter of the wires to the nearest 1/10
of a millimeter if yielding is to be avoided in all wires.
225 mm 600 mm
A
200 mm
340 mm
Flower
Pot
Flower
Pot
Figure P4.64
4.65 An aluminum (Eal=10,000 ksi and νal= 0.25) and steel (Es=30,000 ksi and νs= 0.28) hollow cylin-
der are securely fastened to a rigid plate as shown in Figure P4.65. Both cylinders are made from sheet
metal thickness 1/8 inch. The outer diameters of aluminum and steel cylinders are 4 inch and 3 inch
respectively. The load P = 20 kips in Figure P4.65. Determine (a) the displacement of the rigid plate. (b)
the change in diameters of each cylinder.
Aluminum
40 in
P P
Steel 30 inch
Figure P4.65
Solution Eal = 10,000ksi νal = 0.25 Es = 30,000ksi

νs = 0.28 t = 1/8 in (dal)0 = 4in (ds)0 = 3in
P = 20 kips δp = ? Δds = ? Δdal = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We draw the free body diagram of the rigid plate as shown in Fig.(a).
Nal
Tensile (b)
(a)
P P
Contraction δS δP δal Extension
Compressive
NS
The inner diameter for each cylinder can be found as shown:
( d s ) i = ( d s ) 0 – 2t = 2.75in and ( d al ) i = ( d al ) 0 – 2t = 3.75in
The area of the cross section can be found as
π 2 2 2
A s = --- ( 3 – 2.75 ) = 1.129in 1
4
π 2 2 2
A al = --- ( 4 – 3.75 ) = 1.522in 2
4
We draw the free body diagram of the rigid plate as shown in Fig (a). By force equilibrium in Fig. (a) we
N al + N s = 2P = 40kips 3
We draw the exaggerated deformed shape as shown in Fig.(b) and write the deformation equations as
shown below.
δs = δp 4
δ al = δ p 5
From Eq 4.27, we have the following
N al L al N al ( 40 ) –3 3
δ al = --------------- - = 2.628 ( 10 )N al = δ p
- = ------------------------------------- or N al = 0.3804δ p ( 10 ) 6
E al A al 3
10 ( 10 ) ( 1.522 )
Ns Ls N s ( 30 ) –3 3
δ s = ----------- - = 0.8857 ( 10 )N s = δ p
- = ------------------------------------- or N s = 1.129δ p ( 10 ) 7
Es As 3
30 ( 10 ) ( 1.129 )
Substituting Eq.(6) and Eq. (7) into Eq. (3) we obtain the displacement of the plate δp as shown below
3 –3
( 0.3804 + 1.129 )δ p ( 10 ) = 40 or δ p = 26.5 ( 10 )in or δ p = 0.0265 in.
–3 –3
From Eq’s(4) and (5) we obtain δ al = 26.5 ( 10 )in and δ s = 26.5 ( 10 )in .The axial strains are
δ 26.5 ( 10 )
–3
–3 δ al 26.5 ( 10 )
–3
–3
ε s = ----s- = -------------------------- = 0.8833 ( 10 ) and ε al = ------
- = -------------------------- = 0.6625 ( 10 )
Ls 30 L al 40
Noting that steel cylinder contracts and Aluminum cylinder extends in the axial direction, we obtain the
change in diameter as shown below.
–3 –3
Δd s = ( d s ) 0 [ – ν s ( – 0.8833 ) ( 10 ) ] = 0.7420 ( 10 ) or Δd s = 0.00074 in.
–3 –3
Δd al = ( d al ) 0 [ – ν al ( 0.6625 ) ( 10 ) ] = – 0.6625 ( 10 ) or Δd al = – 0.00066 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.66 An aluminum (Eal=10,000 ksi and νal= 0.25) and steel (Es=30,000 ksi and νs= 0.28) hollow cylin-
der are securely fastened to a rigid plate as shown in Figure P4.65. Both cylinders are made from sheet
metal thickness 1/8 inch. The outer diameters of aluminum and steel cylinders are 4 inch and 3 inch
respectively. The allowable stresses in aluminum and steel are 10 ksi and 25 ksi, determine the maximum
force P that can be applied to the assembly shown in Figure P4.65.
Solution Eal = 10,000ksi νal = 0.25 Es = 30,000ksi
νs = 0.28 t = 1/8 in (dal)0 = 4in (ds)0 = 3in
σ al ≤ 10ksi σ s ≤ 25ksi Pmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eq. (3), (6) and (7) in problem 4-64, we have
N al + N s = 2P 8
3
N al = 0.3804δ p ( 10 ) 9
3
N s = 1.129δ p ( 10 ) 10
3
Substituting Eq.(2) and (3) into Eq. (1) we obtain: [ 0.3804 + 1.129 ]δ p ( 10 ) = 2P or
–3
δ p = 1.325P ( 10 ) 11
We obtain the internal forces as N al = 0.504P and N s = 1.496P
The axial stresses in each cylinder can be found using the areas in Eq.(1) and (2) in the problem 4-64
and maximum value of P calculated as shown below
N al 0.504P
σ al = -------
- = ----------------- ≤ 10 or P ≤ 30.19kips 12
A al 1.522
N 1.496P
σ s = ------s = ----------------- ≤ 25 or P ≤ 18.87kips 13
As 1.129
The maximum value of P that satisfies Eq’s (5) and (6) is P max = 18.8 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.67 A gap of 0.004 inch exists between the rigid bar and bar A before the force P is applied. The rigid
bar is hinged at point C. The lengths of bar A and B are 30 and 50 inches respectively. Both bars have an
area of cross-section A= 1 in2 and Modulus of Elasticity E = 30,000 ksi. If P = 100 kips in Figure P4.67,
determine the axial stresses in bars A and B.
B
C 75 o
24 in 36 in 60 in
A
P
Figure P4.67
Solution EA = EB = 30,000ksi LA = 30 in LB = 50 in
AA = AB = 1in2 P = 100 kips σA = ? σB = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Assume gap closes at Equilibrium. The free body diagram of the rigid body as shown in Fig(a).
(a) NB (b)
36 in 60 in
C
Cy D 75o
Tensile
E
Cx δD δB Extension
75o
δA δE
24 in
Contraction 75o
24 in 36 in 60 in
F Compressive
NA
By moment equilibrium about point C in Fig.(a) we obtain: F ( 24 ) – N A ( 36 ) – N B sin 75 ( 96 ) = 0 or
36N A + 92.73N B = 24P = 2400 1
We draw the exaggerated deformed shape as shown in Fig (b) and write deformation equations
δD δ
------ = -----E- 2
36 96
δ A = δ D – 0.004 3
δ B = δ E sin 75 4
From Eq.4.27
NA LA N A ( 30 ) –3
δ A = --------------
- = -------------------------------- = N A ( 10 ) 5
EA AA 3
( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( 1 )
NB LB N B ( 50 ) –3
δ B = --------------
- = -------------------------------- = 1.667N B ( 10 ) 6
EB AB 3
( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( 1 )
From Eq’s (5) and (3) we obtain.
–3 3
N A ( 10 ) = δ D – 0.004 or N A = 10 δ D – 4 7
From Eq’s (2),(3) and (6) we obtain.
δ B = 1.667N B ( 10 ) = ⎛ ------ δ D⎞ sin 75
–3 96 3
or N B = 0.647δ D ( 10 ) 8
⎝ 36 ⎠
Substituting Eq’s (7) and (8) into Eq. (1), we obtain the following
3 3 3
36 [ 10 ( δ D ) – 4 ] + 92.73 [ 0.647δ D ( 10 ) ] = 2400 or 96δ D ( 10 ) = 2544 or
δ D = 0.0265in 9
As δD is greater than the gap, the assumption of gap closing is correct. From Eq.(7) and (8) we obtain.
3 3
N A = ( 10 ) ( 0.0265 ) – 4 = 22.5kips and N B = ( 0.647 ) ( 0.0265 ) ( 10 ) = 17.15kips
The axial stress can be found as
NA 22.5
σ A = -------
- = ---------- or σ A = 22.5ksi ( C )
AA 1
N 17.15
σ B = ------B- = ------------- or σ B = 17.2ksi ( T )
AB 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.68 A gap of 0.004 inch exists between the rigid bar and bar A before the force P is applied in Figure
P4.67. The rigid bar is hinged at point C. The lengths of bars A and B are 30 and 50 inches respectively.
Both bars have an area of cross-section A= 1 in2 and Modulus of Elasticity E = 30,000 ksi. If the allowable
normal stress in the bars is 20 ksi in tension or compression, determine the maximum force P that can be
applied to the assembly shown in Figure P4.67.
Solution EA = EB = 30,000ksi LA = 30 in LB = 50 in
2
AA = AB = 1in σ A ≤ 20ksi σ B ≤ 20ksi Pmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eq’s (1), (7) and (8) in problem 4-66, we have the following
36N A + 92.73N B = 24P 1
3
N A = ( 10 )δ D – 4 2
3
N B = 0.647δ D ( 10 ) 3
Substituting Eq.(2) and (3) into Eq.(1), we obtain the following
3 3 3
36 [ ( 10 )δ D – 4 ] + 92.73 [ 0.647δ D ( 10 ) ] = 24P = 96 ( 10 )δ D = 24P + 144 or
–3
δ D = ( 0.25P + 1.5 ) ( 10 ) 4
From Eq.(2) and (3) we obtain.
N A = 0.25P – 2.5 5
N B = 0.1618P + 0.9705 6
The axial stresses can be found and using the limiting values, the limit on P can be found as shown below
NA
σ A = -------
- = ( 0.25P – 2.5 ) ≤ 20 or P ≤ 90kips 7
AA
N
σ B = ------B- = ( 0.1618P + 0.9705 ) ≤ 20 or P ≤ 117.6kips 8
AB
The maximum value of P that satisfies Eq’s(7) and (8) is P max = 90 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.69 In Figure P4.69, a gap exists between the rigid bar and rod A before the force F is applied. The
rigid bar is hinged at point C. The lengths of bar A and B are 1 m and 1.5 m respectively and the diameters
are 50 mm and 30 mm respectively. The bars are made of steel with a Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa
and Poisson’s ratio is 0.28. If F=75 kN in Figure P4.69, determine (a)the deformation of the two bars. (b)
the change in the diameters of the two bars.
F A
0.4 m 0.0002 m
0.9 m
P Rigid
C
40o
B
Figure P4.69
Solution Es = 200GPa ν = 0.28 LA = 1 m LB = 1.5m F = 75 kN

dA = 50 mm dB = 30mm δA = ? δB = ? ΔdA = ? ΔdB = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The area of cross-sections are.
π 2 –3 2
A A = --- ( 0.05 ) = 1.963 ( 10 )m 1
4
π 2 –3 2
A B = --- ( 0.03 ) = 0.7068 ( 10 )m 2
4
We assume the gap is closed at equilibrium. We can draw the free body diagram of bar as shown in Fig. (a)
NA Compressive
(a) (b) Contraction
F
Cy
0.4 m
0.9 m δA
Cx 50o δD
0.4 m
P
δB
40o 40o
C
0.9 m
Extension
NB Tensile
By moment equilibrium about point C, we obtain: F ( 0.4 ) – N A ( 0.9 ) – ( N B sin 40 ) ( 0.9 ) = 0 or

3
0.9N A + 0.5785N B = 0.4F = 30 ( 10 ) 3
We draw the exaggerated deformed shape and write the deformation equations as shown below
δ A = δ D – 0.0002 4
δ B = δ D cos 50 = 0.6428δ D 5
From Eq. (4.27)
NA LA NA ( 1 ) –9
δ A = --------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 2.547N A ( 10 ) 6
EA AA 9 – 3
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.963 ) ( 10 )
NBLB N B ( 1.5 ) –9
δ B = --------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------------- = 10.611N B ( 10 ) 7
EB AB 9 – 3
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.7068 ) ( 10 )
6
N A = ( 392.6δ D – 0.0785 ) ( 10 ) 8
6
N B = 60.576δ D ( 10 ) 9
Substituting Eq’s (8) and (9) into Eq (3), we obtain
6 6 3
0.9 ( 392.6δ D – 0.0785 ) ( 10 ) + 0.5785 ( 60.576 )δ D ( 10 ) = 30 ( 10 ) or
–3
388.4δ D = 0.10065or, δ D = 0.2591 ( 10 )m
As δD is greater than the gap, the assumption of gap closing is correct, From Eq’s (4) and (5) we obtain
–3 –3 –3
δ A = 0.2591 ( 10 ) – 0.2 ( 10 ) = 0.0591 ( 10 )m δ A = 0.059 mm
–3 –3
δ B = 0.2591 ( 0.6428 ) ( 10 ) = 0.1666 ( 10 )m δ B = 0.166 mm
The axial strains in A and B can be found as
δA –3 δB 0.166 ( 10 )
–3
–3
ε A = ------
- = 0.0591 ( 10 ) and ε B = ------
- = ----------------------------- = 0.1106 ( 10 )
LA LB 1.5
Noting that A contracts and B extends in the axial direction, we obtain the change in the diameter as shown
below
–3 –3
Δd A = d A [ – ν ( – 0.0581 ) ( 10 ) ] = 0.828 ( 10 )mm Δd A = 0.00083 mm
–3 –3
Δd B = d B [ – ν ( 0.1106 ) ( 10 ) ] = – 0.929 ( 10 ) mm Δd B = – 0.00093 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.70 In Figure P4.69, a gap exists between the rigid bar and rod A before the force F is applied. The
rigid bar is hinged at point C. The lengths of bar A and B are 1 m and 1.5 m respectively and the diameters
are 50 mm and 30 mm respectively. The bars are made of steel with a Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa
and Poisson’s ratio is 0.28. In Figure P4.69, the allowable axial stresses in bars A and B are 110 MPa and
125 MPa, respectively. Determine the maximum force F that can be applied.
Solution Es = 200 GPa LA = 1 m LB = 1.5 m dA = 50 mm dB = 30 mm
ν = 0.28 σ A ≤ 110MPa σ B ≤ 125MPa Fmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eq’s (3), (8) and (9) in problem (4-68) we have the following.
0.9N A + 0.5785N B = 0.4F 1
6
N A = ( 392.6δ D – 0.0785 ) ( 10 ) 2
6
N B = 63.581δ D ( 10 ) 3
Substituting Eq’s (2) and (3) into Eq. (1) we obtain.
6 –6
[ 0.9 ( 392.6δ D – 0.0785 ) + ( 0.5785 ) ( 63.581 )δ D ] ( 10 ) = 0.4F + 390.1δ D = 0.4F ( 10 ) + 0.07065 or
–9 –3
δ D = 1.025F ( 10 ) + 0.1811 ( 10 ) 4
From Eq. (2) and (3) we obtain.
–3 3
N A = 402.4F ( 10 ) – 7.400 ( 10 ) 5
–3 3
N B = 65.17F ( 10 ) – 11.514 ( 10 ) 6
Dividing the internal force in Eq’s (5) and (6) by the areas given by Eq’s (1) and (2) in the problem
4-68 we obtain the following.
–3 3
NA 402.4F ( 10 ) – 7.4 ( 10 ) 6 3
σ A = -------
- = ------------------------------------------------------------ ≤ 110 ( 10 ) or F ≤ 555.0 ( 10 )Newtons 7
AA –3
1.963 ( 10 )
–3 3
N 65.17F ( 10 ) + 11.514 ( 10 ) 6 3
σ B = ------B- = ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ≤ 125 ( 10 ) or F ≤ 1179 ( 10 )Newtons 8
AB – 3
0.7068 ( 10 )
The maximum value of F that satisfies Eq’s (7) and (8) is F max = 555kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.71 A rectangular aluminum bar (E = 10,000 ksi) a steel bar (E = 30,000 ksi), and a brass bar (E =
15,000 ksi) form a structure as shown in Figure P4.71. All bars have the same thickness of 0.5 inch. A gap
of 0.02 inch exists before the load of P = 15 kips is applied to the rigid plate. Assume that the rigid plate
does not rotate. If P = 15 kips in Figure P4.71, determine (a) the axial stress in steel. (b) the displacement
of the rigid plate with respect to the right wall.
0.02 inch
P
2 in Brass
Aluminum 6 in
2 in Steel
P
30 in 60 in
Figure P4.71
Solution Eal = 10,000ksi Es = 30,000ksi Ebl = 15,000ksi

t = 0.5 in P = 15 kips σs = δp = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The areas of cross sections of various material can be found as shown below.
2 2 2
A br = ( 2 ) ( 0.5 ) = 1in A s = ( 2 ) ( 0.5 ) = 1in A al = ( 6 ) ( 0.5 ) = 3in
Assume that the gap closes at equilibrium. We can draw the free body diagram of the rigid plate
as shown in Fig. (a)
δP=δal
(a) (b) Extension
Contraction
Nbr P δbr
Brass Nal
Compressive Aluminum
Steel
NS Tensile
P
δS Contraction
By force equilibrium in Fig (a)

N al + N br + N s = 2P = 30kips 1
We draw the exaggerated deformed shape as shown in Fig. (b) and write the deformation equation as
shown below.
δ al = δ p 2
δ s = δ p – 0.02 3
δ br = δ p – 0.02 4
From Eq. (4-27)
N al L al N al ( 60 ) –3 3
δ al = ---------------
- = -------------------------------- = 2N al ( 10 ) = δ p or N al = 0.5δ p ( 10 ) 5
E al A al 3
( 10 ) ( 10 ) ( 3 )
Ns Ls N s ( 30 ) –3 3
δ s = -----------
- = -------------------------------- = N s ( 10 ) = δ p – 0.02 or N s = ( 10 )δ p – 20 6
Es As 3
( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( 1 )
N br L br N br ( 30 ) –3 3
δ br = ----------------
- = -------------------------------- = 2N br ( 10 ) = δ p – 0.02 or N br = 0.5 ( 10 )δ p – 10 7
E br A br 3
( 15 ) ( 10 ) ( 1 )
Substituting Eq. (5), (6) and (7) into Eq. (1)
3 3 3 3 –3
0.5δ p ( 10 ) + ( 10 )δ p – 20 + 0.5 ( 10 )δ p – 10 = 30 or 2.0δ p ( 10 ) = 60 or δ p = 30 ( 10 )inch
As δp > 0.02 the assumption gap closes is correct. δ p = 0.03 in.
3 –3
From Eq. (6) N s = ( 10 ) ( 30 ) ( 10 ) – 20 = 10kips
N
The axial stress in steel is σ s = ------s = 10
------ σ s = 10 ksi ( C )
As 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.72 A rectangular aluminum bar (E = 10,000 ksi) a steel bar (E = 30,000 ksi), and a brass bar (E =
15,000 ksi) form a structure as shown in Figure P4.71. All bars have the same thickness of 0.5 inch. A gap
of 0.02 inch exists before the load of P = 15 kips is applied to the rigid plate. Assume that the rigid plate
does not rotate. Determine the maximum load P in Figure P4.71, if the allowable axial stresses in brass,
steel, and aluminum are 8 ksi, 15 ksi, and 10 ksi, respectively.
Solution Eal = 10,000ksi Es = 30,000ksi Ebl = 15,000ksi
t = 0.5 in σ br ≤ 8ksi σ s ≤ 15ksi σ al ≤ 10ksi
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eq’s (1), (5), (6) and (7) in problem 4-70, we have
N al + N s + N br = 2P 1
3
N al = 0.5 ( 10 )δ p 2
3
N s = ( 10 )δ p – 20 3
3
N br = 0.5 ( 10 )δ p – 10 4
Substituting Eq. (2), (3) and (4) into Eq(1) we obtain the following.
3 3 3
0.5 ( 10 )δ p + ( 10 )δ p – 20 + 0.5 ( 10 )δ p – 10 = 2P or
3 –3
2.0δ p ( 10 ) = 2P + 30, or, δ p = P ( 10 ) + 0.015 5
Substituting Eq. (5) into Eq(2), (3) and (4) we obtain
N al = 0.5P + 7.5 Ns = P – 5 N br = 0.5P – 2.5
The axial stress in each material can be found and the limits on P establish as shown below.
N al 0.5P + 7.5
σ al = -------
- = ------------------------- ≤ 10ksi or P ≤ 45kips 6
A al 3
N P–5
σ s = ------s = ------------ ≤ 15ksi or P ≤ 20kips 7
As 1
N br 0.5P – 2.5
σ br = -------- = ------------------------ ≤ 8ksi or P ≤ 21kips 8
A br 1
The maximum value of P that satisfies the three inequalities is P max = 20 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.73 Bar A and bar B have a cross-sectional area of 400 mm2and a Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa.
A gap exists between bar A and the rigid bar before the force F is applied as shown in Figure P4.73. The
applied force F= 10 kN in, determine (a) the axial stress in bar B and (b) the deformation of bar A.
F
2m 0.0005 m
1.5m
A
5m
3m
B
2m
Figure P4.73
Solution AA = AB = 400 mm2 EA = EB = 200 GPa F = 10 kN δA = ? σ B =

------------------------------------------------------------
Assume the gap closes at equilibriums, we draw the free body diagram of the rigid bar as shown in Fig(a)
F
(a) (b)
2m 2m δA Contraction
Compressive
NA δD
5m 5m
Cy
Cx
3m 3m
NB
δB
Compressive Contraction
From moment equilibrium about point C, we obtain.
3
NA ( 5 ) + NB ( 3 ) – F ( 7 ) = 0 or 5N A + 3N B = 7F = 70 ( 10 ) 1
We draw an exaggerated deformed shape as shown in Fig(b) and write the deformation equations
δD δB 3
------ = ------ or, δ B = --- δ D 2
5 3 5
δ A = δ D – 0.0005 3
N L N ( 1.5 ) –9
From Eq. 4-27 we have δ A = --------------
A A A
- = 18.75N A ( 10 ) = δ D – 0.0005 or
- = ---------------------------------------------------------
EA AA 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 400 ) ( 10 )
6
N A = ( 53.33δ D – 0.02667 ) ( 10 ) 4
NBLB NB ( 2 ) –9 3 6
δ B = -------------- - = 25N B ( 10 ) = --- δ D
- = --------------------------------------------------------- or N B = 24δ D ( 10 ) 5
EB AB 9 –6 5
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 400 ) ( 10 )
Substituting Eq’s (4) and (5) into Eq. (1) we obtain
6 6 3
( 5 ) ( 53.33δ D – 0.02667 ) ( 10 ) + ( 3 ) ( 24 ) ( δ D ) ( 10 ) = 70 ( 10 ) or
6 –3
338.65δ D ( 10 ) = 203.33 or δ D = 0.6004 ( 10 )m 6
As δD > 0.0005 the assumption that gap closes is correct. By substituting Eq.(6) into Eq. (3) we obtain the
–3 –3
deformation of A as δ A = ( 0.6004 – 0.5 ) ( 10 ) = 0.1004 ( 10 )m or δ A = 0.1 mm
–3 6 3
Substituting Eq. (3) into Eq. (5) we obtain N B = ( 24 ) ( 0.6004 ) ( 10 ) ( 10 ) = 14.41 ( 10 )Newtons
3
N ( 10 )
The axial stress in B is σ B = ------B- = 14.41
6 2
--------------------------- = 36.03 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or σ B = 36 MPa ( C )
AB –6
400 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.74 Bar A and bar B have a cross-sectional area of 400 mm2and a Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa.
A gap exists between bar A and the rigid bar before the force F is applied as shown in Figure P4.73. Deter-
mine the maximum force F that can be applied if the allowable stress in member B is 120 MPa(C) and the
allowable deformation of bar A is 0.25 mm.
Solution AA = AB = 400 mm2 EA = EB = 200 GPa Pmax = ? σ B ≤ 120MPa ( C ) δ A ≤ 0.25mm
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eq’s (1), (4) and (5) in problem 4-72, we have
5N A + 3N B = 7F 1
6
N A = ( 53.33δ D – 0.02667 ) ( 10 ) 2
6
N B = 24δ D ( 10 ) 3
Substituting Eq. (6) and (2) into Eq (1).
6 6 –6
5 ( 53.33δ D – 0.02667 ) ( 10 ) + ( 3 ) ( 24 )δ D ( 10 ) = 7F or 338.65δ D = 7F ( 10 ) + 0.1333 or
–9 –3
δ D = 20.67F ( 10 ) + 0.3936 ( 10 ) 4
From Eq. (3) in problem 4-72
–3 –9 –3 –3 3
δ A = δ D – 0.5 ( 10 ) = 20.67F ( 10 ) – 0.1064 ( 10 ) ≤ 0.25 ( 10 ) or F ≤ 17.24 ( 10 )newtons 5
3
Substituting Eq. (4) into Eq. (3): N B = 0.496F + 9.446 ( 10 )
The axial stress in B is
3
N 0.496F + 9.446 ( 10 ) 6
σ B = ------B- = -------------------------------------------------- ≤ 120 ( 10 ) or F ≤ 77.73 6
AB –6
400 ( 10 )
The maximum value of F that satisfies Eq(5) and (6) is F max = 17.2kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.75 A rectangular steel (E = 30,000 ksi, ν=0.25) bar of 0.5 inch thickness has a gap of 0.01 inch
between the section at D and a rigid wall before the forces are applied. Assuming that the applied forces
are sufficient to close the gap determine: (a) the movement of section at C with respect to the left wall.(b)
the change in the depth d of segment CD.
12.5 kips 17.5 kips

A B C D
d =3 in
12.5 kips 17.5 kips

18 in 24 in 36 in
0.01 in
Figure P4.75
Solution E = 30,000 ν = 0.25 t = 0.5 δc = ? ΔdCD

------------------------------------------------------------
Assume gap is closed at equilibrium. We make imaginary cuts through segments AB, BC and CD and draw
free body diagram as shown below. By force equilibrium in Figs. (a), (b) and (c) we obtain the following.
N AB = R A 1
N BC = R A – 25 2
N CD = 60 – R A 3
(a) (b) (c) 12.5 kips

A 12.5 kips 17.5 kips
A B A B C
NAB
NBC NCD
RA Tensile RA
RA Tensile
12.5 kips 12.5 kips 17.5 kips Compressive
The total extension of the bar is equal to the gap. Noting that segment AB and BC will extend and
segment CD will contract, we obtain the equation for total extension as
δ AB + δ BC – δ CD = 0.01 4
From Eq (4-27)
N AB L AB ( R A ) ( 18 ) –3
δ AB = ---------------------- - = 0.40R A ( 10 )
= -------------------------------------------- 5
EA 3
( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.5 ) ( 3 )
N BC L BC ( R A – 25 ) ( 24 ) –3
δ BC = --------------------- - = 0.533 ( R A – 25 ) ( 10 )
- = -------------------------------------------- 6
EA 3
( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.5 ) ( 3 )
N CD L CD ( 60 – R A ) ( 36 ) –3
δ CD = ---------------------- - = 0.80 ( 60 – R A ) ( 10 )
= -------------------------------------------- 7
EA 3
( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.5 ) ( 3 )
–3
Substituting Eq. (5), (6) and (7) into Eq. (4): [ 0.4R A + 0.533 ( R A – 25 ) – 0.8 ( 60 – R A ) ] ( 10 ) = 0.01 or
1.733R A = 71.325 or R A = 41.157kips 8
The movement of rigid plate at C is the extension of segment,
–3 –3
δ C = δ AB + δ BC = [ ( 0.4 ) ( 0.533 ) ( 41.157 – 25 ) ] ( 10 ) = 25.07 ( 10 )inch or δ C = 0.025 in.
δ CD 0.8 ( 60 – 41.157 ) ( 10 )
–3
–3
The axial strain in CD is ε CD = ---------- = --------------------------------------------------------- = 0.4187 ( 10 )
L CD 36
Noting that εCD is contraction, the change in the depth can be found as shown below.
–3 –3
Δd CD = – ν ( – 0.4187 ) ( 10 ) ( 3 ) = 0.314 ( 10 ) or Δd CD = 0.00031 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.76 Three plastic members of equal cross-section are shown in Figure P4.76. Member B is smaller
than member A by 0.5 mm. A distributed force is applied to the rigid plate, which moves downwards with-
out rotating. The modulus of elasticity for members A and B are 1.5 GPa and 2.0 GPa, respectively. The
distributed force w = 20 MPa in Figure P4.76. Determine the axial stress in each member.
w
20 mm
0.5 mm 10 mm
A B A 80 mm
100 mm
Figure P4.76
Solution EA = 1.5GPa ΕΒ = 2.0GPa w = 20 MPa σA = σB =

------------------------------------------------------------
Assume gap closes at equilibrium, we can draw the free body diagram of the rigid body after replacing the
distributed force by an equivalent force as shown in Fig (a). By equilibrium of forces in Fig (a), we obtain.
3 2
2N A + N B = 0.002w = 40 ( 10 )N ⁄ m 1
(0.1)(0.02)W
(a) (b)
Contraction Contraction
δA δB
NA NB NA
Compressive
We can draw an exaggerated deformed geometry as shown in Fig (b) and write the deformation equations
δ A = δ B + 0.0005 2
From Eq. (4-27)
NA LA N A ( 0.08 ) –6
δ A = -------------- - = 0.2667 ( 10 )N A
- = -------------------------------------------------------- 3
EA AA 9
( 1.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.01 ) ( 0.02 )
NBLB N B ( 0.08 ) –6
δ B = -------------- - = 0.2000 ( 10 )N B
- = -------------------------------------------------------- 4
EB AB 9
( 2.0 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.01 ) ( 0.02 )
Equations (3) and (4) can be written in terms of δA as shown below
6
N A = 3.75 ( 10 )δ A 5
6
N B = 5.00 ( 10 ) ( δ A – ( 0.0005 ) ) 6
6 3
Substituting Eq. (5) and (6) into Eq (1), we obtain [ 2 ( 3.75δ A ) + 5 ( δ A – 0.0005 ) ] ( 10 ) = 40 ( 10 ) or
12.5δ A = 0.0425 or δ A = 0.0034 7
The internal forces in A and B are
6 3 2 6 3 2
N A = ( 3.75 ) ( 0.0034 ) ( 10 ) = 12.75 ( 10 )N ⁄ m and N B = ( 5.0 ) ( 0.0034 – 0.0005 ) ( 10 ) = 14.5 ( 10 )N ⁄ m
The axial stress in the bar A and B are
3
NA ( 12.75 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
σ A = -------
- = -------------------------------- = 63.75 ( 10 )N ⁄ m σ A = 63.75 MPa ( C )
AA ( 0.01 ) ( 0.02 )
3
N ( 14.5 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
σ B = ------B- = ------------------------------- = 72.5 ( 10 )N ⁄ m σ B = 72.5 MPa ( C )
AB ( 0.01 ) ( 0.02 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.77 Three plastic members of equal cross-section are shown in Figure P4.76. Member B is smaller
than member A by 0.5 mm. A distributed force is applied to the rigid plate, which moves downwards with-
out rotating. The modulus of elasticity for members A and B are 1.5 GPa and 2.0 GPa, respectively.The
allowable stresses in members A and B in Figure P4.76 are 50 MPa and 30 MPa. Determine the maximum
intensity of the distributed force that can be applied to the rigid plate.
Solution EA = 1.5GPa ΕΒ = 2.0GPa
wmax = ? σ A ≤ 50MPa σ B = 30MPa
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eq’s (1), (5) and (6) in problem 4-75, we have

2N A + N B = 0.002w 1
6
N A = 3.75 ( 10 )δ A 2
6
N B = 5.0 ( 10 ) ( δ A – 0.0005 ) 3
Substituting Eq. (2) and (3) into Eq(1) we obtain
6 –9 –3
[ 2 ( 3.75 )δ A + 5 ( δ A – 0.0005 ) ] ( 10 ) = 0.002w or 12.5δ A = 2w ( 10 ) + 2.5 ( 10 )
–9 –3
δ A = 0.16w ( 10 ) + 0.2 ( 10 ) 4
Substituting Eq. (4) into Eq’s (2) and (3), we obtain
–3 3
N A = 0.6w ( 10 ) + 0.75 ( 10 ) 5
–3 3
N B = 0.8w ( 10 ) – 1.5 ( 10 ) 6
The axial stress can be found and limits on N obtained as shown below
–3 3
NA 0.6w ( 10 ) + 0.75 ( 10 ) 6 2 6 2
σ A = -------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- ≤ 50 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or w ≤ 17.92 ( 10 )N ⁄ m 7
AA ( 0.01 ) ( 0.02 )
–3 3
N 0.8w ( 10 ) – 1.5 ( 10 ) 6 2 6 2
σ B = ------B- = ------------------------------------------------------- ≤ 30 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or w ≤ 9.375 ( 10 )N ⁄ m 8
AB ( 0.01 ) ( 0.02 )
The maximum value of w that satisfies Eq.(7) and (8) is w max = 9.4MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.78 Figure P4.78 shows an aluminum rod (E = 70 GPa, ν = 0.25) inside a steel (E = 210 GPa,
ν = 0.28) tube. The aluminium rod is slightly longer than the steel tube and has a diameter of 40 mm. The
steel tube has an inside diameter of 50 mm and is 10 mm thick. If the applied load P = 200 kN, determine:
(a) the axial stresses in aluminium rod and steel tube. (b) the change in diameter of aluminium.
P
0.15 mm
Aluminum
250 mm
Figure P4.78
4.79 Figure P4.79 shows an aluminium rod (E = 70 GPa, σyield = 280 MPa) inside a steel
(E = 210 GPa, σyield = 210 MPa) tube. The aluminium rod is slightly longer than the steel tube and has a
diameter of 40 mm. The steel tube has an inside diameter of 50 mm and is 10 mm thick. What is the maxi-
mum force P that can be applied without yielding either material.

P
0.15 mm
Aluminum
250 mm
Figure P4.79
4.80 A rigid bar ABCD hinged at one end and is supported by two aluminum cables (E = 10,000 ksi)
with a diameter of 1/4 in. as shown in Figure P4.80. The bar is horizontal before the force is applied. Deter-
mine the angle of rotation of the bar from the horizontal when a force P= 10kips is applied.
5 ft
P
A B C
3 ft 5 ft 5 ft
Figure P4.80
4.81 A suspended walkway is modelled as a rigid bar and supported by steel (E =30,000 ksi) rods as
shown in Figure P4.81. The rods have a diameter of 2 in. and the nut has a contact area with the bottom of
the walkway is 4 in.2 The weight of the walk per unit length is w = 725lb/ft. Determine (a) the axial stress
in the steel rods. (b) the average bearing stress between the nuts at A and D and the walkway.
Ceiling
B C
36ft
A D
10ft 20 ft 10 ft
Figure P4.81
4.82 An aluminum (EAl = 70 GPa) circular bar of and a steel (E = 200 GPa) tapered circular bar are
securely attached to a rigid plate on which axial forces are applied as shown in Figure P4.82. Determine (a)
the displacement of the rigid plate (b) the maximum axial stress in steel.
50 kN
50 mm A B C 100 mm
aluminum steel
50 Kn
0.5 m 2.0 m
Figure P4.82
Solution Eal = 70GPa Es = 200GPa δB = ? ( σ S ) max =

------------------------------------------------------------
The radius of the bar BC varies linearly and
R ( x ) = a + bx 1
At x=0.5m; R=0.025m and x=2.5m; R=0.05. Using these values we obtain the following equations
a + b ( 0.5 ) = 0.025 2
a + b ( 2.5 ) = 0.050 3
Solving the above two equations, we obtain.
–3 –3
a = 18.75 ( 10 )andb = 12.5 ( 10 )
Thus, the area of cross-section in segment be varies as
2 –6
A = π ( 18.75 + 12.5x ) ( 10 ) 4
We make imaginary cuts in segment AB and BC to obtain free body diagrams shown below
50 kN
(a) A (b) NBC
NAB
A B
RA RA Tensile
Compressive
50 kN
By force equilibrium we obtain.
N AB = R A 5
3
N BC = 100 ( 10 ) – R A 6
The total extension of the bar is zero. Thus, the contraction of segment AB is equal to extension of
segment BC
δ AB = δ BC 7
From Eq. (4-27) we have
N AB L AB R A ( 0.5 ) –9
δ AB = ---------------------- - = 3.638R A ( 10 )
= ------------------------------------------------ 8
E AB A AB 9 2
( 70 ) ( 10 )π ( 0.025 )
We can find the extension of bar BC as shown below.
3
du N BC [ 100 ( 10 ) – R A ]
------ = ---------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
dx E BC A BC 9 2 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 )π ( 18.75 + 12.5x ) ( 10 )
Integrating from B to C, we obtain the extension as shown below
3 3
[ 100 ( 10 ) – R A ] 2.5
uA [ 100 ( 10 ) – R A ] 1 1
2.5
∫ ∫
dx
δ BC = du = ----------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------- = ----------------------------------------
- ------------------ -------------------------------------
- or
( 200π ) ( 10 ) ( – 12.5 ) ( 18.75 + 12.5x ) 0.5
3 2 3
uB ( 200π ) ( 10 ) 0.5 ( 18.75 + 12.5x )
3 –9
δ BC = 2.546 [ ( 100 ) ( 10 ) – R A ] ( 10 ) 9
Substituting Eq’s (8) and (9) into Eq. (7), we obtain the following.
–9 3 –9 3
3.638R A ( 10 ) = 2.546 [ 100 ( 10 ) – R A ] ( 10 ) or R A = 41.17 ( 10 )Newtons 10
The movement of the rigid plate is the same as contraction of segment AB. From Eq. (8) we obtain.
3 –9 –3
δ B = ( 3.638 ) ( 41.17 ) ( 10 ) ( 10 ) = 0.1498 ( 10 )m δ B = 0.15 mm to the left
3
From Eq. (6) and (10): N BC = 58.83 ( 10 )Newtons . The maximum axial stress in the segment BC will be
just after B, as the area of the cross-section is smallest there.
3
58.83 ( 10 ) 6 2
( σ S ) max = --------------------------- = 29.96 ( 10 )N ⁄ m ( σ S ) max = 30 MPa ( T )
2
π ( 0.025 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.83 A rigid bar hinged at point O has a force P applied to it as shown. Bars A and B are made of steel
(E = 30,000 ksi). The cross-sectional areas of the bars A and B are AA = 1 in 2 and AB = 2 in 2 respectively.
If the allowable deflection at point C is 0.01 inch and the allowable stress in the bars is 25 ksi, determine
the maximum force P that can be applied.
P
24 in 30 in 42 in 0.005in
rigid
C
O 36 in
A 48 in
B
Figure P4.83
Solution E = 30000 AA = 1in2 AB = 2 in2

δ C ≤ 0.01in σ A ≤ 25ksi σ B ≤ 25ksi Pmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Assume gap closes. We draw the free body diagram of the rigid bar as shown in Fig (a).
P Oy 42 in
(a) (b) δ 30 in
C D
24 in 30 in 42 in 0.005in
C δA
24 in δB
δD
Ox
Compressive Contraction
NA NB
By moment equilibrium about point O, we obtain.
N A ( 30 ) + N B ( 72 ) – P ( 24 ) = 0 or 30N A + 72N B = 24P 1
We draw an exaggerated deformed shape as shown in Fig. (b) and write the deformation Equations.
δC δ δ
------ = -----A- = -----D- 2
24 30 72
δ D = δ B + 0.005 3
Eq. (2) and (3) can be rewritten as
30 5
δ A = ------ δ C = --- δ C 4
24 4
72
δ B = ------ δ C – 0.005 = 3δ C – 0.005 5
24
From Eq. (4-27)
NA LA N A ( 36 ) 5 3
δ A = -------------- - = --- δ C
- = --------------------------- or N A = 1.0417δ C ( 10 ) 6
EA AA ( 30000 ) ( 1 ) 4
NB LB N B ( 48 ) 3
δ B = --------------
- = ---------------------------
- = 3δ C – 0.005 or N B = 3.75δ C ( 10 ) – 6.25 7
EBAB ( 30000 ) ( 2 )
Substituting Eq. (6) and (7) into Eq (1). We obtain
3 3 3
30 ( 1.0417δ C ) ( 10 ) + 72 ( 3.75δ C ( 10 ) – 6.25 ) = 24P or 301.25 ( 10 )δ C = 24P + 450
–3
δ C = ( 0.0791P + 1.4938 ) ( 10 ) 8
Noting the limit on δC, we obtain one limit on P as
–3
( 0.0797P + 1.4938 ) ( 10 ) ≤ 0.01 or P ≤ 106.73kips 9
From Eq. (6) and (7). we obtain: N A = ( 0.083P + 1.556 )kips and N B = ( 0.2988P – 0.6483 )kips
NA 0.083P + 1.556
σ A = -------
- = ------------------------------------- ≤ 25 or P ≤ 282.5 10
AA 1
N 0.2988P – 0.6483
σ B = ------B- = ------------------------------------------ ≤ 25 or P ≤ 169.5 11
AB 2
The maximum value of P that satisfies Eq. (9), (11) and (12) is P max = 106.7kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.84 The structure at the base of a crane is modeled by the pin connected structure shown. The allow-
able axial stresses in members AC and BC are 15 ksi, and the Modulus of Elasticity is 30,000 ksi. To
ensure adequate stiffness at the base, the displacement of pin C in the vertical direction to be limited to
0.1 inches. Determine the minimum area of cross-sections for members AC and BC.
F = 75 kips
C 55o
C
12 ft
A 52o B
Figure P4.84
A B
Solution σ AC ≤ 15ksi σ BC = 15ksi ν C ≤ 0.1in AAC = ? ABC = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
We can draw the free body diagram as shown in Fig.(a)
F = 75 kips
(a) (b) vc
52o C 55o C uc
Tensile 12 ft
Compressive
NAC NBC A 52o B
By force equilibrium in x-direction in Fig (a)

N BC cos 52 = 75 cos 55 or N BC = 69.87kips 1
N BC 69.87 2
σ BC = ----------
- = ------------- ≤ 15 or A BC ≥ 4.658in 2
A BC A BC
By force equilibrium in y-direction in Fig (b)
N AC = N BC sin 52 + 75 sin 55 or N AC = 116.49kips 3
N AC 116.49 2
σ AC = ----------
- = ---------------- ≤ 15 or A AC ≥ 7.766in 4
A AC A AC
The length LBC = 12/sin52 = 15.23 ft. The deformation of each bar can be found as shown below
N AC L AC ( 69.87 ) ( 12 ) ( 12 ) 0.3354 2
δ AC = ---------------------- = ---------------------------------------- = ---------------- in 5
EA AC ( 30000 )A AC A AC
N BC L BC ( 116.49 ) ( 15.23 ) ( 12 ) 0.7097 2
δ BC = ---------------------
- = --------------------------------------------------- = ---------------- in 6
EA BC ( 30000 )A BC A BC
Let the pin move by uC and vC in the x and y-direction, respectively. Assuming small strain.
δ AC = v C 7
Substituting Eq. (5) into Eq. (7). we obtain
0.3354 2
v C = ---------------- ≤ 0.1 A AC ≥ 3.35in 8
A AC
The maximum area of cross section that satisfies Eq.(2), (4) and (8) are
2 2
A AC = 7.77 in and A BC = 4.66 in
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.85 The landing wheel of the plane in Figure P4.85 is modeled as shown to the right. Pin at C is in dou-
ble shear and has an allowable shear stress of 12 ksi The allowable axial stress for link BC is 30 ksi. Deter-
mine the diameter of pin C and the effective area of cross-section of link BC.
(Note the following: Attachments at A and B are approximated by pins to simplify analysis. There are two links represented by BC, one on either
side of the hydraulic cylinder that we are modeling as a single link with an effective area cross-section that is to be determined so that the free body
diagram is two-dimensional)
A B
A B
12 in
C 36.5o
C
2 in
32 in
D
D
20o
18 kips
Figure P4.85
Solution σ BC ≤ 30ksi τ C ≤ 12ksi dc = ? ABC = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
We draw the free body diagram of bar ACD. as shown in Fig. (a)
Ay Compressive
Ax NBC
12 in
36.5o
C
2 in
32 in
D
20o
18 kips
By moment equilibrium about point A.
270.9
18 sin 20 ( 44 ) – ( N BC cos 36.5 ) ( 12 ) + ( N BC sin 36.5 ) ( 2 ) = 0 or N BC = ------------- = 32.03kips
8.457
32.03 N 2 2
The axial stress in BC is: σ BC = ----------
BC
- = ------------- ≤ 30 or A BC ≥ 1.068in or A BC = 1.1in
A BC A BC
The pin being in double sheer will have a shear or force Vc = NBC/2=16.015
16.015 V 2
The shear stress in pin C is: τ C = ------C- = --------------------
2
- ≤ 12 or d ≥ 1.703in or d = 1.3in
AC ( πd ⁄ 4 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.86 The allowable normal stress in the stepped axial rod shown in Figure P4.86 is 20 ksi. If F = 10kips,
determine the smallest fillet radius that can be used at section B. Use stress concentration graphs given in
Section C.4.2.
2 in
1 in
F
A B C
Figure P4.86
Solution σ max ≤ 20ksi r=?

------------------------------------------------------------
10
The axial stress in BC can be found as: σ BC = --------------------
- = 12.73ksi
2
π(1 ) ⁄ 4
σ max = k conc σ BC = 12.73k conc ≤ 20 or k conc ≤ 1.57 1
From Fig. C.2, we obtain the approximate value of r/d corresponding to D/d = 2 and kconc = 1.5
r
--- = 0.26 or r = ( 0.26 ) ( 1 ) = 0.26inch r = 0.26 in.
d
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.87 The fillet radius in the stepped circular rod shown is 6 mm. Determine the maximum axial force F
that can act on the rigid wheel if the allowable axial stress is 120 MPa, and modulus of elasticity is
70 GPa.Use stress concentration graphs given in Section C.4.2.
60 mm
48 mm
F
A B C D
F
0.9 m 0.75 m 1.0 m

Figure P4.87
Solution σ max ≤ 120 MPa r = 6 mm E = 70GPa Fmax = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The area of cross-sections of various segments can be found as shown below.
π 2 –3 2
A AB = --- ( 0.06 ) = 2.83 ( 10 )m 1
4
π 2 –3 2
A BC = A CD = --- ( 0.048 ) = 1.81 ( 10 )m 2
4
The ratio’s --r- = -----

6
- = 0.125 and
D 60
---- = ------ = 1.25
d 48 d 48
From Fig. C-2. we obtain the stress concentration factor as
K conc = 1.7 3
We made imaginary cuts in segments AB, BC and CD and draw free body diagram as shown below
(a) NAB (b) F
RA NBC (c) NCD
A A B A B C
RA RA
Tensile F Compressive
Tensile
By force equilibrium we obtain
N AB = R A 1
N BC = R A 2
N CD = 2F – R A 3
The total extension of the bar is zero.

δ AB + δ BC – δ CD = 0 4
From Eq. (4-27) we have
N AB L AB R A ( 0.9 ) –6
δ AB = ---------------------- = --------------------------------------------------- = 4.543R A ( 10 ) 5
E AB A AB 9 –3
70 ( 10 ) ( 2.83 ) ( 10 )
N BC L BC R A ( 0.75 ) –6
δ BC = ---------------------
- = --------------------------------------------------- = 5.919R A ( 10 ) 6
E BC A BC 9 – 3
70 ( 10 ) ( 1.81 ) ( 10 )
N CD L CD ( 2F – R A ) ( 1 ) –6
δ CD = ---------------------- = --------------------------------------------------- = 7.893 ( 2F – R A ) ( 10 ) 7
E CD A CD 9 – 3
70 ( 10 ) ( 1.81 ) ( 10 )
Substituting Eq’s (5), (6) and (7) into Eq. (4)
–6 15.786F
[ 4.543R A + 5.919R A – 7.893 ( 2F – R A ) ] ( 10 ) = 0 or R A = -------------------- = 0.86F
18.355
The nominal axial stress in each member can be found as
N AB 0.86F
σ AB = ----------
- = -------------------------- = 303.9F 8
A AB –3
2.83 ( 10 )
N BC 0.86F
σ BC = ----------
- = -------------------------- = 475.1F 9
A BC –3
1.81 ( 10 )
- = (---------------------------
N CD 2 – 0.86 )F
σ CD = ---------- - = 629.8F 10
A CD –3
2.83 ( 10 )
The maximum stress in BC is
( σ BC ) max = k conc σ BC = ( 1.7 ) ( 475.1F ) = 807.7F 11
As the maximum stress in BC is the largest, we use to find maximum F as shown below.
6 3
807.7F ≤ 120 ( 10 ) or F ≤ 148.6 ( 10 )Newtons or F max = 148.6 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.88 The fillet radius is 0.2 mm in the stepped steel circular rod shown in Figure P4.86. What should be
the peak value of the cyclic load F to ensure a service life of half-million cycles. Use the SN-curve shown
in Figure 3.36.
Solution r = 0.2 n = 0.5(106) steel Fmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Figure 3.36 the peak stress for half a million cycles is σ max = 40ksi
For r/d = 0.2 and d/D = 2, the stress concentration factor is Kconc = 1.65
The nominal stress in BC is as shown below.
σ max 40 - F
σ BC = -------------
- = --------- = --------------------- or F = 19.04kips or F max = 19 kips
K conc 1.65 2
π(1) ⁄ 4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.89 The aluminum axial rods in Figure P4.87 are subjected to a cyclic force F. Determine the peak
value of the force F to ensure a service life of one-million cycle. Use the SN-curves shown in Figure 3.36
and a modulus of elasticity E = 70 GPa.
Solution n = 106 Aluminum Fmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Figure 3.36, the peak stress for a million cycles in Aluminum is approximately σ max = 147MPa
From Eq. (11) in problem 4-84, we have
6 3
( σ BC ) max = 807.7F ≤ 147 ( 10 ) or F ≤ 181.998 ( 10 )Newtons F max = 181.9kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.90 During assembly of the structure, a misfit between bar A and the attachment of the rigid bar was
found as shown. If bar A is pulled and attached, determine the initial stress introduced due to the misfit.
The modulus of elasticity of the circular bars A and B is E= 10,000 ksi and the diameter is 1 inch.
A B
60 in 80 in
40 in 60 in
0.05 in
C
Figure P4.90
Solution E = 10,000ksi d = 1inch σA = σB =
------------------------------------------------------------
We draw the free body diagram of rigid bar as shown in Fig. (a)
(a) NB (b)
N A
Tensile
Cy
Extension
40 in 60 in δA 60 in
Cx
0.05 in δD C
δB
40 in Extension
By moment equilibrium about point C, we obtain
0.4N A = 0.6N B 1
We can draw the exaggerated deformed geometry as shown in Fig.(b), and write the deformation equations
δD δB
------
- = ------
- or δ B = 1.5δ D 2
0.4 0.6
δ A = 0.05 – δ D 3
From Eq. 4-27
·
NA LA N A ( 60 ) –3
δ A = -------------- - = 7.639N A ( 10 ) = 0.05 – δ D
- = ------------------------------------------ or N A = 6.545 – 130.91δ D 4
EA AA π
( 10, 000 ) ⎛ ---⎞ ( 1 )
2
⎝ 4⎠
·
NB LB N B ( 80 ) –3
δ B = -------------- - = 10.186N B ( 10 ) = 1.5δ D
- = ------------------------------------------------ or N B = 147.26δ D 5
EB AB 2
( 10, 000 ) ( π ( 1 ) ⁄ 4 )
Substituting Eq. (4) and (5) into Eq. (1)
0.4 ( 6.545 – 130.91δ D ) = 0.6 ( 147.26δ D ) or 2.618- = 18.6 ( 10 – 3 )
δ D = --------------- 6
140.72
From Eq. (4) and (5) we obtain: N A = 4.11kips and N B = 2.74kips
The initial axial stresses are
NA 4.11
σ A = -------
- = -------------------------- = 5.233ksi σ A = 5.2ksi ( T )
AA 2
(π(1) ⁄ 4)
N 2.74
σ B = ------B- = -------------------------- = 3.488ksi σ B = 3.5ksi ( T )
AB 2
(π(1) ⁄ 4)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.91 Bar A was manufactured 2 mm less than bar B due to an error. The attachment of these bars to the
rigid bar would cause a misfit of 2 mm. Calculate the initial stress in each assembly. Which of the two
assembly configuration you would recommend? Use modulus of elasticity of E = 70 GPa and diameter of
the circular bars as 25 mm.
A B B A
2m 2m
2mm C 2 mm C
1.5 m 1.5 m 1.5 m 1.5 m

Assembly 1 Figure P4.91 Assembly 2
Solution E = 70GPa d = 25mm assembly = ? σA = σB =
------------------------------------------------------------
π 2 –3
The area cross-section is A = --- ( 0.025 ) = 0.4909 ( 10 )
4
Assembly 1 Analysis
We can draw the free body diagram of rigid bar as shown in Fig.(a)
(a) NB (b)
NA
Compressive
Tensile
Cy
Extension
Cx
2mm δA Contraction
C
δD δB
1.5 m 1.5 m
1.5 m 1.5 m
By moment equilibrium about point C
N A ( 3 ) = N B ( 1.5 ) or 2N A = N B ( 1 ) 1
We can draw an exaggerated deformed geometry and write deformation equations
δD δB δ
------ = ------
- or δ B = -----D- 2
3 1.5 2
δ A = 0.002 – δ D 3
From Eq. (4-27)
NA LA NA ( 2 ) –9
δ A = --------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 58.2N A ( 10 ) 4
EA AA 9 –3
( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.4909 ) ( 10 )
Substituting Eq. (3) into Eq. (4), we obtain
3 6
N A = 34.36 ( 10 ) – 17.18δ D ( 10 ) 5
NB LB –9
δ B = --------------
- = 58.2N B ( 10 ) 6
EB AB
Substituting Eq. (2) into Eq. (6), we obtain

6
N B = 8.591δ D ( 10 ) 7
Substituting Eq. (5) and (7)into Eq. (1), we obtain
3 6 6 68.72 –3 –3
[ 34.36 – 36 ( 10 ) – 17.18δ D ( 10 ) ] = 8.591δ D ( 10 ) or δ D = ------------- ( 10 ) = 1.60 ( 10 8
42.95
3 3
From Eq. (4) and (5): N A = 6.872 ( 10 ) and N B = 13.75 ( 10 )
The initial axial stresses are
3
NA 6.872 ( 10 ) 6
σ A = -------
- = ------------------------------------- = 14.0 ( 10 ) σ A = 14.0 MPa ( T )
AA –3
( 0.4909 ) ( 10 )
3
N 13.75 ( 10 ) 6
σ B = ------B- = ------------------------------------- = 28.0 ( 10 ) σ B = 28.0 MPa ( C )
AB –3
( 0.4909 ) ( 10 )
Assembly 2 Analysis
We can draw the free body diagram of rigid bar as shown in Fig.(c)
(a) NB Compressive NA (b)
Tensile
Cy
Extension
Cx δA
Contraction δB 2mm C
δD
1.5 m 1.5 m
1.5 m 1.5 m
N B ( 3 ) = 1.5N A or N A = 2N B 9
We can draw an exaggerated deformed geometry and write deformation equations
δB δD
------ = ------
- or δ B = 2δ D 10
3 1.5
δ A = 0.002 – δ D 11
Substituting Eq. (11) into Eq. (4) we obtain
3 6
N A = 34.36 ( 10 ) – 17.18δ D ( 10 ) 12
Substituting Eq. (10) into Eq. (6) we obtain
6
N B = 34.36δ D ( 10 ) 13
Substituting Eq. (12) and (13) into Eq. (9) we obtain
3
3 6 6 34.36 ( 10 ) –3
[ 34.36 ( 10 ) – 17.18δ D ( 10 ) ] = 2 ( 34.36 )δ D ( 10 ) or δ D = ------------------------------ = 0.4 ( 10 )
6
85.908 ( 10 )
3 3
From Eq. (12) and (13) we obtain: N A = 27.49 ( 10 ) or N B = 13.74 ( 10 )
The axial stresses are
3
NA 27.49 ( 10 ) 6
σ A = -------
- = -------------------------------- = 56 ( 10 ) σ A = 56 MPa ( T )
AA – 3
0.4909 ( 10 )
3
N 13.74 ( 10 )
σ B = ------B- = -------------------------------- = 27.989 σ B = 28 MPa ( C )
AB –3
0.4909 ( 10 )
Assembly 1 is preferred as the initial stress in member A is significantly smaller.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.92 A steel bolt is passes through a aluminum sleeve. After assembling the unit by finger tightening
the nut (no deformation) the nut is given 1/4 turn. If the pitch of the threads is 3.0 mm, determine the initial
axial stress developed in the sleeve and the bolt. The modulus of elasticity for steel and copper are
Est = 200 GPa, Eal = 70 GPa, respectively the area of cross-sections areAst = 500 mm2 Aal= 1100 mm2.
Rigid washers
Sleeve
Bolt
25 mm 25 mm
300 mm
Figure P4.92
Solution p =0.3 mm n=1/4 Est = 200 GPa Eal = 70 GPa

Ast = 500 mm2 Aal= 1100 mm2
------------------------------------------------------------
We can make an imaginary cut through the sleeve and the bolt and draw the free body diagram shown in
Fig. (a).
(a) 0.75 mm
(b) δal δs
Nal Ns
P P1
Nal represent the equivalent axial force that acts on the entire circulation cross-section of the sleeve
By force equilibrium in Fig(a)
N al = N s 1
Consider point P on the bolt. As the nut is tightened, point P moves to point P1, and the distance PP1, rep-
resents the extension of the bolt. Relative to point P1(bolt) the nuts moves by an amount (n)(p) = 0.75mm.
The deformation equation is
–3
δ al + δ s = 0.75 ( 10 )m 2
From Eq. (4-27).
·
N al L al N al ( 0.3 ) –9
δ al = ---------------- = ---------------------------------------------------------- = 3.896N al ( 10 ) 3
E al A al 9 – 6
( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 1100 ) ( 10 )
·
Ns Ls N s ( 0.3 + 0.025 + 0.025 ) –9
δ s = ----------- - = ---------------------------------------------------------- = 3.5N s ( 10 ) 4
Es As 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 500 ) ( 10 )
Substituting Eq. (3),(4) and (1) into Eq. (2) we obtain
–9 –3 3 3
( 3.896 + 3.5 )N al ( 10 ) = 0.75 ( 10 ) or N al = 101.4 ( 10 )Newtons and N s = 101.4 ( 10 )Newtons
3
N al 101.4 ( 10 ) 6
σ al = -------
- = ---------------------------- = 92.2 ( 10 ) σ al = 92.2 MPa ( C )
A al –6
1100 ( 10 )
3
N 101.4 ( 10 ) 6
σ s = ------s = --------------------------- = 202.8 ( 10 ) σ s = 202.8 MPa ( T )
As – 6
500 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.93 The rigid bar is horizontal when the unit is put together by finger tightening the nut. The pitch of
the threads is 0.125 inch. Develop a table in steps of quarter turn of the nut that can be used for prescribing
the pre-tension in bar B. Maximum number of quarter turns is limited by the yield stress.
5 in 15 in
Bar A Bar B
rigid
Modulus of Elasticity 10,000 ksi 30,000 ksi
A B
Yield Stress 24 ksi 30 ksi 50 in
2 2
Area of cross-section 0.5 in 0.75 in
Figure P4.93
Solution p = 0.125 inch n = number of quarter turns = ? σA = ? σB = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We can draw the free body diagram of the rigid plate as shown in Fig. (a).
(a) 5 in 15 in (b) (c) P1
δB
δA 15 in
P
D Extension np/4
δD
Extension 5 in δD
Cy
Tensile
NA NB
N A ( 5 ) = 15N B or N A = 3N B 1
Consider point D on the rigid plate. Using deformed geometry in Fig(b), we can write
δA δ δ
------ = -----D- or δ A = -----D- 2
5 15 3
Point P on the bolt moves to point P1 as the bolt material is pulled through the nut. The distance PP1
in the Fig (c) represents the extension of the bolt. The nut moves relative to the bolt. i.e. with respect to
point P1 by the amount nP/4. The deformed equation is thus
nP
δ B + δ D = ------ or δ B = 0.03125n – δ D 3
4
From Eq. (4-27)
·
NA LA N A ( 50 ) δ
δ A = -------------- - = 0.01N A = -----D-
- = ------------------------------------ 4
EA AA 3 3
( 10 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.5 )
or N A = 33.33δ D 5
·
NB LB N B ( 50 ) –3
δ B = -------------- - = 2.222 ( 10 )N B = 0.03125n – δ D
- = --------------------------------------- 6
EB AB 3
( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.75 )
or N B = 14.0625n – 450δ D 7
Substituting Eq. (5) and (7) into eq. (1) we obtain.
42.1875n
33.33δ D = 3 ( 14.0625n – 450δ D )
δ D = ---------------------- = 0.0305n or 8
1383.33
From Eq. (5) and (7) we obtain: N A = 1.0166nkips and N B = 0.3388n
NA 1.0166n
σ A = -------
- = ------------------- = 2.033n 9
AA 0.5
N 0.3388n
σ B = ------B- = ------------------- = 0.4518n 10
AB 0.75
The stress in A exceeds material yield stress when n = 12. The initial stress for 11 quarter turns are given in
the table below.
n σA σB
1 2.03 0.45
2 4.07 0.90
3 6.10 1.36
4 8.13 1.81
5 10.17 2.26
6 12.20 2.71
7 14.23 3.16
8 16.26 3.61
9 18.30 4.07
10 20.33 4.52
11 22.36 4.97
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.94 The increase in temperature varies as ΔT = TL ( x 2 ⁄ L2 ) . Determine the axial stress and movement of
a point at x=L/2 in terms of length L, Modulus of elasticity E, area of cross-section A, coefficient of ther-
mal expansion α and the increase of temperature at the end TL
⎛ x2⎞
u ⎛ ---⎞ =
L
Solution ΔT = T L ⎜ ------⎟ σ xx =
⎝ L 2⎠ ⎝ 2⎠
------------------------------------------------------------
As the right side is free to expand and there are no external forces. σ xx = 0
2
x
The axial strain is: ε xx = du
------ = αΔT = αT L ------
2
dx L
Integrating from x=0, where displacement is zero to x=L/2 we obtain
L
u ⎛ ---⎞
L L --- 3
⎝ 2⎠ --- 2 αT L 3 2 αT L L αT L L
u ⎛ ---⎞ = ---------- x 0 = ---------------- u ⎛ ---⎞ = --------------
x L L
∫0 ∫
2
du = αT L ------ dx or - -
2 ⎝ 2⎠ 2 2 ⎝ 2⎠ 24
0 L 3L 24L
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.95 The increase in temperature varies as ΔT = TL ( x 2 ⁄ L2 ) . Determine the axial stress and movement of
a point at x=L/2 in terms of length L, Modulus of elasticity E, area of cross-section A, coefficient of ther-
mal expansion α and the increase of temperature at the end TL
2 2
Solution ΔT = T L ( x ⁄ L ) σ xx = u(L ⁄ 2) =
------------------------------------------------------------
We make an imaginary cut and draw free body diagram as shown below.
RL N
By force equilibrium we obtain

N = RL 1
R
σ xx = N
---- = ------L- 2
A A
σ xx RL
The axial strain is: ε xx = du du 2 2
- + αΔT
------ = -------- or - + αT L ( x ⁄ L ) Integrating we obtain.
------ = -------
dx E dx EA
3
RL αT L x
u ( x ) = -------- x + ---------------- + C1 3
EA 2
3L
Noting u(0) = 0. C1 = 0. Noting that u(L) = 0, we obtain the following.
3
R L L αT L L αT L EA
u ( L ) = ----------
- + ----------------- = 0 or R L = – ------------------
- 4
EA 2 3
3L
EαT L
From Eq. (2) we obtain. σ xx = --------------- ( C )
3
3
αT αT x
Substituting Eq. (4) and C1 = 0 in Eq (3): u ( x ) = – ----------L x + ----------------
L
at x=L/2, we obtain
3 2
3L
3
αT L L αT L L αT L L αT L L
u ⎛ ---⎞ = – -------------- u ⎛ ---⎞ = – --------------
L L
- + ----------------- = – --------------
- -
⎝ 2⎠ 6 2 8 ⎝ 2⎠ 8
24L
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.96 The tapered bar shown has a cross-sectional area that varies with x as A = K ( L – 0.5 x ) 2 . If the
increase in temperature of the bar varies as ΔT = TL ( x2 ⁄ L 2 ) . Determine the axial stress at mid point in
terms of the length L, Modulus of elasticity E, area of cross-section parameter K, coefficient of thermal
expansion α, and the increase of temperature at the end TL
L
Figure P4.96
2 2
Solution A = K(L-0.5x)2 ΔT = T L ( x ⁄ L ) σ xx ( L ⁄ 2 ) =
------------------------------------------------------------
We make an imaginary cut and draw a free body diagram as shown below.
R N
By force equilibrium
N = R 1
The axial stress and strain can be written as shown below.
N R
σ xx = ---- = -------------------------------- 2
A 2
K ( L – 0.5x )
du σ xx R x
2
ε xx = ------ = -------- - + αT L ------
- + αΔT = ----------------------------------- 3
dx E 2 2
EK ( L – 0.5x ) L
Integrating from x=0 to x=L and noting that displacement at both points are zero, we obtain the following
L
2 3
uL = 0 L⎛ αT L x ⎞ ⎛ αT L x ⎞
∫ ∫
R R
du = ⎜ ------------------------------------ + ----------------⎟ dx = ⎜ ---------------------------------------------- + ----------------⎟ = 0 or
u0 = 0 0 ⎝ EK ( L – 0.5x ) 2 L ⎠
2 ⎝ ( 0.5EK ) ( L – 0.5x ) 3L ⎠
2
0
R 1 - – --1- αT L L
--------------------- ---------- + --------------
- = 0
( 0.5EK ) 0.5L L 3
2
2R - αT L L EKαT L L
----------- = --------------
- or R = – -------------------------
- 4
EKL 3 6
Substituting Eq. (4) in Eq. (2) and evaluating the stress at x=L/2
R R EαT L 8
σ xx = ---------------------------------
- = -------------------------
- = – --------------------
- σ xx = ------ EαT L ( C )
⎛ ⎞
2
( )
2 2 27
K L – 0.5
L
--- K 0.75L 6 ( 0.75 )
⎝ 2⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.97 Three metallic rods are attached to a rigid plate as shown. The temperature of the rods is lowered
oF after the forces are applied. Assuming the rigid plate does not rotate, determine the movement of
by 100
the rigid plate
6500 lbs
Area E α
in2 ksi 10 -6/ oF Aluminum
Steel -2
Aluminum 4 10,000 12.5
Steel-1
Steel-1 4 30,000 6.6
6500 lbs
Steel-2 12 30,000 6.6
100 inch 100 inch
Figure P4.97
Solution ΔT = – 100°F δP =
------------------------------------------------------------
We can draw the free body diagram of the rigid plate as shown in Fig.(a).
6500 lbs δP
(a) Nal (b)
Ns2
Tensile
Compressive
Ns1
6500 lbs δs2
δs1 = δal
By force equilibrium in Fig (a)

N a1 + N s1 + N s2 = 13000lbs = 13kips 1
We can draw an exaggerated deformed geometry as shown in Fig.(b) and write the deformation equations
δ a1 = δ P δ s1 = δ P δ s2 = δ P 2
Noting that the deformation shown in Fig (b) are considered positive we have the following
N a1 ( 100 ) –6
δ a1 = ---------------------------- – ( 100 ) ( 12.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) = δ P or N a1 = 400δ P + 50 3
3
10 ( 10 ) ( 4 )
N s1 ( 100 ) –6
δ s1 = ---------------------------
- – ( 100 ) ( 6.6 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) = δ P or N s1 = 1200δ P + 79.2 4
3
30 ( 10 ) ( 4 )
N s2 ( 100 ) –6
δ s2 = ------------------------------
- + ( 100 ) ( 6.6 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) = δ P or N s2 = 3600δ P – 237.6 5
3
30 ( 10 ) ( 12 )
Substituting Eq’s (3), (4) and (5) into Eq. (1) we obtain
121.4 –3
( 400 + 1200 + 3600 )δ P + 50 + 79.2 – 237.6 = 13 or δ P = ------------- = 23.35 ( 10 )
5200
δ P = 0.0233 in. to the right
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.98 Solve problem 4.92 assuming that in addition to turning the nut the temperature of the assembled
unit is raised by 40oC. The coefficients of thermal expansion for steel and aluminum are αst = 12 μ / oC,
αal = 22.5 μ / oC.
Solution ΔT = 40°C α st = 12μ ⁄ °C α al = 22.5μ ⁄ °C
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eq. (1) and (2) in problem 4-89
N al = N s 1
–3
δ al + δ s = 0.75 ( 10 )m 2
Noting that the deformation in Eq. (2) assumes for steel as positive in extension and for aluminum as posi-
tive in contraction, we can modify the deformation equations (3) and (4) of problem 4-89 as shown below.
–9 –6 –9 –6
δ al = 3.896N al ( 10 ) – ( 40 ) ( 22.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.3 ) or δ al = 3.896N al ( 10 ) – 270 ( 10 ) 3
–9 –6 –9 –6
δ s = 3.5N s ( 10 ) – ( 40 ) ( 12 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.3 + 0.025 + 0.025 ) or δ s = 3.5N s ( 10 ) – 168 ( 10 ) 4
Substituting Eq’s (3), (4) and (1) into Eq. (2)
–9 –6 –3
( 3.896 + 3.5 ) ( N al ) ( 10 ) + ( – 270 + 168 ) ( 10 ) = 0.75 ( 10 ) or
–3
0.852 ( 10 ) 3
N al = ----------------------------- = 115.2 ( 10 )Newtons 5
–9
7.396 ( 10 )
3
N s = 115.2 ( 10 )Newtons 6
3
N al 115.2 ( 10 ) 6
σ al = -------
- = ---------------------------- = 104.7 ( 10 ) σ al = 104.7MPa ( C )
A al – 6
1100 ( 10 )
3
N 115.2 ( 10 ) 6
σ s = ------s = --------------------------- = 230.4 ( 10 ) σ s = 230.4 MPa ( T )
As –6
500 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.99 Determine the axial stress in bar A of problem 4.93 assuming that the nut is turned 1 full turn and
the temperature of bar A is decreased by 80oF. The coefficients of thermal expansion for bar A is
αst = 22.5 μ / oF.
Solution p = 0.125 inch n = 4 quarter turns ΔTA = - 80oF αst = 22.5 μ / oF
σA = ? σB = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eqs. (1) (2) and (3) in problem 4.93 we have:
N A ( 5 ) = 15N B or N A = 3N B 1
δA δ δ
------ = -----D- or δ A = -----D- 2
5 15 3
δ B + δ D = nP
------ or δ B = 0.03125n – δ D 3
4
Noting that the deformation in Eq. (4) of problem 4.93 assumes for bar A as positive in extension, we can
modify the deformation in Eq. (4) of problem 4.93 as shown below.
·
N A ( 50 ) –6 –3 δ
δ A = ------------------------------------- – ( 80 ) ( 22.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 50 ) = 0.01N A – 90 ( 10 ) = -----D- 4
3 3
( 10 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.5 )
or N A = 33.33δ D + 9 5
There is no temperature change in bar B, hence from Eq. (7) of problem 4.93 we have the following with
n = 4.
or N B = 14.0625 ( 4 ) – 450δ D = 56.25 – 450δ D 6
Substituting Eq. (5) and (6) into Eq. (1) we obtain.
159.75
33.33δ D + 9 = 3 ( 56.25 – 450δ D ) or δ D = ------------------- = 0.1155 7
1383.33
From Eq. (5) we obtain: N A = 12.849kips
NA
- = 12.849
The axial stress in A is: σ A = ------- ---------------- = 25.70ksi σ A = 25.70ksi ( T )
AA 0.5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.100 Fifty rivets of 10 mm diameter are used to attach caps at each end on a 1000 mm diameter cylinder.
The wall of the cylinder is 10 mm thick and the gas pressure is 200 kPa. Determine the hoop stress and the
axial stress in the cylinder and the shear stress in each rivet.
Figure P4.100
Solution n = 50 dr = 10 mm d = 1000 mm t = 10 mm p = 200kPa σθθ = ? τr =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The hoop stress can be found as shown below:
3
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.500 )
σ θθ = pr
6 2
----- = ---------------------------------------------- = 10 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m σ θθ = 10MPa ( T )
t ( 0.01 )
The shear force on each rivet is Vr=τrAr, where Ar is the area of cross-section of each rivet. The free body
diagram of the cap can be drawn as shown below.
Vr=τrAr
p
By force equilibrium we obtain:

3 2
2 ( 200 ) ( 10 )π ( 0.5 )
p ( πr ) = ( 50 ) ( τ r A r ) or τ r = ---------------------------------------------- = 40 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or τ r = 40MPa
6 2
2
( 50 )π ( 0.01 ⁄ 2 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.101 A pressure tank 15 feet long and 40 inch diameter is to be fabricated from a 1/2 inch thick sheet. A
15 feet long, 8 inch wide and 1/2 inch thick plate is bonded onto the tank to seal the gap. What is the shear
stress in the adhesive when the pressure in the tank is 75 psi? Assume uniform shear stress over the entire
inner surface of the attaching plate.
Figure P4.101
Solution L = 15 ft. d = 40 inch t = 0.5 inch W = 8 inch p = 500 psi τa = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
( 75 ) ( 20 )
The hoop stress can be found as σ θθ = pr
----- = ---------------------- = 3000psi .
t ( 0.5 )
We make two imaginary cuts, one through the adhesive and another one through the tank on the other side
to produce the free body diagram shown below.
σθθ
p
W/2 τa
L
By force equilibrium we obtain: τ a ( W ⁄ 2 ) ( L ) + σ θθ ( L ) ( t ) – ( p ) ( L ) ( d ) = 0

( p ) ( d ) – σ θθ ( t ) ( 40 ) – ( 3000 ) ( 0.5 )- = 375psi
- = 75
τ a = ------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- τ a = 375 psi
(W ⁄ 2) (8 ⁄ 2)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.102 A 5 feet diameter spherical tank has a wall thickness of 3/4 inch. If the maximum normal stress is
not to exceed 10 ksi, determine the maximum permissible pressure.
Solution d = 5 ft. t = 0.75 inch σ max ≤ 10 ksi pmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The maximum pressure can be found as shown below.
p ( 5 ) ( 12 )
σ = pr
----- = ---------------------- ≤ 10 or p ≤ 0.125ksi or p max = 125psi
t 0.75
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.103 In a spherical tank of radius 500 mm and a thickness of 40 mm, a hole of 50 mm diameter is drilled
and then plugged using adhesive of shear strength 1.2 MPa to form a safety pressure release mecha-
nism.Determine the maximum allowable pressure and the corresponding hoop stress in the tank material.
Figure P4.103
Solution r = 500 mm t = 40 mm dplug = 50 mm τ a ≤ 1.2MPa pmax = ? σ=?

------------------------------------------------------------
We can draw the free body diagram of the plug as shown below.
τa
p
2
By force equilibrium we obtain p ( πd plug ⁄ 4 ) = ( τ a ) ( πd plug ) ( t ) or
pd plug p ( 0.05 ) 6 6
( τ a ) = ---------------
- = ----------------------- ≤ 1.2 ( 10 ) or p ≤ 3.84 ( 10 )
4t ( 4 ) ( 0.04 ) or p max = 3.8 MPa
The hoop stress can be found as shown below.
6
3.84 ( 10 ) ( 0.5 )
σ = pr
6 2
----- = ------------------------------------- = 48 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m σ = 48 MPa ( T )
t ( 0.04 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.104 A 20 inch diameter pressure cooker is to be designed for a 15 psi pressure. The allowable normal
stress in the cylindrical pressure cooker is to be limited to 3 ksi. Determine the minimum wall thickness of
the pressure cooker. A 1/2 lbs. weight on top of the nozzle is used to control the pressure in the cooker.
Determine the diameter ‘d’ of the nozzle.
Figure P4.104
Solution d = 20 inch p = 15 psi σ max ≤ 3 ksi tmin = ? W = 0.5 lb dnoz = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The hoop stress in the cylinder is greater than the axial stress and is used to determine the minimum thick-
ness as shown below.
( 15 ) ( 10 )
σ θθ = pr
3
----- = ---------------------- ≤ 3 ( 10 ) or t ≥ 0.05 in
t t or t min = 0.05in
We can draw the free body diagram of the weight on the nozzle as shown below.
W = 0.5 lb
p
2
By force equilibrium we obtain: pπ ( d noz ⁄ 4 ) = 0.5 or
2 2
d noz = ------ = -------------- = 0.206 or d noz = 0.206 in
πp π ( 15 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.105 The cylindrical gas tank shown is made from a sheet metal that is 8 mm thick and must be
designed to sustain a maximum normal stress of 100 MPa. Develop a table of maximum permissible gas
pressure and the corresponding diameter of the tank in steps of 100mm between diameter values of
400 mm to 900 mm.
Figure P4.105
Solution t = 8 mm σ max ≤ 100MPa p vs. d
------------------------------------------------------------
The hoop stress in the cylinder is greater than the axial stress and is used to determine the values of p and
d. Assuming d is measured in millimeters and p in MPa, we can write the hoop stress expression as shown
below:
6 –3
( p ) ( 10 ) ( d ⁄ 2 ) ( 10 )
σ θθ = pr
6
----- = ----------------------------------------------------- ≤ 100 ( 10 ) or
t 0.008
pd ≤ 1600 1
Eq. 1 can be used to determine the values of p and d as shown in the table below. All pressure values are
rounded downwards,
d p
(mm (MPa)
400 4.00
500 3.20
600 2.66
700 2.28
800 2.00
900 1.77
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.106 A pressure tank 15 feet long and 40 inch diameter is to be fabricated from a 1/2 inch thick sheet. A
15 feet long, 8 inch wide and 1/2 inch thick plate is to be used for sealing the gap by using two rows of 90
rivets each. If the shear strength of the rivets is 36 ksi and the normal stress in the tank is to be limited to 20
ksi, determine the maximum pressure and the minimum diameter of the rivets that can be used.
Figure P4.106
Solution L = 15 ft. d = 40 inch t = 0.5 inch Wplate = 8 inch tplate = 0.5 inch
nrivets=90 σ max ≤ 20 ksi τ riv ≤ 36 ksi pmax = ? (driv )min= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The hoop stress in the cylinder is greater than the axial stress and is used to determine the maximum pres-
sure as shown below.
pr ( p ) ( 20 ) 3
σ θθ = ----- = ------------------- ≤ 20 ( 10 ) or p ≤ 500psi
t 0.5 or p max = 500psi
We make imaginary cuts through the rivets and also cut through the tank on the other side to produce the
free body diagram shown below.
σθθ
p
W/2 τr
L
2
By force equilibrium we obtain: n riv τ r ( πd riv ) ⁄ 4 + σ θθ ( L ) ( t ) – ( p ) ( L ) ( d ) = 0 or
( p ) ( L ) ( d ) – ( σ θθ ) ( L ) ( t ) ( 500 ) ( 15 ) ( 12 ) ( 40 ) – ( 20000 ) ( 15 ) ( 12 ) ( 0.5 ) 3
τ riv = -----------------------------------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ≤ ( 36 ) ( 10 ) or
2 2
n riv π ( d riv ⁄ 4 ) ( 90 )π ( d riv ⁄ 4 )
3
1800 ( 10 )
d riv ≥ -------------------------- or d riv ≥ 0.841inch or ( d riv ) min = 0.85in
3
810π ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.107 A pressure tank 5 m long and a mean diameter of 1 m is to be fabricated from a 10 mm thick sheet. A
5 m-long, 200 mm wide, 10-mm-thick plate is to be used for sealing the gap by using two rows of 100 riv-
ets each. The shear strength of the rivets is 300 MPa and the yield strength of the tank material is 200 MPa.
Determine the maximum pressure and the minimum diameter of the rivets to the nearest millimeter that
can be used for a factor of safety of 2.
Figure P4.107
Solution L=5m d=1m t = 0.01m W = 0.2 m nriv=100
ksafety= 2 σ yield = 200MPa τ riv = 300MPa p=? dr= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The hoop stress can be found as
pr p ( 0.5 ) 200
σ θθ = ----- = --------------- = 50p ≤ --------- or p ≤ 2MPa . p max = 2 MPa
t ( 0.01 ) 2
We make imaginary cuts through the rivets and also cut through the tank on the other side to produce the
free body diagram shown below.
σθθ
p
W/2 τr
L
2
By force equilibrium we obtain: n riv τ r ( πd riv ) ⁄ 4 + σ θθ ( L ) ( t ) – ( p ) ( L ) ( d ) = 0 or
( p ) ( L ) ( d ) – ( σ θθ ) ( L ) ( t ) 6
( 4 ) ( 10 ) ( 5 ) ( 1 ) – ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 5 ) ( 0.01 ) 300
6
6 10 ( 10 )
6
τ riv = -----------------------------------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ≤ --------- ( 10 ) or d riv ≥ -----------------------------
2 2 2 6
n riv π ( d riv ⁄ 4 ) ( 100 )π ( d riv ⁄ 4 ) 3750π ( 10 )
or d riv ≥ 0.02913m or ( d riv ) min = 30 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.1 A pair of 48 inch long bars and a pair of 60 inch long bars are symmetrically attached to a rigid
disc at a radius of 2 inch at one end and built into the wall at the other end. The shear strain at point A due
to a twist of the rigid disc was found to be 3000 μ rads. Determine the magnitude shear strain at point D.
T
A B C D
A B C D
48 in 60 in
Figure P5.1
Solution γA= 3000 μ r= 2 inch. γD= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We can draw an exaggerated deformed geometry as shown below.
A B C D
γA γD
B1 C1
A B
φ C D
48 in 60 in
From triangle ABB1 and small strain approximation, we have the following:
BB BB –6
tan γ A = ----------1 or γ A = ----------1 = 3000 ( 10 ) or BB 1 = 0.144 in (1)
AB 48
Note that BB1= CC1. From triangle DCC1 we have the following:
CC BB 0.144 –3
tan γ D = ----------1 = ----------1 or γ D = ------------- = 2.400 ( 10 ) or γ D = 2400 μrad
CD CD 60
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.2 If the four bars in problem 5.1 are made from material that has a Shear Modulus of 12,000 ksi.,
determine the applied torque T on the rigid disc.The area of cross-section of all bars is 0.25 in2.
Solution G = 12,000 ksi A = 0.25in2 T=?
------------------------------------------------------------
–3 –3
From problem 5.1 γ A = 3.000 ( 10 ) and γ D = 2.400 ( 10 ) .
The shear stresses in bars AB and CD can be found from Hooke’s Law as shown below.
–3
τ AB = Gγ A = ( 12, 000 ) ( 3.000 ) ( 10 ) = 36 ksi (1)
–3
τ CD = Gγ D = ( 12, 000 ) ( 2.400 ) ( 10 ) = 28.8 ksi (2)
The internal shear forces in the bars can be found as shown below:
V AB = τ AB A = ( 36 ) ( 0.25 ) = 9.0 kips (3)
V CD = τ CD A = ( 28.8 ) ( 0.25 ) = 7.2 kips (4)
We can make imaginary cuts through the bars and draw the free body diagram of the rigid disc as shown
below.
T
VAB VCD
B C
2 in
2 in
B C
VAB
VCD
By equilibrium of moment about the axis of the rigid disc, we obtain:
T = ( 2 ) ( V AB ) ( 2 ) + ( 2 ) ( V CD ) ( 2 ) = ( 4 ) ( V AB ) + ( 4 ) ( V CD ) or (5)
T = ( 4 ) ( 9 ) + ( 4 ) ( 7.2 ) = 64.8 or T = 64.8 in – kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.3 If the bars AB in problem 5.1 are made of aluminum with a Shear Modulus of Gal = 4,000 ksi and
bars CD are made from bronze with a Shear Modulus of Gbr=6,500 ksi, determine the applied torque T on
the rigid disc.The area of cross-section of all bars is 0.25 in2
Solution GAB= 4,000 ksi GCD= 6,500 ksi A = 0.25in2 T=?
------------------------------------------------------------
–3 –3
From problem 5.1 γ A = 3.000 ( 10 ) and γ D = 2.400 ( 10 ) .
The shear stresses in bars AB and CD can be found from Hooke’s Law as shown below.
–3
τ AB = G AB γ A = ( 4, 000 ) ( 3.000 ) ( 10 ) = 12.0 ksi (1)
–3
τ CD = G CD γ D = ( 6, 500 ) ( 2.400 ) ( 10 ) = 15.6 ksi (2)
V AB = τ AB A = ( 12.0 ) ( 0.25 ) = 3.0 kips (3)
V CD = τ CD A = ( 15.6 ) ( 0.25 ) = 3.9 kips (4)
From Eq. (5) in problem 5.2, we have:
T = ( 4 ) ( V AB ) + ( 4 ) ( V CD ) = ( 4 ) ( 3 ) + ( 4 ) ( 3.9 ) = 27.6 or T = 27.6 in.-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.4 Three pairs of bars are symmetrically attached to rigid discs at the radii shown. The discs were
observed to rotate by angles φ 1 = 1.5° , φ2 = 3.0° , and φ3 = 2.5° in the direction of the applied torques T1,
T2, and T3 respectively. The shear modulus of the bars is 40 ksi and the area of cross-section is 0.04 in2.
Determine the applied torques.
T1 T2
T3
A C D E F
B
2in
1.25 in 1.5 in
A B C D E F
25 in 40 in 30in
Figure P5.4
Solution φ 1 = 1.5° φ 2 = 3.0° φ 3 = 2.5°
G = 40 ksi A = 0.04 in2 T1 = ? T2 = ? T3 = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
Converting the given angles from degrees to radians we obtain:

φ 1 = ⎛ ----------⎞ π = 0.0262rads φ 2 = ⎛ ----------⎞ π = 0.0524rads φ 2 = ⎛ ----------⎞ π = 0.0436rads
1.5° 3.0° 2.5°
⎝ 180 ⎠ ⎝ 180 ⎠ ⎝ 180 ⎠
D2
B1 C1 γ F1
CD
A γ B C
C D E F φ
3
AB φ1 φ
E12 γEF
D1 F2
A B C D E F
25 in 40 in 30in
The magnitude of shear strains can be found using small strain approximation as shown below.
BB
tan γ AB = ----------1 or
1.25φ
γ AB = ---------------1- = 1.25 ( 0.0262 -) = 1.31 ( 10 – 3 )
-------------------------------
AB 25 25
D2 D1 D 2 D + DD 1 2φ 1 + 2φ 2 2 ( 0.0262 + 0.0524 ) –3
tan γ CD = -------------
- or γ CD = ---------------------------- - = ----------------------------------------------- = 3.93 ( 10 )
- = -----------------------
C1 D CD CD 40
F2 F1 F 2 F + FF 1 1.5φ 2 + 1.5φ 3 2 ( 0.0524 + 0.0436 ) –3
tan γ EF = -----------
- or γ EF = ------------------------ - = ----------------------------------------------- = 4.8 ( 10 )
- = --------------------------------
E1 F2 EF EF 30
We note that the angle between the axial direction and the tangent direction, increases for AB and EF and
decreases for CD. Using the sign convention that positive shear strain result in decrease in angle from right
angle, we write the shear strains with the following signs.
–3 –3 –3
γ AB = – 1.31 ( 10 ) γ CD = 3.93 ( 10 ) γ EF = – 4.8 ( 10 ) (1)
The shear stress in each bar can be found using Hooke’s law.
–3 –3
τ AB = Gγ AB = ( 40 ) ( – 1.31 ) ( 10 ) = – 52.4 ( 10 )ksi = – 52.4 psi (2)
–3 –3
τ CD = Gγ CD = ( 40 ) ( 3.93 ) ( 10 ) = 157.2 ( 10 )ksi = 157.2 psi (3)
–3 –3
τ EF = Gγ EF = ( 40 ) ( – 4.80 ) ( 10 ) = – 192.0 ( 10 )ksi = – 192.0 psi (4)
V AB = τ AB A = ( – 52.4 ) ( 0.04 ) = – 2.096 lbs (5)
V CD = τ CD A = ( 157.2 ) ( 0.04 ) = 6.288 lbs (6)
V EF = τ EF A = ( – 192.0 ) ( 0.04 ) = – 7.680 lbs (7)
We can make imaginary cuts through the bars and draw free body diagrams as shown.The direction of VEF
is determined by inspection to oppose the torque T3.The direction of VCD is opposite to VEF and direction
of VAB is in the same direction as VEF as per the signs obtained above.
T2
(a) T3 (b) T3 (c) T1 T2
T3
VCD
F VAB
D E F C D E F
VEF A B
2.0 in
1.5 in 2.0 in
F 1.25 in
1.5 in D E F A
1.25 in B C D E F
VEF V AB
VCD
From moment equilibrium in Fig. (a), we obtain the following.
T 3 = ( 2 ) ( V AB ) ( 1.5 ) = ( 3 ) ( 7.628 ) = 23.04 or T 3 = 23.0 in.-lbs
From moment equilibrium in Fig. (b), we obtain the following.
T 2 – T 3 – ( 2 ) ( V CD ) ( 2.0 ) = 0 or T 2 = 23.04 + ( 4 ) ( 6.288 ) = 48.192 or T 2 = 48.2 in.-lbs

From moment equilibrium in Fig. (c), we obtain the following.
T 1 – T 2 + T 3 + ( 2 ) ( V AB ) ( 1.25 ) = 0 or T 1 = 48.2 – 23.04 + ( 2.5 ) ( 2.096 ) = 30.4 or T 1 = 30.4 in.-lbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.5 A circular shaft of radius r and length Δx has to rigid discs attached at each end. If the rigid discs
are rotated as shown. Determine the shear strain γ at point A in terms of r, Δx, and Δφ assuming line AB
remains straight, where. Δφ = φ 2 – φ1 .
φ1 φ2
A B
Δx
FigureP5.5
Solution γ=f(r, Δx, Δφ)=?

------------------------------------------------------------
A B
φ1 A1 B2 φ2
γ
B1
Δx
From triangle AB2B1 and small strain approximation, we have the following:
B2 B1 BB 1 – BB 2 BB 1 – AA 1 rφ 2 – rφ 1 Δφ
tan γ = ------------- or γ = ---------------------------
- = --------------------------- - or
- = --------------------- γ = r -------
A1 B2 AB AB Δx Δx
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.6 A hollow circular shaft made from hard rubber has an outer diameter of 4 inch and an inner diam-
eter of 1.5 inch. The shaft is fixed to the wall on the left end and the rigid disc on the right hand is twisted
as shown. The shear strain at point A which is on the outside surface was found to be 4000 μ rads. Deter-
mine the shear strain at point C which is on the inside surface and the angle of rotation. Assume lines AB
and CD remain straight during deformation.
C
B
D φ
A
36 in
Figure P5.6
Solution do = 4 inch γA = 4000 μ rads γC = ?
di = 1.5 inch
------------------------------------------------------------
We can draw the exaggerated deformed geometry as shown below.

D
C γC
D1
A φ
γA B φ
B1
36 in
From triangle ABB1 and small strain approximation, we have the following:
( d o ⁄ 2 )φ
or 4000 ( 10 ) = (-----------------
4 ⁄ 2 )φ
BB –6
tan γ A ≈ γ A = ----------1 = -------------------- - or φ = 0.072 rads
AB AB 36
From triangle CDD1 and small strain approximation, we have the following:
DD ( d i ⁄ 2 )φ ( 1.5 ⁄ 2 ) ( 0.072 ) –3
tan γ C ≈ γ C = ----------1- = ------------------- = -------------------------------------- = 1.500 ( 10 ) or γ C = 1500 μ rads
CD AB 36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.7 The magnitude of shear strain in each of the segment of the stepped shaft shown were found to be
γ AB = 3000 μrad
, γ CD = 2500 μrad , and γEF = 6000 μrad . The radius of section AB is 150 mm, of section
CD is 70 mm, and section EF is 60 mm. Determine the angle by which each of the rigid discs was rotated.
φ1
φ2
φ3
A B C D E F
2m 1.8 m 1.2m
Figure P5.7
Solution γ AB = 3000 μrads γ CD = 2500 μrads γ EF = 6000 μrads
rAB = 150 mm rCD = 70 mm rEF = 60 mm
φ1 = ? φ2 = ? φ3 = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We can draw the exaggerated deformed geometry as shown below.
φ1
φ2
φ3
D1 E1
A B C γEF F
F2
γAB
γCD D E
F1
C1 D2
B1
2m 1.8 m 1.2m
The magnitude of shear strains can be found using small strain approximation as shown below.
BB r AB φ 1 ( 0.150 )φ –6
tan γ AB ≈ γ AB = ----------1 = --------------
- = -----------------------1- = 3000 ( 10 ) or φ 1 = 0.0400 rad
AB AB 2
D2 D1 D 2 D + DD 1 r CD φ 1 + r CD φ 2 0.07 ( 0.04 + φ 2 ) –6
tan γ CD ≈ γ CD = -------------
- = ----------------------------
- = ------------------------------------ - = 2500 ( 10 )
- = -------------------------------------
C1 D2 CD CD 1.8
or φ 2 = 0.0243 rad;
F2 F1 F 2 F + FF 1 r EF φ 2 + r EF φ 3 0.06 ( 0.0243 + φ 3 ) –6
tan γ CD ≈ γ CD = -----------
- = ------------------------
- = ---------------------------------- - = 6000 ( 10 )
- = -------------------------------------------
E1 F2 EF EF 1.2
or φ 3 = 0.0957 rad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.8 A hollow aluminum (G= 26 GPa) shaft cross section is shown in Figure P5.8. The shear strain γxθ
in polar coordinates at the section is γxθ = – 0.06ρ where ρ is in meters. Determine the equivalent internal
torque acting at the cross-section. Use di= 30 mm and do = 50 mm.
θ
ρ
x
di
do
Figure P5.8
Solution G = 26 GPa γ xθ = – 0.06ρ di= 30 mm do = 50 mm T=?

------------------------------------------------------------
From Hooke’s law we can write:
9 9 2
τ xθ = Gγ xθ = ( 26 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.06ρ ) = – 1.5 6ρ ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (1)
(2)
The differential area dA is the area of a ring of radius ρ and thickness dρ i.e., dA = ( 2πρ )dρ .
We can write:
0.025 0.025 0.025
4
ρ
∫ ρ τxθ ( 2πρ )dρ ∫
9 9
T = = ρ ( – 1.56 ρ ) ( 10 ) ( 2πρ )dρ = ( – 3.12π ) ----- ( 10 ) or
4 0.015
0.015 0.015
T = ⎛ -----------------⎞ ( 0.025 – 0.015 ) ( 10 )

– 3.12π 4 4 9
(3)
⎝ 4 ⎠
T = – 833.1 N-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.9 A hollow aluminum (G= 26 GPa) shaft cross section is shown in Figure P5.9. The shear strain γxθ
in polar coordinates at the section is γxθ = 0.05ρ where ρ is in meters. Determine the equivalent internal
torque acting at the cross-section. Use di= 40 mm and do = 120 mm.
Solution G = 26 GPa γ xθ = 0.05ρ di= 40 mm do = 120 mm T=?

------------------------------------------------------------
9 9 2
τ xθ = Gγ xθ = ( 26 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.05ρ ) = 1.3ρ ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (1)
(2)
The differential area dA is the area of a ring of radius ρ and thickness dρ i.e., dA = ( 2πρ )dρ .
We can write:
θ
ρ
x
di
do
Figure P5.9
0.06 0.06 0.06
4
ρ
∫ ρ τxθ ( 2πρ )dρ ∫
9 9
T = = ρ ( 1.3ρ ) ( 10 ) ( 2πρ )dρ = ( 2.6π ) ----- ( 10 ) or
4 0.02
0.02 0.02
T = ⎛ -----------⎞ ( 0.06 – 0.02 ) ( 10 )

2.6π 4 4 9
(3)
⎝ 4 ⎠
T = 26.1 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.10 A hollow brass (GB = 6500 ksi) shaft and a solid steel (GS = 13,000 ksi) shaft are securely fas-
tened to form a composite shaft as shown. The shear strain γxθ in polar coordinates at the section is
γ xθ = 0.001ρ where ρ is in inches. Determine the equivalent internal torque acting at the cross-section.
Use dB= 4 in and dS = 2 in.
θ
ρ
x
Steel
Brass
dS
dB
Figure P5.10
Solution GB = 6500 ksi GS = 13,000 ksi)
γ xθ = 0.001ρ dB= 4 in dS = 2 in. T=?
------------------------------------------------------------
( τ xθ ) steel = G S γ xθ = ( 13, 000 ) ( 0.001ρ ) = 13ρ ksi (1)
( τ xθ ) brass = G B γ xθ = ( 6, 500 ) ( 0.001ρ ) = 6.5ρ ksi (2)
The shear stress across the cross-section can be written as shown below.
⎧ 13ρ ksi 0.0 ≤ ρ < 1.0

τ xθ = ⎨ (3)
⎩ 6.5ρ ksi 1.0 < ρ ≤ 2.0
The differential area dA is the area of a ring of radius ρ and thickness dρ ι.e., dA = ( 2πρ )dρ .
We can write
2 1 2 1 2
4 4
ρ ρ
T = ∫ ρ τxθ ( 2πρ )dρ = ∫ ∫
ρ ( 13ρ ) ( 2πρ )dρ + ρ ( 6.5ρ ) ( 2πρ )dρ = ( 26π ) ----- + ( 13π ) -----
4 0 4 1
or
0 0 1
T = ⎛ ---------⎞ + ⎛ ---------⎞ ( 2 – 1 ) = 173.57 in – kips

26π 13π 4 4
(4)
⎝ 4 ⎠ ⎝ 4 ⎠
T = 173.6 in.-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
γ xθ = – 0.0005 ρ where ρ is in inches. Determine the equivalent internal torque acting at the cross-section.
Use dB= 6 in and dS = 4 in.
θ
ρ
x
Steel
Brass
dS
dB
Figure P5.11
.
Solution GB = 6500 ksi GS = 13,000 ksi) γxθ = – 0.0005 ρ dB= 6 in dS = 4 in.

------------------------------------------------------------
( τ xθ ) brass = G B γ xθ = ( 6, 500 ) ( – 0.0005 ρ ) = – 3.25 ρ ksi (1)
( τ xθ ) steel = G S γ xθ = ( 13, 000 ) ( – 0.0005 ρ ) = – 6.5 0ρ ksi (2)
⎧ – 3.25 ρ ksi 0.0 ≤ ρ < 2.0

τ xθ = ⎨ (3)
⎩ – 6.5 0ρ ksi 2.0 < ρ ≤ 3.0
We can write:
3 2 3 2 3
4 4
ρ ρ
T = ∫ ρ τxθ ( 2πρ )dρ = ∫ ∫
ρ ( – 6.5 0ρ ) ( 2πρ )dρ + ρ ( – 3.25 ρ ) ( 2πρ )dρ = ( – 13 π ) ----- + ( – 6.5 π ) ----- or
4 0 4 2
0 0 2
– 13 π 4 – 6.5 π 4
T = ⎛ ------------⎞ ( 2 – 0 ) + ⎛ --------------⎞ ( 3 – 2 ) = – 495.19 in – kips
4
(4)
⎝ 4 ⎠ ⎝ 4 ⎠
T = – 495.2 in.-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
γ xθ = 0.002ρ where ρ is in inches. Determine the equivalent internal torque acting at the cross-section. Use
dB= 3 in and dS = 1 in.
θ
ρ
x
Steel
Brass
dS
dB
Figure P5.12
Solution GB = 6500 ksi GS = 13,000 ksi) γxθ = 0.002ρ dB= 3 in dS = 1 in.T = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
( τ xθ ) steel = G S γ xθ = ( 13, 000 ) ( 0.002ρ ) = 26ρ ksi (1)
( τ xθ ) brass = G B γ xθ = ( 6, 500 ) ( 0.002ρ ) = 13ρ ksi (2)
⎧ 26ρ ksi 0.0 ≤ ρ < 0.5
τ xθ = ⎨ (3)
⎩ 13ρ ksi 0.5 < ρ ≤ 1.5
We can write:
1.5 0.5 1.5 0.5 1.5
4 4
ρ ρ
T = ∫ ρ τxθ ( 2πρ )dρ = ∫ ρ ( 26ρ ) ( 2πρ )dρ + ∫ ρ ( 13ρ ) ( 2πρ )dρ = ( 52π ) -----
4 0
+ ( 26π ) -----
4 0.5
or
0 0 0.5
T = ⎛ ---------⎞ ( 0.5 – 0 ) + ⎛ ---------⎞ ( 1.5 – 0.5 ) = 104.65 in – kips

52π 4 26π 4 4
(4)
⎝ 4 ⎠ ⎝ 4 ⎠
T = 104.65 in.-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.13 A hollow titanium (GTi = 36 GPa) shaft and a hollow Aluminum (GAl = 26 GPa) shaft are securely
fastened to form a composite shaft as shown. The shear strain γxθ in polar coordinates at the section is
γ xθ = 0.04ρ where ρ is in meters. Determine the equivalent internal torque acting at the cross-section Use
di= 50 mm, dAl= 90 mm and dTi = 100 mm.
Titanium θ
ρ
Aluminum
x
di
dAl
dTi
Solution GTi = 36 GPa GAl = 26 GPa γ xθ = 0.04ρ

di= 50 mm dAl= 90 mm dTi = 100 mm T=?
------------------------------------------------------------
9 9 2
( τ xθ ) Al = G Al γ xθ = ( 26 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.04ρ ) = 1.04ρ ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (1)
9 9 2
( τ xθ ) Ti = G Ti γ xθ = ( 36 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.04ρ ) = 1.44ρ ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (2)
9 2
⎧ 1.04ρ ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m ) 0.025 ≤ ρ < 0.045
τ xθ = ⎨ (3)
⎩ 1.44ρ ( 10 9 ) N ⁄ m 2 0.045 < ρ ≤ 0.050
We can write:
0.050 0.045 0.05
∫ ρ τxθ ( 2πρ )dρ ∫ ∫

9 9
T = = ρ ( 1.04ρ ) ( 10 ) ( 2πρ )dρ + ρ ( 1.44ρ ) ( 10 ) ( 2πρ )dρ or
0.025 0.025 0.045
0.045 0.050
4 4
ρ ρ 9
T = ( 2.08π ) ----- + ( 2.88π ) ----- ( 10 ) or
4 0.025 4 0.045
T = ⎛ --------------⎞ ( 0.045 – 0.025 ) + ⎛ --------------⎞ ( 0.05 – 0.045 ) ( 10 ) = 10.92 ( 10 ) N – m

2.08π 4 4 2.88π 4 4 9 3
(4)
⎝ 4 ⎠ ⎝ 4 ⎠
T = 10.9 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.14 A circular shaft made from elastic - perfectly plastic material has a torsional shear stress distribu-
tion across the cross section shown in Figure P5.14. Determine the equivalent internal torque.I
τxθ
24 ksi
0.3 in. 0.3 in.
Figure P5.14
5.15 A solid circular shaft of 3-in. diameter has a shear strain at a section in polar coordinates of γxθ =
2ρ × ρ is the radial coordinate measured in inches. The shaft is made from an elastic–perfectly
10-3, where
plastic material, which has a yield stress τyield = 18 ksi and a shear modulus G = 12,000 ksi. Determine the
equivalent internal torque. (See problem 3.144).
Solution γxθ=0.002ρ τyield=18ksi G=12,000 ksi T = ? Elastic perfectly plastic
------------------------------------------------------------
18
- = 0.0015 = 0.002ρ yield or ρ yield = 0.75inch where, ρyield
12, 000
is the radial coordinate of elastic-plastic boundary.
For 0 < ρ < 0.75 , τ xθ = Gγ xθ = ( 12000 ) ( 0.002ρ ) = 24ρ . The stress distribution can be written as:
⎧ 24ρ ksi 0 < ρ < 0.75in
τ xθ = ⎨
⎩ 18 ksi 0.75in < ρ < 1.5in
1
The internal torque can be found as shown below.
T = ∫ ρτxθ dA = ∫ ρτxθ dA + ∫ ρτxθ dA 2

A AE AP
TE TP
The differential area dA is the area of a ring of radius ρ and thickness dρ ι.e. dA = ( 2πρ )dρ . Substituting
the stress distribution and performing integration we obtain the internal torque
0.75 0.75
4
ρ
TE = ∫ ( ρ ) ( 24ρ ) ( 2πρ ) dρ = ( 48π ) -----
4 0
= 11.93 in – kips
0
1.5 1.5
3
ρ
TP = ∫ ( ρ ) ( 18 ) ( 2πρ ) dρ = ( 36π ) -----
3 0.75
= 111.33 in – kips
0 75
T = T E + T P = 123.26 in – kips or T = 123.3 in.-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2ρ × 10 , where ρ is the radial coordinate measured in inches.The shaft is made form a bilinear material as
-3
shown in Figure 3.40. The material has a yield stress τyield = 18 ksi and shear moduli G1 = 12,000 ksi and
G2 = 4800 ksi. Determine the equivalent internal torque.(See problem 3.145).
Solution γxθ=0.002ρ τyield=18ksi G1=12,000ksi G2=4,800ksi τxθ= f(ρ) = ? T = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
18
- = 0.0015 = 0.002ρ yield or ρ yield = 0.75inch where, ρyield
12, 000
is the radial coordinate of elastic-plastic boundary.
Before yield point we have: τ1=G1γxθ=(12,000)(0.002ρ)=24ρ
18 τ
The strain at yield point is: γ yield = -------------
yield
= ------------------ = 0.0015
G1 12, 000
After yield point we can write: τ 2 = τ yield + G 2 ( γ xθ – γ yield ) = 18 + 4800 ( 2ρ ( 10 – 3 ) – 0.0015 ) = 10.8 + 9.6ρ
⎧ 24ρ ksi 0 < ρ < 0.75in
τ xθ = ⎨
⎩ ( 10.8 + 9.6ρ )ksi 0.75in < ρ < 1.5in
1
The internal torque can be found as shown below.
T = ∫ ρτxθ dA = ∫ ρτxθ dA + ∫ ρτxθ dA 2

A AE AP
TE TP
The differential area dA is the area of a ring of radius ρ and thickness dρ ι.e. dA = ( 2πρ )dρ . Substituting
the stress distribution and performing integration we obtain the internal torque
0.75 0.75
4
ρ
TE = ∫ ( ρ ) ( 24ρ ) ( 2πρ ) dρ = ( 48π ) -----
4 0
= 11.93 in – kips
0
1.5 1.5
3 4
ρ ρ
TP = ∫ ( ρ ) ( 10.8 + 9.6ρ ) ( 2πρ ) dρ = ( 2π ) ⎛ 10.8 ----- + 9.6 -----⎞ = 138.37 in – kips
⎝ 3 4⎠ 0.75
0.75
T = T E + T P = 150.29 in – kips or T = 150.3 in.-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2ρ × 10 , where ρ is the radial coordinate measured in inches.The shaft material has a stress–strain rela-
-3
tionship given by τ = 243γ 0 .4 ksi. Determine the equivalent internal torque. (See problem 3.146).
Solution γxθ= 0.002ρ T=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The stress distribution is: τ xθ = 243γ xθ = 243 ( 0.002ρ ) 0.4 or τ xθ = 20.23ρ 0.4 ksi 0 ≤ ρ ≤ 1.5
The differential area dA is the area of a ring of radius ρ and thickness dρ ι.e. dA = ( 2πρ )dρ . The internal
torque can be found as shown below.
1.5 1.5
3.4
ρ
T = ∫ ρτxθ dA = ∫ ( ρ ) ( 20.23ρ 0.4 ) ( 2πρ ) dρ = ( 40.46π ) ---------
3.4 0
= 148.39 in – kips or T = 148.4 in.-kips
A 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.18 A solid circular shaft of 3-in diameter has a shear strain at a section in polar coordinates of γxθ = 2ρ
× 10 , where ρ is the radial coordinate measured in inches. The shaft material has a stress–strain relation-
-3
ship given by τ = 12,000γ − 120,000γ 2 ksi. Determine the equivalent internal torque. (See problem 3.147).
Solution γxθ=0.002ρ τ = ( 12, 000γ – 120, 000γ ) ksi
2
T=?
------------------------------------------------------------
2
The shear stress distribution is: τ xθ = ( 12, 000γ xθ – 120, 000γ xθ ) = ( 12, 000 ) ( 0.002ρ ) – 120, 000 ( 0.002ρ ) 2 or
τ xθ = ( 24ρ – 0.48ρ 2 )ksi 0 ≤ ρ ≤ 1.5 1
The differential area dA is the area of a ring of radius ρ and thickness dρ ι.e. dA = ( 2πρ )dρ . The internal
torque can be found as shown below.
1.5 1.5
4 5
ρ ρ
∫ ρτxθ dA ∫ ( ρ ) ( 24ρ – 0.48ρ ) ( 2πρ ) dρ = ( 2π ) ⎛ 24 ----- – 0.48 -----⎞
2
T = = = 186.27 in – kips
⎝ 4 5⎠
A 0
0
or T = 186.3 in.-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.19 The torsional shear stress at point A on a solid circular homogenous cross-section was found to be
τA= 120 MPa. Determine the maximum torsional shear stress on the cross-section.
300
60 mm
100 mm
FigureP5.19
5.20 The torsional shear strain at point A on a homogenous circular section shown in Figure P5.20 was
found to be 900 μ rads. Using a shear modulus of elasticity of 4000 ksi, determine the torsional shear stress
at point B.
B
A
300 550
1.5 in.
2.5 in.
Figure P5.20
5.21 An aluminum shaft (Gal= 28 GPa) and a steel shaft (GS=82 GPa) are securely fastened to form
composite shaft with a cross section shown in Figure P5.21. If the maximum torsional shear strain in alu-
minum is 1500 m rads, determine the maximum torsional shear strain in steel.
Steel
Aluminum
60 mm
100 mm
FigureP5.21
5.22 An aluminum shaft (Gal= 28 GPa) and a steel shaft (GS=82 GPa) are securely fastened to form
composite shaft with a cross section shown in Figure P5.21. If the maximum torsional shear stress in alu-
minum is 21 MPa, determine the maximum torsional shear stress in steel.
5.23 Determine the direction of shear stress at points A and B (a) by inspection, and (b) by using the
sign convention for internal torque and the subscripts. Report your answer as a positive or negative τxy.
y B
x
T
A B
x
A
x
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
By Inspection: The reaction torque at the wall will be counter-clockwise with respect to the x-axis. Thus,
the segment of the shaft near the wall would rotate counter-clockwise, that is point A would move down-
wards and point B upwards. To oppose this imaginary motion, the shear stress at point A will be upward
and at point B it will be downwards as shown in Figs (a) and (b). The shear stress on the rest of the surfaces
can be drawn using the observation that a symmetric pair of shear stress points towards the corner or away
from the corner.
(b) y TI (d)
(a) y (c) y T
θ
A B x
x x
By Subscripts: We can make an imaginary cut through the cross-section containing points A and B and
draw the free body diagram as shown in Fig. (c). the internal torque is drawn as per our sign convention.
By moment equilibrium we obtain T I = – T . Thus from the torsional stress formula we obtain τ xθ < 0 .
Noting that the outward normal of the cross-section is in the positive x-direction, a negative τxθ requires
the stress to be in the negative θ-direction as shown in Fig. (d). In the x-y coordinate system we obtain:
( τ xy ) A > 0 ( τ xy ) B < 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sign convention for internal torque and the subscripts. Report your answer as a positive or negative τxy
A y
x
T
A B
x
B
x
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
By Inspection: The reaction torque at the wall will be counter-clockwise with respect to the x-axis. Thus,
the segment of the shaft near the wall would move counter-clockwise, that is point A would move upwards
and point B would downwards. To oppose this imaginary motion, the shear stress at point A will be down-
wards and at point B it will be upwards as shown in Figs (a) and (b). The shear stress on the rest of the sur-
faces can be drawn using the observation that a symmetric pair of shear stress points towards the corner or
away from the corner.
(a) y (b) y (c) TI (d)
T y
θ
A x B
x x
By moment equilibrium we obtain T I = T . Thus from the torsional stress formula we obtain τ xθ > 0 .
Noting that the outward normal of the cross-section is in the positive x-direction, a positive τxθ requires the
stress to be in the negative θ-direction as shown in Fig. (d). In the x-y coordinate system we obtain:
( τ xy ) A < 0 ( τ xy ) B > 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
x
A T
y
x
A B
x
B
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
By Inspection: Due to the applied torque, the segment of the shaft containing the points A and B would
rotate clockwise, that is point A would move downwards and point B upwards. To oppose this imaginary
motion, the shear stress at point A will be upward and at point B it will be downwards as shown in Figs (a)
and (b). The shear stress on the rest of the surfaces can be drawn using the observation that a symmetric
pair of shear stress points towards the corner or away from the corner.
y (b) y (c) (d)
(a) y T T
x x TI θ
x
A
B
Noting that the outward normal of the cross-section is in the negative x-direction, a negative τxθ requires
the stress to be in the positive θ-direction as shown in Fig. (d). In the x-y coordinate system we obtain:
( τ xy ) A < 0 ( τ xy ) B > 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
x
T A
y
x
x B A
B
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
By Inspection: Due to the applied torque, the segment of the shaft containing the points A and B would
rotate in the direction of the torque, that is point A would move upwards and point B would move down-
wards. To oppose this imaginary motion, the shear stress at point A will be downward and at point B it will
be upwards as shown in Figs (a) and (b). The shear stress on the rest of the surfaces can be drawn using the
observation that a symmetric pair of shear stress points towards the corner or away from the corner.
y (b) y (c) (d) y
(a)
T θ
x x TI
x
A
B
A B
draw the free body diagram as shown in Fig. (c). The internal torque is drawn as per our sign convention.
Noting that the outward normal of the cross-section is in the negative x-direction, a negative τxθ requires
the stress to be in the positive θ-direction as shown in Fig. (d). In the x-y coordinate system we obtain:
( τ xy ) A > 0 ( τ xy ) B < 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.27 The two shaft shown have the same cross-sectional area A, show that the ratio of polar moment of
inertia of the hollow shaft to the solid shaft is as given below:
2
----------------- = α
J hollow + 1-
--------------
J Solid 2
α –1
RH
RS
αRH
Figure P5.27
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We can calculate the radius RH and RS in terms of the cross-sectional area A as shown below
2 2 A
A H = π [ ( αR H ) 2 – R H ] = A or R H = ----------------------- (1)
2
π(α – 1)
2 2 A
A S = πR S = A or R S = ---- (2)
π
The polar area moment of inertia for a hollow shaft with inside radius Ri and outside radius Ro is
π
J = --- ( R o4 – R i4 ) . For the hollow shaft Ro = αRH and Ri = RH, while for solid shaft Ro=RS and Ri=0. Sub-
2
stituting these values and using Eqs (1) and (2), we obtain the two polar area moments shown below:
π π 4 π 4 2 ⎛ α 2 + 1⎞ A 2
J H = --- [ ( αR H ) – ( R H ) ] = --- ( α – 1 ) ( R H ) = --- ( α – 1 ) ⎛ -----------------------⎞ = ⎜ ---------------⎟ ⎛ ------⎞
4 4 4 A
(3)
2 2 2 ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ α 2 – 1 ⎠ ⎝ 2π⎠
π(α – 1)
π π A 2 A2
J S = --- R S4 = --- ⎛ ----⎞ = ------- (4)
2 2 π ⎝ ⎠ 2π
Dividing Eq. (3) by Eq. (4) we obtain:
⎛ α 2 + 1⎞ ⎛ A 2⎞
⎜ --------------- ⎟ ------ JH ⎛ α 2 + 1⎞
JH ⎝ α 2 – 1⎠ ⎝ 2π⎠ or ------ = ⎜ ---------------⎟
------ = ---------------------------------- JS ⎝ α 2 – 1⎠
JS A 2 ⁄ ( 2π )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.28 Show that for a thin tube of thickness t and center-line radius R, the polar moment of inertia can be
approximated by J = 2πR 3 t . By thin tube we imply t < ( R ⁄ 10 )
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of inertia of a hollow shaft in terms of outer radius Ro and inner radius Ri can be written
as shown below:
π 4 4 π 2 2 2 2 π 2 2
J = --- ( R o – R i ) = --- ( R o + R i ) ( R o – R i ) = --- ( R o + R i ) ( R o + R i ) ( R o – R i ) (1)
2 2 2
Substituting R o = R + t ⁄ 2 and R i = R – t ⁄ 2 in the equation above we obtain:
2 2 2
π 2 π
J = --- ⎛ R + Rt + ---- + R – Rt + ----⎞ ( R + t ⁄ 2 + R – t ⁄ 2 ) ( R + t ⁄ 2 – R + t ⁄ 2 ) = --- ⎛ 2R + ----⎞ ( 2R ) ( t )
t 2 t 2 t
(2)
2⎝ 4 4 ⎠ 2 ⎝ 2⎠
Noting that the t2 term is two orders of magnitude smaller than the R2 term and hence can be neglected to
obtain the following approximated expression:
π 2 3
J ≈ --- ( 2R ) ( 2R ) ( t ) or J = 2πR t
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.29 (a) Draw the torque diagram in Figure P5.29. (b) Check the values of internal torque by making
imaginary cuts and drawing free-body diagrams. (c) Determine the rotation of the rigid wheel D with
respect to the rigid wheel A if the torsional rigidity of the shaft is 90,000 kips · in.2
10 in-kips
50 in-kips
A
B 60 in-kips
20 in-kips
20 in C
36 in
x D
Figure P5.29
30 in
Solution GJ = 90,000 kips-in2 φD - φA = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The torque diagram can be drawn using the template and template equation shown.
(a) Template T1 (b) Torque Diagram
Text T 10
20 20
10 x
in-kips
A B C D
T 2 = T 1 + T ext T2
40 40
By making imaginary cuts in segments AB, BC, and CD, the following free body diagrams can be drawn.
The internal torque is drawn as per our sign convention.
10 in-kips TCD
(c) 10 in-kips (d) (e) 50 in-kips
TAB 20 in-kips
A
A TBC
B D
By equilibrium of moment about the shaft axis in Figs. (c), (d), and (e), we obtain:
T AB = 10in – kips (1)
T BC – 10 + 50 = 0 or T BC = – 40in – kips (2)
T CD = 20in – kips (3)
The value of internal torques in Eqs. (1), (2), and (3) are the same as on the torque diagram in Fig. (b).
The relative rotation of the ends of each segment can be found as shown below:
T AB ( x B – x A )
- = (---------------------
φ B – φ A = ---------------------------------- 10 ) ( 20 )- = 2.222 ( 10 – 3 ) rads (1)
GJ 90, 000
T BC ( x C – x B )
- = (------------------------
φ C – φ B = --------------------------------- – 40 ) ( 36 -) = – 16.0 ( 10 – 3 ) rads (2)
GJ 90, 000
T CD ( x C – x B ) ( 20 ) ( 30 ) –3
φ D – φ C = ----------------------------------
- = ---------------------- = 6.667 ( 10 ) rads (3)
GJ 90, 000
Adding Eqs. (1), (2), and (3) we obtain:
–3 –3
φ D – φ A = ( 2.222 – 16.0 + 6.667 ) ( 10 ) = – 7.111 ( 10 ) rads or φ D – φ A = 0.00711 rads CW
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.30 (a) Draw the torque diagram in Figure P5.30. (b) Check the values of internal torque by making
imaginary cuts and drawing free-body diagrams. (c) Determine the rotation of the rigid wheel D with
respect to the rigid wheel A if the torsional rigidity of the shaft is 1,270 kN-m2.
20 kN-m
18 kN-m
A
12 kN-m
B
10 kN-m
C 0.4 m
FigureP5.30 1.0 m
D
0.5 m x
Solution GJ = 1,270 kN-m2 φD - φA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Template T1 (b) Torque Diagram 20 20
Text T
kN-m 2 2
x
T2 T 2 = T 1 + T ext A B C D
10 10
By making imaginary cuts in segments AB, BC, and CD, the following free body diagrams can be drawn.
The internal torque is drawn as per our sign convention.
20 kN-m 20 kN-m TCD
(c) (d) (e)
TAB 18 kN-m
10 kN-m
A A
TBC
B
D
By equilibrium of moment about the shaft axis in Figs. (c), (d), and (e), we obtain:
T AB = 20 kN – m (1)
T BC – 20 + 18 = 0 or T BC = 2 kN – m (2)
T CD = – 10 kN – m (3)
The value of internal torques in Eqs. (1), (2), and (3) are the same as on the torque diagram in Fig. (b).
T AB ( x B – x A ) ( 20 ) ( 0.4 ) –3
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = ----------------------- = 6.299 ( 10 ) rads (1)
GJ 1, 270
T BC ( x C – x B )
- = (---------------
φ C – φ B = --------------------------------- 2 ) ( 1 )- = 1.575 ( 10 – 3 ) rads (2)
GJ 1, 270
T CD ( x C – x B )
- = (-------------------------
φ D – φ C = ---------------------------------- – 10 ) ( 0.5 )- = – 3.937 ( 10 – 3 ) rads (3)
GJ 1, 270
–3 –3
φ D – φ A = ( 6.299 + 1.575 – 3.937 ) ( 10 ) = 3.937 ( 10 ) rads or φ D – φ A = 0.00394 rads CCW
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.31 The shaft in Figure P5.31 is made of steel (G = 80 GPa) and has a diameter of 150 mm. Deter-
mine: (a) the rotation of the rigid wheel D; (b) the magnitude of the torsional shear stress at point E and
show it on a stress cube (Point E is on the top surface of the shaft.); (c) the magnitude of maximum tor-
sional shear strain in the shaft.
150 kN-m
A
E 90 kN-m
B
TA 70 kN-m
0.25 m C
0.5 m D
x 0.3 m Figure P5.31
Solution G = 80 GPa d = 150 mm φD = ? (τxθ)E = ? γmax= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The wall reaction torque TA can be found from the free body diagram of the entire shaft in Fig. 5.22. By
equilibrium of moments about the shaft axis, we obtain:
T A – 150 + 90 – 70 = 0 or T A = 130 kN – m (1)
(a) Template T1 (b) Torque Diagram
Text
T 130 130
70 70
T2 kN-m
T 2 = T 1 + T ext
x
A B C D
20 20
The internal torques are:
T AB = 130 kN – m T BC = – 20 kN – m T CD = 70 kN – m (2)
The polar moment of the shaft cross-section can be found as:
π 4 –6 4
J = ------ ( 0.15 ) = 49.701 ( 10 ) m (3)
32
The torsional rigidity can be found as:
9 –6 6 2 3 2
GJ = ( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 49.701 ) ( 10 ) = 3.976 ( 10 )N – m = 3.976 ( 10 )kN – m (4)
T AB ( x B – x A ) ( 130 ) ( 0.25 ) –3
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = ----------------------------- = 8.174 ( 10 ) rads (5)
GJ 3
3.976 ( 10 )
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( – 20 ) ( 0.5 ) = – –3
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = --------------------------
- 2.515 ( 10 ) rads (6)
GJ 3
3.976 ( 10 )
T CD ( x C – x B ) ( 70 ) ( 0.3 )- = 5.282 ( 10 –3 ) rads
φ D – φ C = ----------------------------------
- = -------------------------- (7)
GJ 3
3.976 ( 10 )

–3 –3
φ D – φ A = ( 8.174 – 2.515 + 5.282 ) ( 10 ) = 10.94 ( 10 ) rads
Noting that point A is fixed to the wall, hence φA = 0, we obtain: φ D = 0.0109 rads CCW
The shear stress at point E can be found as shown below.
T BC ρ E 3
( – 20 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.075 ) 6 2
( τ xθ ) E = ----------------
- = ---------------------------------------------- = – 30.18 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or ( τ xθ ) E = – 30.2 MPa
J –6
49.701 ( 10 )
The outward normal is in the positive x-direction, thus the shear stress must be in the negative θ-direction
at point E as shown below.
150 kN-m
A
30.2 MPa
B Eθ x
x
The maximum shear stress will be in segment AB as the internal torque is maximum and the diameter is
the same for the entire shaft. The maximum shear stress can be found as shown below:
T AB ρ max 3
130 ( 10 ) ( 0.075 ) 6 2
τ max = ----------------------- = ----------------------------------------- = 196.2 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (8)
J –6
49.701 ( 10 )
The maximum shear strain can be found by using Hooke’s law as shown below:
τ max 196.2 ( 10 )
6
–3
γ max = ----------- = --------------------------- = 2.452 ( 10 ) (9)
G 9
80 ( 10 )
γ max = 2452μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.32 The shaft in Figure P5.31 is made of aluminum (G = 4000 ksi) and has a diameter of 4 in. Deter-
mine: (a) the rotation of the rigid wheel D; (b) the magnitude of the torsional shear stress at point E and
show it on a stress cube (Point E is on the bottom surface of the shaft.); (c) the magnitude of maximum tor-
sional shear strain in the shaft.
TA
80 in-kips
A
40 in-kips
B
15 in-kips
C 20 in
E
32 in
D
x
Figure P5.32
25 in
Solution G = 4000 ksi d = 4 in φD = ? (τxθ)E = ? γmax= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The wall reaction torque TA can be found from the free body diagram of the entire shaft in Fig. 5.23. By
T A – 80 + 40 + 15 = 0 or T A = 25 in – kips (1)
T1 25 25
(a) Template (b) Torque Diagram
Text T A B C D
in-kips x
T2 15 15
T 2 = T 1 + T ext 55 55
The internal torques are:
T AB = 25 in – kips T BC = – 55 in – kips T CD = – 15 in – kips (2)
The polar moment of the shaft cross-section can be found as:
π 4 4
J = ------ ( 4 ) = 25.133 in (3)
32
The torsional rigidity can be found as:
3 2
GJ = ( 4000 ) ( 25.133 ) = 100.53 ( 10 )kips – in (4)
T AB ( x B – x A ) ( 25 ) ( 20 ) –3
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------- = 4.974 ( 10 ) rads (5)
GJ 3
( 100.53 ) ( 10 )
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( – 55 ) ( 32 ) –3
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------- = – 17.507 ( 10 ) rads (6)
GJ 3
( 100.53 ) ( 10 )
T CD ( x C – x B ) ( – 15 ) ( 25 ) = –3
φ D – φ C = ----------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------
- – 3.730 ( 10 ) rads (7)
GJ 3
( 100.53 ) ( 10 )
–3 –3
φ D – φ A = ( 4.974 – 17.507 – 3.730 ) ( 10 ) = – 16.263 ( 10 ) rads (8)
Noting that point A is fixed to the wall, hence φA = 0, we obtain: φ D = 0.0163 rads CW;
The shear stress at point E can be found as shown below.
T BC ρ E ( – 55 ) ( 2 )
( τ xθ ) E = ----------------
- = ---------------------- = – 4.377 ksi (9)
J 25.133
( τ x θ ) E = – 4.4 ksi
The outward normal is in the positive x-direction, thus the shear stress must be in the negative θ-direction
at point E as shown below.
80 in-kips
θ
4.4 ksi B
x
x
E
The maximum shear stress will be in segment BC as the internal torque is maximum and the diameter is
the same for the entire shaft. The maximum shear stress value is the same as the shear stress at point E. The
maximum shear strain can be found by using Hooke’s law as shown below:
τ max – 4.377 –3
γ max = ----------- = ---------------- = – 1.094 ( 10 ) (10)
G 4, 000
γ max = – 1094 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.33 Two circular steel shafts (G =12,000 ksi) of diameter 2 in. are securely connected to an aluminum
shaft (G =4,000 ksi) of diameter 1.5 in. as shown in Figure P5.33. Determine (a) the rotation of section at
D with respect to the wall, and (b) the maximum shear stress in the shaft.
12 in.-kips 25 in.-kips 15 in.-kips
A B C D
aluminum
steel steel
Figure P5.33
40 in. 15 in. 25 in.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of inertias are:
π 4 4 π 4 4
J AB = J CD = ------ ( 2 ) = 1.5708 in J BC = ------ ( 1.5 ) = 0.497 in (1)
32 32
From the free body diagram below we can find the reation torque at the wall and draw the torque diagram.
T A = 12 + 25 – 15 = 22 in-kips (2)
TA 12 in.-kips 25 in.-kips 15 in.-kips 22

T 10 x
A B C D in-kips
steel aluminum A B C D
steel
15
40 in. 15 in. 25 in.
From the torque diagram the internal torques are:

T AB = 22 in-kips T BC = 10 in-kips T CD = – 15 in-kips (3)
The relative rotations of each section can be found as:
T AB ( x B – x A ) ( 22 ) ( 40 ) –3
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------- = 46.68 ( 10 ) rads (4)
G AB J AB ( 12000 ) ( 1.5708 )
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( 10 ) ( 15 ) - = 75.45 ( 10 –3 ) rads
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------- (5)
G BC J BC ( 4000 ) ( 0.497 )
T CD ( x C – x B ) ( – 15 ) ( 25 ) –3
φ D – φ C = ----------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------- = – 19.89 ( 10 ) rads (6)
G CD J CD ( 12000 ) ( 1.5708 )
Adding we obtain:
–3 –3
φ D – φ A = ( 46.68 + 75.45 – 19.89 ) ( 10 ) = 102.2 ( 10 ) rads (7)
The maximum torsional shear stress in each segment can be found as:
T AB ( ρ AB ) max 22 ( 1 )
τ AB = ----------------------------------- = ---------------- = 14.01 ksi (8)
J AB 1.5708
T BC ( ρ BC ) max
- = (-------------------------
10 ) ( 0.75 )- = 15.09 ksi
τ BC = ---------------------------------- (9)
J BC 1.5708
T AB ( ρ AB ) max ( – 15 ) ( 1 )
τ CD = ----------------------------------- = ---------------------- = – 9.55 ksi (10)
J AB 1.5708
The answers are: φ D – φ A = 0.102 rads CCW ; τ max = 15.09 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.34 A solid circular steel (Gs = 12,000 ksi) shaft BC is securely attached to two hollow steel shafts AB
and CD as shown. Determine: (a) the angle of rotation of section at D with respect to section at A. (b) the
magnitude of maximum torsional shear stress in the shaft (c) the torsional shear stress at point E and show
it on a stress cube. Point E is on the inside bottom surface of CD.
120in-kips 420 in-kips 200 in-kips 100 in-kips
A B C D 2 in 4 in
E
36 in
24 in 24 in
Figure P5.34
Solution G = 12,000 ksi φD - φA= ? τmax= ? (τxθ)E = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of the cross-sections can be found as shown below.
π 4 4 4 π 4 4
J AB = J AB = ------ ( 4 – 2 ) = 23.562 in J BC = ------ ( 4 ) = 25.133 in (1)
32 32
(a) Template Text (b) Torque Diagram
T1 T2 120 120
T
in-kips x
A B C D
T 2 = T 1 + T ext 100 100
300 300
From Fig. (b) we have: T AB = 120 in – kips T BC = – 300 in – kips T CD = – 100 in – kips
T AB ( x B – x A ) ( 120 ) ( 24 ) –3
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------- = 10.186 ( 10 ) rads (2)
G AB J AB ( 12, 000 ) ( 23.562 )
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( – 300 ) ( 36 ) - = – 35.810 ( 10 – 3 ) rads
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------- (3)
G BC J BC ( 12, 000 ) ( 25.133 )
T CD ( x D – x C ) ( – 100 ) ( 24 ) –3
φ D – φ C = ----------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------- = – 8.488 ( 10 ) rads (4)
G CD J CD ( 12, 000 ) ( 23.562 )
–3 –3
φ D – φ A = ( 10.186 – 35.810 – 8.488 ) ( 10 ) = – 34.11 ( 10 ) rads φ D – φ A = 0.0341 rads CW
The maximum torsional shear stress will be in BC and can be found as shown below.
T BC ρ max ( 300 ) ( 2 )
τ max = ----------------------
- = ---------------------- = 23.87 ksi τ max = 23.87 ksi
J BC 25.133
The torsional shear stress at point E can be found as shown below.
T CD ρ E
- = (------------------------
– 100 ) ( 1 )- = – 4.244 ksi or
( τ xθ ) E = ---------------- ( τ xθ ) E = – 4.24 ksi
J CD 23.562
Figure below shows the shear stress on a stress cube.

200
in-kip
s
C θ 4.24 ksi
x
E
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.35 A steel shaft (G=80GPa) is subjected to the torques shown. Determine (a) the rotation of section A
with respect to no load position. (b) the torsional shear stress at point E and show it on a stress cube. Point
E is on the surface of the shaft.
x TD
160 kN.m 500 mm
120 kN.m D
C
80 kN.m
B
E
A 3.0 m
300 mm
2.5 m
2.0 m
Figure P5.35
Solution G=80GPa φA -= ? (τxθ)E = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of the cross-sections can be found as shown below.
π 4 –3 4 π 4 –3 4
J AB = J BC = ------ ( 0.3 ) = 0.7952 ( 10 ) mm J CD = ------ ( 0.5 ) = 6.1359 ( 10 ) mm (1)
32 32
The wall reaction torque TD can be found from the free body diagram of the entire shaft in Fig. 5.23. By
T D – 80 + 120 – 160 = 0 or T D = 120 kN – m (2)
(a) Template (b) Torque Diagram 120 120
Text T2
T 80 80
T1 kN-m
x
A B C D
T 2 = T 1 + T ext 40 40
From Fig. (b) we have: T AB = 80 kN – m T BC = – 40 kN – m T CD = 120 kN – m

T AB ( x B – x A ) ( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 2 )
3
–3
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 2.515 ( 10 ) rads (3)
G AB J AB 9 – 3
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.7952 ) ( 10 )
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( – 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 2.5 )
3
–3
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = – 1.572 ( 10 ) rads (4)
G BC J BC 9 – 3
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.7952 ) ( 10 )
T CD ( x D – x C ) ( 120 ) ( 10 ) ( 3.0 )
3
–3
φ D – φ C = ----------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 0.7334 ( 10 ) rads (5)
G CD J CD 9 – 3
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 6.1359 ) ( 10 )
–3 –3
Adding Eqs. (3), (4), and (5) we obtain: φ D – φ A = ( 2.515 – 1.572 + 0.7334 ) ( 10 ) = 1.676 ( 10 ) rads
–3
Note that point D is fixed to the wall, hence φD is zero. Thus, φ A = – 1.676 ( 10 ) rads
or φ A = 1676 μ rads CW
The torsional shear stress at point E can be found as shown below.
T AB ρ E 3
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.150 ) 6 2
( τ xθ ) E = ----------------
- = ------------------------------------------- = 15.09 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or ( τ xθ ) E = 15.1 MPa
J AB – 3
( 0.7952 ) ( 10 )
Figure below shows the shear stress at point E on a stress cube.
120 kN.m
x
θ B
E
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.36 The radius of the tapered circular shaft varies from 200 mm at A to 50 mm at B. The shear modu-
lus of the material is G = 40 GPa. Determine: (a) the angle of rotation of wheel C with respect to the fixed
end. (b) the magnitude of maximum torsional shear strain in the shaft.
10 kN-m 2.5 kN-m
50 mm
A B C
7.5 m 2m
Figure P5.36
Solution RA= 200 mm RB= 50 mm φC = ?
G = 40 GPa γmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We note that R in segment AB is a linear function of x i.e., R ( x ) = a + bx . The constants can be found as
shown below.
R ( x = 0 ) = R A = a = 0.2 and R ( x = 7.5 ) = R B = 0.2 + b ( 7.5 ) = 0.05 or b = – 0.02
R ( x ) = 0.2 – 0.02x (1)

The polar moment of the cross-sections can be calculated as shown below.
π 4 π –6 4
J AB = --- ( 0.2 – 0.02x ) 4 m J BC = --- ( 0.05 ) 4 = 9.817 ( 10 ) m (2)
2 2
We can make imaginary cuts in segment AB and BC and obtain the free body diagrams shown in Fig.(a)
and Fig. (b). The internal torques are drawn as per our sign convention.
From moment equilibrium in Figs. (a) and (b) we obtain:
T AB = – 7.5kN – m T BC = 2.5kN – m (3)
(a) TAB 10 kN-m 2.5kN-m (b) TBC 2.5 kN-m
B C C
The relative rotation of the ends of segment AB can be found as shown below
3
⎛ dφ⎞ T AB – ( 7.5 ) ( 10 )
= --------------------
- = --------------------------------------------------------------------- (4)
⎝ d x⎠ AB G AB J AB 9 π
( 40 ) ( 10 ) --- ( 0.2 – 0.02x ) 4
2
Integrating from point A to point B, we obtain:

φB 7.5
–6 –6 7.5
15 ( 10 ) dx 0.1194 ( 10 ) 1
∫ d φ = – ---------------------
40π
- ∫ ---------------------------------- = – -------------------------------- ----------------------------------
( 0.2 – 0.02x ) 4 ( – 3 ) ( – 0.02 ) ( 0.2 – 0.02x )3
or
φA 0 0
–6 1 1 –3
φ B – φ A = – ( 1.989 ) ( 10 ) ----------------- – ----------------- = – 15.668 ( 10 ) rads (5)
3 3
( 0.05 ) ( 0.20 )
The relative rotation
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( 2.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 2 )
3
–3
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 12.732 ( 10 )rads (6)
G BC J BC 9 – 6
( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 9.817 ) ( 10 )
Adding Eqs (5) and (6), we obtain the rotation of section at C with respect to section at A. Noting that the
section at A is built into the wall we obtain the rotation of section at C.
–3 –3
φ C – φ A = ( – 15.668 + 12.732 ) ( 10 ) = – 2.934 ( 10 ) rads or φ C = 0.0029 rads CW
The maximum shear stress will be on a cross-section just left of B. Just left of section at B we
have: J AB = 9.817 ( 10–6 ) m4 and ρ max = 0.05m . The magnitude of maximum torsional shear stress in the
shaft can be found as shown below.
T AB ρ max 3
( 7.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.05 ) 6 2
τ max = ----------------------
- = ----------------------------------------- = 38.199 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (7)
J AB –6
9.817 ( 10 )
From Hooke’s law the maximum shear strain can be found, as shown below.
τ max 38.199 ( 10 )
6
–3
γ max = ----------- = ------------------------------ = 0.955 ( 10 ) γ max = 955 μ
G 9
( 40 ) ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
– ax
5.37 The radius of the tapered shaft in Figure P5.37 varies as R = Ke . Determine the rotation of the
section at B in terms of the applied torque Text, length L, shear modulus of elasticity G, and geometric
parameters K and a.
Text ⴢm
Figure P5.37
Solution R = Ke
– ax
φB = f(Text, L, G, r) = ? τmax = g(Text, L, G, r) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of the cross-section can be calculated as shown below.
π 4 – 4ax
J AB = --- K e (1)
2
We can make imaginary cut in segment AB and obtain the following free body diagram. The internal
torque is drawn as per our sign convention.

TAB Text
B
From moment equilibrium we obtain: T AB = T ext
4ax
⎛ dφ⎞ T AB T ext 2T ext e
= --------------------
- = ---------------------------------
- = -----------------------
- (2)
⎝ d x⎠ AB G AB J AB π 4 –4ax 4
G --- K e πGK
2
φB L L
2T ext 4ax ⎛ 2T ext ⎞ e 4ax
∫ πGK
4 ∫
dφ = --------------- e dx = ⎜ ---------------⎟ ----------
⎝ πGK 4⎠ 4a 0
or
φA 0
⎛ T ext ⎞ 4aL ⎛ T ext ⎞ 4aL
φ B – φ A = ⎜ ---------------------⎟ [ e – 1 ] or φ B = ⎜ ---------------------⎟ [ e – 1 ] CCW
⎝ 2πaGK 4⎠ ⎝ 2πaGK 4⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.38 The radius of the tapered shaft shown in Figure P5.37 varies as R = r ( 2 – 0.25x ⁄ L ) . In terms of Text,
L, G, and r, determine: (a) the rotation of the section at B; (b) the magnitude of maximum torsional shear
stress in the shaft.
Solution R = r ( 2 – 0.25x ⁄ L ) φB = f(Text, L, G, r) = ? τmax = g(Text, L, G, r) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of the cross-section can be calculated as shown below.
4 4
πr πr
J AB = -------- ( 2 – 0.25 x ⁄ L ) 2 = --------- ( 2L – 0.25 x ) 2 (1)
2 2
2L
We can make imaginary cut in segment AB and obtain the following free body diagram. The internal
torque is drawn as per our sign convention.
TAB Text
B
From moment equilibrium we obtain: T AB = T ext
2
⎛ dφ⎞ T AB T ext 2T ext L
= --------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------------ = ----------------------------------------------
- (2)
⎝ d x⎠ AB G AB J AB 4
πr
4
πGr ( 2L – 0.25x ) 2
G --------- ( 2L – 0.25x ) 2
2
2L
φB 2 L 2 L
⎛ 2T ext L ⎞ ⎛ 2T ext L ⎞ 1 1
∫ ∫
dx
dφ = ⎜ --------------------⎟ ---------------------------------- = ⎜ --------------------⎟ ------------------------------ ------------------------------- or
⎝ πGr 4 ⎠ ( 2L – 0.25x ) 2 ⎝ πGr 4 ⎠ ( – 1 ) ( – 0.25 ) ( 2L – 0.25x ) 0
φA 0
2
⎛ 8T ext L ⎞ 1 1 ⎛ T ext L⎞ ⎛ T ext L⎞
φ B – φ A = ⎜ --------------------⎟ ------------------- – ----------- = 0.1819 ⎜ --------------⎟ or φ B = 0.1819 ⎜ --------------⎟ CCW
⎝ πGr ⎠ ( 1.75L ) ( 2L )
4
⎝ Gr 4 ⎠ ⎝ Gr 4 ⎠
The maximum shear stress will be on a cross-section just left of B. Just left of section at B we
have: R = ( r ) ( 2 – 0.25 ) = 1.3229r . The magnitude of maximum torsional shear stress in the shaft can be
found as shown below.
T AB ρ max T ext ( 1.3229r ) 0.275T ext
τ max = ---------------------- - or
- = ------------------------------------ τ max = -----------------------
-
4 3
J AB π ( 1.3229r ) ⁄ 2 r
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.39 The external torque on a drill bit varies as a quadratic function to a maximum intensity of
q in-lb/in as shown. If the drill bit diameter is d, its length L, and modulus of rigidity G, determine (a) the
maximum shear stress on the drill bit. (b) the relative rotation of the end of the drill bit with respect to the
chuck.
L
x
B
⎛ x2 ⎞ A
q ⎜ -----2-⎟ in – lb ⁄ in
⎝L ⎠
Figure P5.39
Solution φB -φA= f(q, L, G, r) = ? τmax = g(q, L, G, r) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The distributed torque on the drill bit is counter-clockwise with respect to the x-axis, thus we can substitute
⎛ x2⎞
t ( x ) = q ⎜ -----2-⎟ in the equilibrium equation and integrate to obtain the following:
⎝L ⎠
dT ⎛ x2⎞ ⎛ x3 ⎞
+ q ⎜ ------⎟ = 0 or T = – q ⎜ ---------⎟ + c
dx ⎝ L 2⎠ ⎝ 3L 2⎠
(1)
Where, c is an integration constant. At point B i.e., at x = L the internal torque should be zero as there is no
concentrated applied torque at B. Substituting this in Eq. (1) we can find the integration constant as shown
below.
⎛ L3 ⎞
T ( x = L ) = – q ⎜ ---------⎟ + c = 0 or c = qL
-------
⎝ 2L 2⎠ 3
(2)
Substituting Eq (2) into Eq (1) and simplifying, we obtain:
q 3 3
T = --------- ( L – x ) (3)
2
3L
The maximum internal torque will exist at x = 0. From Eq. (3) we obtain: T max = qL
------- . The maximum
3
shear stress can be found as shown below.
T AB ρ max ( qL ⁄ 3 ) ( d ⁄ 2 ) 16qL- or
τ max = ----------------------
- = ---------------------------------
- = ------------ τ max = 16qL
-------------
4 3 3
J [ πd ⁄ 32 ] 3πd 3πd
The relative rotation can be found as shown below.
q 3 3
------- ( L – x )
dφ 3L
= ------------------------------ (4)
dx G ( πd 4 ⁄ 32 )
Integrating from A to B we obtain:
φB L
4
φ B – φ A = ⎛ ------------------------⎞ ⎛ L x – -----⎞
xB = L 32q 3 x
. d φ = ⎛ -----------------------
32q ⎞ or ⎝ 2 4⎠ ⎝ 4⎠
∫ ∫= 0 ( L
3 3
- – x ) dx
⎝ 2 4⎠ 3πGL d 0
3πGL d xA
φA
2
φ B – φ A = ⎛ --------------⎞ CCW
8qL
or ⎝ πGd 4⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.40 A circular solid shaft is acted upon by torques as shown. Determine the rotation of the rigid wheel
A with respect to the fixed end C in terms of q, L, G and J.
TA = 2qL in-lb TB = qL in-lb
q in-lb/in
A B C
x
0.5 L 0.5 L
Figure P5.40
Solution φA = f(q, L, G, J) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We can make imaginary cuts in segments AB and BC to obtain the following free body diagrams.
TA = 2qL in-lb TA = 2qL in-lb
(a) (b) TB = qL in-lb
q in-lb/in TAB
q in-lb/in TBC
A
A B
x x
From moment equilibrium in Fig (a) we obtain:
T AB – 2qL + qx = 0 or T AB = 2qL – qx (1)
From moment equilibrium in Fig (b) we obtain:
T BC – 2qL + qx + qL = 0 or T BC = qL – qx (2)
The relative rotation for the ends of segments AB can be found by integrating from point A to point B as
shown below
φB 0.5L
⎛ dφ⎞ T AB ⎛ ---------------------
2qL – qx⎞
∫ dφ ∫
2qL – qx- - dx or
= --------------------
- = --------------------- or =
⎝ d x⎠ AB G J GJ ⎝ GJ ⎠
AB AB
φA 0
0.5L
2
7 qL 2
φ B – φ A = ------- ⎛ 2qLx – --------
qx ⎞
= --- ⎛ ---------⎞
1
(3)
GJ ⎝ 2 ⎠ 8 ⎝ GJ ⎠
0
The relative rotation for the ends of segments BC can be found by integrating from point A to point B as
shown below.
φC L
⎛ dφ⎞ T BC ⎛ qL
-------------------⎞ dx or
qL – qx – qx
= --------------------
⎝ d x⎠ BC G J
BC BC
- = -------------------
GJ
or ∫ dφ = ∫ ⎝ GJ ⎠
φB 0.5L
L
2
1 qL 2
φ C – φ B = ------- ⎛ qLx – --------⎞ = --- ⎛ ---------⎞
1 qx
(4)
GJ ⎝ 2 ⎠ 8 ⎝ GJ ⎠
0.5L
Adding Eqs. (3) and (4), we obtain the rotation of section at C with respect to section at A. Noting that sec-
tion at C is built into the wall we obtain the rotation of section at A as shown below.
qL 2 qL 2
φ C – φ A = ⎛ ---------⎞ or φ A = ⎛ ---------⎞ CW
⎝ GJ ⎠ ⎝ GJ ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.41 A thin steel (G = 12,000 ksi) tube of 1/8 inch thickness has a mean diameter of 6 inches and a
length of 36 inches. What is the maximum torque the tube can transmit if the allowable shear stress in is
10 ksi and the allowable relative rotation of the two ends is 0.015 rads?
Solution: G = 12,000 ksi t = 1/8 inch d = 6 inch L = 36 inch
τ max ≤ 10ksi Δφ ≤ 0.015rads Tmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The outer and inner diameters of the tube are: do = 6 + (1/8) = 6.125 in. and di = 6 - (1/8) = 5.875 in.
π 4 4
The polar moment of inertia is: J = ------ [ ( 6.125 ) – ( 5.875 ) ] = 21.215 in4
32
The maximum stress is
T ( d o ) ⁄ 2 T ( 6.125 ⁄ 2 )
τ max = --------------------- = ----------------------------- ≤ 10 or T ≤ 69.27in – kips (1)
J 21.215
The relative rotation of the two ends is
TL T ( 36 )
Δφ = ------- = ----------------------------------------- ≤ 0.015 or T ≤ 106.1in – kips (2)
GJ ( 12000 ) ( 21.211 )
The maximum torque that satisfies Eq. (1) and (2) is T = 69.2 in-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.42 Determine the maximum torque that can be applied on a 2 inch diameter solid aluminum
(G = 4,000 ksi) shaft if the allowable shear stress is 18 ksi and the relative rotation over 4 feet of the shaft
is to be limited to 0.2 rads.
Solution: d = 2 inch. G = 4,000 ksi L = 4 feet
τ max ≤ 18ksi Δφ ≤ 0.2rads Tmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
π 4 4
The polar moment of inertia is: J = ------ ( 2 ) = 1.5708 in
32
The maximum shear stress is
T( 1)
( d ⁄ 2 ) = ---------------
τ max = T
------------------ - ≤ 18 or T ≤ 28.27in – kips (1)
J 1.5708
TL T ( 4 ) ( 12 )
Δφ = ------- = -------------------------------------- ≤ 0.2 or T ≤ 26.18in – kips (2)
GJ ( 4000 ) ( 1.5708 )
The maximum torque that satisfies Eq(1) and (2) is T = 26.1 in.-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.43 A hollow steel (G = 80 GPa) shaft with an outside radius of 30 mm is to transmit a torque of
2700 N-m. The allowable shear stress is 120 MPa and the allowable relative rotation over 1 m is 0.1 rad.
Determine the maximum permissible inner radius to the nearest millimeter.

Solution: G = 80 GPa ro = 3.0 mm T = 2700 m
L = 1 m. τ max ≤ 120MPa Δφ ≤ 0.1rads (ri)max =?nearest mm.
------------------------------------------------------------
The maximum shear stress is:
–3
Tr ( 2700 ) ( 30 ) ( 10 ) 6 –9 4
τ max = -------o- = -------------------------------------------- ≤ 120 ( 10 ) or J ≥ 675 ( 10 )m (1)
J J
TL 2700 ( 1 ) –9 4
Δφ = ------- = -------------------------------- ≤ 0.1 or J ≥ 337.5 ( 10 )m (2)
GJ 9
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( J )
If J is given by Eq(1) then it satisfies Eq(2).
π 4 4 –9 4 4 1350 –9
Thus: --- ( r o – r i ) ≥ 675 ( 10 ) or r i ≤ ( 0.03 ) – ------------ ( 10 ) or r i ≤ 0.0248m
2 π
The maximum inner radius to the nearest millimeter is: ( r i ) max = 24mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.44 A 5 feet long hollow shaft is to transmit a torque of 200 in-kips. The outer diameter of the shaft
must be 6 inches to fit existing attachments. The relative rotation of the two ends of the shaft is limited to
0.05 rads. The shaft can be made of steel or aluminum. The shear modulus of elasticity G, the allowable
shear stress τallow, and the specific weight γ, are given in Table 5.1. Determine the maximum inner diame-
ter to the nearest 1/8 inch of the lightest shaft that can be used for transmitting the torque and the corre-
sponding weight.
Table 5.1.Material Properties.
G τallow γ
Material
ksi ksi lbs./in3
Steel 12,000 18 0.285

Aluminum 4,000 10 0.100
Solution L = 5 ft. T= 200 in-kips do = 6 inch Δφ ≤ 0.05 rads

(di)max = ? nearest 1/8 inch W=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The relative rotation of the ends and maximum shear stress in steel can be found and the following limits
on JS, the polar moment of steel can be obtained.
( 200 ) ( 5 ) ( 12 ) 4
( Δφ ) S = --------------------------------- ≤ 0.05 or J S ≥ 20 in (1)
3
12 ( 10 )J S
( 200 ) ( 3 ) 4
( τ max ) S = ---------------------- ≤ 18 or J S ≥ 33.33 in (2)
JS
Using similar calculations for Aluminum shaft we obtain the following limits on JAl.
( 200 ) ( 5 ) ( 12 ) 4
( Δφ ) Al = --------------------------------- ≤ 0.05 or J Al ≥ 60 in (3)
( 4000 )J Al
( 200 ) ( 3 ) 4
( τ max ) Al = ---------------------- ≤ 10 or J Al ≥ 60 in (4)
J Al
Thus if J S ≥ 33.33 in 4 it will meet both conditions in Eqs (1) and (2). Similarly if J Al ≥ 60 in4 it will meet
both conditions in Eqs. (3) and (4). The internal diameters dS and dAl can be found as shown below:
π 4 4 4
J S = ------ ( 6 – d S ) ≥ 33.33 in or d S ≤ 5.561 in (5)
32
π 4 4 4
J Al = ------ ( 6 – d Al ) ≥ 60 in or d Al ≤ 5.116 in (6)
32
Rounding downwards to the closest 1/8 inch we obtain:
d S = 5.5 in or d Al = 5.0 in (7)
We can find the weight of each material by taking the product of the material density and the volume of a
π 2
W S = ( 0.285 ) ⎛ ---⎞ ( 6 – 5.5 ) ( 60 ) = 77.224 lbs
2
(8)
⎝ 4⎠
π 2
W Al = ( 0.1 ) ⎛ ---⎞ ( 6 – 5.0 ) ( 60 ) = 51.8 lbs
2
(9)
⎝ 4⎠
From Eqs 8 and 9 we see that the aluminum shaft is lighter. Thus, the answer is:
( d i ) max = 5.0 in. W = 51.8 lbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.45 A 100-hp motor is driving a pulley and belt system as shown in Figure 5.45. If the system is to
operate at 3,600 rpm, determine the minimum diameter of the solid shaft AB to the nearest 1/8 inch if the
allowable torsional stress in the shaft is 10 ksi.
A
B
Figure P5.45
Solution: P = 100 hpw = 3600 rpm τ max ≤ 10ksi dmin =? nearest 1/8 inch.
------------------------------------------------------------
The rotational speed in rads/sec can be found as: ω = ( 3600 ) ( 2π ) ⁄ 60 = 376.99 ( rad ) ⁄ ( sec )
The torque on the shaft can be found as shown below
P- = (------------------------------
100 ) ( 6600 )
- = 1751in – lbs
T = --- (1)
ω ( 376.99 )
The maximum torsion and shear stress in terms of T can be found and from it the maximum torque can be
obtained as shown below.
T( d ⁄ 2) 16 1751 3
τ max = ------------------ = ------ ------------ ≤ 10 ( 10 ) or d ≥ 0.9625
π 4 π d3
------ d
32
The minimum diameter to the nearest inch 1/8 inch d min = 1.0 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.46 The bolts used in the coupling for transferring power in problem 5.45 have an allowable strength
of 12 ksi. Determine the minimum number of 1/4 inch diameter bolts that must be placed at a radius of 5/
8 inch.
A
B
Figure P5.46
Solution: dbolt = 1/4 inch τ bolt ≤ 12ksi R = 5/8 inch nmin =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eq(1) in problem 5-38, we have T = 1751 in - kips
π 2 4
The area of cross section of a bolt is: A = --- ( d bolt ) = 0.4909in
4
The following force body diagram can be drawn
T
V = τbolt
R
Each bolt resists a shear force of V. By moment equilibrium about the shaft axis we obtain
1751
T - = ------------------------------------------ 3
T = nVR = ( nR ) ( τ bolt ) ( A ) or τ bolt = ----------- ≤ 12 ( 10 ) or n ≥ 4.76
nRA n ( 5 ⁄ 8 ) ( 0.04909 )
The minimum number of bolts needed are n min = 5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.47 A 20 kW motor drives 3 gears that are rotating at a frequency of 20 Hz. Gear A next to the motor
transfers 8 kW of power. Gear B which is in the middle transfers 7 kW of power. Gear c which is at the far
end from the motor transfers the remaining 5 kW of power. A single steel solid shaft connecting the motors
to all three gears is to be used. The steel used has a yield strength in shear of 145 MPa. Assuming a factor
of safety of 1.5, what is the minimum diameter of the shaft to the nearest millimeter that can be used if fail-
ure due to yielding is to be avoided? What is the magnitude of maximum torsional shear stress in the shaft
segment between gears A and B.
Solution: P = 20 kW f = 20 Hz. PA = 8kW PB = 7KN PC = 5 kW
τyield = 145 MPa k = 1.5 dmin =? to the nearest millimeter τAB =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The torque delivered by the motor and the torques transferred by the gears can be found as shown below.
3 3
P- ( 20 ) ( 10 ) Pa ( 8 ) ( 10 )
T = -------- = ------------------------ = 159.2N – m T a = --------
- = ---------------------- = 63.7N – m
2πf ( 2π ) ( 20 ) 2πf ( 2π ) ( 20 )
3 3
Pb ( 7 ) ( 10 ) Pc ( 5 ) ( 10 )
T b = --------
- = ---------------------- = 55.7N – m T c = --------
- = ---------------------- = 39.8N – m
2πf ( 2π ) ( 20 ) 2πf ( 2π ) ( 20 )
The shaft with the torques are shown in Fig (a) and the associated torque diagram shown in Fig(b).
From the torque diagram the internal torques are:
T MA = 159.2N – m T MB = 95.5N – m T MB = 39.8N – m

(a)
(b)
T
T = 159.2 N-m TA = 63.7 N-m TB = 55.7 N-m TC = 39.8 N-m 159.2 159.2
95.5 95.5
M A B C 39.8 39.8
M A B C x
The maximum torsional shear stress in the shaft will be in segment MA
T MA ( d ⁄ 2 ) 16 ( 159.2 ) 145 ( 10 )
6
τ max = --------------------------
- = ------ ------------------ ≤ ---------------------- or d ≥ 0.0203m
4 π d3 1.5
( πd ) ⁄ 32
The minimum diameter is d min = 21mm
The maximum torsional shear stress in segment AB is
T AB ( d ⁄ 2 ) 16 T AB 16 ( 95.5 )- = 52.5 ( 10 6 ) or
τ AB = -------------------------
- = ------ ---------- = ----------------------- τ AB = 52.5MPa
4 π 3 3
( πd ) ⁄ 32 d π ( 0.021 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.48 A circular shaft has a constant torsional rigidity GJ and is acted upon by a distributed torque t(x). If
at section A the internal torque is zero show that the relative rotation of section at B with respect to rotation
of section at A is given by
xB
1
φ B – φ A = -------
GJ ∫ ( x – xB )t ( x ) dx 5.14
xA
Solution T(xA) = 0 φB - φA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From equilibrium equation, we have
dT = – t ( x ) (1)
dx
Integrating from x = xA to any location x, we obtain the following.
T x x
∫ dT = – ∫ t ( x ) dx or T(x) = – ∫ t ( x ) dx (2)
TA = 0 xA xA
Integrating the equation dφ = T ( x ) from x to x , we obtain the following.

----------- A B
dx GJ
φB xA x
T (x) 1
∫ dφ = ∫ -----------
GJ
dx or φ B – φ A = -------
GJ ∫ T ( x ) dx (3)
φA xA xA
Integrating by parts, the above equation can be written as
x
1 xB dT
φ B – φ A = ------- xT ( x ) x –
GJ A ∫ x d x dx (4)
xA
Imposing the limits and substituting Eq. (1), we obtain the following.
x
1
φ B – φ A = ------- x B T ( x B ) – T ( x A ) –
GJ ∫ x ( –t ( x ) ) dx (5)
xA
Substituting Eq. (2) at x = xB and noting that T(xA) = 0, we obtain
⎧ xB ⎫ xB
1 ⎪ ⎪
GJ ⎪
∫
φ B – φ A = ------- x B ⎨ – t ( x ) dx ⎬ – 0 + xt ( x ) dx
⎪
∫ (6)
⎩ xA ⎭ xA
Noting that xB is a constant and can be taken inside the integral, we obtain:
xB
1
φ B – φ A = -------
GJ ∫ ( x – xB )t ( x ) dx (7)
xA

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.49 A composite shaft made from n materials is shown in Figure P5.49. Gi and Ji are the shear modu-
lus of elasticity and polar moment of inertia of the ith material. (a) If Assumptions from 1 through 6 are
valid, show that the stress ( τ xθ ) i in the ith material is given Equation 5.16a, where T is the total internal
torque at a cross section. (b) If Assumptions 8 through 10 are valid, show that relative rotation φ 2 – φ 1 is
given by Equation 5.16b.(c) Show that for G1=G2=G3....=Gn=G. Equations (5.16a) and (5.16b) give the
same results as Equations (5.10) and (5.12).
Gn
Gi ρ T
( τ x θ ) i = ------------------------
- (5.16a)
∑ j=1
n
Gj Jj G2
G1
T ( x2 – x1 )
φ 2 – φ 1 = ------------------------
- (5.16b)
∑ j=1
n
Gj Jj
Figure P5.49
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
From kinematics we have:
dφ
γ xθ = ρ (x) (1)
dx
From Hooke’s law, we obtain.
dφ
τ xθ = Gρ (x) (2)
dx
The shear stress and internal torque are related as
T = ∫ ρ τxθ dA (3)
A
Assuming homogenous material, and noting that dA = 2πρ dρ, we obtain the following:
T = ∫ ρ τ xθ dA = ∫ ρ ⎛⎝ Gρ dφ ( x )⎞⎠ ( 2πρ ) dA = dφ ∫ Gρ 2 dA or
dx dx
A A A
dφ dφ
∫ G1 ρ ∫ G2 ρ ∫ Gn ρ
2 2 2
T = dA + dA + ⋅ + ⋅ + dA = [ G J + G2 J2 + ⋅ + ⋅ + G N J N ] or
dx dx 1 1
A1 A2 An
n
dφ
T =
dx ∑ Gj Jj (4)
j=1
dφ T
= -------------------- (5)
dx n
∑
Gj Jj
j 1
We can write for the ith material
dφ
( τ xθ ) i = G i ρ (6)
dx
Substituting Equation (E5), we obtain:
T
( τ xθ ) i = G i ρ ------------------------- (7)
n
∑ Gj Jj
j=1
φ2 – φ1
If the right hand side in Equation (7) is constant between x1 and x2 and we can write dφ = ----------------
- and
dx x2 – x1
T ( x2 – x1 )
φ 2 – φ 1 = -------------------------
- (8)
n
∑ Gj Jj
j 1
Equations (7) and (8) are same as Equations (5.16a) and (5.16b).
If G1=G2=G3....=Gn=G, then
n n
∑ Gj Jj = G ∑ Jj = GJ (9)
j=1 j=1
Substituting Equation (9) into Equations (7) and (8) we obtain:
T T ρ-
( τ xθ ) i = Gρ ------- = ------- (10)
GJ J
T ( x2 – x1 )
φ 2 – φ 1 = -------------------------
- (11)
GJ
Equations (10) and (11) are same as Equations (5.10) and (5.12).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.50 A circular solid shaft of radius R is made from a non-linear material that has a shear stress-shear
strain relationship given by τ = Gγ0.5. Assume that the kinematic assumptions are valid and shear strain
varies linearly with the radial distance across the cross-section. Determine the maximum shear stress and
the rotation of section at B in terms of external torque Text, radius R, material constant G, and length
Text
A B
L
FigureP5.50
5.51 A hollow circular shaft is made from a non-linear materials that has the following shear stress--
shear strain relation τ = Gγ2. Assume that the kinematic assumptions are valid and shear strain varies lin-
early with the radial distance across the cross-section. In terms of internal torque T, material constant G,
and R, obtain formulas for (a) the maximum shear stress τ max and (b) the relative rotation φ 2 – φ 1 of two
cross-sections at x1 and x2.
R
2R
Figure
P5.51
5.52 A solid circular shaft of radius R, and length L, is twisted by an applied torque T. The stress-strain
relationship for a non-linear material is given by the power law τ = Gγn . If all assumptions except Hooke’s
law are applicable, show that the maximum shear stress in the shaft and the relative rotation of the two
ends are as given below.
1
---
T(n + 3) ( n + 3 )T n
τ max = --------------------- Δφ = ----------------------------- L
3 (3 + n)
2πR 2πGR
Substitute n = 1 in the above formulas and show that we obtain the same results as from Equations (5.9)
and (5.10).
Solution τ = Gγ
n
τmax = ? Δφ = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From kinematics we have:
dφ
γ xθ = ρ (x) (1)
dx
Substituting this in the given stress-strain relationship, we obtain.
n
n dφ
τ xθ = Gρ (x) (2)
dx
The shear stress and internal torque are related as
T = ∫ ρ τxθ dA (3)
A
Assuming homogenous material, and noting that dA = 2πρ dρ, we obtain the following:
R R
n+3
⎧ n dφ n⎫ n n
( x ) ⎛ --------------⎞ or
dφ dφ R
∫ ∫
n+2
T = ρ ⎨ Gρ ( x ) ⎬( 2πρ ) dρ = 2πG (x) ρ dρ = 2πG
dx dx dx ⎝ n + 3⎠
⎩ ⎭
0 0
n
dφ T(n + 3)
(x) = ------------------------- (4)
dx n+3
2πGR
Substituting Eq. (4) into Eq. (2), we obtain:
n T( n + 3)
τ xθ = Gρ ------------------------- (5)
n+3
2πGR
The maximum torsional shear stress is at ρ = R:
n T(n + 3)
τ max = GR ------------------------- or
n+3
2πGR
T(n + 3)
τ max = ---------------------
3
2πR
Eq. (4) can be re-written as:
1
---
dφ T(n + 3) n
= ------------------------- (6)
dx n+3
2πGR
Δφ- . Sub-
Assuming all quantities on the right in Eq (4) are constant over the length of the shaft, then dφ = ------
dx L
1
---
( n + 3 )T n
stituting this in Eq. (4) we obtain: Δφ = ----------------------------- L
(3 + n)
2πGR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.53 The internal torque T and the displacements of a point on a cross-section of a non-circular shaft are
as given below.
y dφ
u = ψ ( y, z ) 5.15a
y
dx
dVy = τxy dA
z dφ
v = – xz 5.15b
dVz = τxz dA dx
y
x dφ
z w = xy 5.15c
dx
x
z
T T = ∫ ( yτxz – zτxy ) dA 5.16
Figure P5.53 Torsion of non-circular shafts. A
where u, v, and w are the displacements in the x, y, and z, respectively,

dφ
is the rate of twist and is considered constant,
dx
ψ ( x, y ) is called the warping function and describes the movement of points out of the plane of
cross-section.
Using Equations 2.12a and 2.12f, and the Hooke’s law show that the shear stresses for non-circular are
given by:
τ xy = G ⎛ ∂ψ – z⎞ τ xz = G ⎛ ∂ψ + y⎞
dφ dφ
⎝∂y ⎠ dx
5.17a ⎝∂z ⎠ dx
5.17b
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eq. 2.12d, we have γ xy = ∂u + ∂v . Substituting Eqs. (5.15a) and (5.15b), we obtain the following.
∂y ∂x
γ xy = ∂ ψ ( y, z ) + ∂ – xz
dφ dφ dφ ∂ψ
= –z (1)
∂y d x ∂x d x dx ∂y
From Hooke’s law, we have τ xy = Gγ xy . Substituting Eq. (1), we obtain Eq. (5.17a).
From Eq. 2.12f, we have γ xz = ∂w + ∂u . Substituting Eqs. (5.15a) and (5.15c), we obtain the following.
∂x ∂z
∂ dφ ∂ dφ dφ ∂ψ
γ xz = xy + ψ ( y, z ) = y+ (2)
∂x d x ∂z d x dx ∂z
From Hooke’s law, we have τ xz = Gγ xz . Substituting Eq. (2), we obtain Eq. (5.17b).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.54 Show that for circular shafts ( ψ ( x, y ) = 0 ) the Equations in problem 5.53 reduce to Equation 5.7.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Substituting ψ ( x, y ) = 0 into Eqs. (5.17a) and (5.17b), we obtain:
dφ dφ
τ xy = – G z τ xz = Gy (1)
dx dx
Substituting Eq. (1) into Eq. 5.16, we obtain the following.
y ⎛ Gy ⎞ – z ⎛ – G z ⎞ dA = G
dφ dφ dφ dφ dφ
∫ ∫ ∫
2 2 2
T = [ y + z ] dA = G [ ρ ] dA = GJ (2)
⎝ d x⎠ ⎝ d x⎠ dx dx dx
A A A
Eq. (2) is the same as Equation 5.7.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.55 Consider the dynamic equilibrium of the differential element shown in Figure P5.55, where T is
2
the internal torque, ρ is the material density, J is the polar area moment of inertia, and ∂ 2φ is the angular
∂t
acceleration. Show
2 2
∂ φ 2∂ φ 2 G
= c where c = ---- 5.18
∂t
2
∂x
2 ρ
T 2
ρJ ∂ φ dx
T+dT
2
∂t
dx Figure P5.55 dx
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
By moment equilibrium in Figure P5.55, we obtain the following.
2 2
∂ φ ∂T ∂ φ
T + dT – T = ρJ dx or = ρJ (1)
∂t
2 ∂x ∂t
2
∂φ
From Equation 5.7 we have T = GJ . Substituting in Eq. (1) and assuming GJ as constant, we obtain
∂x
2 2 2 2 2
∂ ∂φ ∂ φ ∂ φ ∂ φ ∂ φ G ∂ φ
GJ = ρJ or GJ = ρJ or = ⎛ ----⎞ (2)
∂x ∂x 2 2 2 2 ⎝ ρ⎠ 2
∂t ∂x ∂t ∂t ∂x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.56 Show by substitution that the solution below satisfies Equation 5.18.
φ = ⎛ A cos ωx
------- + B sin ωx
-------⎞ ( C cos ωt + D sin ωt ) 5.19
⎝ c c⎠
where A, B, C, and D are constants that are determined from the boundary conditions and the initial condi-
tions, ω is the frequency of vibration.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The partial derivative of φ with respect to x can be found as shown below.

∂φ = [ C cos ωt + D sin ωt ] ∂ A cos ------
ωx- + B sin ωx
------- or
∂x ∂x c c
∂φ = [ C cos ωt + D sin ωt ] – ⎛ ω ωx ⎛ ω
----⎞ A sin ------ ωx
- + ----⎞ B cos ------- (1)
∂x ⎝ c⎠ c ⎝ c⎠ c
The second partial derivative of φ with respect to x can be found as shown below
2
∂ φ ∂ ω ωx ω ωx
= [ C cos ωt + D sin ωt ] – ⎛ ----⎞ A sin ------- + ⎛ ----⎞ B cos ------- or
∂x
2 ∂x ⎝ c ⎠ c ⎝ c⎠ c
2
∂ φ = ω 2 ωx ω 2 ωx
[ C cos ωt + D sin ωt ] – ⎛ ----⎞ A cos ------- – ⎛ ----⎞ B sin ------- or
2 ⎝ c⎠ c ⎝ c⎠ c
∂x
2
∂ φ = –⎛ ω
----⎞ [ C cos ωt + D sin ωt ] ⎛ A cos ωx
2
------- + B sin ωx
ω 2
-------⎞ = – ⎛ ----⎞ φ (2)
2 ⎝ c ⎠ ⎝ c c ⎠ ⎝ c⎠
∂x
The partial derivative of φ with respect to can be found as shown below.
∂φ ωx ωx ∂
= A cos ------- + B sin ------- [ C cos ωt + D sin ωt ] or
∂t c c ∂t
∂φ ωx ωx
= A cos ------- + B sin ------- [ – ωC sin ωt + ωD cos ωt ] (3)
∂t c c
The second partial derivative of φ with respect to t can be found as shown below
2
∂ φ ωx ωx ∂
= A cos ------- + B sin ------- [ – ωC sin ωt + ωD cos ωt ] or
∂t
2 c c ∂t
2
∂ φ ωx ωx 2 2
= A cos ------- + B sin ------- [ – ω C cos ωt – ω B sin ωt ] or
2 c c
∂t
2
∂ φ 2 ωx ωx 2
= – ω A cos ------- + B sin ------- [ C cos ωt + D sin ωt ] = – ω φ (4)
2 c c
∂t
Substituting Eqs. (2) and (4) into Eq. 5.18, we obtain an identity, proving Eq. 5.19 is the solution to Eq.
5.18.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.57 A hollow aluminum shaft of 5 feet length is to carry a torque of 200 in-kips. The inner radius of
the shaft is 1 inch. If the maximum torsional shear stress in the shaft is to be limited to 10 ksi, determine
the minimum outer radius of the shaft to the nearest 1/8 inch.
Solution L = 5 ft T = 200 in-kips Ri = 1 inch
τ max ≤ 10 ksi Ro = ? nearest 1/8 inch
------------------------------------------------------------
The maximum torsional shear stress will exist on the outer radius of the shaft and can be expressed in
terms of Ro as shown below.
Tρ ( 200 ) ( R o ) 4
τ max = ------- = --------------------------- ≤ 10 or ( R o – 12.732R o – 1 ) ≥ 0 (1)
J π 4 4
--- [ R o – 1 ]
2
The minimum value of Ro corresponds to the root of the left hand side of Eq. 1, i.e.,
4
f ( R o ) = R o – 12.732R o – 1 = 0 . We find the root on the spread sheet as described in Appendix B. The
calculations are shown in the table below.
Ro f(Ro) Ro f(Ro)
1.1 -13.542 2.3 -2.300
1.2 -14.205 2.31 -1.938
1.3 -14.696 2.32 -1.569
1.4 -14.984 2.33 -1.194
1.5 -15.036 2.34 -0.812
1.6 -14.818 2.35 -0.423
1.7 -14.293 2.36 -0.028
1.8 -13.421 2.37 0.374
1.9 -12.159 2.38 0.782
2 -10.465 2.39 1.198
2.1 -8.290 2.4 1.620
2.2 -5.586
2.3 -2.300
2.4 1.620
2.5 6.232
From the above table, we see that the root of f(Ro) is between 2.36 and 2.37. The value of Ro to the nearest
3
1/8 that will satisfy Eq. (1) is 2.375. Thus, the minimum value of Ro is: R o = 2 --- in
8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.58 A 4 feet long hollow shaft is to transmit a torque of 100 in-kips. The relative rotation of the two
ends of the shaft is limited to 0.06 rads. The shaft can be made of steel or aluminum. The Shear modulus of
rigidity G, the allowable shear stress τallow, and the specific weight γ, are given in Table 5.1. The inner
radius of the shaft is to be 1 inch. Determine outer radius to the nearest 1/8 inch of the lightest shaft that
can be used for transmitting the torque and the corresponding weight.
Solution L = 4 ft. T= 100 in-kips Δφ ≤ 0.06 rads
Ri = 1 inch Ro = ? to the nearest 1/8 inch W=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The relative rotation of the ends and maximum shear stress in steel can be found and the following limits
on do can be obtained.
( 100 ) ( 4 ) ( 12 )
( Δφ ) S = ---------------------------------------------------- ≤ 0.06 or R o ≥ 1.513 in (1)
3 π
12 ( 10 ) ⎛ ---⎞ [ R o – 1 ]
4 4
⎝ 2⎠
( 100 ) ( R o ) 4
( τ max ) S = -------------------------------- ≤ 18 or R o – 3.5368R o – 1 ≥ 0 (2)
⎛π ---⎞ [ – 1 ]
4 4
⎝ 2⎠ R o
Substituting the value of Ro in Eq. 1 into the left hand side we obtain a negative value, which implies Ro
must be greater than 1.513 inch to satisfy Eq. 2. The value of Ro corresponds to the root of the left hand
4
side of Eq. 2, i.e., f ( R o ) = R o – 3.536R o – 1 = 0 . We find the root on the spread sheet as described in
Appendix B. The calculations are shown in the table below.

Ro f(Ro) Ro f(Ro)
1.5 -1.243 1.6 -0.105
1.6 -0.105 1.61 0.025
1.7 1.340 1.62 0.158
1.8 3.131 1.63 0.294
1.9 5.312 1.64 0.434
2 7.926 1.65 0.576
From the above table, we see that the root of f(Ro) is between 1.6 and 1.61. Rounding to the nearest 1/
8 inch, we obtain for steel.
R O = 1.625inch (3)
Using similar calculations for Aluminum shaft we obtain the following.
( 100 ) ( 4 ) ( 12 )
( Δφ ) Al = ----------------------------------------------- ≤ 0.06 or r o ≥ 1.925 in (4)
π 4
( 4000 ) ⎛ ---⎞ [ r o – 1 ]
4
⎝ 2⎠
( 100 ) ( r o ) 4
( τ max ) Al = ------------------------------ ≤ 10 or r o – 6.366r o – 1 ≥ 0 (5)
⎛π ---⎞ [ r – 1 ]
4 4
⎝ 2⎠ o
Substituting the value of ro in Eq. (4) into the left hand side we obtain a positive value, which implies that
ro = 1.925inch. satisfies both Eqs. (4) and (5). Rounding to the nearest 1/8 inch, we obtain for aluminum.
r o = 2.0inch (6)
We can find the weight of each material by taking the product of the material density and the volume of a
2 2
W S = ( 0.285 ) ( π ) ( 1.625 – 1 ) ( 48 ) = 70.51 lbs (7)
2 2
W Al = ( 0.1 ) ( π ) ( 2 – 1 ) ( 48 ) = 45.24 lbs (8)
From Eqs 7 and 8 we see that the aluminum shaft is lighter. Thus, the answer is:
r o = 2.0 in. W = 45.24lbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.59 Table 5.2 shows the measured radii of a solid tapered shaft at several point along the axis of the
shaft. The shaft is made of aluminum (G = 28 GPa) and has a length of 1.5 meters. Determine (a) the rota-
tion of the free end with respect to the wall using numerical integration. (b) the maximum shear stress in
the shaft.
R(x)
T = 35 kN-m
A B
Figure P5.59 x
Table 5.2.. Data for Problem 5.59.

x R(x) x R(x)
(m) (mm) (m) (mm)
0.0 100.6 0.8 60.1

0.1 92.7 0.9 60.3
0.2 82.6 1.0 59.1
0.3 79.6 1.1 54.0
0.4 75.9 1.2 54.8
0.5 68.8 1.3 54.1
0.6 68.0 1.4 49.4
0.7 65.9 1.5 50.6
Solution G = 28 GPa xA= 0 Δφ = φB-φA = ?

xB= 1.5 m τmax= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The internal torque is T = 35 kN-m.
3 –6
dφ T ( 35 ) ( 10 ) 2.5 ( 10 )
= ------- = ------------------------------------------------------- = ----------------------- (1)
dx GJ 9 4 4
( 28 ) ( 10 ) ( π ⁄ 2 )R ( x ) πR ( x )
6
2.5 ( 10 )
In Eq. (1), R(x) is measured in meters. Eq. (1) can be rewritten as dφ = --------------------
- , where now R(x) is in
dx 4
πR ( x )
millimeters. Integrating from xA= 0 to xB= 1.5, we obtain the following:
φB x B = 1.5 1.5
6 6
2.5 ( 10 ) 2.5 ( 10 )
∫ dφ = ∫ --------------------- dx
πR ( x )
4 or Δφ = ∫ --------------------- dx
πR ( x )
4 (2)
φA xA = 0 0
6
( 10 )
Representing f ( x ) = 2.5
--------------------- and using numerical integration as described in Appendix B, we obtain the
4
πR ( x )
value of the integral on a spread sheet as shown below.

x R(x) f(x) Integral x R(x) f(x) Integral
0.00 100.60 0.0078 0.0009 0.80 60.10 0.0610 0.0282
0.10 92.70 0.0108 0.0023 0.90 60.30 0.0602 0.0344
0.20 82.60 0.0171 0.0042 1.00 59.10 0.0652 0.0424
0.30 79.60 0.0198 0.0064 1.10 54.00 0.0936 0.0515
0.40 75.90 0.0240 0.0093 1.20 54.80 0.0882 0.0605
0.50 68.80 0.0355 0.0130 1.30 54.10 0.0929 0.0718
0.60 68.00 0.0372 0.0169 1.40 49.40 0.1336 0.0846
0.70 65.90 0.0422 0.0221 1.50 50.60 0.1214
The rotation of the free end is: Δ φ = 0.085 rad;

The maximum shear stress will occur at the cross-section where radius is the smallest, i.e., just before point
B and can be found as shown below.
3
Tρ 35 ( 10 ) ( 0.0506 ) 6 2
τ max = ------- = ----------------------------------------- = 171.99 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or τ max = 25.8 ksi
JB 4
( π ⁄ 2 ) ( 0.0506 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.60 Let the radius of the tapered shaft in problem 5.59 be represented by the equation R ( x ) = a + bx .
Using the data in Table 5.2 determine the constant a and b by the least-square method and then find the
rotation of section at B by analytical integration.
Solution G = 28 GPa a=? b=? xA= 0 xB= 1.5 m Δφ = φB-φA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We develop the equations for the least square method for a linear representation as described in Appendix
B. This difference between the radius value and the value obtained by substituting x = xi in the equation
R ( x ) = a + bx is the error ei that can be written as given below.
e i = R i – R ( x i ) = R i – ( a + bx i ) (1)
N
∑ ei . The error E is minimized with respect to coefficients a, and b to gen-

2
We define the error E as E =
i=1
erate a set of linear algebraic equations as shown below.
∂e i
∂E
∂a
= 0 or ∑ 2ei ∂ a = 0 or ∑ 2 [ Ri – ( a + bxi ) ] [ –1 ] = 0
""
∂E ∂e i
∂b
= 0 or
∑ 2e i
∂b
= 0 or ∑ 2 [ Ri – ( a + bxi ) ] [ –xi ] = 0
The above equations on the right can be rearranged and written in matrix form as shown below:
⎧ ⎫
N ∑ xi ⎧⎨ a ⎫ = ⎪
⎬ ⎨
∑ Ri ⎪⎬ or b 11 b 12 ⎧ a ⎫
⎧
⎪ r1
⎫
⎪
⎨ ⎬ = ⎨ ⎬ (2)
∑ xi ∑ xi ⎩
b ⎭ ⎪
∑ xi Ri ⎪⎭
2
⎩ b 21 b 22 ⎩ b ⎭ ⎪ r2 ⎪
⎩ ⎭
The coefficients of the b-matrix and the r-vector can be determined by comparison to the matrix form of
the equations on the left. The coefficients a and b can be determined by Cramer’s rule. Let D represent the
determinant of the b matrix. By Cramer’s rule, we replace the first column in the matrix of b’s by the right
hand side and find the determinant of the so constructed matrix and divide by D. Thus, the coefficients a,
and b can be written as shown below.
D = b 11 b 22 – b 12 b 21 (3)
r 1 b 12 r 1 b 22 – r 2 b 12 b 11 r 1 r 2 b 11 – r 1 b 21
a = ⁄ D = -------------------------------
- b = ⁄ D = -------------------------------
- (4)
r 2 b 22 D b 21 r 2 D
The given data and Eq. (2) through (4) can be put in a spread sheet and the coefficients a and b can be
found as shown in the table below as: a = 90.226 mm b = – 30.593
xi (m) Ri (mm) xi2 xi*Ri xi (m) Ri (mm) xi2 xi*Ri
1 0.00 100.60 0.0000 0.000 10 0.90 60.30 0.8100 54.270
2 0.10 92.70 0.0100 9.270 11 1.00 59.10 1.0000 59.100
3 0.20 82.60 0.0400 16.520 12 1.10 54.00 1.2100 59.400
4 0.30 79.60 0.0900 23.880 13 1.20 54.80 1.4400 65.760
5 0.40 75.90 0.1600 30.360 14 1.30 54.10 1.6900 70.330
6 0.50 68.80 0.2500 34.400 15 1.40 49.40 1.9600 69.160
7 0.60 68.00 0.3600 40.800 16 1.50 50.60 2.2500 75.900
8 0.70 65.90 0.4900 46.130 bij & ri 12.0000 1076.50 12.4000 703.360
9 0.80 60.10 0.6400 48.080 D 54.4
a and b 90.226 -30.593
Thus R(x) = 90.226-30.593x, where x is in meters and R is in millimeters. Substituting this in Eq. (2) of
problem 5.59 and integrating, we obtain the rotation as shown below.
1.5
6 6 1.5
2.5 ( 10 ) 2.5 ( 10 )
----------------------------------------------------- dx = ⎛ ---------------------⎞ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
Δφ = ∫ π ( 90.226 – 30.593x )
4 ⎝ π ⎠
( 3 ) ( 30.593 ) ( 90.226 – 30.593x ) 0
3
= 0.0877
0
Thus the rotation of the free end of the shaft is: Δφ = 0.088 rad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.61 Table 5.3 shows the value of distributed torque at several point along the axis of a solid steel
(G = 12,000 ksi) shaft. The shaft has a length of 36 inches and a diameter of 1 inch. Determine (a) the rota-
tion of the end A with respect to the wall using numerical integration. (b) the maximum shear stress in the
shaft.(Hint: Use Equation 5.14 for part (a))
Table 5.3.. Data for Problem 5.61.
t(x) in-lb/in
x t (x) x t (x)
(inches) in-lbs./in (inches) in-lbs./in
0 93.0 21 588.8
B 3 146.0 24 700.1
A
x 6 214.1 27 789.6
Figure P5.61 9 260.4 30 907.4
12 335.0 33 1040.3
15 424.7 36 1151.4
18 492.6
Solution G = 12,000 ksi d= 1 inch uA = ? σmax= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The equilibrium equation dT + t ( x ) = 0 can be integrated from point A, where T = 0 to any location x, to
dx
obtain the internal torque as a function of x as shown below.
T(x) x
T(x) = ∫ dT = – ∫ t ( x ) dx (1)
TA = 0 xA = 0
4 4
The polar moment of inertia of the cross-section is J = πd ⁄ 32 = 0.0981in .
dφ = T (x) = T( x) –9
----------- ---------------------------------------------- = 848.8 ( 10 )T ( x ) (2)
dx GJ 6
( 12 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.0981 )
φB= 0. we obtain the following integral:
φB = 0 x B = 36 36
∫
–9
∫ ∫
–9
dφ = [ 848.8 ( 10 )T ( x ) ] dx or φ A = – [ 848.8 ( 10 )T ( x ) ] dx (3)
φA xA = 0 0
The maximum torsional shear stress τxθ at a section can be found as shown below:
Tρ T ( 0.5 )
τ xθ = ------- = ---------------- = 5.0929T (4)
J 0.0981
Eq. (1) can be numerically integrated on a spread sheet to obtain T(xi), the value of internal torque at any
xi. Then, Eq (3) can be numerically integrated to obtain the rotation. Eq. (4) can be used to find the tor-
sional shear stress at various xi and the maximum value chosen by inspection. These calculations can be
done on a spread sheet as shown below.
xi t(xi) T(xi) [φA-φ(xi+1)](10-3) τxθ(xi)
(inches) (in-lbs./in) (in-lbs.) (rads) (ksi)
0 93 0.00 0.456 0.000

3 146.0 -358.50 2.057 -1.826
6 214.1 -898.65 5.251 -4.577
9 260.0 -1609.80 10.487 -8.199
12 335.0 -2502.30 18.310 -12.744
15 424.7 -3641.85 29.334 -18.548
18 492.0 -5016.90 44.174 -25.551
21 588.8 -6638.10 63.539 -33.808
24 700.1 -8571.45 88.211 -43.654
27 789.6 -10806.00 118.970 -55.034
30 907.4 -13351.50 156.689 -67.999
33 1040.3 -16273.05 202.314 -82.878
36 1151.4 -19560.60 -99.621
The rotation of section at A is counter-clockwise with respect to x-axis. φ A = 0.202 rads

The magnitude of the maximum torsional shear stress is τ max = 99.6 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.62 Let the distributed torque t(x) in problem 5.61 be represented by the equation t ( x ) = a + bx + cx 2 .
Using the data in Table 5.3 determine the constant a, b, and c by the least-square method and then find the
rotation of section at B by analytical integration.
Solution a=? b=? c= φA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The equilibrium equation dT + t ( x ) = 0 can be integrated from point A, where T = 0 to any location x, to
dx
T(x) x x
2 3
∫ ∫ ∫
2 bx cx
T(x) = dT = – t ( x ) dx = – [ a + bx + cx ] dx = – ax + -------- + -------- (1)
2 3
TA = 0 xA = 0 xA = 0
4 4
The polar moment of inertia of the cross-section is J = πd ⁄ 32 = 0.0981in .
2 3
dφ = T (x) = T(x) –9 bx cx
----------- ---------------------------------------------- = – 848.82 ( 10 ) ax + -------- + -------- (2)
dx GJ 6 2 3
( 12 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.0981 )
φB = 0 x B = 36
2 3
∫ ∫
–9 bx cx
φB= 0. we obtain the following integral: dφ = ( – 848.82 ) ( 10 ) ax + -------- + -------- dx or
2 3
φA xA = 0
36
2 3 4 2 3 4
– 9 a ( 36 ) b ( 36 ) c ( 36 )
φ A = ( 848.82 ) ( 10 ) ⎛⎝ -------- + -------- + --------⎞⎠
ax –9 bx cx
= ( 848.82 ) ( 10 ) ---------------- + ---------------- + ---------------- (3)
2 6 12 0
2 6 12
Using the Least Square Method described in Appendix B, we obtain the value of the values of constants a,
b, and c on a spread sheet as shown in the table below.
xi t(xi)
xi2 xi3 xi4 x*ti xi2*ti
1 0.0 93 0.0 0.000E+00 0.000E+00 0.000E+00 0.000E+00
2 3.0 146.0 9.0 2.700E+01 8.100E+01 4.380E+02 1.314E+03
3 6.0 214.1 36.0 2.160E+02 1.296E+03 1.285E+03 7.708E+03
4 9.0 260.0 81.0 7.290E+02 6.561E+03 2.340E+03 2.106E+04
5 12.0 335.0 144.0 1.728E+03 2.074E+04 4.020E+03 4.824E+04
6 15.0 424.7 225.0 3.375E+03 5.063E+04 6.371E+03 9.556E+04
7 18.0 492.0 324.0 5.832E+03 1.050E+05 8.856E+03 1.594E+05
8 21.0 588.8 441.0 9.261E+03 1.945E+05 1.236E+04 2.597E+05
9 24.0 700.1 576.0 1.382E+04 3.318E+05 1.680E+04 4.033E+05
10 27.0 789.6 729.0 1.968E+04 5.314E+05 2.132E+04 5.756E+05
11 30.0 907.4 900.0 2.700E+04 8.100E+05 2.722E+04 8.167E+05
12 33.0 1040.3 1089.0 3.594E+04 1.186E+06 3.433E+04 1.133E+06
13 36.0 1151.4 1296.0 4.666E+04 1.680E+06 4.145E+04 1.492E+06
bij &ri 234.0 7142.4 5850.0 1.643E+05 4.918E+06 1.768E+05 5.014E+06
Cij 1.783E+09 1.897E+08 4.216E+06 2.971E+07 7.666E+05 2.129E+04
D 3.453E+09
ai 96.36 15.45 0.39
The values of the constants are: a = 96.36 b = 15.45 c = 0.39

Substituting the values of the above constants in Eq. (3) we obtain:
2 3 4
– 9 ( 96.36 ) ( 36 ) ( 15.45 ) ( 36 ) ( 0.39 ) ( 36 )
φ A = ( 848.82 ) ( 10 ) -------------------------------- + -------------------------------- + ----------------------------- = 0.2013 or φ A = 0.2013 rads
2 6 12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.63 A steel (Gs =12,000 ksi) and a bronze (GBr = 5,600 ksi) shaft are securely connected at B as
shown. Determine the maximum torsional shear stress in the shaft and rotation of section at B if the applied
torque T = 50 in-kips.
T
A Stee
l B
Bronze
C
2 ft 2 in
4 ft
Figure P5.63
Solution G AB = 12000 ksi G BC = 5600ksi T = 50in – k ips τ max =? φ B =?

------------------------------------------------------------
4 4
The polar moment of inertia for the shaft cross-section can be found as: J = ( π2 ) ⁄ 32 = 1.5708in
The following free body diagrams can be drawn with internal torques drawn as per our sign convention.
(a) T
TAB (b) TA A S
TA A Ste teel TBC
el B
Bronze
By moment equilibrium about the shaft axis we have the following equations.
T AB = T A T BC = T A – T (1)
The relative rotations of the ends of the each segment can be written as
T AB ( x B – x A ) T A ( 2 ) ( 12 )
φ B – φ A = ---------------------------------- - = 1.273 ( 10 –3 )T A
- = ---------------------------------------- (2)
G AB J ( 12000 ) ( 1.5708 )
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( T A – 50 ) ( 4 ) ( 12 )
φ C – φ B = --------------------------------- - = 5.456 ( 10 – 3 ) ( T A – T )
- = ------------------------------------------ (3)
G BC J ( 5600 ) ( 1.5708 )
Adding Eq’s(2) and (3) and noting that points A and C are built into the wall, hence φ C = 0 and φ A = 0
φ C – φ A = [ 1.273T A + 5.456 ( T A – T ) ] ( 10 –3 ) = 0 or
5.456
T A = -------------------------------------- T = ( 0.8108 ) ( 50 ) = 40.541in – kips
( 1.273 + 5.456 )
From Eq.(2) we obtain φ B = 1.273 ( 10 – 3 ) ( 40.541 ) = 51.608 ( 10 –3 )rads or φ B = 0.0516 rads CCW
From Eq.(1), we obtain T AB = 40.541 T BC = – 9.459in – kips
The magnitude of the maximum torsional shear stress will be in segment AB and can be found as
T AB ρ max
= (----------------------------
40.541 ) ( 1 )-
τ max = ----------------------- or τ max = 25.8 ksi
J 1.5708
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.64 A steel (Gs =12,000 ksi) and a bronze (GBr = 5,600 ksi) shaft are securely connected at B as
shown. Due to the torque T, the section at B rotates by an amount of 0.02 rads. Determine the maximum
torsional shear strain and the applied torque T.
T
A Stee
l B
Bronze
C
2 ft 2 in
4 ft
Figure P5.64
·
Solution φ B = 0.02 rads γ max = ? T =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The rate of twist in each segment can be found as shown below:
⎛ dφ φB – φA
------⎞ 0.02 – 0 – 3 rads
= ------------------- = ------------------- = 0.833 ( 10 ) ----------- (1)
⎝ dx⎠ AB xB – xA 24 in
⎛ dφ φC – φB
------⎞ - = 0
= ------------------ – 0.02- = – 0.4167 ( 10 – 3 ) rads
------------------ ----------- (2)
⎝ dx⎠ BC xC – xB 48 in
The maximum torsional shear strain will be in AB and can be found as shown
γ max = ρ max ⎛ ------⎞
dφ –3
= ( 1 ) ( 0.833 ) ( 10 ) or γ max = 833 μrads
⎝ dx⎠ AB
Substituting φ B = 0.02 and φ A = 0 in Eq.(2) in problem 5.53 we obtain
0.02
T A = ----------------------------- = 15.711 in – kips
–3
1.273 ( 10 )
Substituting φ B = 0.02 and φ C = 0 in Eq.(3) in problem 5.53 we obtain
– 0.02
( 15.711 – T ) = ----------------------------- or T = 19.377 in – kips T = 19.4 in-kips
–3
5.456 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.65 Two hollow aluminum (G = 10,000 ksi) shafts are securely fastened to a solid aluminum shaft and
loaded as shown. Point E is on the inner surface of the shaft. If T= 300 in-kips, Determine (a) the rotation
of section at C with respect to rotation the wall at A. (b) the shear strain at point E.
4 in 2 in A B C D
E
36 in
24 in 24 in
Figure P5.65
Solution G = 10000 ksi T = 300 in – k ips φC – φA = ? γE = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of cross - sections in various segments can be found as shown below
π 4 4 4
J AB = J CD = ------ ( 4 – 2 ) = 23.562 in (1)
32
π 4 4
J BC = ------ 4 = 25.133 in (2)
32
T TBC T TCD
(a) TAB (b) (c)
TA A
TA A B TA A B C
T AB = T A T BC = T A – T T CD = T A – T (3)
The relative rotation of the ends of each segment can be written as shown below
T AB ( x B – x A ) ( T A ) ( 24 )
φ B – φ A = ---------------------------------- - = 0.1019 ( 10 –3 )T A
- = ---------------------------------------- (4)
GJ AB ( 10000 ) ( 23.562 )
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( T A – T ) ( 36 )
φ C – φ B = --------------------------------- - = 0.1432 ( 10 – 3 ) ( T A – T )
- = ---------------------------------------- (5)
GJ BC ( 10000 ) ( 25.133 )
T CD ( x D – x C ) ( T A – T ) ( 24 )
φ D – φ C = ---------------------------------- - = 0.1019 ( 10 – 3 ) ( T A – T )
- = ---------------------------------------- (6)
GJ CD ( 10000 ) ( 23.562 )
Adding Eqs. (4),(5) and(6) and noting that points A and C are built into wall, hence φ D = 0 and φ A = 0
–3
φ D – φ A = [ 0.1019T A + 0.1432 ( T A – T ) + 0.1019 ( T A – T ) ] ( 10 ) = 0 or
( 0.1527 + 0.1019 )T
T A = -------------------------------------------------------------
- = 0.7064T = 211.93 (7)
0.1019 + 0.1432 + 0.1019
Substituting Eq.(7) into Eqs.(4) and (5) and adding, we obtain,
–3 –3
φ C – φ A = [ 0.1019 ( 211.93 ) + 0.1432 ( 211.93 – 300 ) ] ( 10 ) = 8.984 ( 10 ) φ C – φ A = 0.00898 rads CCW
From Eq.(3) and (7), we obtain: T CD = – 88.07 in – kips
T CD ρ E ( – 88.07 ) ( 1 )
The shear stress at point E is: τ E = ----------------
- = ----------------------------- = – 3.738 ksi
J CD 23.562
τ
The shear strain at point E is γ E = ----E- = –---------------
3.738 –3
- = – 0.3738 ( 10 ) γ E = – 374 μrads
G 10000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.66 Two hollow aluminum (G = 10,000 ksi) shafts are securely fastened to a solid aluminum shaft and
loaded as shown. Point E is on the inner surface of the shaft. If the torsional shear strain at point E is -250 μ,
determine the rotation of section C and the applied torque T that produced this shear strain.
4 in 2 in A B C D
E
36 in
24 in 24 in
Figure P5.66
Solution G = 10000 ksi γ E = – 250 μrads φC = ? T= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The rotation of the section at C can be found as show below
( φD – φC ) ( 0 – φC )
γ E = ρ E ⎛ ------⎞
dφ –6 –6
or γ E = ( – 250 ) ( 10 ) = ( 1 ) ------------------------ or ( – 250 ) ( 10 ) = ( 1 ) -------------------- or
⎝ dx⎠ CD xD – xC 24
–3
φ C = 6 ( 10 )rads or φ C = 0.006 rads CCW;
Substituting φ D = 0 and φ C = 0.006 in Eq.(6) of problem 5.55, we obtain
0.006
T A – T = – -------------------------------- = – 58.88 (8)
–3
0.1019 ( 10 )
From Eq. (7) in problem 5-55 we have
T A = 0.7064 T (9)
Substituting Eq.(3) into Eq.(2) we obtain: ( 0.7064 – 1 )T = – 58.88 or T = 200.5 in.-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.67 Two solid circular steel (Gs= 80 GPa) shafts and a solid circular bronze (Gbr = 40 GPa) are
securely connected by a coupling at C. A torque of T =100 kN-m is applied to the rigid wheel B as shown.
If the coupling plates cannot rotate relative to each other, determine the angle of rotation of the wheel B
due to the applied torque.

T = 10 kN-m
A B C D 100 mm
Steel Steel Bronze
5m 3m 4m
Figure P5.67
Solution G AB = G BC = 80 GPa G CD = 40 GPa T = 10 kN – m φ B =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of the cross-section can be found as shown below
π 4 –6 4
J = ------ ( 0.1 ) = 9.817 ( 10 ) m (1)
32
(a) TAB (b) T = 10 kN-m T = 10 kN-m
TBC (c) TCD
A TAA B TAA B C
TA Steel Steel Steel Steel Bronze
Steel
T AB = – T A T BC = T – T A T CD = T – T A (2)
The relative rotation of the ends of the each segment can be written as shown below.
T AB ( x B – x A ) TA ( 5 )
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 6.366 ( 10 – 6 )T A (3)
G AB J 9 –6
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 9.817 ) ( 10 )
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( T –TA ) ( 3 )
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 3.8199 ( 10 – 6 ) ( T – T A ) (4)
G BC J 9 –6
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 9.817 ) ( 10 )
T CD ( x D – x C ) ( T –TA ) ( 4 )
φ D – φ C = ----------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 10.1864 ( 10 –6 ) ( T – T A ) (5)
G CD J 9 –6
( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 9.817 ) ( 10 )
Adding Eqs. (3),(4) and (5) and noting that φ D = 0 and φ A = 0 we obtain the following.
–6
φ D – φ A = [ – 6.3661T A + 3.8199 ( T – T A ) + 10.1864 ( T – T A ) ] ( 10 ) = 0 or
( 3.8199 + 10.1864 )T
T A = ---------------------------------------------------------------------- = 0.6875T = 6.875 kN – m (6)
( 6.3661 + 3.8199 + 10.1864 )
–6 3 –3
From Eq.(3) we obtain: φ B = ( – 6.366 ) ( 10 ) ( 6.875 ) ( 10 ) = – 43.77 ( 10 ) φ B = 0.0438 rads CW
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.68 Two solid circular steel (Gs= 80 GPa) shafts and a solid circular bronze (Gbr = 40 GPa) are
securely connected by a coupling at C. A torque of T =10 kN-m is applied to the rigid wheel B as shown.If
the coupling plates can rotate relative to each other by 0.5o before engaging then what will be the angle of
rotation of the wheel B.
T = 10 kN-m
A B C D 100 mm
Steel Steel Bronze
5m 3m 4m
Figure P5.68
o
Solution G AB = G BC = 80 GPa G CD = 40 GPa T = 10 kN – m φ C – φ C = 0.5 [ φ B =?
2 1
------------------------------------------------------------
The coupling plate C1 will rotate clockwise relative to the coupling plate C 2 ,hence the relative rotation of
plate C 2 with respect to plate C 1 will be positive.We can write the following
0.5π –3
φ C – φ C = ----------- = 8.7267 ( 10 ) (1)
2 1 180
Eqs (3) and(4) and (5) of problem 5-57 can be rewritten as
φ B – φ A = 6.366 ( 10 – 6 )T A (2)
φ C1 – φ B = 3.8199 ( 10 – 6 ) ( T – T A ) (3)
φ D – φ C2 = 10.1864 ( 10 –6 ) ( T – T A ) (4)
Adding the above four equations and noting that φ D = 0 and φ A = 0 , we obtain
–6 3
φ D – φ A = [ – 6.3661T A + 3.8199 ( T – T A ) + 10.1864 ( T – T A ) ] ( 10 ) + 8.7267 ( 10 ) = 0 or
3
( 3.8199 + 10.1864 )T + 8.7267 ( 10 )
T A = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (5)
( 6.3661 + 3.8199 + 10.1864 )
3 3 3 3
Substituting T = 10 ( 10 ) N – m in Eq.(5) T A = ( 0.6875 ) ( 10 ) ( 10 ) + ( 0.4283 ) ( 10 ) = 7.303 ( 10 ) N – m
From Eq. (2) we obtain,
–6 3 –3
φ B = ( – 6.366 ) ( 10 ) ( 7.303 ) ( 10 ) = – 46.497 ( 10 ) rads φ B = – 0.0465 rads CW
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.69 A solid steel (G = 80 GPa) is securely fastened to a solid bronze (G = 40 GPa) shaft that is 2 m
long as shown. If T = 10 kN-m in Figure P5.69 , determine (a) the magnitude of maximum torsional
shear stress in the shaft. (b) the rotation of section at 1 m from the left wall.
T
120 mm
A
Bronze
B Steel
80 mm
2m
1m
Figure P5.69
Solution G AB = 40GPa G BC = 80 GPa T = 10 kN – m τ max =? φ 1 =?
------------------------------------------------------------
π 4 –6 4
J AB = ------ ( 0.12 ) = 20.358 ( 10 ) m (1)
32
π 4 –6 4
J BC = ------ ( 0.08 ) = 4.021 ( 10 ) m (2)
32
The following free body diagrams can be drawn. The internal torques are drawn as per our sign conven-
tion.
T
(a) TAB (b)
TA A TA A TBC
Bronze Bronze
B Steel
T AB = T A T BC = T A – T (3)
The relative rotation of the ends of the each segment can be written as shown below,
T AB ( x B – x A ) TA ( 2 )
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 2.456 ( 10 –6 )T A (4)
G AB J AB 9 –6
( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 20.358 ) ( 10 )
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( T –TA ) ( 1 )
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 3.109 ( 10 – 6 ) ( T A – T ) (5)
G BC J BC 9 –6
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 4.021 ) ( 10 )
Adding Equations(4) and (5) and noting that φ C = 0 and φ A = 0 we obtain the following.
–6
φ C – φ A = [ 2.456T A + 3.109 ( T A – T ) ] ( 10 ) = 0 or
3.109T 3
T A = --------------------------------- = 0.5586T = 5.586 ( 10 )N – m (6)
2.456 + 3.109
3 3
From Eq.(3) T AB = 5.586 ( 10 )N – m T BC = ( – 4.413 ( 10 ) )N – m
The maximum torsional shear stress in each segment can be found as shown below
T AB ( ρ AB ) max ( 5.586 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 )
3
6 N
( τ AB ) max = ----------------------------------- = ----------------------------------------------- = 16.46 ( 10 ) -------
J AB – 6 2
20.358 ( 10 ) m
T BC ( ρ BC ) max ( – 4.413 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.04 )
3
6 N
( τ BC ) max = ----------------------------------
- = --------------------------------------------------- = – 43.9 ( 10 ) -------
J BC –6 2
4.021 ( 10 ) m
The maximum torsional shear stress is τ max = 43.9 MPa
The rotation at 1m from the wall of A can be found as shown below,
T AB ( x 1 – x A ) ( 5.586 ) ( 10 ) ( 1 )
3
φ 1 – φ A = ---------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 6.86 ( 10 –3 ) rads
G AB J AB 9 –6
( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 20.358 ) ( 10 )
Noting φ A = 0 ,we obtain φ 1 = 0.0069 rads CCW
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.70 A solid steel (G = 80 GPa) is securely fastened to a solid bronze (G = 40 GPa) shaft that is 2 m
long as shown. If the section at B rotates by 0.05 rads, determine (a) the maximum torsional shear strain in
the shaft. (b) the applied torque T.
T
120 mm
A
Bronze
B Steel
80 mm
2m
1m
Figure P5.70
Solution G AB = 80GPa G BC = 40 GPa φ B = 0.05 rads τ max = ? T= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The rate of twist in the segment AB and BC can be found as
⎛ dφ φB – φA φC – φB
------⎞ ⎛ dφ
------⎞
rads – 0.05- = – 0.05 rads
- = 0.05
= ------------------ ---------- = 0.025 ----------- and - = 0
= ------------------ ------------------ -----------
⎝ dx⎠ AB xB – xA 2 m ⎝ dx⎠ BC xC – xB 1 m
The maximum torsional shear strain in each segment can be found as:
( γ AB ) max = ( ρ AB ) max ⎛ ------⎞
dφ –3
= ( 0.06 ) ( 0.025 ) = 1.5 ( 10 )
⎝ dx⎠ AB
( γ BC ) max = ( ρ BC ) max ⎛ ------⎞

dφ –3
= ( 0.04 ) ( – 0.05 ) = – 2.0 ( 10 )
⎝ dx⎠ BC
The maximum torsional shear strain is, γ max = – 2000 μ rads
Substituting φ B = 0.05 and φ A = 0 in Eqs. (4) in problem (5.59) we obtain
0.05 3
T A = ----------------------------- = 20.36 ( 10 )N – m
–6
2.456 ( 10 )
From Eq.(6) of problem (5-59),we obtain,
3
TA 20.36 ( 10 ) 3
- = --------------------------- = 36.44 ( 10 )N – m
T = --------------- T = 36.44 kN-m
0.5586 0.5586
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.71 Two shafts with shear modulus G1 = G and G2 = 2G are securely fastened at section B. In terms of
T, L, G, and d, determine the magnitude maximum torsional shear stress in the shaft and the rotation of sec-
tion at B.
T
A G1=G
B
G2 = 2G
C
d
L
2.5 L
Figure P5.71
Solution τmax = f(T, L, G, d) =? φB = g(T, L, G, d) =?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) T
TAB (b)
TA A Ste TBC
TA A G el B
1 =G
G2 = 2
G
By moment equilibrium about the shaft axis we have the following equations
T AB = T A T BC = T A – T (1)
The relative rotations of each segment can be written as shown below.
T AB ( x B – x A ) TA ( L )
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = ---------------
- (2)
G AB J GJ
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( T A – T ) ( 2.5L ) 1.25
φ C – φ B = --------------------------------- - = ---------- ( T A – T )L
- = ------------------------------------- (3)
G BC J 2GJ GJ
Adding Eq’s(2) and (3) and noting that φC=0 and φA=0, we obtain the following
L 1.25 5
φ C – φ A = ------- [ T A + 1.25 ( T A – T ) ] = 0 or T A = ------------------- T = --- T (4)
GJ 1.25 + 1 9
5TL TL
From Eq.(2) we obtain φ B = ----------- CCW φ B = 5.659 ---------- CCW
4
9GJ Gd
Substituting Eq.(3) into Eq.(1), we obtain
5 4
T AB = --- T T BC = – --- T (5)
9 9
The maximum torsional shear stress will be in segment AB and can be found as shown below
( 5T ⁄ 9 ) ( d ⁄ 2 ) 80 T T
τ max = ---------------------------------- = ------ ----- τ max = 2.83 -----
3 9π 3 3
( πd ⁄ 32 ) d d
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.72 A uniform distributed torque of q in-lb/in is applied to the entire shaft as shown. In addition to the
.
distributed torque a concentrated torque of T=3 q L in-lb is applied at section B. Let the shear modulus be
G and radius of the shaft be r. Determine in terms of q, L, G, and r: (a) the rotation of section at B. (b) the
magnitude maximum torsional shear stress in the shaft.
3qL in-lb
q in-lb/in q in-lb/in
A B C
L 2L
Figure P5.72
Solution τmax = f(q, L, G, r) =? φB = g(q, L, G, r) =?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) q in-lb/in TAB 3qL in-lb
(b) q in-lb/in q in-lb/in TBC
TA
TA
B
T AB + qx – T A = 0 or T AB = T A – qx (1)
T BC + qx – T A – 3qL = 0 or T BC = T A – qx + 3qL (2)
T AB ( T A – qx )
The rate of twist of segment AB can be written as: ⎛⎝ ------⎞⎠
dφ
= ---------- = ------------------------ dx
dx AB GJ GJ
φB xB = L
( T A – qx )
Integrating from xAto xB we obtain ∫ dφ = ∫ ------------------------ dx or
GJ
φA xB = 0
L
φ B – φ A = ------- ⎛ T A x – --- x ⎞ = ------- ⎛ T A L – --- L ⎞
1 q 2 1 q 2
(3)
GJ ⎝ 2 ⎠ GJ ⎝ 2 ⎠
0
T BC ( T A – qx + 3qL )
Similarly, the rate of twist of segment BC can be written as ⎛⎝ ------⎞⎠
dφ
- = ----------------------------------------- dx
= ---------
dx BC GJ GJ
φC x C = 3L
( T A – qx + 3qL )
Integrating from xB to xC we obtain ∫ dφ = ∫ ----------------------------------------- dx or
GJ
φB xB = L
3L
φ c – φ B = ------- ⎛ T A x – --- x + 3qLx⎞
1 q 2 1 2
= ------- ( 2T A L + 2qL ) (4)
GJ ⎝ 2 ⎠ GJ
L
Adding Eqs. (3) and (4) and noting that φC=0 and φA=0, we obtain
φ C – φ A = ------- ⎛ T A L – --- L + 2T A L + 2qL ⎞ = 0

L q 2 2 L
or T A = – q --- (5)
GJ ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2
2 4
From Eq. (3) we obtain φ B = ------- ⎛⎝ – --- L – --- L ⎞⎠ = ------------------------
1 q 2 q 2 – qL 2qL
or φ B = ------------- CW
GJ 2 2 4 4
G ( πr ⁄ 2 ) πGr
From Eq.(1)and (2), we obtain
T AB = – --- ⎛ x + L
---⎞ T BC = q ⎛ --- L – x⎞
q 5
(6)
2⎝ 2⎠ ⎝2 ⎠
The maximum value of TAB and TBC is at x = L
3 3
( T AB ) max = – --- qL ( T BC ) max = --- qL (7)
2 2
The maximum torsional shear stress will be just after B and can be found as shown below
⎛ 3--- qL⎞ r
( T BC ) max ( ρ BC ) max ⎝2 ⎠ 3qL
τ max = ------------------------------------------------- = -------------------- τ max = ----------
J BC 4 3
( πr ⁄ 2 ) πr
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.73 A steel shaft (Gst = 80 GPa) and a bronze shaft (Gbr = 40 GPa) are securely connected at B, as
shown in Figure P5.73. The magnitude of maximum torsional shear stresses in steel and bronze are to be
limited to 160 MPa and 60 MPa, respectively. Determine the maximum allowable torque T to the nearest
N · m that can act on the shaft.
T
120 mm
A
Bronze
B Steel
80 mm
2m
1m
Figure P5.73
Solution G AB = 40GPa G BC = 80 GPa ( τ AB ) max ≤ 60 MPa ( τ BC ) max ≤ 160 MPa Text=?

------------------------------------------------------------
π 4 –6 4
J AB = ------ ( 0.12 ) = 20.358 ( 10 ) m (1)
32
π 4 –6 4
J BC = ------ ( 0.08 ) = 4.021 ( 10 ) m (2)
32
tion.
T
(a) TAB (b)
TA A TA A TBC
Bronze Bronze
B Steel
T AB = T A T BC = T A – T (3)
T AB ( x B – x A ) TA ( 2 )
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 2.456 ( 10 –6 )T A (4)
G AB J AB 9 –6
( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 20.358 ) ( 10 )
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( T –TA ) ( 1 )
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 3.109 ( 10 – 6 ) ( T A – T ) (5)
G BC J BC 9 –6
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 4.021 ) ( 10 )
Adding Equations(4) and (5) and noting that φ C = 0 and φ A = 0 we obtain the following.
–6
φ C – φ A = [ 2.456T A + 3.109 ( T A – T ) ] ( 10 ) = 0 or
3.109T
T A = --------------------------------- = 0.5586T (6)
2.456 + 3.109
From Eq.(3) T AB = 0.5586T T BC = – 0.4414T
The magnitude of maximum torsional shear stress in each material must be less then the allowable value.
T AB ( ρ AB ) max ( 0.5586T ) ( 0.06 ) 6
( τ AB ) max = ----------------------------------- = ----------------------------------------- ≤ 60 ( 10 ) or T ≤ 36444.6 N-m
–6
J AB 20.358 ( 10 )
T BC ( ρ BC ) max ( 0.4414T ) ( 0.04 -) 6
( τ BC ) max = ----------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------- ≤ 160 ( 10 ) or T ≤ 36438.6 N-m
–6
J BC 4.021 ( 10 )
Thus, the maximum torque to the nearest N.m is: T max = 36438 N-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.74 A steel (Gs = 80 GPa) and a bronze (GBr = 40 GPa) shaft are securely connected at B as shown.
The maximum torsional shear stresses in steel and bronze are to be limited to 160 MPa and 60 MPa,
respectively and the rotation of section B is limited to 0.05 rads. (a) Determine the maximum allowable
torque T to the nearest kN-m that can act on shaft in Figure P5.74 if the diameter of the shaft is
d = 100 mm. (b) What is the maximum torsional shear stress and maximum rotation in the shaft corre-
sponding to the answer in part (a).
T
A Steel
B
Bronze
C
1.5 m d
3m
Figure P5.74
Solution GAB = 80 GPa GBC = 40 GPa ( τ AB ) max ≤ 160 MPa ( τ BC ) max ≤ 60 MPa
φ B ≤ 0.05 rads d = 100 mm Tmax =? nearest kN τmax = ? φB =?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) TAB T
(b)
TA A Ste TA A Ste TBC
el el B
Bronze
T AB = T A T BC = T A – T (1)
The relative rotation of the ends of each segment can be written as shown below.
T AB ( x B – x A ) 1.5T A
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = ---------------------
- (2)
G AB J 9
80 ( 10 )J
T BC ( x C – x B ) 3 ( TA – T )
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = ------------------------
- (3)
G BC J 9
40 ( 10 )J
Adding Eq’s. (2) and (3) and noting that φC=0 and φA=0, we obtain the following
1 1.5
φ C – φ A = ---------------------- ------- T + 3 ( T A – T ) = 0 or
9
40 ( 10 )J 2 A
3
T A = ------------------- T = 0.8T (4)
0.75 + 3
The polar moment of cross - section can be found as
π 4 –6 4
J = ------ ( 0.1 ) = 9.817 ( 10 ) m (5)
32
Substituting Eq.(4) and Eq.(5) into Eq.(2) we obtain
( 1.5 ) ( 0.8T ) –6
φ B = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 1.528T ( 10 ) ≤ 0.05 or (6)
9 –6
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 9.817 ) ( 10 )
3
T ≤ 32.72 ( 10 ) N – m (7)
Substituting Eq.(4) into Eq.(1) we obtain
T AB = 0.8T T BC = – 0.2T (8)
The magnitude of the maximum torsional shear stress in each segment can be written as
( 0.8T ) ( 0.05 ) = 3 6
( τ AB ) max = -------------------------------
- 4.074 ( 10 )T ≤ 160 ( 10 ) or (9)
–6
9.817 ( 10 )
3
T ≤ 39.27 ( 10 ) N – m (10)
( 0.2T ) ( 0.05 ) 3 6
( τ BC ) max = -------------------------------- = 1.018 ( 10 )T ≤ 60 ( 10 ) or (11)
–6
9.817 ( 10 )
3
T ≤ 58.90 ( 10 ) N – m (12)
The maximum value of T that meets all the requirements of Eqs.(7),(10) and (12) is T = 32.72 (103) N-
m.To the nearest kN the maximum value is T max = 32 kN-m
–3
Substituting T = 32 kN-m into Eq. (6) we obtain: φ B = 48.896 ( 10 ) rads φ B = 0.048 rads CCW
Substituting T = 32 kN-m into Eqs. (9) and (11) we obtain the following:
6 2 6 2
( τ AB ) max = 130.37 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m and ( τ BC ) max = 32.6 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m
The maximum torsional shear stress is in steel and has a value: τ max = 130.4 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.75 A steel (Gs = 80 GPa) and a bronze (GBr = 40 GPa) shaft are securely connected at B as shown in
Figure P5.75. The maximum torsional shear stresses in steel and bronze are to be limited to 160 MPa and
60 MPa, respectively and the rotation of section B is limited to 0.05 rads. Determine the minimum diame-
ter ‘d’ of the shaft to the nearest millimeter, if the applied torque T = 20 kN-m. What is the maximum tor-
sional shear stress and maximum rotation in the shaft corresponding to the answer in part (a).
T
A Steel
B
Bronze
C
d
1.5 m
3m
Figure P5.75
Solution GAB = 80 GPa GBC = 40 GPa ( τ AB ) max ≤ 160 MPa

( τ BC ) max ≤ 60 MPa φ B ≤ 0.05 rads T = 20 kN-m
dmin =? nearest mm T =? nearest kN τmax = ? φB =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eq.(4) in problem 5-65
T A = 0.8T = 16 kN – m (1)
From Eq.(2) in problem 5-65
3
( 1.5 ) ( 16 ) ( 10 ) 3.056 –6
φ B = ------------------------------------- = ------------- ( 10 ) ≤ 0.05 or (2)
9 π 4 4
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ------ d d
32
–3
d ≥ 88.417 ( 10 ) m (3)
Substituting T = 16 k N-m in Eq.(1) of problem 5-65
T AB = 16 kN – m T BC = 4kN – m (4)
The magnitude of the maximum torsional shear stress in each segment can be written as
( 16 ) ( 10 ) ⎛ ---⎞
3 d
⎝ 2⎠ 81.487 ( 10 )
3
6
( τ AB ) max = --------------------------------- = ------------------------------ ≤ 160 ( 10 ) or (5)
4 3
( πd ⁄ 32 ) d
–3
d ≥ 79.86 ( 10 ) m (6)
( 4 ) ( 10 ) ⎛ ---⎞
3 d
⎝ 2⎠ 20.37 ( 10 )
3
6
( τ BC ) max = ------------------------------ = --------------------------- ≤ 60 ( 10 ) or (7)
4 3
( πd ⁄ 32 ) d
–3
d ≥ 69.76 ( 10 ) m (8)
The minimum value of d that meets all the requirements of Eqs (3),(6) and (8) is d = 88.417 mm.To the
nearest mm the minimum value is d min = 89 mm
–6
( 10 )
Substituting d = 0.08 m into Eq.(2) we obtain: φ B = 3.056
–3
----------------------------- = 48.71 ( 10 ) or
4
( 0.089 )
φ B = 0.0487 rads CCW
Substituting d = 0.089 m in Eqs. (5) and (8), we obtain the following.
6 2 6 2
( τ AB ) max = 115.6 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m and ( τ BC ) max = 39.8 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m
The maximum torsional shear stress is in steel and has a value: τ max = 116 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.76 The solid steel shaft shown in Figure P5.76 has a shear modulus of elasticity of G = 80 GPa and a
allowable torsional shear stress of 60 MPa. The allowable rotation of any section is 0.03 rads. The applied
torques on shaft are T1 = 10 kN-m and T2 = 25 kN-m. Determine (a) the minimum diameter ‘d’ of the
shaft to the nearest millimeter. (b) the maximum torsional shear stress in the shaft and the maximum rota-
tion of any section.
T1 T2 d
A B C D
1m 1.5 m 2.5 m
Figure P5.76
SolutionG = 80 GPa τ max ≤ 60 MPa φ max ≤ 0.03 rads T1 = 10 kN-m
T2 = 25 kN-m dmin =? nearest mm τmax = ? φmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
tion.
TAB T1 T1 T2
(a) (b) TBC (c) TCD
TA
TA TA
A
A B A B C
T AB = T A T BC = T A + T 1 T CD = T A + T 1 – T 2 (1)
The relative rotation of the ends of each segment can be written as shown below.
T AB ( x B – x A ) ( 1 )T
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = --------------A- (2)
GJ GJ
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( T A + T 1 ) ( 1.5 )
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------
- (3)
GJ GJ
T CD ( x D – x C ) ( T A + T 1 – T 2 ) ( 2.5 )
φ D – φ C = ----------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------- (4)
GJ GJ
Adding Eq’s(2), (3)and (4) and noting that φA=0 and φD=0, we obtain
1 2.5T 2 – 4T 1
φ D – φ A = ------- [ T A + 1.5 ( T A + T 1 ) + 2.5 ( T A + T 1 – T 2 ) ] = 0 or T A = ----------------------------- = 0.5T 2 – 0.8T 1
GJ 5
(5)
From Eq. (1) we obtain
T AB = 0.5T 2 – 0.8T 1 (6)
T BC = 0.5T 2 + 0.2T 1 (7)
T CD = – 0.5 T 2 + 0.2T 1 (8)
Substituting T1 = 10 kN-m and T2 = 25kN-m we obtain
T AB = 4.5 kN – m T BC = 14.5 kN – m T CD = – 10.5 kN – m
From the values of the internal torques, we conclude that maximum torsional shear stress will be in the sig-
net BC and the maximum rotation will be of the cross-section at C
Substituting φD = 0 and φC = φmax in Eq.(4) we obtain
3
( – 10.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 2.5 ) – 3.342 –6 3.342 –6
– φ C = --------------------------------------------- = ---------------- ( 10 ) or φ max = ------------- ( 10 ) ≤ 0.03 or (9)
9 π 4 4 4
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ------ d d d
32
d ≥ 0.1027 m (10)
The magnitude of the maximum torsional shear stress in segment BC can be written as
( 14.5 ) ( 10 ) ⎛ ---⎞
3 d
⎝ 2⎠ 73.847 ( 10 )
3
6
τ max = -------------------------------------- = ------------------------------ ≤ 60 ( 10 ) or (11)
π 4 d
3
------ d
32
d ≥ 0.1072 m (12)
The minimum value of d that meets all the requirements of Eqs (10) and (12) is d = 107.2mm.The nearest
mm that meets the requirement is d min = 108 mm;
Substituting d = 0.108 m in Eqs (9) and (10), we obtain the following.
φ max = 0.0246 rads φ B = 0.025 rads CCW;
6 2
τ max = 58.62 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m τ max = 58.62 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.77 The solid steel shaft shown has a shear modulus of elasticity of G = 80 GPa and a allowable tor-
sional shear stress of 60 MPa. The allowable rotation of any section is 0.03 rads.The diameter of the shaft
is d = 80 mm. Determine the maximum values of the torques T1 and T2 that can be applied to the shaft.
T1 T2 d
A B C D
1m 1.5 m 2.5 m
Figure P5.77
Solution G = 80 GPa τ max ≤ 60 MPa φ max ≤ 0.03 rads d = 80 mm
T1 =? T2 =? nearest kN-m
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of cross - section can be found as
π 4 –6 4
J = ------ ( 0.08 ) = 4.021 ( 10 ) m (1)
32
From Eqs. (6),(7) and (8) in problem 5-67, it is clear that for positive values of T1 and T2 the maximum
internal torque will be in the segment BC. Hence the maximum torsional shear stress will be in segment
BC and can be written as shown below.
( 0.5T 2 + 0.2T 1 ) ( 0.04 ) 6 3
τ max = ------------------------------------------------------
- = 60 ( 10 ) or 0.5T 2 + 0.2T 1 = 6.032 ( 10 ) N – m (2)
–6
4.021 ( 10 )
The rotation of her section at B and C can be written as shown below using Eqs (6) and (8) and noting that
φA=0 and φD=0, we obtain
T AB ( 1 ) –6
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------------------------------- or φ B = ( 0.5T 2 – 0.8T 1 ) ( 3.109 ) ( 10 ) (3)
9 –6
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 4.021 ) ( 10 )
T CD ( 2.5 ) –6
φ D – φ C = ----------------------------------------------------------- or φ C = – ( 0.2T 1 – 0.5 T 2 ) ( 7.772 ) ( 10 ) (4)
9 –6
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 4.021 ) ( 10 )
Assuming φB is greater in magnitude than φC, and φB is clockwise, we obtain
–6 3
( 0.5T 2 – 0.8T 1 ) ( 3.109 ) ( 10 ) = – 0.03 or 0.5T 2 – 0.8T 1 = – 9.649 ( 10 ) (5)
3 3
T 1 = 15.68 ( 10 ) N – m and T 2 = 5.792 ( 10 ) N – m (6)
Substituting Eq.(6) into Eq. (4), we obtain φC = 0.0019, which is less than 0.03, Hence our assumption that
φB is greater in magnitude is correct, rounding downwards to the nearest kN, we obtain the maximum val-
ues of the torques T 1 = 15 kN-m and T 2 = 5.0 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.78 An aluminum tube and a copper tube are securely fastened to two rigid bars as shown. The bars
force the tubes to rotate by equal angles. The tubes are 5 mm thick and 1.5 m long. The mean diameters of
the aluminum tube and copper tube are 125 mm and 50 mm, respectively. The shear modulus for alumi-
num and copper are Gal = 28 GPa and Gcu = 40 GPa, respectively.Under the action of the applied couple
the section B of the two tubes rotate by an angle of 0.03 rads. Determine (a) the magnitude maximum tor-
sional shear stress in aluminum and copper. (b) the magnitude of the couple that produced the given rota-
tion.
aluminum
F
A
copper
Figure P5.78
Solution t = 5 mm d al = 125 mm d cu = 50 mm L = 1.5 m G al = 28 GPa
G cu = 40 GPa φ 1 = 0.03 rads ( τ al ) max =? ( τ cu ) max =? T = Fd =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of cross - section of each material can be found as shown below
π 4 4 –6 4
J al = ------ [ ( 0.130 ) – ( 0.120 ) ] = 7.6820 ( 10 ) m (1)
32
π 4 4 –6 4
J cu = ------ [ ( 0.055 ) – ( 0.045 ) ] = 0.4958 ( 10 ) m (2)
32
Tal and Tcu represents the internal torque on each material cross section. By equilibrium we have
T al + T cu = T (3)
T al ( x B – x A ) T al ( 1.5 )
( φ B ) al – ( φ A ) al = -------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 6.973 ( 10 –6 )T al (4)
G al J al 9 –6
( 28 ) ( 10 ) ( 7.682 ) ( 10 )
T cu ( x C – x B ) T cu ( 1.5 )
( φ B ) cu – ( φ A ) cu = -------------------------------- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 75.63 ( 10 – 6 )T cu (5)
G cu J cu 9 –6
( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.4958 ) ( 10 )
For both materials, φ A is zero and φ B = 0.03 .From Eqs. (4) and (5) we obtain the following,
0.03 3
T al = ----------------------------- = 4.302 ( 10 ) N – m (6)
–6
6.973 ( 10 )
0.03 3
T cu = ----------------------------- = 0.397 ( 10 ) N – m (7)
–6
75.63 ( 10 )
Substituting Eq (6) and(7) into Eq.(3) we obtain
3 3
T = ( 4.302 + 0.397 ) ( 10 ) = 4.699 ( 10 ) N – m (8)
T = 4.699 kN-m
The maximum torsional shear stress in each material can be found as shown below
T al ( ρ al ) max ( 4.302 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.065 )
3
6 2
( τ al ) max = ----------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------- = 36.4 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (9)
J al – 6
7.682 ( 10 )
( τ al ) max = 36.4 MPa
T cu ( ρ cu ) max ( 0.397 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.0275 )

3
6 2
( τ cu ) max = ------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------- = 22.0 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (10)
J cu –6
0.4958 ( 10 )
( τ cu ) max = 22.0 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.79 Solve Problem 5.78 using Equations (5.18a) and (5.18b).
Solution t = 5 mm d al = 125 mm d cu = 50 mm L = 1.5 m φ 1 = 0.03 rads
G al = 28 GPa G cu = 40 GPa ( τ al ) max =? ( τ cu ) max =? T = Fd =?
------------------------------------------------------------
π 4 4 –6 4
J al = ------ [ ( 0.130 ) – ( 0.120 ) ] = 7.6820 ( 10 ) m (1)
32
π 4 4 –6 4
J cu = ------ [ ( 0.055 ) – ( 0.045 ) ] = 0.4958 ( 10 ) m (2)
32
The torsional rigidity of the cross section is
9 –6 9 –6 3 2
ΣG j J j = ( 28 ) ( 10 )7.6820 ( 10 ) + ( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.4958 ) ( 10 ) = 234.93 ( 10 ) N – m (3)
The relative rotation of the ends of the shaft can be written as
T AB ( x B – x A ) T ( 1.5 ) 3
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = ------------------------------ = 0.03 or T = 4.669 ( 10 ) N – m T = 4.7 kN-m
ΣG j J j 234.93 ( 10 )
3
The torsional shear stress at any point on the cross section can be found as shown below
T AB ρ 4.669 ( 10 )
3
τ xθ = G i -------------- = ------------------------------ G i ρ = 0.02G i ρ (4)
ΣG j J j 234.93 ( 10 )
3
The maximum torsional shear stress in copper will be at ρ = ( d cu ⁄ 2 + t ⁄ 2 ) = 0.0275 m . We obtain:

9 6 2
( τ cu ) max = ( 0.02 ) ( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.0275 ) = 22 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m ( τ cu ) max = 22 MPa
The maximum torsional shear stress in aluminum will be at ρ = ( d al ⁄ 2 + t ⁄ 2 ) = 0.065 m . We obtain:

9 6 2
( τ al ) max = ( 0.02 ) ( 28 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.065 ) = 36.4 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m ( τ al ) max = 36.4 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.80 An aluminum tube and a copper tube are securely fastened to two rigid bars as shown. The bars
force the tubes to rotate by equal angles. The tubes are 5 mm thick and 1.5 m long. The mean diameters of
the aluminum tube and copper tube are 125 mm and 50 mm, respectively. The shear modulus for alumi-
num and copper are Gal = 28 GPa and Gcu = 40 GPa, respectively.The applied couple on the tubes shown is
10 kN-m. Determine (a) the magnitude maximum torsional shear stress in aluminum and copper. (b) the
rotation of section at B.
aluminum
F
A
copper
Figure P5.80
G cu = 40 GPa T = Fd = 10kN – m ( τ al ) max =? ( τ cu ) max =? φ B =?
------------------------------------------------------------
π 4 4 –6 4
J al = ------ [ ( 0.130 ) – ( 0.120 ) ] = 7.6820 ( 10 ) m (1)
32
π 4 4 –6 4
J cu = ------ [ ( 0.055 ) – ( 0.045 ) ] = 0.4958 ( 10 ) m (2)
32
T al ( x B – x A ) T al ( 1.5 )
( φ B ) al – ( φ A ) al = -------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 6.973 ( 10 –6 )T al (3)
G al J al 9 –6
( 28 ) ( 10 ) ( 7.682 ) ( 10 )
T cu ( x C – x B ) T cu ( 1.5 )
( φ B ) cu – ( φ A ) cu = -------------------------------- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 75.63 ( 10 – 6 )T cu (4)
G cu J cu 9 –6
( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.4958 ) ( 10 )
As φAis zero for both material and φB is same for both material, we can equate Eq.(3) and Eq.(4) to obtain
–6 –6
6.973 ( 10 )T al = 75.63 ( 10 )T cu or
T al = 10.846T cu (5)
By equilibrium we have
3
T al + T cu = 10 ( 10 ) N – m (6)
Substituting Eq.(5) into Eq.(6) we obtain
3
( 10.846 + 1 )T cu = 10 ( 10 ) (7)
3
T cu = 0.8442 ( 10 ) N – m (8)
3
T al = 9.1558 ( 10 ) N – m (9)
We obtain:
–6 –6 –3
φ B = ( 6.973 ) ( 10 ) ( 9.1558 ) ( 10 ) = 63.85 ( 10 ) (10)
The maximum torsional shear stress in each material can be found as shown below
3
( 9.1558 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.065 ) 6 2
( τ al ) max = ----------------------------------------------------- = 77.47 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (11)
–6
7.682 ( 10 )
( τ al ) max = 77.5 MPa
3
( 0.8442 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.065 ) 6 2
( τ cu ) max = ----------------------------------------------------- = 46.8 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (12)
–6
0.4958 ( 10 )
( τ cu ) max = 46.8 MPa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G cu = 40 GPa T = Fd = 10kN – m ( τ al ) max =? ( τ cu ) max =? φ B =?
------------------------------------------------------------
π 4 4 –6 4
J al = ------ [ ( 0.130 ) – ( 0.120 ) ] = 7.6820 ( 10 ) m (1)
32
π 4 4 –6 4
J cu = ------ [ ( 0.055 ) – ( 0.045 ) ] = 0.4958 ( 10 ) m (2)
32
The torsional rigidity of the cross section is
9 –6 9 –6 3 2
ΣG j J j = ( 28 ) ( 10 )7.6820 ( 10 ) + ( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.4958 ) ( 10 ) = 234.93 ( 10 ) N – m (3)
T AB ( x B – x A ) 3
( 10 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.5 ) –3
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------- = 63.85 ( 10 )
ΣG j J j 234.93 ( 10 )
3
Noting that φA=0, we obtain φ B = 0.0639 rads CCW;

The torsional shear stress at any point on the cross section can be found as shown below
T AB ρ ( 10 ) ( 10 )
3
τ xθ = G i -------------- = ------------------------------ G i ρ = 0.0426G i ρ (4)
ΣG j J j 234.93 ( 10 )
3
The maximum torsional shear stress in copper will be at ρ = ( d cu ⁄ 2 + t ) = 0.03 m . We obtain:

9 6 N
( τ cu ) max = ( 0.0426 ) ( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.0275 ) = 46.86 ( 10 ) ------- (5)
2
m
( τ cu ) max = 46.9 MPa
The maximum torsional shear stress in aluminum will be at ρ = ( d al ⁄ 2 + t ) = 0.0675 m . We obtain:
9 6 N
( τ al ) max = ( 0.0426 ) ( 28 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.065 ) = 77.53 ( 10 ) ------- (6)
2
m
( τ al ) max = 77.5 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.82 Solve Example 5.14 using Equations (5.18a) and (5.18b).
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We can find the polar moments and torsional rigidities as shown below:
π 4 –6 4 π 4 4 –6 4
J S = ------ ( 0.08 ) = 4.02 ( 10 ) m J Br = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.08 ) = 16.33 ( 10 ) m (1)
32 32
3 2 3 2
G S J S = 321.6 ( 10 ) N ⋅ m G Br J Br = 653.2 ( 10 ) N ⋅ m (2)
2
∑ Gj Jj
3 2
= G S J S + G Br J Br = 974.8 ( 10 ) N ⋅ m (3)
j=1
The internal torque in AB is
T AB = 75 kN – m (4)
We can find the relative rotation of section B with respect to section at A.
2 3
( 75 ) ( 10 ) ( 2 )
φ B – φ A = T AB ( x B – x A ) ⁄ ∑ G j J j = -------------------------------- = 0.1538 rad
974.8 ( 10 )
3
(5)
j=1
φ B – φ A = 0.1538 rads
We can find the shear stress at any point on the imaginary cross-section in AB as shown below:
3
2 G i ρ ( 75 ) ( 10 )
∑
–3
τ i = ( G i ρT AB ) ⁄ - = ( 76.9 ) ( 10 )G i ρ
G j J j = --------------------------------- (6)
3
974.8 ( 10 )
j=1
In AB, shear stress in steel (τs) will be maximum at ρ = 0.04 and the shear stress in bronze (τBr) will be
maximum will at ρ = 0.06. Substituting the values of G and ρ, the maximum shear stress in each material
in section AB can be found as shown below:
–3 9 6
( τ Br )max = ( 76.9 ) ( 10 ) ( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) = 184.6 ( 10 )
–3 9 6
( τ s ) max = ( 76.9 ) ( 10 ) ( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.04 ) = 246.2 ( 10 )
We see that the maximum shear stress is: τ max = 246.2 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.83 The composite shaft shown in Figure P5.83 is constructed from aluminum (Gal = 4000 ksi), bronze
(Gbr = 6000 ksi), and steel (Gst = 12,000 ksi). Determine (a) the rotation of the free end with respect to the
wall. (b) the maximum torsional shear stress in each material.
30 in-kips
A
B 1 in 1
.5 in
2 in
25 in
ches
Aluminum
Bronze
Steel
Figure P5.83
Solution Gal = 4000 ksi Gbr = 6000 ksi Gst = 12,000 ksi
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of each material cross - section can be found as shown below.
π 4 4 4 π 4 4 4 π 4 4
J s = ------ ( 2 – 1.5 ) = 1.0738 in J br = ------ ( 1.5 – 1 ) = 0.3988 in J al = ------ ( 1 ) = 0.0982 in (1)
32 32 32
The relative rotation of B with respect to A for each material can be written as:
T al ( x B – x A ) T al ( 25 )
( φ B ) al – ( φ A ) al = -------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------
- = 0.06365T al (2)
G al J al ( 4000 ) ( 0.0982 )
T br ( x B – x A ) T br ( 25 )
( φ B ) br – ( φ A ) br = -------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------
- = 0.01045T br (3)
G br J br ( 6000 ) ( 0.3988 )
Ts ( xB – xA ) T s ( 25 )
( φ B ) s – ( φ A ) s = -----------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------
- = 0.00194T s (4)
Gs Js ( 12000 ) ( 1.0738 )
Equating Equations (2), (3), and (4) we obtain:
0.06365
T br = ------------------- T al = 6.0916T al (5)
0.01045
0.06365
T s = ------------------- T al = 32.8045T al (6)
0.00194
T al + T br + T s = 30 (7)
Substituting Equations (5) and (6) into Equation (7) we obtain:
30
T al = --------------------------------------------------- = 0.7519 in – kips (8)
1 + 6.0916 + 32.8045
T br = 6.0916 ( 0.7519 ) = 4.5806 in – kips (9)
T s = 32.8045 ( 0.7519 ) = 24.6674 in – kips (10)
From Equation (2) we obtain: ( φ B ) al – ( φ A ) al = 0.06365 ( 0.7519 ) = 0.04786
The maximum torsional shear stress in each material is:
( 0.7519 ) ( 0.5 )
( τ al ) max = ---------------------------------- = 3.83 ksi (11)
0.0982
( 4.5806 ) ( 0.75 -) = 8.61 ksi
( τ br ) max = ------------------------------------ (12)
0.3988
( 24.6674 ) ( 1 -) = 22.97 ksi
( τ s ) max = ------------------------------- (13)
1.0738
( τ al ) max = 3.83 ksi ( τ br ) max = 8.61 ksi ( τ s ) max = 22.97 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Solution Gal = 4000 ksi Gbr = 6000 ksi Gs = 12000 ksi
φB - φA =? γxθ vs. ρ =? τxθ vs. ρ =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of each material cross - section can be found as shown below.
π 4 4 4 π 4 4 4 π 4 4
J s = ------ ( 2 – 1.5 ) = 1.0738 in J br = ------ ( 1.5 – 1 ) = 0.3988 in J al = ------ ( 1 ) = 0.0982 in (1)
32 32 32
The torsional rigidity of the cross-section is
3 2
ΣG j J j = ( 4000 ) ( 0.0982 ) + ( 6000 ) ( 0.3988 ) + ( 12000 ) ( 1.0738 ) = 15.671 ( 10 ) kips – in
T AB ( x B – x A ) ( 30 ) ( 25 ) = –3
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = -----------------------------
- 47.861 ( 10 ) (2)
ΣG j J j 15.671 ( 10 )
3
Noting that φA=0, we obtain φ B = 0.0479 rads CCW

The torsional shear stress and shear strain at any point on the cross section can be found as
T AB ρ –3
τ xθ = G i -------------- = 1.914 ( 10 )G i ρ (3)
ΣG J j j
The maximum torsional shear stress in each material is
–3
( τ Al ) max = 1.914 ( 10 ) ( 4000 ) ( 0.5 ) = 3.828 ksi (4)
–3
( τ br ) max = 1.914 ( 10 ) ( 6000 ) ( 0.75 ) = 8.613 ksi (5)
–3
( τ s ) max = 1.914 ( 10 ) ( 12000 ) ( 1 ) = 22.968 ksi (6)
( τ Al ) max = 3.83 ksi ( τ br ) max = 8.61 ksi ( τ s ) max = 22.97 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.85 If T = 1500 N · m in Figure P5.85, determine: (a) the magnitude of maximum torsional shear stress
in cast iron and copper; (b) the rotation of the section at D with respect to the section at A.
T
Cast Copper
T Iron
A B C D
500 mm 400 mm
150 mm
Figure P5.85
Solution G ir = 70 GPa G cu = 40 GPa ( d ir ) o = 70 mm ( d ir ) i = 50 mm
( d cu ) o = 50 mm ( d cu ) i = 30 mm T = 1500 N – m
( τ ir ) max = ? ( τ cu ) max =? φ D – φ A =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of each material cross - section can be found as shown below
π 4 4 –6 4
J ir = ------ [ ( 0.07 ) – ( 0.05 ) ] = 1.7436 ( 10 )m 1
32
π 4 4 –6 4
J cu = ------ [ ( 0.05 ) – ( 0.03 ) ] = 0.5341 ( 10 )m 2
32
The torsional rigidity of the cross section in segment BC is
9 –6 9 –6 3 2
ΣG j J j = ( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.7436 ) ( 10 ) + ( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.5341 ) ( 10 ) = 143.41 ( 10 ) N – m
The internal torque in all the segments is equal to -T.The relative rotation of the ends of each segment can
be written as
T AB ( x B – x A ) ( – 1500 ) ( 0.5 ) –3
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = – 6.145 ( 10 ) 3
G ir J ir 9 –6
( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.7436 ) ( 10 )
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( – 1500 ) ( 0.15 ) –3
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------- = – 1.569 ( 10 ) 4
ΣG j J j ( 143.4 ) ( 10 )
–3
T CD ( x D – x C ) ( – 1500 ) ( 0.4 ) –3
φ D – φ C = ----------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = – 28.08 ( 10 ) 5
G cu J cu 9 –6
( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.5341 ) ( 10 )
Adding Eqs. (3),(4) and (5), we obtain
–3 –3
φ D – φ A = – ( 0.145 + 1.569 + 28.08 ) ( 10 ) = 35.798 ( 10 ) φ D – φ A = 0.0358 rads CCW
The magnitude of maximum torsional shear stress in segment AB and CD can be found as shown below
T AB ( ρ AB ) max
= (-------------------------------------
– 1500 ) ( 0.035 ) = 30.1 ( 10 6 ) ------
N
( τ AB ) max = ----------------------------------- - - 6
J ir –6 2
1.7436 ( 10 ) m
T CD ( ρ CD ) max
= (-------------------------------------
– 1500 ) ( 0.025 ) = 70.2 ( 10 6 ) ------
N
( τ CD ) max = ----------------------------------- - - 7
J cu – 6 2
0.5341 ( 10 ) m
The magnitude of torsional shear stress at any point in segment BC is
T BC ρ ( – 1500 ) –3
τ xθ = G i -------------- = ------------------------------ G i ρ = 10.46 ( 10 )G i ρ 8
ΣG j J j 143.41 ( 10 )
3
At ρ=0.035, Gi=Gir, we obtain τ xθ = 25.62 ( 10 ) which is less than in Eqs. (6). Thus, the maximum tor-
–6
sional shear stress in iron is ( τ ir ) max = 30.1 MPa
At ρ=0.025, Gi=Gcu, we obtain τ xθ = 10.46 ( 10 ) which is less than in Eq.(7). Thus, the maximum tor-
–6
sional shear stress in copper is ( τ cu ) max = 70.2 MPa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.86 Two steel (G = 80 GPa) shafts AB and CD of diameters 40 mm are connected with gears as shown in Figure
P5.86. The radii of gears at B and C are 250 mm and 200 mm, respectively. The bearings at E and F offer no torsional
resistance to the shafts. If an input torque of T = 1.5 kN.m is applied at D, determine (a) the maximum torsional shear
stress in AB; (b) the rotation of section at D with respect to the fixed section at A.
1.5 m
T
C D
E
A B
F
Figure P5.86
1.2 m
5.87 Two steel (G = 80 GPa) shafts AB and CD of diameters 40 mm are connected with gears as shown in Figure
P5.88. The radii of gears at B and C are 250 mm and 200 mm, respectively. The bearings at E and F offer no torsional
resistance to the shafts. The allowable shear stress in the shafts is 120 MPa. Determine the maximum torque T that can
be applied at section D.
1.5 m
T
C D
E
A B
F
Figure P5.87
1.2 m
5.88 Two steel (G = 80 GPa) shafts AB and CDE of 1.5 in. diameters are connected with gears as shown
in Figure P5.88. The radii of gears at B and D are 9 in. and 5 in., respectively. The bearings at F, G, and H
offer no torsional resistance to the shafts. If an input torque of T = 800 ft.lb is applied at D, determine (a)
the maximum torsional shear stress in AB, and (b) the rotation of section at E with respect to the fixed sec-
tion at C.
5 ft
T
C D E
G H
A B
4 ft
Figure P5.88
5.89 Two steel (G = 80 GPa) shafts AB and CD of 60 mm diameters are connected with gears as shown
in Figure P5.89. The radii of gears at B and D are 175 mm and 125 mm, respectively. The bearings at E and
F offer no torsional resistance to the shafts. If an input torque of T = 2 kN.m is applied, determine (a) the
maximum torsional shear stress in AB, and (b) the rotation of section at D with respect to the fixed section
at C.
T
C D
A B
1.5 m
Figure P5.89
5.90 Two steel (G = 80 GPa) shafts AB and CD of 60 mm diameters are connected with gears as shown
F offer no torsional resistance to the shafts. The allowable shear stress in the shafts is 120 MPa. What is the
maximum torque T that can be applied?
T
C D
A B
1.5 m
Figure P5.90
5.91 Two steel (G = 80 GPa) shafts AB and CD of equal diameters d are connected with gears as shown
F offer no torsional resistance to the shafts. The allowable shear stress in the shafts is 120 MPa and the
input torque is T = 2 kN.m. Determine the minimum diameter d to the nearest millimeter.
T
C D
A B
1.5 m
Figure P5.91
5.92 The allowable shear stress in the stepped shaft shown is 17 ksi. Determine the smallest fillet radius
that can be used at section B. Use stress concentration graphs given in Section C.4.3.
2 in
1 in T = 2.5 in-kips
A B C
Figure P5.92
Solution τ max ≤ 17 ksi r =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The maximum shear stress in section BC can be found as,
Tρ max ( 2.5 ) ( 0.5 )
( τ BC ) max = ---------------
- = ------------------------- = 12.73 ksi
J BC 4
π ( 1 ) ⁄ 32
τ max = K conc ( τ BC ) max = 12.73K conc ≤ 17 or
K conc ≤ 1.335 (9)
From Section C.4.3, we obtain the approximate value of r/d corresponding to D/d = 2 and Kconc = 1.335,
r
--- = 0.135 or r = ( 0.135 ) ( 1 )
d
r = 0.135 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.93 The fillet radius in the stepped shaft shown is 6 mm. Determine the maximum torque that can act
on the rigid wheel if the allowable shear stress is 80 MPa and a Modulus of Rigidity is 28 GPa. Use stress
concentration graphs given in Section C.4.3.
60 mm
48 mm T
A B C D
0.9 m 0.75 m 1.0 m

Figure P5.93
Solution r = 6 mm τ max ≤ 80 MPa G = 28 MPa Tmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of cross-sections in various segments can be found as
π 4 –6 4
J AB = ------ ( 0.06 ) = 1.272 ( 10 ) m (1)
32
π 4 –6 4
J BC = J CD = ------ ( 0.048 ) = 0.521 ( 10 ) m (2)
32
tion.
(a) TAB (b) (c) T T TBC CD
TA TA
A A B TA A B C
T AB = T A T BC = T A T CD = T A – T (3)
The relative rotation of the ends of each segment can be written as shown below
T AB ( x B – x A ) T A ( 0.9 ) –6
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 25.26 ( 10 )T A (4)
G AB J AB 9 –6
( 28 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.272 ( 10 ) )
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( T A ) ( 0.75 ) –6
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 51.40 ( 10 )T A (5)
G BC J BC 9 –6
( 28 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.521 ) ( 10 )
T CD ( x D – x C ) ( TA – T ) ( 1 ) –6
φ D – φ C = ----------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 68.53 ( 10 ) ( T A – T ) (6)
G CD J CD 9 –6
( 28 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.521 ) ( 10 )
Adding Eq’s(5) and (6) and noting that φA=0 and φD=0, we obtain
68.53T
φ D – φ A = [ 25.26T A + 51.40T A + 68.53 ( T A – T ) ] = 0 or T A = ----------------------------------------------------
- = 0.472T
25.26 + 51.40 + 68.53
From Eq.(3), T AB = 0.472T T BC = 0.472T T CD = – 0.528T
The nominal torsional shear stresses in segment BC can be found as shown below
T BC ( ρ BC ) max ( 0.472T ) ( 0.04 ) 3
( τ BC ) max = ----------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------- = 21.74T ( 10 )
J BC –6
0.521 ( 10 )
Now --r- = -----

6
- = 0.125 and
D 60
---- = ------ = 1.25 .From Section C.4.3, we obtain the stress concentra-
d 48 d 48
tion factor as Kconc = 1.29.Thus, the maximum shear stress in segment BC is
3 6 3
( τ max ) BC = 1.29 ( τ BC ) max = ( 1.29 ) ( 21.74 )T ( 10 ) ≤ 80 ( 10 ) or T ≤ 2.853 ( 10 ) N – m (7)
The magnitude of maximum shear stress in CD is
T CD ( ρ CD ) max ( 0.528T ) ( 0.024 ) 3 6 3
( τ CD ) max = ----------------------------------- = ----------------------------------------- = 24.32T ( 10 ) ≤ 80 ( 10 ) or T ≤ 3.29 ( 10 ) N – m (8)
– 6
J CD 0.521 ( 10 )
The maximum value of T that meets the requirements in Eq.(7) and (8) is T max = 2.853 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.94 Calculate the magnitude of the maximum torsional shear stress in the cross-sections shown that is
subjected to a torque of T=100 in-kips
t = 1/4 in
R=2 in R=2 in
4 in
Figure P5.94
Solution T=100 in-kips τmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The enclosed area is:
A E = 2 ⎛ --- π2 ⎞ + ( 4 ) ( 4 ) = 28.566 in
1 2 2
⎝2 ⎠
As thickness is uniform the torsional shear stress is uniform across the cross-section and maximum value
of it can be found as shown below.
T = ---------------------------------------
100
τ max = ------------ = 7.001 ksi or
2tA E 2 ( 1 ⁄ 4 ) ( 28.566 )
τ max = 7.0 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.95 Calculate the maximum torsional shear stress in the cross-sections shown that is subjected to a
torque of T = 900 N-m.
t = 3 mm
R=50 mm
t = 6 mm
100 mm t = 5 mm
Figure P5.95
Solution T = 900 N-m τmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
1 2 2
A E = --- π ( 0.05 ) + ( 0.1 ) ( 0.1 ) = 0.0139 m
2
The maximum torsional shear stress will be where the thickness is minimum, that is t = 3 mm = 0.003 m.
Its value can be found as shown below.
T 900 6 2
τ max = ------------ = ------------------------------------------
- = 10.77 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or
2tA E 2 ( 0.003 ) ( 0.0139 )
τ max = 10.8 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.96 Calculate the magnitude of the maximum torsional shear stress in the cross-sections shown that is
subjected to a torque of T=15 kN-m
t = 6 mm
100 mm
100 mm
Figure P5.96
Solution T = 15 kN-m τmax = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
1 2 –3 2
A E = --- π ( 0.1 ) = 7.854 ( 10 ) m (1)
4
As thickness is uniform, the torsional shear stress is uniform across the cross-section and maximum value
of it can be found as shown below.
3
T 15 ( 10 ) 6 2
τ max = ------------ = -------------------------------------------------------- = 159.1 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or
2tA E – 3
2 ( 0.006 ) ( 7.854 ) ( 10 )
τ max = 159 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.97 A tube of uniform thickness t has a torque T applied to it. The cross-section of the tube is as
shown. Determine the maximum torsional shear stress in terms of t, a, and T.
600 600
a
Figure P5.97
Solution τmax =f(t, a, T)= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
A E = --- ( a ) ⎛ --- tan 60⎞ = ------- a
1 a 3 2
(1)
2 ⎝2 ⎠ 4
of it can be found as shown below
T
τ max = ------------
T
= ---------------------------- or (2)
2tA E
2 ( t ) ⎛ ------- a ⎞
3 2
⎝ 4 ⎠
2 T
τ max = ------- -------
3 a2 t
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a
Figure P5.98
------------------------------------------------------------
2
AE = ( a ) ( a ) = a (1)
T T
τ max = ------------ = -------------------- or (2)
2tA E 2
2( t)(a )
T
τ max = ---------
-
2
2a t
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Figure P5.99
------------------------------------------------------------
2
A E = πa (3)
T T
τ max = ------------ = ------------------------ or (4)
2tA E 2
2 ( t ) ( πa )
T
τ max = -------------
-
2
2πa t
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.100 A tube of uniform thickness t has a torque T applied to it. Determine the maximum torsional shear
stress in terms of t, a, b, and T.
b
a
Figure P5.100
Solution τmax =f(t, a, b, T)= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
A E = πab (1)
T T
τ max = ------------ = ------------------------ or (2)
2tA E 2 ( t ) ( πab )
T
τ max = ---------------
2πabt
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.101 A hexagonal tube of uniform thickness is loaded as shown. Determine the magnitude of the maxi-
mum torsional shear stress in the tube.
T4 = 750 N-m
T3 = 1500 N-m
A T2 = 3250 N-m
B
C T1 = 1000 N-m
D
x 100 mm
t = 4 mm
Figure P5.101
Solution τmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Template T1 (b) Torque Diagram 1000 1000
Text
T x
T2 N-m A B C D
750 750
T 2 = T 1 + T ext
2250 2250
The maximum internal torque is in segment AB and its value is Tmax = -2250 N-m.
The enclosed area is equal to the area of 6 equilateral triangles with sides of 0.1 m. Thus the total enclosed
area is:
A E = ( 6 ) --- ( 0.1 ) ⎛ ------- sin 60⎞
1 0.1 –3 2
= 12.99 ( 10 ) m (1)
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
As thickness is uniform the torsional shear stress is uniform across the cross-section and the maximum
value of it can be found as shown below.
T max ( – 2250 ) 6 2
τ max = ------------ = -------------------------------------------------------- = – 21.65 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or (2)
2tA E –3
2 ( 0.004 ) ( 12.99 ) ( 10 )
τ max = 21.65 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.102 A rectangular tube is loaded as shown. Determine the maximum shear stress
T4 = 2 in-kips T3 = 3 in-kips T1 =2 in-kips
A B C D
6 in
T2 =7 in-kips 1/4 in
1/8 in
4 in
Figure P5.102
Solution τmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Template Text (b) Torque Diagram 5 5
T1 T 2 2
T2 in-kips x
A B C D
T 2 = T 1 + T ext 2 2
The maximum internal torque is in segment AB and its value is Tmax = 5 in-kips.
2
A E = ( 4 ) ( 6 ) = 24 in (1)
The maximum torsional shear stress will be where the thickness is minimum, that is t = 1/8 in. Its value can
be found as shown below.
T max ( 5 ) - = 0.833 ksi or
τ max = ------------ = ---------------------------- (2)
2tA E 2 ( 1 ⁄ 8 ) ( 24 )
τ max = 833 psi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.103 The three tubes shown in Problems 5.97 through 5.99 are to be compared for the maximum torque
carrying capability, assuming that all tubes have the same thickness t, that the maximum shear stress in
each tube can be τ and the amount of material used in the cross-section of each tube is A. Which shape
would you use? What is the percentage torque carried by the remaining two shapes in terms of the most
efficient structural shape?
Solution Shape= Triangle or Square or Circle =? and percentage torque =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Let aT, aS and aC represent the dimension of the triangle, square and circle shown in Figures P5.97, P5.98,
P5.99, respectively. The material area in each shape is the product of the perimeter and the thickness. We
can find the dimension of each shape in terms of the material area can be found and used in the results of
Problems 5.97 through 5.99 as shown below.
For triangle: A = ( 3aT )t or A- . Substituting this into the result of problem 5.97 and repre-
a T = ----
3t
senting the torque on triangle as TT, we obtain the following.
2 TT 2 TT TT 1 2
τ max = ------- ------- = ------- --------------- = 10.392 -------- or T T = ---------------- A tτ max (1)
3 a2 t A-⎞ 2
3 ⎛ ---- A t
2 10.392
T t
⎝ 3t⎠
A- . Substituting this into the result of problem 5.98 and repre-

For square: A = ( 4a S )t or a S = ----
4t
senting the torque on square as TS, we obtain the following.
TS TS TS 1 2
τ max = ---------- - = 8.0 --------
= ----------------- or T S = ------- A tτ max (2)
2 2 2 8.0
2 ⎛ -----⎞ t
2a S t A A t
⎝ 4t⎠
A - . Substituting this into the result of problem 5.99 and repre-
For Circle: A = ( 2πa C )t or a C = -------
2πt
senting the torque on circle as TC, we obtain the following
TC TC TC 1 2
τ max = -------------- - = 6.283 --------
- = ------------------------- or T C = ------------- A tτ max (3)
2 2 2 6.283
2π ⎛ --------⎞ t
2πa C t A A t
⎝ 2πt⎠
By inspection of Equations (1), (2), and (3) we conclude that the circular shape will support the maximum
internal torque. Thus our answer is: Circular shape should be used.
⎛ ------
1 2
- A tτ max ⎞
⎛
TT
⎞ ⎜ 8.0 ⎟
% torque in triangle relative to circle is: = ------- ( 100 ) = ⎜ -----------------------------------⎟ ( 100 ) = 60.46 or
⎝ T C⎠ ⎜ ------------
1 2
⎟
-
⎝ 6.283 A tτ max⎠
% torque in triangle relative to circle is 60.46%
⎛ ---------------
1
- A tτ max⎞
2
TS ⎜ ⎟
= ⎛ -------⎞ ( 100 ) = ⎜ --------------------------------------⎟ ( 100 ) = 78.54 or
10.392
% torque in square relative to circle is: ⎝ T C⎠ ⎜ ------------
1 - 2 ⎟
⎝ 6.283 A tτ max ⎠
% torque in square relative to circle is 78.54%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Solution Mechanic of Materials Vable Part 1

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Solution Mechanic of Materials Vable Part 1

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

M.

By equilibrium of forces we have: N = 200lbs

The average axial stress in the rope is: σ = N 200

The average axial stress in the rope is: σ = N 200

The average axial stress in the rope is: σ = N 200 - = 4070psi or

Solution d=1/5 in σ max ≤ 4ksi ( T ) Wmax = ?

The following free body diagrams can be drawn.

The average axial stress in the wire is: σ = N 18.189 6 2

The following free body diagrams can be drawn.

By force equilibrium we have: N = W = 505γah2

Solution t0 = 4.5 m tL = 2.5 m γ= 28 kN/m3 σb = ?

inner dimension hi are linear functions of x and can be written as:

The weight of the monument is: W = γV = 28 (10 ) (24223.3) = 678253 (103) N. 3

The schematic of the pyramid is shown below.

Solution dbolt = 25 mm dal = 48 mm σbolt = 100 MPa(T)

Solution P = 6 kips t = 1/8 inch τ=?

By equilibrium of forces we have the following equation.

Assume the load is equally distibuted between the four bolts.

V = ⎛ ---------------------⎞ = 1.5 kips

The maximum force P is

180 lb 180 lb 180 lb 180 lb 180 lb 180 lb

By equilibrium of forces in the n-direction we obtain: N = P sin 65 = 12 sin 65 = 10.876kips .

stress on plane AA.

Solution σAA= 180 MPa (C) F1 = ? σBB= 1? τBB= ?

The area of cross-section of plane AA is: A AA = ( h ) ( 0.01 ) = ⎛⎝ -------------⎞⎠ ( 0.01 ) = 0.3106 ( 10 )m .

The area of cross-section of plane BB is: A BB = ( h B ) ( 1.5 ) = ⎛⎝ --------------⎞⎠ ( 0.01 ) = 0.662 ( 10 )m .

The stresses are

By equilibrium of forces in the n-direction we obtain: N – P cos θ = 0 or N = P cos θ

Solution d=1 τA = 20ksi P=? σA = ?

Solution A = 2in.2 σ=? V=?

The angle θ can be found as θ = atan ( 6 ⁄ 2 ) = 71.56

By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain:

The average normal stress in the muscle is: σ = N 23.717

Solution Am = 250 mm2 dp = 15 mm σHA = ? σHB = ? σHG = ? σHC = ? (τH)max = ?

From Fig. (e) V1 = 9.5 kN (4)

Solution Am = 250 mm2 dp = 15 mm σFG = ? σFC = ? σFD = ? σFE = ? (τF)max = ?

Solution Am = 200mm2 dp = 10mmσGH = ? σGC = ? σGF = ? (τG)max = ?

NHG = -5.5 kN = NGH 2

force as shown in Fig (a).

By equilibrium of force in the y-direction we obtain:Ay = 250 kN

(W+WA)/2 Fig. P1.57

We draw the FBD as below

We make imaginary cuts and obtain the FBD’s below.

By force equilibrium on the link we obtain: 2N =T or N = 85.195 lbs.

By equilibrium of forces we have: nV = (20)(8)(1) or V= 160/n kips

(a) NC = 50 kN (b) (c) NC = 50 kN (d)

The material area of steel is: As = n (π/4)(1/2)2 = 0.19635n in2

By equilibrium of forces we have: N = P

from equilibrium: 2V = P = 25(103) or V = 12.5(103) lbs.

Solution σ ≤ 160MPa dEP = ? dEG = ? dEF = ? τ E ≤ 250MPa dE = ?

NB= 40 kips 65o NE = 28.34 kips

By equilibrium of moment about D we obtain:

F ( 3 ) = 2 ( 1800 ) ⎛ ---⎞ ⎛ ------⎞ ⎛ 1--- + --- -------------⎞ = 13.12

Solution (a) T = 15 in-lb d = 1.5 inch h = 1/2 inch τ=?

By moment equilibrium about the axis of the bottle we obtain:

σ xx = 100MPa ( T ) τ xy = 200MPa τ xz = – 125MPa

σ rr = 150MPa ( T ) τ rθ = – 100 MPa τ rx = 125MPa

A = ∫ dA , and Izz = ∫ y 2 dA , I yy = ∫ z 2 dA , I yz = ∫ yz dA we obtain:

⎛ σ + ∂σ xx dx⎞ ( dydz ) – ( σ ) ( dydz ) + ⎛ τ + ∂τ yx dy⎞ ( dxdz ) – ( τ ) ( dxdz ) + ( F ) ( dxdydz ) = 0 or

By force equilibrium in the y-direction we obtain:

⎛ σ + ∂σ yy dy⎞ dxdz – ( σ ) ( dxdz ) + ⎛ τ + ∂τ xy dx⎞ ( dydz ) – ( τ ) ( dydz ) + ( F ) ( dxdydz ) = 0

Solution do=250mm df=252mm ε=?